• WHAT'S NEW
    • PERSONAL LIFE
    • THE PARKS
    • THE STUDIOS
    • COLLECTIONS and ARTIFACTS
    • DISNEYLAND
    • HISTORIC LANDMARKS
    • INSPIRATIONAL LOCATIONS
    • MONUMENTS
    • MUSEUMS
    • RESIDENCES
    • STUDIOS
    • THEATERS
  • DISNEYLAND (A - J)
  • DISNEYLAND (E - I)
  • DISNEYLAND (J - Z)
  • WDW (A-Q)
  • WDW (R -Z)
  • FAIRS, SHOWS, and PARADES
Menu

Disney History 101

Street Address
City, State, Zip
Phone Number
Walt Disney's DISNEYLAND is EVERYWHERE!

Your Custom Text Here

Disney History 101

  • WHAT'S NEW
  • PEOPLE
    • PERSONAL LIFE
    • THE PARKS
    • THE STUDIOS
  • PLACES
    • COLLECTIONS and ARTIFACTS
    • DISNEYLAND
    • HISTORIC LANDMARKS
    • INSPIRATIONAL LOCATIONS
    • MONUMENTS
    • MUSEUMS
    • RESIDENCES
    • STUDIOS
    • THEATERS
  • DISNEYLAND (A - J)
  • DISNEYLAND (E - I)
  • DISNEYLAND (J - Z)
  • WDW (A-Q)
  • WDW (R -Z)
  • FAIRS, SHOWS, and PARADES

FANTASYLAND THEATER (and MICKEY MOUSE CLUB THEATER & DISNEYLAND DRAMA CLUB)

(September* - 1964)
(September* - 1964)


*Some sources (as “Disneyland Admission Media Rides and Attractions Report, published 1971), also state August 25, 1955 as the soft opening date. Another publication states August 27, 1955.

“Your Role in the Disneyland Show” has been referred to Disneyland as “a gigantic outdoor ‘show’” where “any area open to our guests is considered part of our ‘set’ and ‘on stage’.” This would include any and all Stages set within that Stage.

“Setting the Stage”

Disneyland was a miracle of showmanship in many ways! The presentation of the Mickey Mouse Club Theater show on the vast DISNEYLAND “stage” was to be a distinct part of the Disneyland theater concept. Some of Marvin Davis’ earliest c.1953 drawings of “Mickey Mouse Mark” (to be constructed on some 50-acre plot), featured a “Theater Group” attraction building. According to the 1953 Disneyland Prospectus, page 5, “Mickey Mouse, the best known personality in the world has his Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters in Disneyland.” Though the Mickey Mouse Club Theater ended up situated in Fantasyland for most of its duration, that was not the original plan for its location. The same Prospectus continues, “Located on Treasure Island, in the middle of the river, a fantastic hollow tree and treehouse serves as the Club meeting place. The hollow tree is several stories high, with interesting rooms , and lookout spots for club members. There is a Pirate Cove with buried treasure on the Island. . .and direct from this location the Club presents the Mickey Mouse Club Television Show.” So, according to the original plans, the Mickey Mouse Club Theater would have been based on what came to be known as Tom Sawyer Island (in the middle of Frontierland’s Rivers of America)! Can you just imagine taking a raft to get to the theater?

Bruce Bushman envisioned a theatre among other adventures in Fantasyland © Walt Disney Company.
Bruce Bushman envisioned a theatre among other adventures in Fantasyland © Walt Disney Company.

Amidst his loose line work, Walt Disney Studio artist Bruce Bushman (who was also affiliated with Bradley & Kaye) suggested a Stromboli Puppet theater in an area inspired by Pinocchio’s village, a gravity-flow canal ride featuring Monstro the Whale, a circus midway-themed dining area entered through a towering clown arch, a sailboat in a lagoon, and remembering that “it was all started by a mouse,” his detailed designs also included a “Birth of a Mouse” show. [The Disneyland News, Vol.1, No.9 published for March 10, 1956.]

By July 1, 1954, George Whitney of Disneyland, Inc. directed Amusements, with Ron Miller overseeing analysis, philosophy, capacities, planning, operator training, and amusement procurement. Knowing Walt’s audience, Bruce Bushman (who served as Art Director, for the Mickey Mouse Club television series) created a number of concepts for Disneyland during 1954. Early thumbnail sketches and other concept artwork seemed to be unencumbered by restrictions of budget, schedule or the laws of nature and physics. Though guided by Walt, his artists appeared to engage in “free-thinking,” as if implementing the modern “Blue Sky” Imagineering process. One of Herb’s projects was the design of a Mickey Mouse Club Theater with much added pomp and grandeur, while reflecting the feel and theme of the television variety show. Like some advanced “High Concept,” final designs were quickly generated and approved. Though the final product of the interior would look very different from this drawing, this particular dream would become a reality in 1955!

Next, architectural drawings helped define all designs, production and construction strategies, costs, schedule, and resource requirements. Models explored the various dimensional relationships, site-lines, flow patterns, ergonomics, and visual appeal to convey the desired creative intent.

Air-conditioning controlled dust, and a practical mechanical application of the technology was essential in the attraction where projection equipment and film was used.

Soon, one authorized “Disneyland Information & Nomenclature List” (prepared by Bill Cottrell of Disneyland Inc., May 25, 1955) announced the working title as the “Mickey Mouse Theater,” with no further description or notations made about the attraction. This theater (where movies and stage acts would be shown) would come to be owned by Walt Disney Productions and be one of few attractions owned by another Disney organization and operated by Disneyland, Inc. for a 5% management fee.

As of June 2, 1955, C.V. Wood Jr. sent an Inter-Office Memorandum to Walt Disney regarding the best estimates that could be obtained at the time regarding the completion status of individual sections of the Park and Opening Day. C.V. wrote: “Mickey Mouse Theater: It appears very doubtful that it can be completed by our opening.”

Note the placement of the attraction in this early rough layout concept.
Note the placement of the attraction in this early rough layout concept.
1954, Mickey Mouse Club Theater Drawing by Bruce Bushman ; former Richard Kraft Collection
1954, Mickey Mouse Club Theater Drawing by Bruce Bushman ; former Richard Kraft Collection


”Mousekartoon Time”

Despite Mickey Mouse and Minnie Mouse introducing the theater on the live telecast, July 17th, 1955, the Mickey Mouse Club Theater did not open its doors to Audiences until sometime thereafter. The Mickey Mouse Club Theater (variously referred to as “Mickey Mouse Club Cartoon Theater” and “Mickey Mouse Theater”), opened its doors (as 1 of 22 initial major attractions at Disneyland), during August of 1955. “The Story of Disneyland” (published 1955, by Disneyland Inc.) described the Mickey Mouse Theater as an attraction “where films for children will be shown.” Continuous 30-minute shows were one “B” Coupon, (or, 15¢ for children and 25¢ for adults).

To elaborate on this description of this unique theater, the 400-seat Mickey Mouse Club Theater was perhaps the very first theater to exclusively show cartoons (and “Mousekartoons” at that) in the all of the United States. The theater’s primary entertainment - “Mousekartoons” - was clearly indicted by the crest over the entrance. Like other Fantasyland attractions the signage of the Mickey Mouse Theater also featured a medieval-style Escutcheon, containing a Coat of Arms with Mickey Mouse Club logo, a projector, and a strip of film!

The initial 30-minute program included short films Lambert the Sheepish Lion, Out of Scale, The Big Wash and Squatter's Rights. Its main (and first) live attraction was the cast of the Mickey Mouse Club, who performed on the stage during that very first summer. All “Honorary Mouseketeers” were invited to the show - the Mouseketeers and Jimmy Dodd starring in cinematic productions like the 12-minute 3-D Jamboree. For those across the United States that only owned a black and white television, this was a rare opportunity to see your favorite Mouseketeers in glorious eye-popping Technicolor! During the first winter holiday season of 1955, a special “Holiday Show” was advertised in The Disneyland News (Vol.1 -No.6 ; published December 10, 1955).

3D Jamboree Poster, for the debut of 3-D shows at Disneyland on June 16, 1956.
3D Jamboree Poster, for the debut of 3-D shows at Disneyland on June 16, 1956.

This artifact (of the former Richard Kraft Collection) gives us an idea what the posters for “The Mouseketeers 3-D Jamboree” looked like, as they hung outside the Mickey Mouse Club Theater. The Mouseketeer graphic (featuring the heads of both a male and female Mouseketeer) was similar to the one used on television! Not advertised on this poster for the special Technicolor 3D film (containing footage of the Mouseketeers) was the Donald Duck cartoon “Working For Peanuts” and “Adventures in Music: Melody.” The innovative films included live action and animation and featured Chip and Dale, Donald Duck, and the Mouseketeers. In this way and others, the Mickey Mouse Club Theater of Disneyland would begin to synergistically work with Walt Disney Studios and keep the Disney characters before the public.

Attraction poster by an unknown Walt Disney Imagineering artist, 1955.
Attraction poster by an unknown Walt Disney Imagineering artist, 1955.

In 1956, George Mills Jr. was in a movie at the Mickey Mouse theatre showing the growth and development of Disneyland.

Walt Disney’s Cartoon Carnival poster.
Walt Disney’s Cartoon Carnival poster.

Products occasionally referred to the Fantasyland attraction. For instance, Jiminy Cricket (portrayed by Cliff Edward) made reference to “Mickey Mouse’s own theater” in the High-Fidelity recording of “A Day at Disneyland” with Walt Disney and Jiminy Cricket (published 1957).

The admission price soon saw a 5¢ raise. This new “B” Coupon (then 25¢ Adult Admission and 15¢ Child Admission) price of the show stayed consistent throughout 1956 and 1957. This was not extraordinary, as it was an admission price similar to that of another contemporary show (Keller’s Jungle Killers). The Mickey Mouse Club Theater was especially well worth the price on hot summer days, as the attraction was one of three air conditioned attractions in the Park (including TWA Rocket to the Moon and Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe).

Mickey Mouse Theater 25¢ Admission Ticket
Mickey Mouse Theater 25¢ Admission Ticket

“Mousekartoons & Special Engagements”
The Mickey Mouse Club Theater more commonly, routinely presented 30 fun-filled minutes of Walt Disney’s Technicolor cartoon movies per showing. However, for the first Christmas Festival in 1955, a special seasonal holiday show was prepared. According to The Disneyland News (December 10, 1955): “‘The Night Before Christmas,’ starring Santa Claus himself, headlines the bill of four Walt Disney Productions cartoons. Costarred with Santa is Mickey Mouse in ‘Mickey's Circus’; Donald Duck with Chip'n'Dale in ‘Toy Tinkers and Goofy’ and Donald, who meets penguins and a walrus in ‘Polar Trappers.’ The Fantasyland Theater's Christmas season show follows the holiday atmosphere set by the park's Yuletime decorations. Admission to the full half-hour show is 25 cents or by use of one of the tickets in the ticket book. The theater is open from 11:30a.m. to 7:30 p.m. six days a week.”

Some of the cartoons screened were “3-dimensional color movies,” according to Vacationland (Summer, 1957). Double features of Walt Disney Productions’ other color short films often showed, like “Pecos Bill” and “Gaucho Goofy” (c. 1958).

The Mickey Mouse Club Theater was also utilized for the occasional photo shoots, special showings and events. During Disneyland’s second year of operation (in June of 1956), “foremost vaudeville and nightclub stars” briefly appeared in two-a-day vaudeville shows presented by the American Guild of Variety Artists (during their Ninth Annual Convention, held at the Disneyland Hotel). The Mickey Mouse Club Theater also briefly entertained the members of the “National Associating of Amusement Parks, Pools, and Beaches”, which Disneyland hosted from September 18-20 (Tuesday through Thursday), of 1956. As a “sidelight” one of the foremost members in attendance was the organization’s President, George F. Schott, who once served as advisor of Disneyland planning, construction, and operation. After two full days of exploring Walt’s innovative expansive theming, and original rides (like the Mine Train & AstroJets), “Thursday’s program included another look at Disneyland, a special showing at the Mickey Mouse Club Theater in Fantasyland of a film on the construction and story of Disneyland”.
Also in 1956, a
ctress Spring Byington (of “December Bride) and child actor Bobby Diamond (of “Fury”) were photographed outside the theater (after watching some Walt Disney cartoons) for their 1956 “TV Radio Mirror” photoshoot at Disneyland!

By 1959, Joe Fowler was Vice President of Disneyland Operations Committee and Doc Lemmon of Disneyland Operations was overseeing Operators of Rides & Amusements (like the Mickey Mouse Club Theater), Livestock, Parking Lot, and Ticket Sellers.

0AC6026A-5DDF-4F49-8A0C-8EA878D7D286.jpeg
Fall Orientation Film Series Handbill distributed to Cast Members with issues of Backstage Disneyland
Fall Orientation Film Series Handbill distributed to Cast Members with issues of Backstage Disneyland


In 1962, the Fall Orientation Film Series presented by the University of Disneyland was held at the Mickey Mouse Theater (on most Wednesdays thru Saturdays, from October 10th thru December 8th). These were special feature film presentations (with short films attached), for “all Disneyland, W.E.D. and Lessee Personnel, plus their families”(including those of the Disneyland Hotel, Gourmet and Hotel Shops), beginning at 7:30p.m. and ran until 9:15p.m. during those dates. Tickets were available at the Operations Office, Hotel Monorail, and Maintenance Office. Films screened included Walt Disney’s Pinocchio (October 10-12), Third Man on the Mountain (October 17-19), Davy Crockett and the River Pirates (October 24-26), Nature’s Half Acre (October 31-November 3), Moon Pilot (November 7-10), African Lion (November 14-17), Walt Disney’s Bambi (November 21-24), Babes in Toyland (November 28-December 1), and Cinderella (December 5-8).

A year before the theater was renamed, the Mickey Mouse Club Theater was also the location of exciting “live” recording of The Famous Ward Gospel Singer’s record album and concert, on April 18th, 1963. The concert (under the Direction of Gertrude Ward) contained a selection of 12 songs (including “Down By The Riverside”, “Something’s Got Ahold of Me”, “Never Grow Old”, “Dry Bones”, “I’m Getting Nearer”, “Shadrack”, “Deep Down In My Heart”, “He’s Got The Whole World In His Hands”, “Keep Your Hand On The Plow”, “Daniel Saw The Stone”, “We’re Marchin’ To Zion”, and “Come On In This House”). The record album was produced by Camarata, and distributed for home-listening through Buena Vista Records. Just before the curtains closed on the Mickey Mouse Club Theater stage for the final time, a print of Walt Disney’s Dumbo would be shown, during 1964. This was part of the University of Disneyland’s Disney Film Orientation Program, that made younger employees knowledgeable about Walt Disney’s classic stars that they may not be familiar with. Remember, this was long before the advent of widely distributed home-viewing formats (like the video tape) streaming services, or the internet, so average folks had no access to home copies of classic Walt Disney Productions short films or feature length films.

Disneyland “B” Adult Admission Coupon, 20¢ Value, Summer, 1960.
Disneyland “B” Adult Admission Coupon, 20¢ Value, Summer, 1960.

Though printed and distributed during the Summer of 1960, this Disneyland “B” Coupon still bears the original admission price of 20¢. Adult Guests would exchange these to view 30-minute cartoons, which ran from 11 a.m. to closing!

Disneyland Map by Sam McKim Excerpt, c. 1960s
Disneyland Map by Sam McKim Excerpt, c. 1960s

The Mickey Mouse Club Theater was situated on the west side of Sleeping Beauty Castle, between Snow White’s Adventures and the Welch Grape Juice concession.

Mickey Mouse Club Theater Front of House Without Marquee
Mickey Mouse Club Theater Front of House Without Marquee
0FBF31F4-8AE9-4DA2-9F5B-AE388C146D47.jpeg
Mickey Mouse Club Theater
Mickey Mouse Club Theater

The Mickey Mouse Club Theater offered a change of pace from the Mad Tea Party and Fantasyland’s other “moving” adventures. The air conditioned theater was especially inviting on a warm summer days.

Disneyland “B” Coupon, 25¢ Value
Disneyland “B” Coupon, 25¢ Value
74A658B9-20F0-475D-B7B1-F9BCF0FF0478.jpeg
Disneyland "B" Coupon (25¢ Value)
Disneyland "B" Coupon (25¢ Value)
Disneyland "B" Jumbo Coupon, (25¢ Value)
Disneyland "B" Jumbo Coupon, (25¢ Value)

The Mickey Mouse Club Theater would briefly cease operation during the winter season of 1962.

40E025A9-FEA7-4E65-8FA9-03BEBEA5C3BC.jpeg
Mickey Mouse Club Theater Architectural Facade
Mickey Mouse Club Theater Architectural Facade

The Mickey Mouse Club Theater marquee advertises “Walt Disney’s Cartoon Carnival” in this Vintage View. When the Mickey Mouse Club Headquarters was temporarily set up in the Main Street Opera House, the venue would gain a slightly new look and a new name.

   “Mous-Ka Puppets”    Puppeteers and their animated friends were a common sight in Disneyland during Walt’s era. Some participated in parades (like puppeteer  Jack Shafton  in Fantasy on Parade). There were others, like French puppeteer  André Taho

“Mous-Ka Puppets”

Puppeteers and their animated friends were a common sight in Disneyland during Walt’s era. Some participated in parades (like puppeteer Jack Shafton in Fantasy on Parade). There were others, like French puppeteer André Tahon, who performed six of his unique “E” Ticket musical fantasy Shows (with pre-recorded music) daily, April 6th through September 8th of 1963. John Zweers, Bob Mills, and Bob Baker were just a few more master puppeteers and performance artists to bring their shows to Walt Disney’s grand show - Disneyland! Before January of 1964, they would perform from the Fantasyland Theater Stage and another smaller stage which was located in Tinkerbell’s Toy Shoppe. Tickets for the former were available at the Fantasyland Theater Box Office and the Fantasyland Central Ticket Booth.

IMG_9252.jpeg
A cameraman with tripod sits poised on the roof of the theater while Papotin’s Revue plays below.
A cameraman with tripod sits poised on the roof of the theater while Papotin’s Revue plays below.
(January, 1964- December 20, 1981)
(January, 1964- December 20, 1981)

The original Mickey Mouse Club ended its televised run during the 1960s. It was then (in 1964), that Mickey Mouse Club Theater was renamed Fantasyland Theater. The old 400-seat “Mickey Mouse Club Theater” was now rehabilitated with 450 seats (to increase guest capacity). During operational hours, Disneyland guests still enjoyed Walt Disney shorts in the air-conditioned auditorium. Long before DVDs, and streaming services, the Fantasyland Theater offered a rare opportunity to watch Walt Disney Studios’ animated classic characters on a big screen (the way that Walt intended). Walt Disney Productions’ short films were shown here, as well as pieces starring the Mouseketeers of the Mickey Mouse Club.

One of the first films shown (in the summer of ‘64) was “Mickey and the Beanstalk” (billed as “Walt Disney’s Jack and the Beanstalk” on posters).

Continuous showings of "Jack and the Beanstalk," (c. July of 1964)
Continuous showings of "Jack and the Beanstalk," (c. July of 1964)

In late 1965 thru 1966, “Pecos Bill” returned for a double feature with “Rugged Bear” starring Donald Duck.

“Mickey Mouse presents ‘The Wonderful World of Wizardry’” at the Fantasyland Theater, for seven performances daily (from 12:00N-7:30pm), from December 26th, 1967 thru January 1st, 1968. “The majic show” featured “the wizardry of Mickey Mouse, Pluto, Goofy and Alice in Wonderland performing several famous illusions live on stage.” During this same winter period, both the White Rabbit and Mad Hatter made regular appearances at the Forecourt Fantasyland Theater, greeting guests as part of the Character Program, “throughout the Christmas Holidays” (daily between parades, from 9:00am to 11:45am). [“Disneyland Holiday Talent Master Schedule,” prepared for the period of December 16, 1967 through January 1, 1968]

Winnie the Pooh and the Honey Tree also ran during 1968. By that year the seating capacity has been expanded to a maximum of 452 guests (with a theoretical hourly capacity of 904). The following year (c. 1969), the Academy Award winning Winnie the Pooh and the Blustery Day came to Fantasyland Theater, accompanied by a stage show featuring the residents of the Hundred Acre Wood. One Disneyland Admission Media Rides and Attractions Report [prepared in April 1971, by Disneyland Research Department] divulged that 4,964,907 guests had visited the Fantasyland Theater during its hours of operation. During the early 1970s, a Cartoon Festival starring Mickey Mouse and Minnie Mouse introduced younger generations to the comedy duo, on the big screen - the way that Walt Disney intended them to be viewed. This Cartoon Festival continued throughout the decade, with other shows like the Disneyland Music Education Program’s “Fun With Music” (a c. 1976 live educational music-oriented show which taught children about “the most creative means of expressing our feelings thoughts, moods, and emotions” - music) appearing intermittently.

The Fantasyland Theater was also utilized for a variety of special events. Occasionally (during summers of the 1960s), the theater was used for staging the live bands of Grad Nite Humdinger shows. In 1966, the Employee Opinion Poll (conducted by Cal-Tech) was held at the Fantasyland Theatre. During the Winter-Spring (of 1966-1967), Cal-Tech conducted the Employee Opinion Poll from the Fantasyland Theater, the poll given to every person who worked for the Park at the time. During 1967, Card Walker orchestrated a special presentation from the Fantasyland Theater stage, for top theater chain owners across the country. Family Film Festivals soon included screenings of live action Walt Disney Productions like Return from Witch Mountain, Candleshoe, The Apple Dumpling Gang, and The Strongest Man in the World. On October 14 & 15 (Saturday and Sunday), 1978, a special two-day limited engagement showing of ‘The Three Caballeros’, “Walt Disney’s popular salute to South America” was featured at the Fantasyland Theater. One of the last screenings was a special early Disneyland Cast-only screening of the 25th Anniversary Birthday Commercial (for all who were involved - both in front fo the camera and behind-the-scenes) debuted Saturday, December 9th, 1980, 9:30a.m., in the Fantasyland Theater. Then, the Fantasyland Theater closed on December 20, 1981.

The Fantasyland Theater Architectural Facade from the Skyway, (1964)
The Fantasyland Theater Architectural Facade from the Skyway, (1964)

A special Mickey Mouse Club show (advertised on posters rather than the theater marquee) received top billing during 1964.

F38D98E5-3097-4B12-81A6-5DC5E836DC87.jpeg
Disneyland "B" Coupon (25¢ Value)
Disneyland "B" Coupon (25¢ Value)

During early days of the all-new Fantasyland Theater, the admission price of the preceding Mickey Mouse Club Theater was retained - 25¢!

Fantasyland Theater, (November, 1965)
Fantasyland Theater, (November, 1965)

Short films Pecos Bill and Rugged Bear now showing at the Fantasyland Theater as a double feature!

 In 1965, the University of Disneyland presented the Fall Film Festival at the Fantasyland Theater. Shows included the son of flubber, Bambi, kidnapped, the living desert, babes in toyland, and Savage Sam.

In 1965, the University of Disneyland presented the Fall Film Festival at the Fantasyland Theater. Shows included the son of flubber, Bambi, kidnapped, the living desert, babes in toyland, and Savage Sam.

Fantasyland Theater, (1966)
Fantasyland Theater, (1966)
Fantasyland Theater, (1966)
Fantasyland Theater, (1966)

More than a decade after they were released, the Melody Time (1948) short Pecos Bill, and the Donald Duck and Humphrey Bear short Rugged Bear (1953) would play in a double-feature at Fantasyland Theatre!

F3F449DB-3B47-4AC6-94B7-755FE2DD19C2.jpeg
Fantasyland Theater Architectural Facade, c. 1968.
Fantasyland Theater Architectural Facade, c. 1968.
Fantasyland Theater, 1969
Fantasyland Theater, 1969
116D1FAD-9E5E-462F-A11E-694C16C0F0D1.jpeg
Fantasyland Theater, 1969.
Fantasyland Theater, 1969.

We can vaguely see the marquee, which advertises a Winnie the Pooh feature.

The 18-minute film, A Visit to Walt Disney World was shown at the Fantasyland Theatre immediately preceding the festival attraction, Bambi on Friday, May 2, 1969 at 7:30 p.m.

Fantasyland Theater Stage, (c. October, 1970)
Fantasyland Theater Stage, (c. October, 1970)

Winnie the Pooh and his “Hundred Acre” neighbors and members of the Pearly Band (like clarinetist Jack Martin) perform for the audience at the Fantasyland Theater.

During January 8 to 21, 1973 the Fantasyland Theater was closed for a 2-week rehabilitation.

Fantasyland Theater, 1974
Fantasyland Theater, 1974

The “Sound Films” which played in the Fantasyland Theatre during this Cartoon Festival introduced Mickey Mouse to a younger generation who may have only known him from the New Mickey Mouse Club and his appearances in the Disney Parks. These limited time screenings included such timeless classics as “The Band Concert” (1935), “Through The Mirror” (1936), and “Mickey’s Trailer” (1938).

Fantasyland Theater Architectural Facade, c. 1974 - August, 1975.
Fantasyland Theater Architectural Facade, c. 1974 - August, 1975.

A Cartoon Festival starring Walt Disney’s Mickey Mouse and Minnie Mouse is held at the Fantasyland Theater.

Fantasyland Theater, c. 1975 - 1976, The Cartoon Festival
Fantasyland Theater, c. 1975 - 1976, The Cartoon Festival
Fantasyland Theater, 1975
Fantasyland Theater, 1975

Several 1930s Mickey Mouse short films would reintroduce Mickey and Minnie Mouse to an entire new generation that may have never seen a “classic mickey Mouse” cartoon on the big screen! This Cartoon Festival would continue into 1975 - during the American Bicentennial celebration held at Disneyland.

Fantasyland Theater, c. 1975 - 1976
Fantasyland Theater, c. 1975 - 1976

Fantasyland Theater Architectural Facade, c. 1981.
Fantasyland Theater Architectural Facade, c. 1981.
Disneyland “C” Coupon, 40¢ Value.
Disneyland “C” Coupon, 40¢ Value.
Disneyland "C" Coupon 40¢ Value.
Disneyland "C" Coupon 40¢ Value.
Disneyland “B” Coupon, No Cash Value.
Disneyland “B” Coupon, No Cash Value.
Disneyland "B" Coupon (No Cash Value)
Disneyland "B" Coupon (No Cash Value)

“Maintenance of Magic”

During each day, Disneyland Park Operations M-42 Machinists would, at least once, check all attractions in Fantasyland and discuss with each Attraction Lead and problems, defects, or any other feedback regarding the department. M-42 Machinists would also respond to all downs and delayed openings in the Fantasyland area whether or not it was mechanical. Upon arriving at an attraction, they would determine whether what the failure was. M-42 would determine which crafts were needed, determine an estimated time of repair, notify M-1 and assist with crafts when necessary.

The framework of the old Fantasyland Theater (formerly Mickey Mouse Theater) after the period of demolition, in preparation for New Fantasyland construction.
The framework of the old Fantasyland Theater (formerly Mickey Mouse Theater) after the period of demolition, in preparation for New Fantasyland construction.

Ultimately, the Fantasyland Theater’s curtains fell, and its closed its doors for the final time. During 1981, construction would begin on a new adventure contained in Sleeping Beauty Castle complex’s East side, as part of New Fantasyland! We invite you to “please, step this way” , as we take one last look back at a very unique aspect of the Fantasyland Theater - the Disneyland Drama Club productions!

 During the 1960s, hard working Disneyland employees were rewarded periodically with scheduled luncheons, family picnics, film festival screenings featuring popular Walt Disney Studios films, and field trips to fun and exotic locations. Industrial Ba

During the 1960s, hard working Disneyland employees were rewarded periodically with scheduled luncheons, family picnics, film festival screenings featuring popular Walt Disney Studios films, and field trips to fun and exotic locations. Industrial Basketball games, Volleyball tournaments, and softball leagues allowed for exercise and introduced a spirit of healthy competition and challenge. In addition, various clubs (focused on skiing, the arts, Christian fellowship, square dancing, to name a few) helped Disneyland’s employees bond and befriend each other. These opportunities to enjoy a little recreation with like-minded Disneyland Cast Members were all owing to one organization called the Disneyland Recreation Club (we’ll hear more about their origin below)!

But, did you know, that Disneylanders were seasonally treated to limited stage productions of plays presented from the Fantasyland Theater Stage, by the Disneyland Drama Workshop? It is very appropriate that we take a rather extended interlude to introduce our next Fantasyland Theatre- related subject, as it was most enjoyed among Disneylanders during the 1960s and the 1970s.

Some of the earliest evidence of staff-produced play productions on Disneyland property date back to the 1960s. Spring Tonics 1960 (a series of Disneylander-produced skits) was held on May 25th, 26th, and 27th in the Mickey Mouse Club Theater. About this time period, at least one other play production was performed. The granddaughter of a former Main Street Concessions Manager [a certain C. S.] recently shared her remembrance of this show in Disneyland : “Grandma performed in this theater. Grandma would sing and dance. She had a smile that just melted your heart. I can remember her reading her lines for the play she would be in, in the Mickey Mouse Club Theater. Grandma was in the play Arsenic and Old Lace.”

By 1962, the Disneyland Recreational Club supported a “little theater group” known as the Disneyland Players.
According to Tom Pletts (a latter member of the Disneyland Drama Club), “[The] Disneyland Drama Club…existed [a few years later] in 1966, very briefly. It was begun by executive Bill Carden, but ended after only one bill of one -acts at the Hotel.” This production featured several acts - ‘The Case of the Crushed Petunias’, ‘If Men Played Cards as Women Do’, ‘Escurial’, and ‘Separate Tables’ were each directed by a different Disneylander and starred a small, unique cast. Tom continues, “Bill had been transferred to another part of the company, I think, and he was the sole instigator. Fun while it lasted, though.”

Fast forward about five years, to 1971 - the heyday of the Disneyland Drama Workshop (or, Disneyland Theatrical Production Club). If you were lucky enough to have a family member who worked for Disneyland, you may have had the opportunity to visit Fantasyland Theater after hours for at least 1 of 16 total productions :

•The American Dame (1970)

•Greensleeves’ Magic (February 22-25, 1971) - the second Drama Workshop Production

•Chicken Ranching for Fun and Profit (May 24-26, 1971)

•Spring Tonics (1971) - a skit performed for the park’s summer banquet

•Bye Bye Birdie (November 1-4, 1971)

•Story Theater (January 8-11, 1972) including Henny Penny, The Elves and the Shoemaker, The Robber Bridegroom, The Fisherman and His Wife, and The Lion-Hearted Kitten

•Jane Eyre (scheduled for February of 1972, but unproduced)

•Rumplestiltskin (February 28, 29 ; March 1, 2, 1972)

•You Can’t Take It With You (May, 1972)

•Lil’ Abner (October 1972)

•Wait Until Dark (March 12-15, 1973)

•Story Theater (1973) - a collection of one acts

•How to Succeed In Business Without Really Trying (October 15, 16, 17, 18, 1973)

•Little Mary Sunshine (1974)

•And Then There Were None (1974)

•The Goodtime Dance Company (September, 1975)

•The Sound of Music (February 5, 7, 10-13, 1975)

•The Fantastics (1975)

•Tail of the West (February 3-5 ; 10-12, 1976)

•Come Blow Your Horn (c. 1976)

•The Boyfriend (1978)

•Damn Yankees (date unknown)

•Come Blow Your Horn (1987)

At times a production was scheduled, announced in LINE Magazine, but never produced. One such example was a production of Jane Eyre (which was considered during early 1972), but did not garner enough interest. A few of these were directed and written by Wally Boag, and each one starred a talented cast of Disneyland employees. Disneylander Earl Archer was a charter member of the Disneyland Drama Workshop and had been involved in every production since its establishment until (at least) 1974. If you worked at the Park during this era, I am sure you will see some faces that you recognize in the following sections!

The American Dame Program Cover, (1970)
The American Dame Program Cover, (1970)

The very first Disneyland Drama Club Workshop production was ‘The American Dame’, presented (appropriately) in the 400-seat, air-conditioned, Fantasyland Theatre! Alex Goldstab (a Disneyland Entertainment Manager), produced it just before relocating to support the newly established Character Department of Walt Disney World’s Magic Kingdom.

The American Dame Producer and Director Alexander Goldstab, (1970)
The American Dame Producer and Director Alexander Goldstab, (1970)

Alex Goldstab (Entertainment Division ; The American Dame Producer) sets the lights for the show. Tom Pletts recollects, “Having professional staff help us with our shows was a tremendous boost!” After the production was over, Alex Goldstab (Entertainment Division ; The American Dame Producer) left for Walt Disney World in Florida. He was missed by all who worked with him!

The American Dame, (1970)
The American Dame, (1970)

Kathy Bell (who isn’t listed among the program’s credits for The American Dame), was influential in this production.

The American Dame Program (Page 1), (1970)
The American Dame Program (Page 1), (1970)

Connie Lane (former Disneyland Ambassador of 1966, and Disneyland Drama Club member) recollects the production : “It was effervescent! We were doing a great show, in the Fantasyland Theatre and doing something that hadn’t been done before at Disneyland. The show was meant to be a study of American Womanhood. We all had several roles.”

The American Dame Program (Page 2), (1970)
The American Dame Program (Page 2), (1970)

“In the show, I did two or three sketches. In one, I was a pioneer moving west with my spouse. In another, I was making excuses for just being a passenger while my wife drove our car. Pleasant, fun stuff.”

-Tom Pletts

The American Dame, (1970)
The American Dame, (1970)

The American Dame cast member Tom Pletts has a conversation with cast member Pat Keener at the backstage makeup mirror.

The American Dame, (1970)
The American Dame, (1970)

The American Dame Cast Members Sharon Wimmer and Ann Cottrell in makeup.

The American Dame, (1970)
The American Dame, (1970)

The American Dame actor Bob Sendzik gets assistance with his makeup while backstage.

The American Dame, (1970)
The American Dame, (1970)

The Disneyland Drama Club production of The American Dame starred many familiar faces from around the Park. Here, Connie Lane (Disneyland Ambassador of 1966 ; Disneyland V.I.P. Hostess) readies for her part.

The American Dame, (1970)
The American Dame, (1970)

Connie Lane remembers : “I was able to wear one of Betty Taylor’s dresses for the show, [and] I was in heaven. [It was] off white ‘silk-looking’, lots of heavy beading, HEAVY! It took two dressers to help me fit it and secure the zipper…I was under strict orders not to get the hem dirty.”

Letter From Jim Heiss (Disneyland Drama Workshop President), (1970)
Letter From Jim Heiss (Disneyland Drama Workshop President), (1970)

Inside The American Dame program, an accompanying formal letter from Jim Heiss invites fellow Disneyland Cast Members to join the Disneyland Drama Club of the University of Disneyland. The letter concludes with a special pre-show thanks to all Disneyland Cast Members of the D.R.C. (Disneyland Recreational Department) and the Disneyland Costume Department for their support of this production.

 Sherry Nelson was scheduled to perform, but incurred some sort of illness or injury that prevented her from being involved. Before the opening performance, Sherry sent her well-wishes to the cast and crew of the Disneyland Drama Club’s production of

Sherry Nelson was scheduled to perform, but incurred some sort of illness or injury that prevented her from being involved. Before the opening performance, Sherry sent her well-wishes to the cast and crew of the Disneyland Drama Club’s production of The American Dame.

The American Dame, (1970)
The American Dame, (1970)

The American Dame also starred Disneyland Drama Club President Jim Heiss (background) and Jim Adams (foreground), both in supporting roles.

The American Dame, (1970)
The American Dame, (1970)

A pioneer and his wife moving West with his spouse, portrayed by Pat Keener (left) and Tom Pletts (right).

The American Dame, (1970)
The American Dame, (1970)

The Pioneer’s Wife (portrayed by Pat Keener), holds the reins on the schooner as the couple heads West!

The American Dame, (1970)
The American Dame, (1970)

Pat Keener making sure everyone’s awake.

The American Dame, (1970)
The American Dame, (1970)

Suezanne Fisher

1970, The American Dame
1970, The American Dame

Johnny Buckner

The American Dame, (1970)
The American Dame, (1970)

The Preacher Scene including (left to right) : Greg Silva, Jim Adams, Suezanne Fisher, Sherry Nelson, and Gloria Clark (bottom right).

The American Dame, (1970)
The American Dame, (1970)

Sharon Wimmer and Sandie Schumacher

The American Dame, (1970)
The American Dame, (1970)

Gloria Clark in The American Dame.

c. 1971 Disneyland Drama Workshop Flyer, Artwork by Tom Pletts
c. 1971 Disneyland Drama Workshop Flyer, Artwork by Tom Pletts

By 1971, John Buckner had replaced Jim Heiss as the Disneyland Drama Workshop President. Now that the Disneyland Drama Club’s production of The American Dame had been produced as a smashing success (owing to its Disneyland cast Members), work began on casting two major plays to be produced during the following year. Word of this was heralded throughout the lands, courtesy of the Disneyland Recreation Club. In addition to these productions, the troupe also performed for Cast Members at the “Summer ‘71 Kick-Off Dinner.”

Disneyland LINE Magazine Excerpt, (1971)
Disneyland LINE Magazine Excerpt, (1971)

Many of the stars of the previous production (The American Dame) returned to support this second Disneyland Drama Club production of “Greensleeves’ Magic”.

Greensleeves’ Magic Dress Rehearsals, 1971
Greensleeves’ Magic Dress Rehearsals, 1971

The previous Disneyland Drama Club production borrowed many costumes from the Entertainment Costume Department. Now, many costumes were made special for Disneyland Drama Club’s 2nd production - “Greensleeves’ Magic”! Here, Jim Adams receives a costume measurement and alteration.

Greensleeves’ Magic Dress Rehearsals, 1971
Greensleeves’ Magic Dress Rehearsals, 1971
Greensleeves’ Magic Dress Rehearsals, 1971
Greensleeves’ Magic Dress Rehearsals, 1971
Greensleeves’ Magic Dress Rehearsals, 1971
Greensleeves’ Magic Dress Rehearsals, 1971

Connie Lane as The Queen and Jim Adams (foreground)

Greensleeves’ Magic Program Cover, 1971
Greensleeves’ Magic Program Cover, 1971

This artwork has been attributed to renowned Disneyland portrait artist Chuck Boyer. If you’re not familiar with the name Charles Boyer, its likely that you’ve seen his work hanging around Disneyland. Charles Boyer would go on to produce many visual tributes to parades and performers of Disneyland - from the Disneyland Band to the Royal Street Bachelors. During the 1980s, Charles produced many pieces to advertise seasons of Circus Fantasy and Fantasy On Parade. For now, Charles Boyer would support the Disneyland Drama Club with artwork utilized for their programs and posters.

Greensleeves’ Magic Program, 1971
Greensleeves’ Magic Program, 1971
Greensleeves’ Magic Program, 1971
Greensleeves’ Magic Program, 1971
1971, Greensleeves’ Magic
1971, Greensleeves’ Magic
Greensleeves' Magic Full Cast Photo, 1971
Greensleeves' Magic Full Cast Photo, 1971

“It’s hard to imagine Bonnie as a villain ever. I just don’t remember the plot well enough to visualize her in that role. But there I am in the picture with her(in the striped shirt, as the bashful sailor). Disneyland Ambassador Carol DeKeyser is the laughing one on the left. Ambassador Connie Swanson is the blonde in gold satin, upper middle, character Jim Adams is just below her (in character). On the far right, the redhead in a red vest is the founder Jim Heiss. Next to him is the wonderful Pat Keener…Oh, the guy above Jim : Bob Beardsley, who played Greensleeves!”

-Tom Pletts

Greensleeves' Magic Full Cast Photo (Labelled), 1971
Greensleeves' Magic Full Cast Photo (Labelled), 1971

(1) ?, (2) Carol DeKeyser Masters, (3) Craig Carmen, (4) Betty Bell, (5) ?, (6) Tom Pletts, (7) ?, (8) Suezanne Fisher (the Hills Bros. employee who directed this production), (9) Connie Swanson Lane, (10) Bonnie Barrilleaux (a “Golden Horseshoe hoofer”), (11) Jim Adams, (12) ?, (13) Patricia Keener Chandler, (14) Alan Oldham, (15) Chuck Robertson, (16) Jim Heiss, (17) Phil Chilcote, (18) Bob Beardsley, (19) ?

 With this production, it became a tradition to meet the audience (and autograph their playbills) after each show.  Straight thru the crowd,  Suezanne Fischer  greets guests between the  Fantasyland Theatre  and  Mad Tea Party Cups .

With this production, it became a tradition to meet the audience (and autograph their playbills) after each show. Straight thru the crowd, Suezanne Fischer greets guests between the Fantasyland Theatre and Mad Tea Party Cups.

Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)
Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)
Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)
Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)
The Evil Duchess of Greensleeves’ Magic, 1971
The Evil Duchess of Greensleeves’ Magic, 1971

The “not-so-evil” Bonnie Barrilleaux (as The Evil Duchess of Greensleeves’ Magic) strikes an “Evil Pose” for a guest’s camera.

The Evil Duchess of Greensleeves’ Magic, 1971
The Evil Duchess of Greensleeves’ Magic, 1971

Bonnie Barrilleaux (as The Evil Duchess in Greensleeves’ Magic), greets guests in a not-so-evil manner.

Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)
Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)
Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)
Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)

Pat Keener after the show.

Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)
Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)

Pat Keener (who played Miranda) and Connie Lane (who played The Queen) pose for a photograph near the Fantasyland Theatre entrance after the show.

Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)
Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)

Suezanne Fischer (who played the role of Matilda) takes some time to autograph a program for one of her fans.

Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)
Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)

It became a tradition to autograph Playbills of younger guests after productions.

Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)
Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)

“Greensleeves’ Magic was nearly taken out of the Park to entertain more kids, but wasn’t Disney’s material.”

-Tom Pletts

Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)
Greensleeves’ Magic, (1971)

The Fantasyland Theater house was packed, but did not exceed the occupancy limit.

A Contemporaneous Disneyland LINE Excerpt
A Contemporaneous Disneyland LINE Excerpt

Accolades from the writing department of Disneyland’s own in-house periodical publication for employees.

Disneyland Inter-Office Communication, (May, 1971)
Disneyland Inter-Office Communication, (May, 1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit (Cover)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit (Cover)

Again, Disneyland’s own portrait artist Chuck Boyer would provide artwork for another program cover. Disneyland Drama Club Alumn Tom Pletts remembered, "He was very kind to our little drama group.”

But what was this third Disneyland Drama Club production about? Cast Member Tom Pletts (who portrayed “Grasper Quick”) recalled the Plot this way : “The villain Grasper Quick was going to foreclose on Widow Blues’ chicken ranch unless her daughter, Sugar Blues, married him. Sugar’s boyfriend and hero, Victor Virtue, and his friend, cheerleader Frank Funster vainly try to help. Sugar attempts to bribe Grasper by sending him all the eggs ; but, since he’s been secretly feeding her chickens gunpowder (don’t ask), they blow up his mansion (off stage, of course). It’s all sprinkled with running gags and a catchy tune or to. Fun stuff.”

Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)

Cast member Tom Pletts continues : “It’s kind of a ‘Vaudevillain’ comic melodrama, and is only 30 minutes long (for audience turnover). Its title is ‘Chicken Ranching for Fun and Profit’…or, ‘Many A Man Has Gone to the Dogs Chasing a Chick’. Authorship is credited to Wally Boag, Fulton Burley, and Bert Henry. Jerry King, the regular [Golden] Horseshoe drummer provided the rim-shots for us ; Rod Miller, the Coke Corner pianist, played excellent ragtime to keep the mood. I still get pumped for a show start when I hear ‘Maple Leaf Rag’!”

Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit Rehearsals, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit Rehearsals, (1971)

Ben Sherman and Bonnie (Sugar) get some direction while sitting in the dining area of the Golden Horseshoe Theater.

Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit Rehearsals, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit Rehearsals, (1971)

Pat (Widow Blues) and Bonnie at rehearsals.

Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit Rehearsals, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit Rehearsals, (1971)

Johnny Buckner (Victor Virtue) and an unidentified book worm look over their scripts.

Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)

The following photos were taken at one of the “Chicken Ranching” performances held inside the Golden Horseshoe Saloon. The show also ran in the Fantasyland Theatre, but we don’t have any current “Vintage Views” available.

Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)

Tom Pletts remembers, “In the foreground, you’ll notice Pat Keener, the Widow Blues, reading a ‘mort-gage’ (as Wally preferred).”

Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)

Tom Pletts recalls, “I’m hiding behind a ‘bush’…”

Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)

Tom Pletts continues, “…and in the midst of a chase scene, Funster makes us play a game. Too much fun.”

(From Left To Right) : Bonnie as Sugar Blues, Tom Pletts as Grasper Quick, Johnny Buckner as Victor Virtue, and Jim Adams as Frank Funster the “Yell Leader”.

Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, (1971)

We asked Tom Pletts about this funny looking prop to the stage left, and he excitedly exclaimed : “That’s a ‘Chicken Trophy’! I don’t remember if it was employed in the show other than as a prop. It just got called that because it looks like a gold-plated rubber chicken!”

Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit Reunion (of sorts), (2007)
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit Reunion (of sorts), (2007)

[Photo: Courtesy of Tom Pletts]

Tom couldn’t help but share this related memory : “Here’s a Chicken Ranching For Fun And Profit mini-reunion during the gathering for Fulton Burley’s memorial at the studion. (From Left to Right) Grasper (Tom Pletts), Sugar (Bonnie), an aging Wally Boag (“The Great One”), Frank Funster (Jim), and our ragtime pianist (Rod Miller).”

"Chicken Ranching for Fun or Profit / Spring Tonics '71" Ticket
"Chicken Ranching for Fun or Profit / Spring Tonics '71" Ticket

“The Show Goes On”…

Where the two previous Disneyland Drama Club productions had a limited run during one week, “Chicken ranching For Fun & Profit” was perhaps the first production to be extended. Tom Pletts (who portrayed the character of “Grasper Quick”) recollects : “The company decided to present our show to the public one night a week through the summer, and then for Private Party nights in the fall. AGVA limited the number of performances unless we joined their union ; so the Park shut us down after 50+ shows.”

SPRING TONICS '71 Program Cover Artwork
SPRING TONICS '71 Program Cover Artwork

(Artwork by Tom Pletts)

The very first “Spring Tonics” appeared May of 1957! The show was described as “a combination pep rally and an annual review, their inspired madness provided a satiric reflection on the Disney Way,” according to an article published in Disneyland LINE (Vol 12, No. 29 ; July 17, 1980).

The 1958 Spring Tonics was known as the “Annual Brain Wash at the Mouse House” with special scripts written by Disneylanders. Van France coordinated the show, Bud Coulson was the MC, and Jack Sayers presented the “brainwash” portion of the show (with more than a few interruptions by Trinidad). Vesey Walker and the Disneyland Band, Wally Boag, Don Novis, Betty Taylor, the Golden Horseshoe Girls and orchestra were highlights of the program. Memorable acts included Frank Heidemann pickin’ oranges in ‘52.

In 1961, Disneyland employees attended the Annual “Spring Tonics” show in the Mickey Mouse Theater and heard a special talk given by Joe Fowler, Disney Vice-President, after the performances.

But according to Backstage magazine (published Summer, 1965), the tradition of “Springtonics” (a spoof of Disneyland operations, as presented by the management) had completely disappeared by the year 1965. Bob Penfield briefly mentions fondly remembering these very “Springtonics in the Mickey Mouse Theater - a skit that was a spoof of everything and it was put on by management,” to Disneyland LINE (Vol.25, No.28). Now (two decades later), it looks as if “Springtonics” had been revived. If you’re wondering what the “Spring Tonics ‘71” show was all about, Tom Pletts has your answer :

“Spring Tonics was a pre-summer kick starter for Disneyland employees in the early years. Wally headlined a cast that did cute sketches about Park Operations, and got everyone in the mood for the season. Our show merely revived it, with Wally’s help. It was performed on the Tomorrowland Terrace stage (I think) at the same time as our Golden Horseshoe melodrama, so I didn’t get to be in it or see it. But I drew the program for it…‘71 Spring Tonics revived an early Disneyland tradition. ‘72 we performed skits for the park’s summer banquets, for leads.”

Spring Tonics '71 Program Credits Page, (1971)
Spring Tonics '71 Program Credits Page, (1971)
Spring Tonics '71 Program Credits Page, (1971)
Spring Tonics '71 Program Credits Page, (1971)
Spring Tonics '71 Program Page 2, (1971)
Spring Tonics '71 Program Page 2, (1971)
Spring Tonic '71 Flyer
Spring Tonic '71 Flyer

Tickets for this employees-only production were sold through the Disneyland Recreation Club.

Bye, Bye, Birdie Rehearsals, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Rehearsals, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Rehearsals, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Rehearsals, (1971)

Jim Adams (with his head down) and Bonnie Barilleaux (on the right)

Bye Bye Birdie Script Read-Through
Bye Bye Birdie Script Read-Through

Left to Right : Unidentified, Lee Lomask (Stage Manager), Anita Trammell (as Ursula Merkle), hard-working Fantasyland Graveyard Working Leader Rhonda Treischel (as Rosie Alvarez), Bruce Langford (as Conrad Birdie).

Bye, Bye, Birdie Rehearsals, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Rehearsals, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Rehearsals, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Rehearsals, (1971)

Earl Archer (in plaid on the right).

Bye, Bye, Birdie Rehearsals, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Rehearsals, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Rehearsals, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Rehearsals, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Rehearsals, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Rehearsals, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Rehearsals, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Rehearsals, (1971)
Backstage Magazine Excerpt, (Fall, 1971)
Backstage Magazine Excerpt, (Fall, 1971)

This issue of Backstage Magazine featured other articles of contemporaneous events (Disneyland’s first Country Music Spectacular, Bear Country development and construction, and the opening of Walt Disney World) which helped understand the era that this production of Bye Bye Birdie was performed. These exciting updates gave us an inside sneak peek at what would surely be the Disneyland Drama Club’s most anticipated production to date!

Backstage Magazine Excerpt, (Fall, 1971)
Backstage Magazine Excerpt, (Fall, 1971)
Letter From Bob Jani, (Dated October 26, 1971)
Letter From Bob Jani, (Dated October 26, 1971)

Bob Jani (who much live Disneyland and Walt Disney World entertainment of the 1970s has been acredited) was invited to attend the Disneyland Drama Club production of Bye, Bye, Birdie. Due to conflicting scheduling arrangements, he could not make it, and sent this letter to Ted E. Buxton of Disneyland’s Publicity Department.

Bye, Bye, Birdie Program Cover, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Program Cover, (1971)

Jim Stewart (who played the part of Harvey) recalls being a part of this Disneyland Drama Club production :

“Man, this brings back memories.

I started at Disneyland at the end of summer 1971. I worked at Club 33 as miscellaneous kitchen help. I worked with the [Disneyland] Drama Club during my stint in the park. The play that I was involved with was ‘Bye, Bye Birdie’.  I still have my Bye Bye program, signed by many of the cast members. The director Greg Silva did an awesome job. Also, Van, the choreographer did a great job, and when I would get frustrated was so good at motivating me to do my best. I accomplished far beyond what I thought I could do. Many of the props and stage sets I was able to get from my Drama Teacher at Orange High School where we had performed the same play twice. I played several parts, as well as worked on the shows program.

I had a lot of fun with the part, even though I was told I was typecast. Was also on the television crew, and worked with publicity. The silk screen for the front cover as due to an error when I had the programs printed. Greg Dymkowski stepped up to bat and worked on this project for the silk screening. It was such a fun project and had a ball doing it.“

As you look over the pages of the program for the Disneyland Drama Club production of “Bye, Bye, Birdie”, note the sheer size of the cast and crew involved (especially in comparison with previous productions “The American Dame” and “Greensleeves’ Magic”).

Bye, Bye, Birdie Program, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Program, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Program, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Program, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Program, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Program, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Program, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Program, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Tickets, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Tickets, (1971)
Bye Bye Birdie Production, 1971
Bye Bye Birdie Production, 1971
Bye Bye Birdie Production, 1971
Bye Bye Birdie Production, 1971
Bye Bye Birdie Production, 1971
Bye Bye Birdie Production, 1971
Bye, Bye, Birdie Program, (1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Program, (1971)

Both “Jane Eyre” and “You Can’t Take It With You” were scheduled as Disneyland Drama Club “Coming Productions”, but only one of these will generate enough interest to become a reality. Still this future production was still moths away, and (though not advertised here) another exciting production - “Rumplestiltskin” - would come along first!

Bye, Bye, Birdie Attendance, (published Disneyland LINE, 1971)
Bye, Bye, Birdie Attendance, (published Disneyland LINE, 1971)
Fan Letter, (c. 1970)
Fan Letter, (c. 1970)

At least one guest wrote a letter of thanks to the Disneyland Drama Club, for their production of “Bye, Bye, Birdie”.

Letter From James Stewart to Ron Doyle
Letter From James Stewart to Ron Doyle

During the late 1960s and 1970s, the Disneyland Recreation Club was a supporter of many of Disneyland’s own “in-house” extracurricular employee organizations - softball leagues, chess clubs, christian clubs, and many more! The Disneyland Drama Club was appreciative of all the support that it’s members received from the Disneyland Recreation Club, that the President often expressed thanks by way of letters like this one.

 If you ever had a role at Disneyland during the first 50 years (or so), then you likely were admonished at some time to “know your D.R.C. council.” With all this talk about the  D.R.C. , you may be wondering just what it stands for. If you were only

If you ever had a role at Disneyland during the first 50 years (or so), then you likely were admonished at some time to “know your D.R.C. council.” With all this talk about the D.R.C., you may be wondering just what it stands for. If you were only a guest of Disneyland, then you may have never heard of the D.R.C., or Disneyland Recreation Club. The Disneyland Recreation Club was formed only a “few months after the drawbridge of Fantasyland Castle was lowered,” according to a column by Bob Penfield (published in Disneyland LINE, Summer of 1965).
The D.R.C. owes its existence to several individuals including Van Arsdale France (of the University of Disneyland), Jan Ayers (of Group Insurance), and others.

It was one of many clubs (or, organizations) comprised of Disneyland Cast Members at the Park and the Hotel (all persons became members of the DRC when they began their employment with Disneyland). Y’know, a wise Mouseketeer once sang, “A good clean sport, a good clean mind will do a lot for you!” Holding a high value to those ethics may be one reason why the company itself, would financially sponsor recreation and entertainment for its employees (or, DRC members).

1956: For instance, the First Annual “End of Summer” Dance in honor of part time employees (who “improved every phase of the Park’s operation”) was held September 7th, 1956 (and these “Via Con Dios Dances” became a tradition during the first decade). The Disneylander periodical (published by the Disneyland Recreation Club) preserves information on many of these events. The First Annual Disneyland Christmas Party was held on December 10, 1956. “The originator and arranger for basic detail was your Disneyland Recreation Club. The council Felt honored and privileged by the success of this party.”

1957: During May of 1957, Iris Schuller (of Latin Imports at the Disneyland Hotel), hosted a series of six self-improvement classes for women (e.g. Makeup and Hair Styling, Walking and Posture, Figure Control and Co-ordination, Personality and Charm, Voice and Diction, and Wardrobe and Color Co-ordination). By 1957, the DRC sponsored a Basketball Team, Bowling League, Softball Team (the first team in the Industrial “A” League of Anaheim to complete a season undefeated), and Toastmasters Club.

1958: Tournaments of the very first Disneyland Golf Club were organized. Futurama Bowl in nearby Garden Grove hosted bowling tournaments. The first meeting of the Gun Club was organized and held in January of 1958. The Garden Grove Women’s Club hosted the very first Sweetheart Dance on February 14th, when Disneylanders were encouraged to have a Date Night of their own.

1959: The following year (in the Winter of 1959), the D.R.C. sponsored the “Ben Hur” Theater Party - four busses carried 219 Disneylanders and their friends to a theatrical showing of the newly released Ben Hur. Many of such outings were subsequently scheduled.

1961: The D.R.C. Spring Frolics party awarded prizes like a color TV. The DRC 1960-61 Bowling League reached a grand climax at the Annual banquet held at the Garden Grove Elks Club. Trophies were presented to 29 individuals and the sponsors of the Silhouette team, the league champions. Hills Bros.' team finished in second place followed by Chef's Linen in third.

By the summer of 1965, the D.R.C. had supported a Disneyland Masonic Club, “the Gun Club, the Chess Club, Golf Club, Bowling, Softball, Basketball, the Square Dance Club, the Riding Club, and the Intra-Mural Slow Pitch Softball League, which was almost always dominated by supervisors,” according to Bob Penfield, in Disneyland LINE (of Summer, 1965).

A number Disneyland employees ran for DRC office, in order to be elected as the fortunate few who volunteer for the particular responsibility (and pleasure) of planning, organizing, and working recreational events that their fellow Disneyland Cast Members would enjoy! The DRC came to have a President (like Bob Phelps, c.1968), a Vice President, a Treasurer, a Chairperson, a Club Advisor, a Secretary, a Social Advisor, and a Sports Advisor. Weekly meetings of the D.R.C. council would be held at the University of Disneyland (usually, in the morning, weekly) and suggestions for new clubs would be passed before the D.R.C. Council. These were not managed by the DRC, but merely suggested for their approval and support. If you liked skiing, bowling, mountain climbing or golfing, there was a Cast Activity Club for you. Thanks to the D.R.C., Disneyland had a Basketball Club, a Bowling Club, Chess Club, a Golf Club, a Gun Club, a Intra-Mural Slow Pitch Softball League, a Riding Club, the Trap and Skeet Club, a Softball League , an American Sign Language Club, a Christian Fellowship Club, a Square Dance Club (called the “Disneyland Squares”), a Disneyland (ballroom) Dance Club, the Disney Animated Film Club, the Anglers Club, a Disneyland Chapter of the Weight Watchers Club, and many more recreational organizations to choose from. And, who could forget the annual Disneyland Canoe Races? Many (fellow cast) members of these clubs would shine bright with stellar talent that would have otherwise been unnoticed, if not for these clubs (who knew Vesey Walker or Ray Van De Walker liked to golf?). Again, these clubs would not have existed, if not for the approval and support of the DRC!

In turn, the various Disneyland Recreational Club occasionally supported and helped promote events for organizations held within the Park! For instance, in 1969, the Disneyland Hotel Embassy Room hosted the Disneyland Recreational Club Christmas Dance (featuring a buffet with prizes), on December 14, 1969, from 8:00 p.m. to 1:00 a.m. Then, there were those aforementioned “Disneyland Squares” (of over 150 members, including their club founder, resident barber, and “caller” Don Drew), who helped welcome near 12,000 guests to “Disneyland’s Country Music Spectacular” held October 16, 1971. Despite a little rain, the event was a big success, and paved the way for the “Country Music Night at Disneyland”. Though the Disneyland Squares membership would triple, allowing them to become self-supporting, and not relying on D.R.C. funds through the 1970s, one must recognize that this all started with the immense support of the Disneyland Recreation Club!

The DRC Federal Credit Union was established in 1968, originally housed in room 287, on the 2nd floor of the Administration Building (on the Harbor Boulevard side). Within just 3 short months, it had grown to more than 500 members, turning payroll deductions into loans for employee members.

The Disneyland Recreation Club also published the “Disneylander” for employees of Disneyland, Inc. This publication was followed by the quarterly Disneyland Backstage magazine, which was co- published by the D.R.C. and the University of Disneyland.

By November of 1972, The Center opened (with its Quiet Room, Credit Union, Group Insurance Offices, Career Planning and Placement, and other facilities). You may recollect enjoying a coffee of hot chocolate at The Center while enjoying a few moments of quiet or watching a few minutes of television while taking a break. The Disney University Manager’s Office was also located at The Center. But more importantly (and on track with our topic), The Center became the location where Disneyland Cast Members would sign up for Disneyland Recreation Club events.

The face of the Disneyland Recreation Club Council Board changed frequently, with new members joining the Disneyland family annually (and of these, DRC Chairperson Candidates appearing on the DRC Election Ballot, hoping to win a spot on the Council). These lucky individuals would continue to support the “new sign-ups”, hear and approve the new suggestions for clubs, or handle and track the discount tickets sold for concerts, games, and other D.R.C. sponsored events. Perhaps you recollect scanning the pages of “Disneyland LINE” magazine for the “DRC Calendar of Events”, or contacting the Center for more information. Without a doubt, the most memorable ticketed events (arranged through the DRC through the years) include the DRC Annual Family Picnics, the Annual Christmas Parties and Dances (like the one held in 1964 when Wayne Van De Walker attended with Diana Reed), the Annual Canoe Races, those DRC summer softball leagues (about 800 Disneylanders supported the men’s and women’s divisions during the summer of ‘77 alone) and annual outdoor feasts, the trips to Dodger Stadium or excursions to Hawaii, and that time tickets were made available to see Disneyland Alumni “Steve Martin In Concert” (during December of 1977)!

As we recall his words of wisdom (published in Wisdom magazine, December of 1959), we’re sure that Walt would have continued to approve of these activities (sponsored by the D.R.C.) which help Cast Members to “get away from the grind” : “I have had fun on the job. I have never have been able to confine that fun to office hours.”

Ultimately Cast Activities was formed to “organize all Resort-wide Cast events, activities and recognition programs including Sports Leagues, Spirit of Disneyland Resort, Service Awards, Little Monsters, Family Holiday Party, Cast Film Screening and Canoe Races.”

Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972

Barnett Ricci, the Park’s chief choreographer, directing movement

Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972

Barnett Ricci demonstrates movement.

Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972

Barnett Ricci (Disneyland Entertainment Show Choreographer) blocking the Feast Scene.

Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972

Barnett Ricci teaching Jim how to dance

Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972

Barnett Ricci sits with our conductor Phil Slep, and his ‘orchestra’

Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972

Bonnie and Jim rehearsing

Rumplestiltskin Flyer, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Flyer, 1972

You may have seen these flyers hanging around the D.R.C. during 1972.

Rumplestiltskin Production Update, Disneyland LINE, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Production Update, Disneyland LINE, 1972

Tom Pletts (in looking over this Disneyland LINE article) recalled : “Ben Sherman, by the way, also produced ‘Chicken Ranching [for Fun & Profit]’. His Park job was managing and producing Character events, parades, & such. Smart guy, and very nice. He’s become a writer.”

Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Special Guest Narrator Connie Lane (VIP Tour Guide and Ambassador)
Special Guest Narrator Connie Lane (VIP Tour Guide and Ambassador)
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972

Jim Adams rehearsing his role of Rumplestiltskin.

Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972

Tom Pletts remembers : “That’s Earl Archer, wielding the ax. There was a Fantasyland break area behind the theater, which was used for make-up, costumes, relaxing, and fooling around.”

Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972

Here, a few miscellaneous cast members of Rumplestiltskin pose for a photograph while backstage.

Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972 - (from left to right) : unknown, unknown, unknown, Nelson Campbell, Kevin Treischel, Don Payne, and Rhonda Treischel
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972 - (from left to right) : unknown, unknown, unknown, Nelson Campbell, Kevin Treischel, Don Payne, and Rhonda Treischel

Don Payne (who portrayed the Prime Minister) forgot all about a particular element of his costume until he saw this Vintage View : “The Prime Minister was dressed in a green, brocaded robe…I had completely forgotten that I wore a bald cap for that part! Threw me…until I saw the enlarged image.”

Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Rehearsal, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Crew, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Crew, 1972

“The Sound Department was interesting as to who was responsible for what and when. They tried to explain it, and it all worked well ; but all I knew was that some were IATSE (the Studio Union) and some weren’t. Really good guys, though!

They were so generous with their time and expertise so we could have proper lighting. The Mill worker too, helping us build sets ; and the Wardrobe folks offering costume solutions. Of course, some of us worked with a number of them on various attractions and venues. They were all knowledgeable and to know. I don’t remember the name of the man in the horizontal stripes, but I was always confident things would go well when he was around.”

-Tom Pletts

Rumplestiltskin Crew, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Crew, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Program, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Program, 1972

Now, I would like to direct your attention to the diverse job descriptions of the Rumplestiltskin cast. Many of these Disneyland Cast Members did much more in their personal lives than work for Disneyland and appear in Disneyland Drama Club productions. For example Penny Peters (had four years of Food Service up to this time and) currently worked at the Plaza Inn and the Inn Between. Unbeknownst to most, these amazing Cast Members also have another life away from Disneyland, and for Penny Peters (a CalState Long Beach graduate with a BA in psychology), she is a teacher of the emotionally handicapped in Tustin.

Rumplestiltskin Program, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Program, 1972

Note the announcement of the next Disneyland drama Club production “You Can’t Take It With You” at the bottom of the page.

Rumplestiltskin, 1972
Rumplestiltskin, 1972

Connie Lane (then, V.I.P. Tour Guide and 2nd Disneyland Ambassador) portrays the “Special Guest Narrator” of the story.

Rumplestiltskin, 1972
Rumplestiltskin, 1972

Pictured here is Jim Adams (Character Dept.) as the lead character Rumplestiltskin. Don Payne recalls : “I built Rumplestiltskin’s beard…which Jim Adams wore for each performance. The beard was built with a liquid latex base and crepe hair. I had made the base very thick so the appliance would last for all the performances. That sucker was DURABLE!”

Rumplestiltskin, 1972
Rumplestiltskin, 1972
Rumplestiltskin, 1972
Rumplestiltskin, 1972

Don Payne shared these recollections of the background of Jim Adams (the Disneyland Character Dept. employee who portrayed Rumplestiltskin in the Disneyland Drama Club production) : “You’re looking at Jim Adams (Character Department) as Rumplestiltskin! According to a long-time friend, “Jim had been a gymnast in High School and could do amazing flips and moves.” He worked in the Character Department, and later at the Golden Horseshoe! With friend Don Payne, the duo wrote, produced, and directed the “Annual Main Street Easter Walking Race” which was used for years even after they both left Disneyland.”

The Miller's Daughter and King Steven of Rumplestiltskin, 1972
The Miller's Daughter and King Steven of Rumplestiltskin, 1972

Bonnie Barrileaux (a Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe Revue Can-Can Dancer, an assistant, and Disneyland park choreographer) and Jim Cox.

Rumplestiltskin Cast Photo on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972
Rumplestiltskin Cast Photo on the Fantasyland Theatre Stage, 1972

Tom Pletts remembers : “There were several things that impressed me : Jim Adams’ exuberance and talent, which was infectious! Phil Slep’s musical direction, Barnet Ricci’s grace and patience with the choreography, Ben Sherman’s handling of the cast and crew and all the details, and my discovery that I’m a klutz at dancing.”

"Rumplestiltskin" Revues Poster by Tom Pletts, 1972
"Rumplestiltskin" Revues Poster by Tom Pletts, 1972
"You Can't Take It With You" Announcement (published in Disneyland LINE), 1972
"You Can't Take It With You" Announcement (published in Disneyland LINE), 1972

The official title of the Disneyland Drama Club’s next production was announced here, including its cast members, and showtimes.

Letter to Disneyland Recreation Club Council Members, 1972
Letter to Disneyland Recreation Club Council Members, 1972

The Disneyland Drama Club was so grateful for the support of the Disneyland Recreation Club, that they personally invited the current D.R.C. Council Members to the show. Pictured, is a copy of one such Admission Letter for “You Can't Take It With You”.

A Letter from Ted E. Buxton to D.R.C. Council Members
A Letter from Ted E. Buxton to D.R.C. Council Members

Present members of the Disneyland Recreational Club were invited to attend the Disneyland Drama Club’s production of “You Can’t Take It With You”.

"You Can't Take It With You" Program, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Program, (May, 1972)

Again, the production value and size of cast and crew increased (as compared to the previous Disneyland Drama Club production of Rumplestiltskin).

"You Can't Take It With You" Program, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Program, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Program, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Program, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Program, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Program, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Program, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Program, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Program, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Program, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Program, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Program, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Tickets, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Tickets, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Sycamore and Kirby Family Portraits
"You Can't Take It With You" Sycamore and Kirby Family Portraits

(Rows, Left to Right) :

Row 1 : Kim Rinabarger, Jim West, Anita Trammell, and Lee Lomask

Row 2 : Ken Neufeld, Bonnie B., and Tony Salvagio

Row 3 : Jim Adams and Connie Lane

Row 4 : Tom Pletts

Row 5 : Pete Parise and Pat Keener

Row 6 : Tom Sullivan, Jim Cox, and Kathy McGuire

Row 7 : Terry Verdicia, ?, Mike Lorenz, and Betty Stromquist

"You Can't Take It With You" Backstage View, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Backstage View, (May, 1972)

Jim Cox’s (in the makeup chair, backstage) receives some treatment to his hair for his portrayal of the character of Boris Kolenkhov.

"You Can't Take It With You", (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You", (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You", (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You", (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You", (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You", (May, 1972)

Ken Neufeld “works his magic” on the floor, Jim Cox on top of him, Anita Trammell horrified, and me in the cardigan, making gestures.

"You Can't Take It With You", (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You", (May, 1972)

Neufeld, Cox, Adams, Pletts, Lane, Kathy McGuire and Ted Buxton

"You Can't Take It With You", (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You", (May, 1972)

Adams, Trammell, Neufeld, Lane, and Pletts

"You Can't Take It With You", (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You", (May, 1972)

Bonnie B and Tony Salvagio (standing in the back) ; (Seated Left to Right) Jim Adams, Connie Lane, Anita Trammmell, Ken Neufeld, and Tom Pletts

"You Can't Take It With You" Full Cast Photo, (May, 1972)
"You Can't Take It With You" Full Cast Photo, (May, 1972)
"Lil' Abner" Castin' Call, (1972)
"Lil' Abner" Castin' Call, (1972)
"Lil' Abner" Poster Concept, (1972)
"Lil' Abner" Poster Concept, (1972)
"Lil' Abner" Dress Rehearsals and “Brush-Ups,” (c. September - October, 1972)
"Lil' Abner" Dress Rehearsals and “Brush-Ups,” (c. September - October, 1972)

Left to Right : Rhonda Treischel (whose brother Kevin Treischel also played a minor role as one of the “Cronies”) and Randy Pangborn (as Daisy Mae and Li’l Abner), and Richelle Bowe (a “Dogpatch” Wife) rehearse.

Disneyland LINE "Lil' Abner" Production Update, (October 11, 1972)
Disneyland LINE "Lil' Abner" Production Update, (October 11, 1972)

Not pictured above, was Betty Bell (15-year employee of the Merchandising Division) who in her spare time constructed and decorated the sets for the Disneyland Drama Club productions, including Lil’ Abner. She also provided make-up for the casts (“for which she received the Drama Workshop’s ‘Stellar Award’”), according to Disneyland LINE (published Wednesday, November 8, 1972).

The 1972 Stellar Awards
The 1972 Stellar Awards

(1) Jim Heiss, Suezanne Fisher and her friend.

(2) Sheron Snyder and Johnny present a Stellar Award to Pat Keener for her performance of Essie

(3) Sheron Snyder presents Jim Cox with a Stellar Award for his performance of Boris Kolenkhov

The 1972 Stellar Awards
The 1972 Stellar Awards

(1) Ted Buxton and Ken

(2) Jim Adams cracking up Sheron, John, and everyone else.

(3) Kevin Treschel and sister Rhonda.

The 1972 Stellar Awards
The 1972 Stellar Awards

(1) Betty Bell receives her Stellar Award for her makeup work in “You Can’t Take It With You”, while Ken Neufeld and Pat look on.

(2) Sheron and Johnny present a Stellar Award to Connie Lane for her performance of Penny Sycamore in “You Can’t Take It With You”.

(3) Phil Slep receives a Stellar Award award for Musical Direction of “Bye Bye Birdie”, while Connie applauds.

The 1972 Stellar Awards
The 1972 Stellar Awards

(1) …”For the use of costumes in ‘Bye Bye Birdie’ - Tom Jacobson!”

(2) “Peaches” Keener, Johnny B. and Ken N.

(3) Kathy McGuire and Rhonda

The 1972 Stellar Awards
The 1972 Stellar Awards

(1) Sheron

(2) Rosie Alvarez with Rhonda Treischel, while Rhonda receives her award for her performance in “Bye Bye Birdie”.

(3) Suezanne presents Ted Buxton with a special Stellar Award for Publicity and Programs.

The 1972 Stellar Awards
The 1972 Stellar Awards

Tom Pletts receives a Stellar Award for his performance of Martin Vanderhoff (Grandpa) in “You Can’t Take It With You”.

"Wait Until Dark" Program Cover , 1973
"Wait Until Dark" Program Cover , 1973

On December 13 and 14, 1972 the Drama Workshop began casting for ”Wait Until Dark.” Casting was performed in the Center, with production taking place in late February of 1973, and rehearsals beginning soon after.
Disneyland Drama Club
production Cast Member Tom Pletts recollects the next Disneyland Drama Club production for its very different tone, which was produced (oddly enough) during the year of the “Walt Disney Productions - 50 Happy Years of Family Entertainment” celebration at Disneyland. Tom recalls :

“It was definitely a thriller. In fact Park management first vetoed our doing it, and only relented because it wouldn't be presented to the public. It had been a recent hit movie, based on the original play. Audrey Hepburn played the blind lady, and Alan Arkin was the villain in that film. I hadn't seen it though. The extreme tension is what prompted us to opt for screen credits in lieu of a curtain call at the play's end.

I can’t remember how often we signed [autographs] after shows, but we always met the audience after our shows. Except once. After “Wait Until Dark”, we hid in a break room. That play ended like a movie, with credits on a screen, and no curtain call. To do that, we established the screen with an opening prologue sequence. It was different.”

“Add Bonnie Barillieux to the cast list for Wait Until Dark. In the play, her character is just a corpse offstage, and is only referred to; but we used pictures of her in a prologue sequence, so we could establish at the beginning our use of the screen that would also display our closing credit photos. Clever? Bonnie was used to playing the heroine, but in this one she was stealing drugs from Jim Adams' character. (I avoided using the obvious play-on-words.) In the prologue, we showed her being chased through LAX, and handing the drug-filled doll to a perplexed Greg Dymkowski.”

According to Disneyland LINE (published Wednesday, March 28, 1973), “Other credits should go to Ben Cossart, Ted Buxton, Arlene Underwood, Bob Irvine, Gary Carlson, Phil Chilcote, Chuck Roberson, Jim Cox, Jane Cline, and Lee Lomask.”

"Wait Until Dark", 1973
"Wait Until Dark", 1973

Mike Lorenz and Chuck Hilburn as the two con men.

  Mike Lorenz  and  Jim Adams  (portraying the “Drug Dealer”) for the  Disneyland Drama Club  production of " Wait Until Dark ".

Mike Lorenz and Jim Adams (portraying the “Drug Dealer”) for the Disneyland Drama Club production of "Wait Until Dark".

"Wait Until Dark", 1973
"Wait Until Dark", 1973

Greg Dymkowski and the “blind” Pat Keener portraying “The Victims”. Tom Pletts recollected : “To do the role, Pat learned how the blind function, by attending a school for the blind.” Accoding to Disneyland LINE (published Wednesday, March 28, 1973), “The Braille Institute was the technical advisor.”

"Wait Until Dark", 1973
"Wait Until Dark", 1973

Chuck’s character conning Pat’s character in this scene.

“Wait Until Dark” Director Tom Pletts remembers : “From the few rehearsal schedules I've kept, and my recollections, each production took about a month or so to put together. Rehearsals were planned around the Park's hours, the availability of the stage, and the cast members' (literally) work schedules. We'd squeeze in an average of 15 rehearsals. Wait Until Dark had close to 30!”

"Wait Until Dark", 1973
"Wait Until Dark", 1973

Pat being conned by phone.

"Wait Until Dark", 1973
"Wait Until Dark", 1973

Jim’s character persuades the con men to do their job.

"Wait Until Dark", 1973
"Wait Until Dark", 1973

Jim Adams’ character enters ominously.

"Wait Until Dark", 1973
"Wait Until Dark", 1973

The “blind” Pat moves quickly down the stairs.

By the end of its run, the exciting and suspenseful “Wait Until Dark” saw an audience of more than 1,500 Disneyland Employees. Accoding to Disneyland LINE (published Wednesday, March 28, 1973), “Since this was the workshop’s first attempt at performing a heavy dramatic piece, all of the accolades they have received are even more meaningful.”

"How To Succeed In Business Without Really Trying" Casting Call Flyer, 1975
"How To Succeed In Business Without Really Trying" Casting Call Flyer, 1975
"Little Mary Sunshine", (1974)
"Little Mary Sunshine", (1974)

“A Rare ‘Vintage View’ of Little Mary Sunshine”

(Photo : Pat Keener and Tom Pletts)

Cast Member Tom Pletts remembers :  “Little Mary Sunshine…was the last show I had any involvement with, and [worked with] some new people I hadn’t worked with before. I just remember it was fun. I don’t remember much about the plot - It had a mountie, an Indian, a lecherous dignitary (me), and Pollyanna, and it seemed so farcical. I’d actually seen UC Irvine’s slick production of it earlier, as it was their first play.”

"And Then There Were None" Program, (1974)
"And Then There Were None" Program, (1974)
"And Then There Were None" Program, (1974)
"And Then There Were None" Program, (1974)
"And Then There Were None" Program, (1974)
"And Then There Were None" Program, (1974)
"The Sound of Music" Flyer, (1975)
"The Sound of Music" Flyer, (1975)

Stars included Janice Knowlton (Mother Superior). If you performed in this musical, we would love to hear your story.

"The Fantasticks" Program, (1975)
"The Fantasticks" Program, (1975)
"The Fantasticks" Program Addition, (1975)
"The Fantasticks" Program Addition, (1975)
"Tail Of The West" Flyer, (1976)
"Tail Of The West" Flyer, (1976)

Tom Pletts recalled this production : “‘Tail of the West’ is/was a vaudeville-styled melodrama, with a chorus and production numbers. The story: after the townsfolk extol the virtues of Homestead Heights, their new Marshall and his deputy find a name for their horse by doing a Lone Ranger sketch and dance (it's hard to explain). The heroine's grandfather loses the deed to his ranch (and the town's water rights) PLUS the hand of his granddaughter in a silly poker game with the villain (me). The deputy is talked into a shootout with Blackberry, but neither wins; so the heroine steals back the deed from the villain's pocket. After a strobe-light chase scent involving nearly everyone, she finally hides it! So he attempts to get it back by torturing her, poking swords through a trick box with her inside. The hero arrives in the nick of time, of course, and he engages the villain in a slow-motion sword fight (really). The town then rejoices, all of the romances are resolved and the audience applauds. This was performed in the Fantasyland Theatre to give us more room for the dance numbers. My assigned mate was the deplorable Sludge, which was played by the actually delightful Pat Keener.”

"Tail Of The West" Program, (1976)
"Tail Of The West" Program, (1976)
"Tail Of The West" Program, (1976)
"Tail Of The West" Program, (1976)
"Tail Of The West" Program, (1976)
"Tail Of The West" Program, (1976)
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory

Earl Archer and others prepare for a table read.

Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory

Vocalist Rhonda Treischel (of Fantasyland Merch) is sitting second from the left.

Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club proof sheet of memories
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club proof sheet of memories
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory from "Little Mary Sunshine", 1974.
Unidentified Disneyland Drama Club Memory from "Little Mary Sunshine", 1974.

FLYING SAUCERS

(August 6th, 1961 - August 5th, 1966*)
(August 6th, 1961 - August 5th, 1966*)

*(“Disneyland Rides & Attractions and Attendance Report,” 1981)

One can easily slip into the jargon of “ride,” but at Disneyland there is a "story behind the story" of every attraction, every attraction is a living experience for the guest. Disneyland ride-through attractions or adventures have officially been defined as an “individual show, ride, or exhibit designed to produce an entertaining Guest experience. Disney attractions stir the imagination, enliven the senses, and provide the participants with positive, innovative entertainment, which is the essence of the DISNEYLAND Show.” It is important to review the story of the attraction, tell the story, explain it, and create interest. This is the story of Flying Saucers.

The presentation of the Flying Saucers show on the vast DISNEYLAND “stage” was to be a distinct part of the Disneyland theater concept. “Please step this way,” as we explore the story of how other-worldly Flying Saucers descended upon Tomorrowland for half-a-decade.

“Draw Concept” - Duck Bumps by Bruce Bushman, (c. 1954) ; Former Collection of Richard Kraft
“Draw Concept” - Duck Bumps by Bruce Bushman, (c. 1954) ; Former Collection of Richard Kraft

“Blue Sky for a Bumper Ride”

The idea of a “bumper ride” had been around since Disneyland’s design and development phase. Why, back in 1954, Bruce Bushman created concept art for “Duck Bumps”, a water-based Donald Duck-themed Fantasyland attraction (that would have possibly been situated somewhere near the “Pink Elephants” and the “Mad Tea Party” attractions). The vehicles would have been distinctly unlike most at Disneyland - individually-controlled by Guests. Soon, Popular Mechanics (December of 1954) even made mention of “Donald Duck boats” among the landmarks of the Disneyland project.

Meanwhile, Herb Ryman created the iconic “Aerial Over Disneyland” concept drawing! A contemporaneous document called “The Disneyland Story” was produced (on September 3, 1954), in order to tell the story of what guests would experience upon entering Disneyland and Tomorrowland. After a detailed 2-page description of the Rocket to the Moon attraction, the document plainly states : “We will have other outer space rides that we will develop as the Park progresses.” Further, Walt Disney himself, on the eve of Disneyland’s first day of operation, promised that “Disneyland will never be completed. It will continue to grow, to add new things, as long as there is imagination left in the world.” Disneyland opened, and though “Duck Bumps” never materialized, Tomorrowland debuted with one major space adventure - TWA’s Rocket to the Moon and its Rocket Pylon!

The “Duck-Boats” appeared on the Disneyland Game by Rand McNally.
The “Duck-Boats” appeared on the Disneyland Game by Rand McNally.
A Bradley & Kaye artist produced this World of Tomorrow Flying Saucer Ride concept for Disneyland, Inc.
A Bradley & Kaye artist produced this World of Tomorrow Flying Saucer Ride concept for Disneyland, Inc.
Bradley & Kaye's concepts for the Rocket and Flying Saucers rides as they appeared in “The Disneyland Story,” a souvenir printed 1955.
Bradley & Kaye's concepts for the Rocket and Flying Saucers rides as they appeared in “The Disneyland Story,” a souvenir printed 1955.

Tomorrowland soon came to house many other outer space-themed adventures - from the AstroJets to Space Station X-1 - and (as Walt promised) another truly “out of this world” adventure was to descend upon Disneyland!

“Future Duck Bumps” were referenced by Bruce Bushman in his  concept for a “Mousekeville” Area planned for development between Fantasyland and Tomorrowland; produced between December 8-15, 1956.
“Future Duck Bumps” were referenced by Bruce Bushman in his concept for a “Mousekeville” Area planned for development between Fantasyland and Tomorrowland; produced between December 8-15, 1956.

Remember that Walt Disney had earlier said : “Disneyland will never be completed. It will continue to grow, always adding new things to provide its visitors with exceptional and entertaining attractions.” In Walt’s eyes, Disneyland was “like a piece of clay,” because if there was something he didn’t like, he wasn’t stuck with it. He could reshape and revamp it. After years of personally reshaping and revamping, Walt divulged: “I’m not the perfectionist anymore. It’s my staff - they’re the ones always insisting on doing something better and better.”

Development on “Duck Bumps” continued until sometime in 1956, when the attraction was either abandoned or “voided”.
Development on “Duck Bumps” continued until sometime in 1956, when the attraction was either abandoned or “voided”.

Nets overhead may have been intended to keep out any unwanted waterfowl.

Flying Saucers Ride (Patent 192932) Facsimile
Flying Saucers Ride (Patent 192932) Facsimile

Bob Gurr who (had a hand in the design of many Disneyland vehicles) came up with the “ornamental design” of the Flying Saucers (pictured in the patent figure facsimile above). He remembered : “In those days, everybody had a hovercraft project. It was a neat idea…a ‘big buzz’ at the time, and a lot of people were working on some form of hovercraft project simultaneously….Arrow’s concept of moving the motive force out of the vehicles to underneath the floor was a novel idea…I was now recognized by the United States government as a ‘Flying Saucer Inventor’, a title which placed me in good company with all the other flying saucer crack pots of the time.” Other artists like Wilson “Bill” Martin (who had left 20th Century Fox, to work on Walt Disney Productions’ Disneyland project in 1954) made contributions to the design of the project, Bill’s former talents as art director applied to the attraction.

An Arrow Development Co. business card.
An Arrow Development Co. business card.

“The Science of ‘Science Fiction’ - Engineering The Flying Saucer”

These four fleets (of 16) alien vehicles were not unidentified, but (in fact) on the “creative menu” and manufactured by a very terrestrial (earthly) company called Arrow Development (of Mountain View, California) and National Research Associates Inc. Utilizing Arrow for the project was practical, as Arrow Development had (from 1953 to 1955) both researched and developed many of the ride systems, tracks, and vehicles for many of Disneyland’s Opening Day attractions. This Ed Morgan and Karl Bacon (founders of Arrow Development) accomplished through their own streamlined engineering process. Utilizing Arrow Development was also convenient, as Walt Disney Productions had purchased 1/3 of Arrow Development in 1960. As for National Research Associates Inc., they had been in the business of developing air-cushion systems for the United States Army and the Marines. Now, technology that was good enough for military applications, would (by Ed and Karl) be applied to Walt’s next addition to his vision of Tomorrow!

Note the Fan Buildings (providing the cushion of air) located to the left and right of the Flying Saucers on this Plot Plan of Tomorrowland.
Note the Fan Buildings (providing the cushion of air) located to the left and right of the Flying Saucers on this Plot Plan of Tomorrowland.


Now, the saucers would not truly fly, but operated in an arena that was not too different from an air-hockey table. Disneyland Vice President Joseph W. Fowler revealed (in “Disneyland News”, Vol.1, No.1, 1961) that “‘Disneyland has been experimenting with the Flying Saucers in Northern California for some months. Because of the air-cushion principle involved, we have kept the tests completely under wraps. However at this time we can reveal that each saucer will be a self-contained unit in which one guest pilots his own ships in free flight.” According to Roger Broggie : “We had figured that we could move a two-thousand pound payload if we had an air jet below with valves that allow air to come up through holes in the floor.” The Flying Saucers were capable of “catching some air” - when the weight was perfectly centered, air beneath the saucers was capable of blowing the vehicles up to 8 inches off the ground! Otherwise, guests controlled the vehicle utilizing the round handles, and tilting their body in the direction they wanted to travel.

Notable scientist Willy Ley (who was once a technical consultant for Tomorrowland) once commented: “I consider it possible that we can get visitors from space, but I do not think flying saucers are it.” Despite Dr. Ley’s scorn of the though of flying saucers, some six years after Disneyland opened, official Press Releases heralded : “Flying Saucers are reported heading toward Disneyland. No figment of the imagination, flying saucers are destined for the Park, to become one of Walt Disney’s latest attractions for the 1961 season”, according to Vacationland (Summer, 1961). Those who would recollect seeing Bruce Bushman’s c. 1954 concept drawings of “Duck Bumps” (a Fantasyland attraction which never fully materialized), would realize that seven years had transpired since that original concept. It had now been both re-worked and re-themed, and a form of the original attraction idea was finally becaming a reality!

Flying Saucers Construction Barrier from the Skyway, 1961.
Flying Saucers Construction Barrier from the Skyway, 1961.

“First on Earth - Flying Saucers”

Joe Fowler (Disneyland Operations Committee) oversaw the Construction & Maintenance division including Engineering, New Construction, Maintenance, and Janitorial relating to the Flying Saucers. Soon a yellow and white construction barrier appeared with a sign depicting an "Astrogram" reporting “Flying Saucers… First on Earth.”

Like something out of War of the Worlds, flying saucers were making waves, over the radio when Chief Engineer John Wise gave a talk on local Radio KNX regarding the new Flying Saucer adventure. Promotional media also made mention of flying saucers at Disneyland. For instance, during 1961, “Anaheim... Future Unlimited” was published by the Anaheim Chamber of Commerce. Inside, the words of Marty Sklar (of WED Enterprises) referred to: “Tomorrowland, home of Flying Saucers, America's first monorail train, rocket ships and submarines.”

Disneyland Map by Sam McKim Excerpt, mid-1960s
Disneyland Map by Sam McKim Excerpt, mid-1960s

Yes, Walt Disney’s newest $400,000 attraction (of a $2.5 million expansion) allowed Guests to “fly” one of 64 air-cushioned Flying Saucers by themselves (or together with a friend), over 16,000 square-feet of Tomorrowland-scape! The Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport were located in a little nook of Tomorrowland (not far from other flight-based adventures)!

Notice the Flying Saucers (right) cycled-out on a rainy day in 1961.
Notice the Flying Saucers (right) cycled-out on a rainy day in 1961.

Unlike other individually-controlled attractions (like the Autopia vehicles or the Motorboats), the Flying Saucers were not tethered to a track or guide rail. Apparently one of the few things that could hinder their flight was water (see above).

Flying Saucer Attraction Poster by Rolly Crump, c. 1961.
Flying Saucer Attraction Poster by Rolly Crump, c. 1961.

A Flying Saucers attraction poster was designed by Rolland Fargo Crump, who is most famously known for his contributions toward several of Walt Disney Productions’ 1964/1965 New York World’s Fair exhibits and attractions (in addition to some pretty “far out” artwork).

Flying Saucer Attraction Poster by Rolly Crump, c. 1961.
Flying Saucer Attraction Poster by Rolly Crump, c. 1961.
Disneyland ‘61 Banner announces Fly Saucers on Main Street, U.S.A.
Disneyland ‘61 Banner announces Fly Saucers on Main Street, U.S.A.

High over Main Street, “Disneyland ‘61” Banners advertised Tomorrowland’s newest “extra-terrestrial” additions, including the Disneyland-ALWEG Monorail System and the Flying Saucers!

A press release photo captures identified floating objects being released over the Flying Saucers; ©️ Walt Disney Productions.
A press release photo captures identified floating objects being released over the Flying Saucers; ©️ Walt Disney Productions.

In August of 1962, Lloyd Richardson, Larry Clemmons, Joe Marquette, and Jack Leppert (of the Walt Disney Studio) filmed and shot scenery of the Flying Saucers for Studio Production #3185. “Balloons” and “beach balls filled with air” were requested. It was also requested that “all saucers…be in operation at the [sic] same time,” and for “ride operators who know how to fly saucers dressed as guests.”

On August 30, 1962, their account describes how they “arrived at the Flying Saucer ride in Tomorrowland and surveyed until 2:00. Half of the Flying Saucer ride was closed due to our production from 2:00 to 3:00 (1 hour). The laborer (Baker) delivered us 100 blown up balloons and 10 blown up beach balls. With the Saucers in the dock or loading position, we put all the Balloons and Beach Balls in with the guests. We then started the ride up. We immediately lost all of the Balloons. We were only able to capture limited footage of the balloons in with the ride. We were taking footage of the guests with the Beach Balls on the Flying Saucers. Crowd reaction shots of the gallery and one brief shot of the cameraman in the Flying Saucer.” You may have seen the final footage later on some Wonderful World of Color Episode.

Donn Fox extends a courteous smile as she pilots a Flying Saucer at “the Happiest Place on Earth” on August 14, 1961; Photo Credit UPI Telephoto, Collection of Disney History 101.
Donn Fox extends a courteous smile as she pilots a Flying Saucer at “the Happiest Place on Earth” on August 14, 1961; Photo Credit UPI Telephoto, Collection of Disney History 101.

In addition to press releases, some magazines (like Amusement Business) spotlighted Disneyland’s newest adventure in the columns of their periodicals.

In advance of the opening, The Disneylander contributor Joe Fowler commented: “A brand new 1961 attraction that will begin to operate soon is the Disneyland Flying Saucer adventure. Just what the impact of this ride will be on our guests imaginations is anyone's guess, and we'll have to wait a few more weeks to know the full story. We feel, however, that we may have another Matterhorn Bobsled on our hands when it comes to queue lines.”

For immediate press release, the preceding image of Space Girl gaining a little altitude, accompanied the following caption in numerous news journals :

“‘Space Girl’ Donna Fox (left foreground) takes to the air in Disneyland’s newest - Flying Saucers. The single passenger ride is motivated by air blasts coming from the many circles on the floor. Passengers weight directs craft in the direction of lean combined with control handles which cause spin. The Disneyland Space Station had its opening 8/14.” It was not unusual to see the Disneyland Cast of Characters riding aboard Flying Saucers. Do you remember seeing Vesey Walker directing from the Disneyland Spaceport, while the Disneyland Marching Band performed sets while riding aboard Flying Saucers?

Many notable Disneylanders supported the Flying Saucers stage at the Disneyland Show, including “55er” Homer Holland and Ron Hemminger (c.1966).

Brand-new Flying Saucers with logos and designations on the backs of the seats, at the Disneyland Spaceport
Brand-new Flying Saucers with logos and designations on the backs of the seats, at the Disneyland Spaceport
This Just In - Amusement Business, Published August 21, 1961, reported on Flying Saucer sightings at Disneyland.
This Just In - Amusement Business, Published August 21, 1961, reported on Flying Saucer sightings at Disneyland.

By the October of 1962, the Flying Saucers was operating with all 64 Flying Saucers, exclusively during weekends. This was common during winter operating schedules.

Flying Saucer Exhibit
Flying Saucer Exhibit

Similar in style to the “Walt Disney’s Autopia Car Exhibit” Free Exhibit, one of the Flying Saucer vehicles was put on display for guests’ viewing pleasure, or a “Fun Foto” opportunity!

Flying Saucer Exhibit
Flying Saucer Exhibit

Flying Saucers, (April, 1963)
Flying Saucers, (April, 1963)
One of those air-cushioned, bumper car-style Flying Saucers, (April, 1963)
One of those air-cushioned, bumper car-style Flying Saucers, (April, 1963)
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport, (c. 1962 - 1963)
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport, (c. 1962 - 1963)

During an era when the Douglas Moonliner I would begin to tower over the Tomorrowland Skyline, the Flying Saucers would dominate the terrestrial area of Tomorrowland!

Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport, (December, 1964)
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport, (December, 1964)

Ride along with family.

By January 1, 1964, the Flying Saucers was a Disneyland "E" Coupon attraction valued at 50¢.
By January 1, 1964, the Flying Saucers was a Disneyland "E" Coupon attraction valued at 50¢.

While listed in the Coupon Book as a “E,” the Flying Saucers was closed weekdays during the winter season of 1962-1963, operating only on weekends.

In 1965, the cost of admission for piloting your very own Flying Saucer to thrills and fun was exactly one “D” coupon, or 60¢ - the same fare required to charter a bobsled down the icy slopes of the Matterhorn, or to board a Mine Train for an excursion through the magnificent Rainbow Caverns!

Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport, (July, 1966)
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport, (July, 1966)

Ride along with a friend!

Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport, (1966)
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport, (1966)
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport and Guest Control queue area, August, 1966.
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport and Guest Control queue area, August, 1966.

Hover over Tomorrowland-scape on your own!

Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport, (July, 1966)
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport, (July, 1966)

Apparently, the Flying Saucers were fun for kids of all ages! (Fun Fact - According to Disneyland Holiday magazine, Winter 1957 - 1958 : “among visitors to Disneyland adults outnumber children 3 1/2 to 1.”) This accounts for all the adult Flying Saucer pilots pictured!

Notice the loading area in the background of the previous photos. Guests never need set a foot onto the blue textured area. When the ride time transpired, a mechanical “boom” would sweep across the field. This would corral the fourteen Flying Saucers into the Loading Area, while releasing another set of fourteen Flying Saucers for a few minutes of fun!

Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport

Though enjoyable, the Flying Saucers required a great deal of maintenance, especially on hot days. But for a moment, let’s take another look at these most memorable (and positively “identifiable”) “flying” objects, during a time when Flying Saucer sightings were a daily occurrence in Tomorrowland!

Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport, (1964)
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport, (1964)
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport, (July, 1966)
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport, (July, 1966)

Guests chose "flight patterns" by shifting their weight.

Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers at the Disneyland Spaceport
Flying Saucers, (July, 1966)
Flying Saucers, (July, 1966)

…and that’s something to cheer for!

 Media (above) depicted the Flying Saucers while another page teased: “Walt Disney and his ‘imagineers’ at WED Enterprises - the team that created Disneyland and four major shows at the New York World's Fair--are now at work on the boldest, most ambi

Media (above) depicted the Flying Saucers while another page teased: “Walt Disney and his ‘imagineers’ at WED Enterprises - the team that created Disneyland and four major shows at the New York World's Fair--are now at work on the boldest, most ambitious of future developments: design of a New Tomorrowland. To research ideas for this exciting project (scheduled to open in Summer, 1967) Walt and his creative staff visited Houston, Huntsville and Cape Kennedy, discussing the latest Space Age wonders with America's astronauts and scientists -including Dr. Werner Von Braun. In New Tomorrowland, guests will experience the sensation of racing through distant space. A towering structure will serve as spaceport and theme center. And a unique new ‘People Mover,’ the WEDway, will carry guests on a scenic tour - even weaving in and out of new exhibits by some of the foremost companies in American industry.”

Goofy spots a flying saucer at Disneyland in this “MURAL EXCERPT”, late 1970s.
Goofy spots a flying saucer at Disneyland in this “MURAL EXCERPT”, late 1970s.

A contemporaneous mural depicts Goofy (in a spacesuit), near the site of the “Rocket Flight Attraction” building (also referred to as “Space Voyage” in early documentation). Goofy appears to be puzzled by the presence of an unidentified flying object before him.

Flying Saucers are mentioned as an attraction on this “Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland” Map Excerpt, c. 1968 - 1972
Flying Saucers are mentioned as an attraction on this “Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland” Map Excerpt, c. 1968 - 1972

“THE UNIDENTIFIED FLYING ROCKET ATTRACTION”

Internal materials printed in 1966 revealed that “Immediately following Labor Day this year, the Flying Saucers will be taken out and then relocated later under the new space attraction… Space Ride - A new thrill adventure similar in principle to our Matterhorn Bobsleds, where guests will soar through space and around and through a mountain some 200 feet in height.”

Though a “Rocket Flight Attraction” was planned to open during the early 1960s, the Flying Saucers were still detailed on souvenir maps (See Map Excerpt, Late 1960s). Disneyland Plot Plans produced during this era depicted the path of a future Wedway through the area of the Flying Saucers’ Loading Zone, indicating a potential future for the attraction.

Flying Saucers & “WEDway” detailed on a Disneyland Plot Plan, c.1965-1966.
Flying Saucers & “WEDway” detailed on a Disneyland Plot Plan, c.1965-1966.
Flying Saucers & “Future Space Mountain” detailed on a Disneyland Plot Plan, c.1966.
Flying Saucers & “Future Space Mountain” detailed on a Disneyland Plot Plan, c.1966.

“CLOSURE”

Walt once divulged, “When we consider a new project, we really study it. And when we go into that new project, we believe in it all the way.” [“Walt Disney Productions Annual Report to Shareholders and Employees Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 1965”]

All together, the interactive Flying Saucers operated a good half-decade - from 1961 to 1966. According to the Walt Disney Archives, “more than 5 million guests took flight in Disneyland’s Flying Saucers - that’s almost 1 million guests per year.” In fact, the exact total of guests aboard the Flying Saucers was 5,313,882 (according to a study taken in 1971).

Years later, a “Rocket Flight Attraction” (which would allow guests to soar in a different type of vehicle), and a new entertainment venue called the Tomorrowland Stage (adjacent to the soon-to-be Space Mountain Amphitheater) opened in its place. That particular “Rocket Flight Attraction” would “land” inside Space Mountain on May 27, 1977. By this time, the Flying Saucers had long since vanished (on September 5th, 1966) in favor of the upcoming “New Tomorrowland” project!

The Flying Saucers was once considered a “future project” for Tomorrowland at The Magic Kingdom. The Flying Saucers did have a legacy (of sorts), as their aesthetically appealing design would even go on to influence the shape of the enormous structure that housed Space Mountain!

Flying Saucers and their extra-terrestrial pilots appear alongside concepts for Bear Country; Marc Davis 1970s.
Flying Saucers and their extra-terrestrial pilots appear alongside concepts for Bear Country; Marc Davis 1970s.

Flying Saucers and alien encounters nearly had a legacy in tableaux envisioned by Marc Davis, for the Disneyland Railroad and in an original experience planned for the Tomorrowland PeopleMover.

Flying Saucers (“…of Walt’s imagination”) have been spotted at the Walt Disney Family Museum.
Flying Saucers (“…of Walt’s imagination”) have been spotted at the Walt Disney Family Museum.

The Flying Saucers lived on through occasional exhibit displays (like the Walt Disney Family Museum; pictured above) and exclusive & limited-edition merchandise (pictured below).

Far in the future (by 2008), the name would live on with a shop known to Disneyland Cast Members and Guests as “Flying Saucers Hats”.

Guests could bring home a “Flyin-Saucer,” a gyroscopic airfoil inspired by Tomorrowland at Disneyland; originally priced at $.61.
Guests could bring home a “Flyin-Saucer,” a gyroscopic airfoil inspired by Tomorrowland at Disneyland; originally priced at $.61.

Tomorrowland Flyin-Saucers were available in red, blue, yellow, and orange, retailing at .59¢ each. The toy was “engineered and made of unbreakable plastic” to fly “straight, curves, circles, skips.”

A Flying Saucer “Disneyland Classics” Cast Member exclusive pin, released in 1995.
A Flying Saucer “Disneyland Classics” Cast Member exclusive pin, released in 1995.
A Flying Saucers model prototype mock-up.
A Flying Saucers model prototype mock-up.

This model was once offered exclusively through the Disneyana Shop in honor of New Tomorrowland expansion of 1998.

(SLUE FOOT SUE’S) GOLDEN HORSESHOE

 Disneyland was a miracle of showmanship in many ways! The presentation of the  Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe  show on the vast DISNEYLAND “stage” was to be a distinct part of the Disneyland theater concept. The pride of Frontierland -  Slue Foot

Disneyland was a miracle of showmanship in many ways! The presentation of the Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe show on the vast DISNEYLAND “stage” was to be a distinct part of the Disneyland theater concept. The pride of Frontierland - Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe - was a revue such as was shown in an old-time western saloon. On July 16th, 1955, a private event for Participant corporate sponsors of Disneyland was held at Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe. The following day (on July 17th, 1955), guests of all ages were finally invited to “come on in” and dine in Disneyland’s own elegant & authentic 1867-era saloon (1 of 22 initial major attractions at Disneyland - and a free one at that)! The only catch - reservations were taken on a first come, first serve basis. The attraction was especially popular on hot summer days, as the show building was one of three air conditioned attractions in the Park (including Fantasyland Theater and TWA Rocket to the Moon). It was predicted that Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe would be capable of serving a capacity of 800 guests per hour. The same report also accounted Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe as one of Disneyland’s eating facilities which was predicted to contribute to accommodating “15,000 persons daily, hitting a peak of 60,000 o holidays and week-ends…” and one of “twenty restaurants and snack bars, capable of saving 8,000 hourly,” at least according to “Building A Dream” (prepared by the Disneyland, Inc. Public Relations Department).

As with all Disneyland Hosts and Hostesses hired during 1955, each employee of Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe was “hand-picked by Disneyland officials with qualifications including disposition, general attitude and appearance. Each new Disneyland employee was required to attend ‘orientation classes,’ part of a training course in Disneyland policies, to become acquainted with the Disneyland way of life,” according to “Building A Dream,” prepared by Disneyland, Inc. Public Relations Department, c. June of 1955. Five months before the premier opening of Disneyland, the Disney University Orientation program was held to instruct each Disneylander (including those fulfilling roles at Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe) in some of Walt’s personal philosophies, as well as the policies which would “create happiness” for visitors!

Many of these employees served refreshments and light snacks to guests, while they enjoyed a “community sing” once led by those “pastel-clad singing waitresses” (the costumes which were designed by the legendary Hollywood costume designer Jack Muhs). Food service equipment was provided by Coast Distributing Company of Los Angeles (who ran a “Congratulations” message to Walt Disney and Staff in “The Disneyland News”, Vol. 1, No.2 ; August 10, 1955). During the mid-1960s pre-show, guests joined the singing waitresses in rousing renditions of such favorites as “‘Down By The Old Mill’, ‘My Blue Heaven’, and many more well remembered memories.” During this same era, Bartender Joe Wong usually sang a song he claimed “was learned at his mother’s knee - ‘When Irish Eyes Are Smiling’”, according to Vacationland magazine [Fall, 1964].

“Draw Concept” - Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe Concept Sam McKim, 1954; ©️Disneyland Inc.; Gifted to Pepsi-Cola Vice President Don Kendall by Walt Disney.
“Draw Concept” - Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe Concept Sam McKim, 1954; ©️Disneyland Inc.; Gifted to Pepsi-Cola Vice President Don Kendall by Walt Disney.

(Courtesy of Barnebys)

“Setting the Stage”
According to “THE DISNEY THEME SHOW - an introduction to the art of Disney outdoor entertainment: Volume II”: Of all the guests’ senses that come into play at Disneyland, the most difficult response to predict was taste. If 70,000 guests were to arrive on a single day, there would probably be 70,000 different ideas about food. Generally speaking, Disneyland food locations fall into three categories - sit-down restaurant service, “buffeteria,” and fast-food categories. The most extensive theming has always been found in the sit-down restaurant locations but all locations were housed in authentically motified facilities.

Early thumbnail sketches and other concept artwork seemed to be unencumbered by restrictions of budget, schedule or the laws of nature and physics. Though guided by Walt, his artists appeared to engage in “free-thinking,” as if implementing the modern “Blue Sky” Imagineering process.

While many artists contributed, the talented Herbert Ryman is of note. Herb had joined the Disney Studio in 1938, after Walt saw a public show of his work in New York. (Herb's paintings were being exhibited with those of another up and coming artist, Andrew Wyeth.) Herb Ryman acted as art director for such films as Fantasia and Dumbo, but had left Walt Disney Studios in 1946 and (by 1953) was employed by 20th Century Fox. However, Walt reached out to Herb and during one weekend (September 26 & 27, 1953) a historic drawing of the Park was produced.

The very concept of a western-era-themed floor show was not new to the Anaheim area. In fact, before Disneyland was even annexed to the City of Anaheim, Knott’s Berry Farm’s Birdcage Theater (a recreation of the namesake theater of Tombstone, Arizona) provided visitors with an hour-long musical and comedic “old fashioned melodrama.” So, Walt would need some particularly distinct elements, if his own Frontierland theater was to be set apart. In 1954, conceptual artwork began to be produced for what would be billed “the pride of Frontierland” - an old-west style saloon! “Disneyland is unique in that some of the world's foremost creative artists and architects control all design at Disneyland.“

Sam Mc Kim began working for Walt Disney's W.E.D. Enterprises (now Walt Disney Imagineering) in 1954, as an imagineer, doing the original sketches for Frontierland and the Golden Horseshoe Revue. As we approach, we notice a few things about Sam McKim’s circa 1954 drawing, that compare with the fully realized version.

•The Name : At some point during the conception and construction, the saloon was simply called The Golden Horseshoe (though it was later changed to Pecos Bill’s Golden Horseshoe, and finally Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe). One authorized “Disneyland Information & Nomenclature List” (prepared by Bill Cottrell of Disneyland Inc., by May 25, 1955) listed “official and authorized nomenclature” of Disneyland, confirming “the name of Pepsi Cola’s bar is Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe.” This name that stuck (for years to come), and was emblazoned over the entrance of the establishment!

•The Date : Though some Disneyland guide books will “date” the thematic setting as situated during the year 1867, the realized sign above the door would read 1871.

•The Sponsor : The last thing that we gather from details in the drawing, is that Pepsi-Cola had no doubt firmly agreed to sponsor the attraction by this point.

•The Direct Inspiration : “Walt had big plans for his saloon and he enlisted Imagineer Harper Goff to create a saloon ‘Calamity Jane herself would walk into.’ Little did Walt realize he was talking to the set designer for the saloon of the 1953 musical, Calamity Jane, starring Doris Day. Walt got exactly what he asked for—a replica of the saloon Calamity Jane did step into! One minor detail was added and that was Walt's private box, which is lower level, stage left.“ Sam McKim based the design of Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe directly on the Deadwood City Golden Garter Saloon!

Like some advanced “High Concept,” final designs were quickly generated and approved.

Next, architectural drawings helped define all designs, production and construction strategies, costs, schedule, and resource requirements. Models explored the various dimensional relationships, site-lines, flow patterns, ergonomics, and visual appeal to convey the desired creative intent.

The Golden Horseshoe Building was a one and two story wood and steel frame building containing several store rooms, the Golden Horseshoe Restaurant and a food stand. Various front treatments Include log, board and batten wood siding and stucco. The rear portion of structure was comprised of stucco. The structure had a concrete foundation and nearly flat graveled built-up composition roof. Floors of the stores are concrete and oak plank. Wall treatments include wood paneling and sheetrock. The Golden Horseshoe has an elaborate orate interior with a two-story ceiling height and a horseshoe shaped balcony. Floors are oak and linoleum and the walls and cellings are sheetrock with expensive paper on the walls. There is a stage at one end. There are four terrazzo floored restrooms with a total of 46 fixtures, 13,436 square feet, Balcony: Pendleton Store, 1,059 square feet, Golden Horseshoe 2,320 square feet and second floor comprised of 2,320 square feet. In 1958, the entire structure was appraised and valued at $277,000.

“Newbery Electric Corp. took the rapid electrical con-structión of Disneyland in stride. The electrical installations were supervised by Roy J. Gruendler, manager of Newbery's Orange County district office located at 1335 Santiago Ave, Santa Ana.”

Interior and fixtures were to have the authentic flavor of a saloon of the 1840 era. Even these interior props were scrutinized by Walt and those designers responsible for the Show Quality. Herb Ryman recalled how “Walt joined us… and we went into the Golden Horseshoe. I don’t know whether anyone has ever told you or not about the furnishings of the Golden Horseshoe. Just before the Golden Horseshoe was ready, Walt asked about the whiskey bottles on the back bar. I said, ‘They are the bottles of the turn of the century. I think it has a very good feeling of authenticity. Walt said, ‘We’ve got to change the labels on those bottles.’ When I protested, he said, ‘Herb, there are going to be a lot of people coming here. I would like it if they didn’t see anything that anyone could disapprove of.’ So we changed the bottles.”[“Working With Walt - Interviews With Disney Artists” by Don Peri]

The olio is a large, descending canvas curtain made popular in vaudeville theater. It’s usually adorned with a mural or local advertising also known as an "Olio Drop." The Pecos Bill-themed stage olio was designed by Marc Davis. One of arc’s conceptualizations in pencil is featured on page 8 of “Marc Davis: In His Own Words.”

The custom (and authentic) wardrobe of Hosts and Hostesses was likely provided by Warren Ackerman’s House of Uniforms (yes, “uniforms”), then located in Beverly Hills, California.

While all of these details were being completed, television crews were preparing to utilize the roof of the Golden Horseshoe for at least one camera location of the live telecast.

Printer’s Ink, July 15, 1955; © Walt Disney Company.
Printer’s Ink, July 15, 1955; © Walt Disney Company.
Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe Interior Concept, Sam McKim, 1954; © Walt Disney Company.
Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe Interior Concept, Sam McKim, 1954; © Walt Disney Company.

This original Art Data Sheet of Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe by Sam McKim was sold by Walt Disney Imagineering.

Golden Horseshoe Study, Walt Peregoy, 1955; © Walt Disney Company.
Golden Horseshoe Study, Walt Peregoy, 1955; © Walt Disney Company.

(Courtesy of Van Eaton Galleries)

Walt Peregoy (most known for his later radical backgrounds of Walt Disney’s 101 Dalmatians) created this thumbnail and color study of the Golden Horseshoe stage, c. 1955! The curtains (and even exterior bunting) was manufactured by the craftsmen and craftswomen of Walt Disney Studios’ Drapery Department.

Golden Horseshoe Study, Walt Peregoy, 1955; © Walt Disney Company.
Golden Horseshoe Study, Walt Peregoy, 1955; © Walt Disney Company.

Walt Peregoy seems to have made a number of these drawings, sometimes featuring the cast of Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe Revue as well as the remarkable Golden Horseshoe Orchestra!

“THE TEMPUS FUGIT CELEBRATION Invitation, JUNE 13th, 1955”
“THE TEMPUS FUGIT CELEBRATION Invitation, JUNE 13th, 1955”

The Golden Horseshoe was prepared to host a celebration for the first Engineer and 14 operators of the Mark Twain at 11:30 PM, on July 4, 1955. On July 13th, 1955, (four days before Disneyland’s big opening gala), Walt and Lillian shared their personal 30-year milestone with their family and friends - and it was commemorated from the stage of Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe! A very special performance was given on the stage - the first-ever Golden Horseshoe Revue. After the show, anniversary cake was distributed.

(Pictured : Walt and Lillian Disney’s 30th Wedding Anniversary Invitation ; Courtesy of The Walt Disney Family Museum)

“THE TEMPUS FUGIT CELEBRATION Invitation, JUNE 13th, 1955”
“THE TEMPUS FUGIT CELEBRATION Invitation, JUNE 13th, 1955”

Pictured (above), is the invitation sent to Ron and Diane (Disney) Miller, in honor of Walt and Lillian Disney’s 30th Wedding Anniversary. Pictured (below) are a few famous photographs of the happy celebrants!

(Courtesy of The Walt Disney Family Museum)

(Credit : Walt Disney Family Company)
(Credit : Walt Disney Family Company)

These images (captured July 13, 1955) show Walt & Lilly (as well as their daughter Sharon) at their anniversary party.

Some of these viable project Concepts (as this), were supported by a well-developed business case and built expectation.
Some of these viable project Concepts (as this), were supported by a well-developed business case and built expectation.

A person coming to Disneyland would soon be able to enjoy world renowned free shows, such as Monsanto's Hali of Chemistry and home of the future, Bell Telephone's Exhibit, “America the Beautiful,” and Pepsi-Cola's Golden Horseshoe Revue.

955-DL-386
955-DL-386
The sign in Front of House
The sign in Front of House

Paint is important. The “Master Color Book” is the Bible for color selection at Disneyland, maintaining a catalogue of 4,000 shades of color. The book contains color specifications for every land, building, exhibit, and prop which requires paint maintenance. It insures that Disneyland will always have the same bright colors selected by the art directors who designed the attraction. In addition to the Master Color Book, there is a standby supply of ready-mixed paint available for touch up work. Thousands of cans of paint are stored in a special room which sounds like a walk through of Disneyland. Each can is labeled with names. Disneyland painters repainted every prop in the Park every two years. By 1969, the sign was one of 20,000 signs of various sizes and shapes and colors that needed to be maintained in their original condition.

"The Unchoregraphed Career of Choreographer  Miriam Lois Nelson"
"The Unchoregraphed Career of Choreographer Miriam Lois Nelson"

(Pictured Above : Lois Nelson’s Golden Horseshoe Poster, from the Collection of Lois Nelson. As a side note, these poster designs were later used as souvenirs by the Frontierland Print Shop and Old Time Print Shop.)

Like Walt Disney, Miriam Lois Nelson (Sept. 21, 1919 - August 12, 2018) was born in Chicago. She began tap dancing at an early age, and at 14 years of age, moved to New York with her family. Miriam never believed that she would go on to dance in six Broadway musicals, before marrying, and receiving a seven-year contract with Paramount Studios. From there, she assisted and co-choreographed many dance numbers for feature films and television broadcasts.

But Miriam’s biggest break (for which she would be most remembered), was when she was hired to choreograph the dancers involved in the live televised opening of Disneyland in July 1955. Choreographing the 90-minute extravaganza was no easy task. Cameras would cut to locations throughout the different lands, where a cast of hundreds performed complex numbers in smaller groups. For example, Disney Parks historians mention that her contributions to that event included orchestrating an appearance by “Davy Crockett” starring both Fess Parker and Buddy Ebsen.

Even more, Miriam’s work included choreography of the original Golden Horseshoe Revue show in Frontierland which debuted on July 13th, 1955! According to Miriam Nelson (former Disneyland Choreographer), “one group did three or four shows during the day, and another group did them during the night, and then I was asked to put the two groups together, like they were one big group.” Miriam’s Golden Horseshoe Revue was so popular, that it was later performed outside Disneyland for a special occasion. Miriam recollected, “I took them all to Washington, and it was the Foreign Correspondence Dinner for President Nixon at the time.”

Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe Revue often cast a variety of performers in the script’s diverse roles. This souvenir Golden Horseshoe Poster suggests that even Disneyland opening day & parade choreographer Lois Nelson, even performed as one of the Golden Horseshoe Dancers during a special engagement.

Miriam would go on to choreograph other iconic shows like Fantasy On Parade, and even the original Main Street Electrical Parade.

The Orange County Register published a fantastic interview with Miriam, which can be viewed by clicking HERE .

 Along the banks of the Rivers of America…in the heart of Frontierland…sits  Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe !  Let’s take a closer look!

Along the banks of the Rivers of America…in the heart of Frontierland…sits Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe!  Let’s take a closer look!

1961
1961

We’re coming in close to Frontierland, “where Frontier Street meets the river. Here travelers from near and afar gather to enjoy the entertainment and refreshments of this famed establishment”.

Slue Foot Sue's Golden Horseshoe, c. late 1955 - early 1956
Slue Foot Sue's Golden Horseshoe, c. late 1955 - early 1956

E7C1E565-FD22-4311-91E0-CF2B2A3244DE.jpeg
(August, 1962)
(August, 1962)

While guests make their way through Frontierland’s major junction, there’s plenty of entertainment afoot inside the Golden Horseshoe and even overhead. Do you see that fellow in the roof? He just may be planning to rescue the Golden Horseshoe’s receipts from the dastardly “Villain”.

Meanwhile, guests line up around the corner, to secure their reservation for a meal and a show!

CB0A5A03-F23D-4EB7-8A88-9682F3681701.jpeg
1950s
1950s
1968
1968
59086C5A-30E2-433C-8CF4-B84AA65883AC.jpeg
(December 11, 1960)
(December 11, 1960)

1950s
1950s

No 1871-era saloon is complete without a c.1867 37-star United States flag on its roof!

“THE GOLDEN HORSESHOE’S  1867 STAR-SPANGLED BANNER”
“THE GOLDEN HORSESHOE’S 1867 STAR-SPANGLED BANNER”

This post-United States Civil-War era flag recreation, included the state of Nebraska beginning in March of 1967.  Since Colorado was added next, (in 1876), we can date the Golden Horseshoe’s old west setting between 1867 and 1876! As a “sidelight”, Hortie-Van also provided numerous flags, banners, and other types of decoration to Disneyland over the years. If you recall banners flying over Main Street U.S.A. (heralding some event) chances are, that Hortie-Van helped provide it!

“Let’s dine in Disneyland” at “the biggest little bar in the world”, c. 1955.
“Let’s dine in Disneyland” at “the biggest little bar in the world”, c. 1955.

The interior was sure authentic-looking - down to details like “gilded wall paper”, and the “carved wooden accents.” Long before Frontierland had its “Mile Long Bar”, the Golden Horseshoe Saloon was known for its “biggest little bar in the world.” Harper Goff, Sam McKim, and many other artists and craftspeople were responsible for the interior design and final elegant decor of Frontierland’s 1896-era iconic saloon down to its ornate tables and brass-ringed bar.

(July 17, 1955 - September 30, 1982)
(July 17, 1955 - September 30, 1982)


THE ORIGINAL CAST : Since the beginning, Atmosphere Entertainment complimenting the theme of areas is staged to entertain Disneyland Guests on an immediate and personal level. A variety of live shows entertained Guests throughout the day. The main attraction of Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe was “Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe Musical Revue,” which was reckoned as a Free Show, presented by Pepsi-Cola, “all the way from St. Louis.” While Walt “loved corn,” the show featured multiple Western-style performances (from the crimson-curtained stage)! The Golden Horseshoe Revue had “something for everyone.” You were sure to enjoy plenty of good music, plenty of laughs, Can Can girls, Slue Foot Sue, that famous character Pecos Bill, and (of course) Pepsi-Cola - the original featured drink!

According to Dave Smith (previous Chief Archivist Emeritus of the Walt Disney Archives), “In its early years, Disneyland did not have the atmosphere bands that are used today. In fact, in 1955 there was only the Disneyland Band and the small band in the Golden Horseshoe.” [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016] In 1955, the original old west Vaudeville show began with Jack Watson’s pre-show & audience warm up - a banjo sing-a-long! Pastel-clad waitresses and the Golden Horseshoe Orchestra would lead in renditions of favorites like “Down by the Old Mill Stream” and “My Blue Heaven.” Then the main show would start - an astounding 45-minutes long, and performed five times daily, beginning just fifteen minutes after the park’s opening! “A troupe of artistes” and “a grand constellation of stars” was headlined by Miss Judy Marsh (As Slue Foot Sue, Sweetheart of the Frontier), Mr. Donald Novis (radio star of “Fibber McGee and Molly” fame, as the Silver Toned Tenor), and Mr. Wallace Vincent Boag (as the Traveling Salesman and versatile comedian). Not to be outshined, are those talented Golden Horseshoe Girls - Shirley Towers (Seattle native and former professional dance instructor), Glenda Guilfoyle (a former Radio City Music Hall Rockette & network television dancer), Gloria Watson, and Susan Reed (a horseback rider by nature)! Glenda was soon replaced by Julie Browder. These five glamorous and lovely young ladies added the spice of beauty, while livening up the audience for the opening and big finale! “An efficient orchestra under the capable direction of Professor LaVere,” with dances and Terpsichore by Miss Theresa Allen, original lyrics by Mr. Tom Adair, and versions and renditions of songs by Mr. Charles LaVere enhanced the show! Cards placed on the tabletops contained the program, and came to ultimately include the lyrics to every main song on the program, so that the audience could sing along!

After the overture played, a rousing opening of “Hello Everybody” was performed by the entire cast of the show. Following this, a “repertoire of renditions” started off with“Bill Bailey” - a solo by Miss Judy Marsh. Next, that “silver-toned tenor” Mr. Donald Novis performed “Dear Old Donegal” (an “Irish Ditty”), “Leprechaun Lullaby” (a Refrain), and the Stephen Foster tune “Beautiful Dreamer” (assisted by a Chorus of four familiar Southern Belles during the latter). Next, Wally Boag offered a change in “tone” with a comical song - “What Have We Here.” Then, Judy Marsh was back on the stage for two more songs - “Riverboat Blues” and “A Lady Has to Mind Her Ps & Qs”. Lastly, “Pecos Bill” entered the stage to a tune that led into the rip-roaring closing number performed alongside high-stepping Can-Can dancers to the tune of Offenbach’s Can Can (sung by the entire cast of the show)!

ADDITIONS : According to “The Spirit of Disneyland” (prepared by Walt Disney Productions in 1984), many activities were on a “week-to-week contract… outstanding ones” that “indicate the tentative nature of the times: The Golden Horseshoe Revue. Retained on a two-week contact.” The entire Golden Horseshoe was a raging success with audiences, proven by long lines, full reservations, and packed houses most every day! Big changes were soon in store that would define the “musicomedy” show that everyone would come to love!

Though the four chorus girls (Shirley Towers, Glenda Guilfoyle, Gloria Watson, and Susan Reed) continued to Can-Can for the first year of the Golden Horseshoe Revue, a defining moment came (in 1956), when the role of Slue Foot Sue was filled by Betty Taylor. Supported by Martha Lewis (during the evening performances), Betty would continue to refine the character for a grand total of 45,000 performances. New “high falutin’ gals” of the Golden Horseshoe were added through the years. By 1963, April Tatro, Tina Olson, and Judy Michaels were among the line.

By September 28, 1958, the Golden Horseshoe Revue was accounted as a DISNEYLAND, INC. Park Asset valued at $423,496.

Disneyland Entertainment Director Chuck Corson recalled that the Golden Horseshoe Revue was the No. 1 attraction, when he came to Disneyland in 1959. The Revue was so popular, that (in 1964) the cast was shipped to the Bahamas, in order to perform the Show there. By 1964, Joe Wong had joined the pre-show, portraying the Bartender. According to Vacationland (Fall of 1964), “He usually sings a song he claims was learned at his mother’s knee - ‘When Irish Eyes Are Smiling’.”

During this time (from July 17, 1955 - September 30, 1982), the five-a-day show had made 15,000 performances by the Fall of 1964 (despite the New York World’s Fair drawing some Disneyland family members to the East Coast, including Jerry Rosen Golden Horseshoe Supervisor), a record breaking attendance of 17,000 performances for approximately sixteen million guests by 1966, and more than 41,000 performances over 23 years. The previous figures only account for appearances at Disneyland, as the Golden Horseshoe Revue would make a few rare performances “Off Stage” (e.g. their appearance at the Cal Arts Ball held at Walt Disney Studios, on May 7 & 8, 1966). During this time, Wally Boag was supported by understudies Dick Hardwick and Bert Henry.

The Frontierland Cast Members certainly epitomized a process that Walt called “Performance Excellence” - encouraging Cast Members to strive to excel each day in the fulfillment of their individual roles and responsibilities in an environment consistent with defined Disney behaviors. The Cast Members were continually challenging themselves and each other to try new methods of working more effectively and efficiently.

Teamwork was regarded as essential in accomplishing these efforts. Unseen, Disneyland Sound Mechanics and Projectionists are perhaps the best hidden of the craftsmen in Maintenance. They are truly “backstage” and you'll find them behind curtains (as at the Golden Horseshoe).

Proof of this was observed by Disneyland’s 15th Anniversary Birthday, when the (now 30-minute) show had seen a whopping 21,000 performances. Some songs (like Slue Foot Sue’s “I Don’t Care”) would be omitted, while others (like “Won’t You Come Home, Bill Bailey”) became mainstays. By 1971, Fulton Burley had developed the “Horseshoe Owner” character into a principal member of the cast. Pepsi-Cola would sponsor occasional pre-shows (like Doc Adams and Claude Dog, c. 1978), and variations of the show (like Pecos Bill’s Wild West Revue, c. 1981), which ran on the stage.

Wally Boag made his final appearance on Disneyland’s Golden Horseshoe Saloon stage, January 28th, 1982. Soon after, Pepsi-Cola ended their sponsorship on September 30, 1982. In 1995, Wally Boag was named a Disney Legend for his legendary performances and Disneyland contributions (from 1955 to 1982). Fulton Burley (a Golden Horseshoe tenor since 1962), Thurl Ravenscroft, and Betty Taylor (who played Slue Foot Slue from 1956 to 1987) were also named Disney Legends during the ceremony.

Signage that is looking pretty worn and stressed is replaced or rehabilitated.
Signage that is looking pretty worn and stressed is replaced or rehabilitated.
“Souvenir of Mickey Mouse Club” Excerpt, (December of 1955)
“Souvenir of Mickey Mouse Club” Excerpt, (December of 1955)
4D10AD6F-3BB9-494B-8186-16FC198225E6.jpeg
 We say this “tongue in cheek”,  but the upper floor generally offered a “clear” view of the Golden Horseshoe Stage!

We say this “tongue in cheek”,  but the upper floor generally offered a “clear” view of the Golden Horseshoe Stage!

5EE1DF28-A1F3-4EFF-BDD9-54A5338218CA.jpeg
Dancers in front of the Marc Davis-designed backdrop, 1950s.
Dancers in front of the Marc Davis-designed backdrop, 1950s.

The Golden Horseshoe Dancers welcome you : “Hello everybody, we’re mighty glad to greet you - here at the Golden Horseshoe!”

“Gaiety Galore!”, c. 1961
“Gaiety Galore!”, c. 1961

That “silver-toned tenor” - Donald Novis, and those “gorgeous Golden Horseshoe Girls” perform a routine, with a melody written by “Professor” Charles LaVere and lyrics by Tom Adair!

98CFC978-1F8C-4DC7-BF04-9B5627356CE2.jpeg
“The Grandest, Most Spectacular Show On The Entire Frontier”
“The Grandest, Most Spectacular Show On The Entire Frontier”


(Excerpt from Disneyland Holiday, Winter, 1957-1958)

By this time, Pepsi - Cola’s Golden Horseshoe Revue performed five times daily (2:00 pm, 3:30 pm, 5:00 pm, 6:30 pm, and 8:00 pm). The 40-minute old west-style show starred that “silver tongued tenor” Donald Novice, Betty Tailor, and the “Clown Prince” Wally Boag!

1950s
1950s

Though you could periodically meet “that famous barber shop quartet” - the Main Street Mellodiers (Mellomen) down on Main Street, they were known to make a few appearances at the Golden Horseshoe. Another vocalist quartet that made Golden Horseshoe appearances (beginning in 1959) was the Dapper Dans (pictured).

A41F3A40-06E8-45E8-90A9-D7008FC21E2F.jpeg
4975320E-F52F-4132-B5DD-FCE293FF05BE.jpeg
“Hello Everybody...We’re Mighty Glad to Meet You”, (July, 1966)
“Hello Everybody...We’re Mighty Glad to Meet You”, (July, 1966)

“Welcome to the Golden Horseshoe. Let the fun begin!” A light and gay free stage show with singers and comedy stars is featured at Pepsi-Cola’s Golden Horseshoe Revue! Colorfully costumed Can Can Girls provide lively numbers (including the finale) for the old western variety show!

1950s
1950s

No show would be complete without those talented Can Can Dancers that Pecos Bill “had roped up in Paris”, and brought “back to dance for you and me”!

AD888376-7EBE-436E-B307-67374F83C4DD.jpeg
(July, 1966)
(July, 1966)

“The show is mighty spicy, we thought we ought to warn ya’…each chorus girl is a raving beauty.”

93D2E229-F2AA-43A5-964C-5CBB38170C5C.jpeg
CED25830-9A42-4C36-94BB-1B881EEFE1D3.jpeg
1638A2D4-3283-4730-9DEC-B65B82912938.jpeg
 The role of the capricious Can Can Dancer involve a lot of practice and training, as it was one of the most physically exerting Entertainment roles. A testament to this fact is the famous “jump-split” (pictured), which was performed in the chorus li

The role of the capricious Can Can Dancer involve a lot of practice and training, as it was one of the most physically exerting Entertainment roles. A testament to this fact is the famous “jump-split” (pictured), which was performed in the chorus line! Other dances included a Waltz performed at three-quarter time.

(July, 1966)
(July, 1966)
(July, 1966)
(July, 1966)
(July, 1966)
(July, 1966)

Slue Foot Sue sings the final lyrics of her song - “‘Bill Bailey, won’t you please come home?”

(July, 1966)
(July, 1966)

“I’m Bill Bailey. I’ve come home.” The “roughest, toughest, root’n, toot’n, shoot’nist cowboy in the whole wide world” has just made his entrance on Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe stage!

During 1955, Donald Novis (“the silver-toned tenor”) was personally responsible for persuading Walt Disney to personally interview Wally Boag co-write and perform in the Golden Horseshoe Revue. He was originally hired for a two-week stint, but was hired as lead performer. Wally’s Pecos Bill and Traveling Salesman characters would be influential to injecting humor into more than 39,522 performances of Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe Revue. During 1955, Donald and Wally were also co-emcees featured on a new mid-day half-hour “Magic Kingdom” radio show, broadcast (from 11 to 11:25, from Monday through Friday), originating from within Disneyland. “Starting at the Golden Horseshoe, they tour all of the Park’s lands, meeting and chatting with interesting visitors from all over the country who enjoy the Magic Kingdom’s many attractions”, according to The Disneyland News (Vol.1-No.6 ; published December 10, 1955). During the “Golden Key to Disneyland” segment, families are selected at random to win the “Golden Key to Disneyland” (which entitled the family to free admission).

During this time, “Bert” (Albert) Henry Renner was hired as a loyal substitute for Wally Boag, from 1955 to 1976. Wally trusted Bert so, that he sent him to the Magic Kingdom in Florida, in order to support and train the cast of the Diamond Horseshoe Revue at Walt Disney World.

(October, 1966)
(October, 1966)

Guests enjoy plenty of good music, plenty of laughs, Can Can girls, and that famous character Pecos Bill! Old Bill’s the roughest, toughest critter west of the Alamo! He’s also the fastest draw in the West. Pecos asks the audience, “Wanna see it?” After freezing, he asks…

(October, 1966)
(October, 1966)

“Wanna see it again?”

© Walt Disney Company.
© Walt Disney Company.

By 1961, Wally had recently made more than 20 guest appearances on local and national TV including the Ed Sullivan Show. Sometimes the stars of film, television and stage came to Wally. For instance, Eddie Sherman (of the Honolulu Advisor) published the following account (for Monday, November 4, 1963) : “At the Golden Horseshoe Revue, the newsmen were treated to a special surprise. Julie Andrews (of B’way’s ‘My Fair Lady’) was called out of the audience to duet with comedian Wally Boag. Julie has recently competed her first film - for Walt Disney - titled ‘Mary Poppins’.”

According to Dave Smith (previous Chief Archivist Emeritus of the Walt Disney Archives), “Wally Boag, the comedian at the Golden Horseshoe, wrote the script for the Enchanted Tiki Room and he happened to be bald. One of the funniest parts of the show was when Wally removed his toupee.” [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016] This may be the reason why it is said, that “Herr Schmidt… has no hair.”

ABB02EEB-DEA7-429D-BC6C-8B6E5022714A.jpeg
© Walt Disney Company.
© Walt Disney Company.

DID YOU KNOW : Wally Boag used almost 250,000 balloons during the first 11 years of the show.

The Traveling Salesman who “just got off the stagecoach from Chicago” and his bag of tricks.
The Traveling Salesman who “just got off the stagecoach from Chicago” and his bag of tricks.

According to the account of Wally Boag in “Homecoming- Destination Disneyland” by Carlene Thie: “After the park had been open for a few months, Walt signed a contract with ABC radio to produce a daily program called ‘Your Happy Holiday.’ We would find a family on its way into the park in the morning and ask them to be guests on the show. After they'd been in Disneyland for a couple of hours, we'd have them come over to the Horseshoe so I could ask them questions about what they'd seen (I was the emcee). It also gave us an opportunity to feature various celebrities who were in the park that day. We had plenty of them. President Eisenhower was in the audience one day and I called his grandson up on the stage and gave him the balloon animal. As he was going back to his seat, I handed him a bunch of balloons and said, ‘Here, give these to your grandfather and show him how to make an animal. It'll make him a big man in the neighborhood.’ I guess Ike liked the gag he laughed.”

Wally Boag
was well-known for his “fun and ‘hi jinks’” as Pecos Bill or the Traveling Salesman! According to Vacationland (Fall of 1964), “In his balloon blowing antics, Boag creates animals and shapes beyond description. He has used almost 225,000 balloons in the nine year old show. On the day after Christmas in 1961, Wally had little girl on stage with him, showing her his balloon tricks. ‘Now,’ quipped Wally, ‘go back and show it to your grandfather. It’ll make him a big man in the neighborhood.’ The little girl’s grandfather, sitting front row center in a spasm of laughter, was President Dwight D. Eisenhower.” Only three years later, Wally (or, the “Traveling Salesman”) had “used almost 250,000 balloons in the 11-year show,” according to Disney News magazine (published for the Fall of 1967). In interview with Carlene Thie, Wally once recalled that Walt “knew my act better than I did and he often had suggestions about how I could improve it. On day he said to me, ‘Why don’t you package those balloons and sell them at the bar after each show.’ So, I did and I sold a ton of them.” [“Homecoming - Destination Disneyland” by Carlene Thie] Wally’s balloons continued to create tangible memories for Guests through Merchandise and Show.

Clearly guests were well familiar with the Traveling Salesman, but Wally occasionally filled other roles at Disneyland. He portrayed “The White Hunter” while riding atop an elephant, but was surprisingly absent from the “Golden Horsehoe” Float, in the “Disneyland ‘59” parade and pageant. Former Disneyland Cast Member Steve Vosburg especially recollects one of Wally’s amazing feats performed while portraying another iconic character : “One of my Fondest Memories was the 4th of July night when Wally Boag played Uncle Sam on the Tomorrowland Stage. He sang and danced to Yankee Doodle Dandy and at 47 years of age still managed to throw a back handspring in the middle of the routine wearing that Uncle Sam suit!!!... I was a young 18 year old gymnast back then and could throw back handsprings in my sleep, basically a simple move, however, I would never had attempted one while wearing a suit coat.”

Another guest (Sue from Atascadero, California) once recalled : “Back on Memorial Day weekend either in 1965 or 1966, as a teenager, a girlfriend and I saw ‘The Golden Horseshoe Revue.’ We went back after equipping ourselves and had a squirt gun fight with the man portraying Pecos Bill. He and the woman playing Sluefoot Sue were perplexed but played along. The piano player that day said that it was the funniest thing he ever saw. I have wondered for years if those actors and piano player remembered that.” [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016]

Boag-alloon Animals; designed by RICHARD L. PARMENTER of by create-a-pak co. of Los Angeles
Boag-alloon Animals; designed by RICHARD L. PARMENTER of by create-a-pak co. of Los Angeles
65F210CF-775F-48D7-B0A4-1A20EF0239B4.jpeg
F0E631C1-CD1F-43B1-946F-A76F519A348C.jpeg
1969
1969

Refresh yourself with food, beverages, and entertain yourself with multiple daily Western-style performances from the crimson-curtained stage!

1969
1969
CB49612E-5CE9-433D-B1FB-C52EA30C070A.jpeg
33AAB1FF-D269-4409-9440-74772590E999.jpeg
Donald Novis Leads Betty Taylor and the Golden Horseshoe Dancers, (October, 1961)
Donald Novis Leads Betty Taylor and the Golden Horseshoe Dancers, (October, 1961)

Donald Novis was “one of America's most versatile entertainers as co-emcee of the American Broadcasting Company radio program ‘Walt Disney's Magic Kingdom,’” according to the Disneyland News, published December 10, 1955.

“Donald, a veteran of more than two decades on the boards and behind the mike, might to day be employing his talents on a college athletic field if it hadn't been for a chance contest he entered while in college.

Donald orginally planned to be an athletic instructor but a radio singer competition sponsored by Atwater Kent caught his atten-tion.

The competition, which took a full year to decide, offered a $6,000 first prize and Don, who had been singing his way since high school days in his home-town of Pasadena, saw an excellent opportunity to cash in on his talent.

Some 63,000 entrants tried out with him but when the music had cleared Donald was the win-ner. Contract offers poured in so fast he "forced" says he was almost to become an entertainer.

The prestige that winning the Kent Contest gave won a contract at Los Angeles Coconut Grove where he stayed some 18 months, still a record for a single act.

During the middle 1930's Novis appeared on the New York stage - in such productions as "Jumbo, with Jimmy Durante, and later on network radio with Morton a Downey in a program that be came known as the "Battle of the Tenors."

Later Novis was a regular on the "Fibber Magee" radio program and in recent years has toured Australia with a musical comedy show.

Donald met Walt Disney more than 20 years ago. Both are members of the Legion of Honor of the De Molay, a distinction shared by only a dozen other show business people.

When the call came from his old friend to star in the first Golden Horseshoe show at Dis-neyland, Don was more than glad to accept. He now says his Disneyland association is one of the happiest of his career.

Donald is married and the father of two girls, Carol Jean, 16, and Leslie Katherine, 12.

His wife, the former Dorothy Brad-shaw, he met in the cast of ‘Jumbo.’

The British-born, Pasadena-“

Betty Taylor, Donald Novis, and the gorgeous Golden Horseshoe Can-Can Dancers perform the introductory (and welcoming) acts as well as the reprisal lyrics of the Golden Horseshoe Revue’s theme! Though Donald Novis’ “vocal stylings set the standards for cabaret singers and he is credited with introducing such lasting hits as ‘Little Girl Blue’, ‘Charmaine’, ‘Sweet and Lovely’ and ‘My Romance’”, around these frontier parts he is well-known for co-writing the Golden Horseshoe Revue script, and performing in the show from 1955 to 1964.

2C1270F6-4548-416B-A7BD-C1EAD91027B3.jpeg
“The Golden Horseshoe Revue”, The Wonderful World of Color, September 23, 1962
“The Golden Horseshoe Revue”, The Wonderful World of Color, September 23, 1962

The 10,000th performance of the Golden Horseshoe Revue was commemorated with a Wonderful World of Color episode, that was also released theatrically! You may be amazed to find that this special was not recorded inside Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe at Disneyland! There wasn’t room for the big bar room brawl, and the Indian Number, so a set was built at the Walt Disney Studios.

“Walt had grown up in the days of vaudeville, the inspiration for many of television's early stars, such as Milton Berle, Sid Caesar and the many performers on ‘The Ed Sullivan Show.’ Walt combined vaudeville, TV, and his beloved Disneyland in a 1962 ‘Walt Disney's Wonderful World of Color’ episode called ‘The Golden Horseshoe Revue.’ The show was a celebration of their 10,000th performance, and starred Annette, Ed Wynn, and the cast of the Golden Horseshoe Revue at Disneyland Park - Wally Boag, Fulton Burley and Betty Taylor. Annette was growing up and wanted to sing a ‘sexy’ number, so we wrote her an old-fashioned tune called ‘Hang A Lantern In Your Window.’ When the boys in the Golden Horseshoe started booing, she ripped off her prim-and-proper skirt and went into a razz-ma-tazz song-and-dance routine called ‘Mister Piano Man.’ It was quite a new look for everyone's favorite Mouseketeer - the ‘girl next door’ Annette. The film was released theatrically as a featurette in Europe in 1963, and in the United States in 1964.”

Ed Wynn’s Piano Bicycle as seen in “The Golden Horseshoe Revue”, The Wonderful World of Color, September 23, 1962
Ed Wynn’s Piano Bicycle as seen in “The Golden Horseshoe Revue”, The Wonderful World of Color, September 23, 1962

Al Jolson, Jimmy Durante, Eddie Cantor, Édith Piaf, and others sang duets atop Ed Wynn’s Piano Bicycle. Ed Wynn even rode his piano bicycle on “The Ed Wynn Show”, and performed his vaudeville routine with Dinah Shore (in 1949). More than a decade later, Wynn would again tune up his mobile instrument for a television special. Ed would accompany Betty Taylor in a rendition of “Tea for Two”, in “The Golden Horseshoe Revue” (a 1962 episode of Disneyland).

Ed Wynn’s Piano Bicycle also inspired a vehicle driven (and played) by Rod Miller for the Disneyland 35th Anniversary Party Gras Parade. A similar bicycle-propelled player piano also made an appearance at Walt Disney World Magic Kingdom.

Years later, (thanks to the granddaughter of Ed Wynn), Ed Wynn’s Piano Bicycle came to be part of “The Walt Disney Archives - 50 Years of Preserving the Magic” exhibit at the Bowers Museum (pictured).

84557256-3CF5-45B1-83DD-BDF8E681DFE6.jpeg
EDA8CA1D-90AB-4E3B-BF2C-4F63536B92A9.jpeg
(November, 1973)
(November, 1973)

Slue Foot Sue (Betty Taylor) sings solo.

3E86FF36-964C-4565-B87F-898C31EC2BBA.jpeg
71AAE556-B9B8-4015-80CF-F658139E85EC.jpeg
F04FCFF9-09B8-4DFE-8988-EAB0B250B4B0.jpeg
008896BC-EBAC-4262-9126-85BCF07C659E.jpeg
A4253EB1-503F-43F6-A0D9-34929382A313.jpeg
A03E9BAC-21E7-43CB-864F-F845CB0186AB.jpeg
 The Golden Horseshoe Girls perform a waltz is performed in three-quarter time.

The Golden Horseshoe Girls perform a waltz is performed in three-quarter time.

 This is followed by a  “capricious Can-Can.”

This is followed by a “capricious Can-Can.”

(November, 1973)
(November, 1973)

Those gorgeous Golden Horseshoe Dancers perform a rousing chorus line for their number! This promises to be one “scintillatin, syncopatin, gay ninety show”!

(November, 1973)
(November, 1973)

Dear Old Francis Fulton Burley (of Disneyland Entertainment and Talent) welcomes the audience to the Golden Horseshoe!

Fulton Burley was a native of Kincardine, Ontario, Canada. He is most remembered as the co-host of the Golden Horseshoe Revue, and his rendition of “Clancy Lowered the Boom” was an audience favorite! His talent for captivating an audience would allow Fulton to take part in special events outside of Disneyland. Don Payne (a contemporary Golden Horseshoe Revue Cast Member) remembers just a few of Fulton’s Disney-related contributions :

“He came into the show in 1962, when Donald Novis had to retire for health issues. Wally brought him in. They had previously known each other when they were under contract with MGM.”

According to Vacationland (Fall of 1964), “His rousing renditions of ‘Clancy lowered the Boom’ is a special fan favorite of many. His by-play with Wally Boag usually sees Burley come out on the short end.”

Don Payne continues : “Fulton stayed with the Revue until the show’s run ended…[Fulton] also, did three national, promotional tours together for Buena Vista’s re-release of Dumbo, Pinocchio and 101 Dalmatians.”

You can still hear Fulton’s voice inside Disneyland today as Michael, the parrot - one of the emcees of Walt Disney’s Enchanted Tiki Room.

A8E8550D-1DAC-4F1F-82BA-797B985F6E67.jpeg
0574D8CD-150D-4347-8405-ACF2B5904DBE.jpeg
“Golden Horseshoe Tribute During Disneyland’s 25th Anniversary”
“Golden Horseshoe Tribute During Disneyland’s 25th Anniversary”

Yes, those are Can-Can girls performing on Main Street U.S.A.! The iconic and record-breaking show was commemorated with this parade float and unit during the Disneyland 25th Anniversary parade in 1980!

  Disneyland Drama Workshop  put on stage show productions for employees and their families. Former Disneyland Drama Workshop alumn Tom Pletts recalls, “ From the few rehearsal schedules I've kept, and my recollections, each production took about a m

Disneyland Drama Workshop put on stage show productions for employees and their families. Former Disneyland Drama Workshop alumn Tom Pletts recalls, “From the few rehearsal schedules I've kept, and my recollections, each production took about a month or so to put together. Rehearsals were planned around the Park's hours, the availability of the stage, and the cast members' (literally) work schedules. We'd squeeze in an average of 15 rehearsals.“

Many of these were performed from the Fantasyland Theater stage (which is why you’ll find a compendium rarely-seen photos of the Disneyland Drama Workshop’s 16 total productions inside our Fantasyland “Vintage View” Gallery)!

Wally Boag’s “Tail of the West” Poster, c. 1976
Wally Boag’s “Tail of the West” Poster, c. 1976

Former Disneyland Cast Member Tom Pletts gives us the following rare description of Wally Boag’s “Tail of the West" :

[The Tail of the West]…”is/was a vaudeville-styled melodrama, with a chorus and production numbers.

The story: after the townsfolk extoll the virtues of Homestead Heights, their new Marshall and his deputy find a name for their horse by doing a Lone Ranger sketch and dance (it's hard to explain). The heroine's grandfather loses the deed to his ranch (and the town's water rights) PLUS the hand of his granddaughter in a silly poker game with the villain (me). The deputy is talked into a shootout with Blackberry, but neither wins; so the heroine steals back the deed from the villain's pocket. After a strobe-light chase scene involving nearly everyone, she finally hides it! So he attempts to get it back by torturing her, poking swords through a trick box with her inside. The hero arrives in the nick of time, of course, and he engages the villain in a slow-motion sword fight (really). The town then rejoices, all of the romances are resolved and the audience applauds. This was performed in the Fantasyland Theater to give us more room for the dance numbers. My assigned mate was the deplorable Sludge, which was played by the actually delightful Pat Keener.”

1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit Rehearsal at Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe
1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit Rehearsal at Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe

Former Disneylander Tom Pletts shares a few exclusive memories from the Disneyland Drama Workshop’s production of Chicken Ranching for Fun and Profit. You’re looking Disneyland Cast Members just sitting around in the Golden Horseshoe during an early read-through rehearsal (and perhaps a final rehearsal approval). From left to right : Ben Sherman and Bonnie (Sugar) ; Pat (Widow Blues) and Bonnie; Johnny Buckner (Victor Virtue) and an unidentified book worm. These shots were unseen by anyone else until now. As he looks over his photos, Tom expresses, “They're still a little raw, but they evoke very fond memories.”

1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit - Artwork by Chuck Boyer.
1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit - Artwork by Chuck Boyer.

Tom Pletts adds, "He [Chuck Boyer] was very kind to our little drama group.”  Of course, Tom is referring to Chuck’s contribution of the program’s cover art.  I wasn’t involved with that show, and can’t remember any specifics about it. As for posters or marquees, there wouldn’t be any for regular guests to see, and the FL Theater didn’t have a marquee. ‘Chicken Ranching’ might have had a poster in front of the Golden Horseshoe, since it had some public performances.”

Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit Program, c. 1971
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit Program, c. 1971

“The Plot : The villain Grasper Quick was going to foreclose on Widow Blues’ chicken ranch unless her daughter, Sugar Blues, married him. Sugar’s boyfriend and hero, Victor Virtue, and his friend, cheerleader Frank Funster vainly try to help. Sugar attempts to bribe Grasper by sending him all the eggs ; but, since he’s been secretly feeding her chickens gunpowder (don’t ask), they blow up his mansion (off stage, of course). It’s all sprinkled with running gags and a catchy tune or to. Fun stuff.”

“It’s kind of a “Vaudevillain" comic melodrama, and is only 30 minutes long (for audience turnover). Its title is “Chicken Ranching for Fun and Profit”…or, “Many A Man Has Gone to the Dogs Chasing a Chick”. Authorship is credited to Wally Boag, Fulton Burley, and Bert Henry. Jerry King, the regular Horseshoe drummer provided the rim-shots for us ; Rod Miller, the Coke Corner pianist, played excellent ragtime to keep the mood. I still get pumped for a show start when I hear ‘Maple Leaf Rag’!”

-Tom Pletts, (Grasper Quick)

Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, 1971.
Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, 1971.

LEFT : Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit Ticket Concept Art, c. 1971

RIGHT : In the foreground, you’ll notice Pat Keener, the Widow Blues, reading a mort-gage (as Wally preferred).

1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit
1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit

“I’m hiding behind a ‘bush’…”

1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit
1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit

Jim was well acquainted with playing eccentric characters on the Golden Horseshoe stage. Alongside Bev Bergeron (who had trained under Wally Boag’s original understudy Bert Henry), Jim had begun to substitute for Wally Boag. He continued to do sub for Wally from 1970 to 1982.

1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit
1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit

Bonnie Barrileaux was familiar with the Golden Horseshoe stage, as she was also a Golden Horseshoe Revue Can-Can dancer. Additionally, she was an assistant, park choreographer, working as Barnett’s Ricci’s assistant.

1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit
1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit

“…and in the midst of a chase scene, Funster makes us play a game. Too much fun.”

-Tom Pletts.

(From Left To Right) : Bonnie as Sugar Blues, Tom Pletts as Grasper Quick, Johnny Buckner as Victor Virtue, and Jim Adams as Frank Funster the “Yell Leader”.

1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit
1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit
1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit
1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit
The animated Cast of Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, c.1971.
The animated Cast of Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit, c.1971.
1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit
1971, Chicken Ranching For Fun & Profit
“A Chicken Ranching for Profit Reuninon” (May, 2007)
“A Chicken Ranching for Profit Reuninon” (May, 2007)

Tom Pletts shared “a Chicken Ranching mini-reunion, during the gathering for Fulton Burley's memorial at the studio. L to R: Grasper (me), Sugar (Bonnie), an aging Wally (the great one), Frank Funster (Jim), and our ragtime pianist Rod Miller.”

(July 1955 - September 30, 1982)
(July 1955 - September 30, 1982)

During 1954, Walt was searching for participants to lease shop and both quick service and table service restaurant spaces at Disneyland, in order to help generate the necessary capital to fund construction of Disneyland. In a synergistic relationship, the companies (in turn) could sell their products and advertise their corporate names in the Park. Disneyland Participant Corporate Sponsors were carefully selected. High quality, long term corporate sponsors would provide incremental income that enabled Disneyland to enhance its show and attractions, offset some operating expenses, and capitalize on marketing opportunities.

To iterate, Pepsi was one of five major concerns to hold a lease with Disneyland for strictly advertising purposes. Among these concerns were the Santa Fe Railroad, Bekins Van and Storage, TWA, Richfield Oil Company and Pepsi Cola. These did not occupy space but have their name displayed at certain places that were advantageous for the advertising of the product or service they sold.

Several of these “reliable old firms” sponsored the “abundance of restaurants devoted to pleasing all tastes and all budgets,” according to “The Story of Disneyland,” published 1955. Jim Powell, president of Pepsi-Cola Bottling Company of Los Angeles, was an enthusiastic supporter of Disneyland.

So while the main goal was to create happiness, income was provided to Disneyland Inc. to support the construction and growth of Disneyland. For example, in 1958, Bank of America appraisers figured of the total income received from leases, 16.02% was derived from the selling of advertising rights and 40.12% from the leasing of space to concerns whose main reason for occupancy is for advertising purposes. The remaining 43.86% of the lease income was derived from stores that sell various products and food.

Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe was operated by Disneyland, Inc. and sponsored by Pepsi Cola Co. You may recall that the original attraction was occasionally billed as The Pepsi-Cola Playhouse featuring the Golden Horseshoe Revue. Later shows were billed: The Golden Horseshoe Revue and the Pecos Bill Wild West Show, c. 1991, sponsored by Pepsi-Cola from 1955 to September 30, 1982! “Welcome to Disneyland” maps (published as early as June of 1955) invited guests to enjoy the “longest little bar with the tallest glassful of pop.” When opening day finally arrived, cola sales at the Park were at a high due to a recent plumbers strike and resultant non-operational drinking fountains.

An article in the Disneyland News (August, 1955) mentioned that Jim Powell (then president of Pepsi-Cola Bottling Company) was “an enthusiastic supporter of Disneyland.” For instance, the Pepsi Cola Co. contributed food to the First Annual Disneyland Christmas Party on December 10, 1956. Don Kendall (Pepsi-Cola Vice President) was also a regular supporter of the show, and Walt was so appreciative that he gifted to him one of Sam McKim’s original designs of the Golden Horseshoe.

From 1955 to 1982, Pepsi-Cola’s name was emblazoned on theater posters, signs and banners hanging over the entrance, and even across the stage curtains. In addition “the tallest glass of pop” - Pepsi-Cola was a constant feature on the menu. The Golden Horseshoe’s official beverage complimented the “wrapped sandwiches and chips.” Pepsi’s corporate logo was featured on Golden Horseshoe souvenirs, but most important, Pepsi was kept on tap at the bar!

A Coca-Cola Vendor (left) & Pepsi-Cola Vendor (right) support the Disneyland show in Fantasyland.
A Coca-Cola Vendor (left) & Pepsi-Cola Vendor (right) support the Disneyland show in Fantasyland.
Souvenir Golden Horseshoe Button, 1950s
Souvenir Golden Horseshoe Button, 1950s
Souvenir Golden Horseshoe Button with the Pepsi-Cola logo introduced in 1962.
Souvenir Golden Horseshoe Button with the Pepsi-Cola logo introduced in 1962.

Visitors (during the 1950s) were periodically given tin lithograph buttons like this one, to commemorate their experience at the Golden Horseshoe Revue presented by Pepsi-Cola! These 2-inch buttons (emblazoned along the edge with “Casa El Salvador ‘Farabundo Marti’”) were manufactured in San Francisco, California, but that’s another non-Disney-related history lesson for another time.

The synergistic relationship between the institutional lessee and Disneyland was beneficial. The Pepsi-Cola Company yielded some revenue for Disneyland Inc. - $39,000 for the fiscal year ending September 29, 1957 and $39,000 for the fiscal year ending September 28, 1958.

By October of 1959, the company was (1) of over sixty-eight other firms playing a vital part in the team effort to bring happiness to Disneyland’s Guests. Some were small, specialized individual operators; some were huge companies such as Swift & Co. - the Bank of America - United Paramount Theaters (which you hear as UPT) - Carnation - Richfield - General Dynamics - Crane - and many others. These companies used the park to publicize their wares, leased space in the Park to sell their wares, and Disneyland collected advertising fees from them.

Golden Horseshoe Revue Sign, c. 1960s - 1970s
Golden Horseshoe Revue Sign, c. 1960s - 1970s

At Disneyland, signs were themed to support the stories with respectful graphics, colors, fonts, terminology, the overall design of sign, materials (wood, metal, banners, etc.), and verbiage used on the signage. Sure, Slue Foot Sue owned the establishment, but Pepsi-Cola was really running the show! Pepsi-Cola also sponsored the UNICEF Pavilion and It’s a Small World at the New York World’s Fair of 1964 and 1965. (Image Courtesy of Van Eaton Galleries).

Golden Horseshoe Revue Reservation Card, c. 1975
Golden Horseshoe Revue Reservation Card, c. 1975

Two decades later, reservations (on a first-come, first-serve basis) are still required for the popular Frontierland attraction!

Golden Horseshoe Revue Table Menu, c. 1975
Golden Horseshoe Revue Table Menu, c. 1975

“You’ve got a lot to live, and Pepsi’s got a lot to give!” How about a refreshing foamy mug of Pepsi, Diet Pepsi, or Mountain Dew? When Pepsi-Cola began sponsorship of Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe, Pepsi-Cola (and Pepsi products Diet Pepsi and Mountain Dew) cost 15 cents (small) and 25 cents (for a large). Lays and Fritos originally cost 10 cents per serving. Prices changed little in the next fifteen years according to the menu (pictured above).

Pepsi-Cola was a Disneyland Participant and thus “part of the Disneyland story according to this “Disneyland ‘67” Excerpt.
Pepsi-Cola was a Disneyland Participant and thus “part of the Disneyland story according to this “Disneyland ‘67” Excerpt.
The New Year’s Eve at Disneyland, one – half hour musical radio program.
The New Year’s Eve at Disneyland, one – half hour musical radio program.

In addition to sponsoring the Golden Horseshoe, the Pepsi-Cola Company sponsored “New Year’s Eve at Disneyland.” The radio program was pre-recorded and cut to a record containing a special broadcast. The records were intended to be aired from December 26, 1967 to December 31st, 1967. The program was “one-half hour of musical fun and excitement, presented by your local Pepsi-Cola Bottler.” Highlights included sounds of Disneyland entertainers (like Betty Taylor as Slue Foot Sue and the Saxophone Quartet) in addition to “a nostalgic revue of Pepsi commercials from back in ‘32 right down to today’s lively ‘Pepsi-Cola Cold Theme.’” The record also featured the debut of the newest “Pepsi Pours it On” jingle.

Each of these records was never intended for sale, but distributed through Pepsi-Cola Bottling Company Western Divisions and their local area radio stations.

E91BF497-90AF-48E7-BDCD-69E309BC9B0D.jpeg
   Pepsi was still  “proud to be served at the happiest place on Earth,”  during the 25th anniversary year, even looking  “forward to many more successful years of association with Disneyland.”  [Disneyland 25 “Happy Birthday to a Dream” Advertising

Pepsi was still “proud to be served at the happiest place on Earth,” during the 25th anniversary year, even looking “forward to many more successful years of association with Disneyland.” [Disneyland 25 “Happy Birthday to a Dream” Advertising Supplement; published January 20, 1980] But ultimately, Disneyland Participant Affairs and Disneyland Participant Pepsi-Cola could not negotiate a new cooperative agreement to maintain their ongoing relationship at this Location, and another “old reliable firm” would step in to sponsor the Show.

Space Place Pepsi Patch; 1976.
Space Place Pepsi Patch; 1976.
1970s.
1970s.
(October 1, 1982 - April 30, 1984)
(October 1, 1982 - April 30, 1984)

Soon after Pepsi-Cola ended their sponsorship of Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe Revue (on September 30, 1982), Eastman - Kodak would briefly sponsor The Golden Horseshoe Revue from October 1, 1982, until April 30, 1984. The pre-show warmup, included Kodak instant picture-taking demonstrations for selected guests as souvenirs. “Kodak is excited with this opportunity for identification in the world's first outdoor recreation theme park,” said William K. Pedersen, a Kodak assistant vice-president and director of marketing communications services.
By this time, a second show (Pecos Bill Wild West Revue) had begun running c. March of 1981, concurrent with the Golden Horseshoe Revue. Perhaps owing to this, Dick Hardwick was hired as an understudy for Pecos Bill, and would take over the roles of Traveling Salesman/Pecos Bill upon Wally’s retirement. Dick would even move to Florida in 1983, so that Bev Bergeron could train him to be a replacement for Wally Boag (who was soon to retire). During this time, Dana Daniels was brought in to sub for Dick Hardwick’s roles of Pecos Bill and the Traveling Salesman.

Two years after Eastman - Kodak’s sponsorship concluded, the original Golden Horseshoe Revue would finally end its record breaking run (July 1955 - October 1986), on Sunday, October 12th, 1986. It was the longest running show in history at 42,921 performances (according to the Guiness Book of Records). By 1981, the show had already become the longest running production (at 39,000 performances in 27 years; seen by nine million guests) and this statistic was announced in Kodak press releases distributed before November of 1981. Now by 1986, with five performances daily, the show came close to 50,000 performances. Dick Hardwick would return to the Golden Horseshoe stage to perform in the last show of the Golden Horseshoe Revue with Betty Taylor, Fulton Burley, and Jay Meyers. Former Lead Don Payne sentimentally laments, “The Revue was co-created by Boag, Walt, and a few others. Walt LOVED that show and was a frequent audience member. A lot of hearts were broken when management closed the show after 30+ years of success. Folks still remember, and ask about, the Golden Horseshoe Revue.”

For a moment, (with the help of our friend Don), let’s transport ourselves through the doors of Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe, for one final show! Your reservation is waiting for you!

(c. 1970)
(c. 1970)
(1970s)
(1970s)
1970s
1970s

“Hello everybody (from Maine to California), this is the Golden Horseshoe!”

The liveliest line of CanCan dancers in these parts.
The liveliest line of CanCan dancers in these parts.

“As the Golden Horseshoe Band plays an overture (led by Vince Rossi on piano), the Golden Horseshoe Dancers perform a rousing musical greeting!”

 After  Slue Foot Sue  and  The Boss  perform a duet, the  Golden Horseshoe Dancers  begin to perform, when they’re interrupted from the audience! The  Traveling Salesman  says, “ You look like a million dollars up there !”  The Boss  responds, “ You

After Slue Foot Sue and The Boss perform a duet, the Golden Horseshoe Dancers begin to perform, when they’re interrupted from the audience! The Traveling Salesman says, “You look like a million dollars up there!” The Boss responds, “You’ve never seen a million dollars!”  The Traveling Salesman retorts, “That’s what I mean.  You look like something I’ve never seen before.”

  Don Payne  performing in the  Golden Horseshoe  as a sub for the great  Wally Boag  and the incredible  Jim Adams , April 4, 1980.

Don Payne performing in the Golden Horseshoe as a sub for the great Wally Boag and the incredible Jim Adams, April 4, 1980.

 The Salesman joins The Boss on stage and they perform a few bits together. After brief banter, the Salesman begins to hawk his wares. “Got a sick friend here…he just flew in from Knotts Berry Farm.” (He holds up a rubber chicken.)

The Salesman joins The Boss on stage and they perform a few bits together. After brief banter, the Salesman begins to hawk his wares. “Got a sick friend here…he just flew in from Knotts Berry Farm.” (He holds up a rubber chicken.)

 The Boss leaves the stage and the Salesman launches into a magic act. A volunteer from the audience was selected. The Salesman asks the child to hold his wand, which goes completely limp, as the Salesman turns away. The salesman begins to register t

The Boss leaves the stage and the Salesman launches into a magic act. A volunteer from the audience was selected. The Salesman asks the child to hold his wand, which goes completely limp, as the Salesman turns away. The salesman begins to register the laughter from the audience, and states to wonder what is causing such a commotion.

Turning, the Salesman sees the broken wand hanging limply in the child’s hand, and sobs, “She broke my wand!”

After things simmer down, the Salesman thanks the child for helping out, and hands the child an “all-day” sucker.

”I’d like to present you with a little gift to say ‘thank you’ for helping me with my magic.  Your dentist asked me to give this to you.”

 After the child leaves, the Salesman slides his carpet bag off stage. Lastly, the Salesman turns to the audience and sternly says, “I want you folks to always remember one thing…”. Just then, the band abruptly takes over, while the salesman begins t

After the child leaves, the Salesman slides his carpet bag off stage. Lastly, the Salesman turns to the audience and sternly says, “I want you folks to always remember one thing…”. Just then, the band abruptly takes over, while the salesman begins to mouth unheard words. The band suddenly stops playing, and it’s evident that the Salesman isn’t saying anything at all.

The Salesman leaves the stage and the Boss comes out, encouraging the audience to applaud. Slue Foot Sue enters and the comedic musical sequence “Pecos Bill” begins.

 The Pecos Bill tune continues, telling the story of “the roughest, toughest critter” in the whole wild west.

The Pecos Bill tune continues, telling the story of “the roughest, toughest critter” in the whole wild west.

 Pecos takes to the stage and says, “I have the fastest draw in the West. Wanna see it?” A gunshot is heard, and Pecos hasn’t moved a muscle. “Wanna see it again?”

Pecos takes to the stage and says, “I have the fastest draw in the West. Wanna see it?” A gunshot is heard, and Pecos hasn’t moved a muscle. “Wanna see it again?”

 The song tells of how “ the toughest critter west of the Alamo ” roughed up some bad guys.  “Once a band of rustlers stole a herd of cattle, but they didn’t know the herd they stole was Bill’s! When he caught them crooked villains, he knocked out al

The song tells of how “the toughest critter west of the Alamo” roughed up some bad guys. “Once a band of rustlers stole a herd of cattle, but they didn’t know the herd they stole was Bill’s! When he caught them crooked villains, he knocked out all their ‘fillins’, and that is why there’s gold in them there hills!”  In acting out that last line of the song, The Boss gives Pecos a slap, and several “teeth” fly out of Pecos’ mouth.

 The teeth-spitting (in reality, Lima beans) ensues, …and continues!

The teeth-spitting (in reality, Lima beans) ensues, …and continues!

 The Golden Horseshoe Band launches into a rendition of Stormy Weather, and the point Stormy Weather reaches that lyric, Pecos pulls two squirt guns and lets the audience have it!

The Golden Horseshoe Band launches into a rendition of Stormy Weather, and the point Stormy Weather reaches that lyric, Pecos pulls two squirt guns and lets the audience have it!

 Pecos holsters his guns and decides to roll a cigarette. He pulls out a tobacco pouch and a cigarette paper, and begins to make quite a show of pouring the tobacco onto the paper! As Pecos moves to lick the paper with his tongue, Slue Foot Sue (sing

Pecos holsters his guns and decides to roll a cigarette. He pulls out a tobacco pouch and a cigarette paper, and begins to make quite a show of pouring the tobacco onto the paper! As Pecos moves to lick the paper with his tongue, Slue Foot Sue (singing the lyrics), does a sweep with her arms, and Pecos licks her finger instead of the cigarette paper.

Perplexed, Pecos looks around, shrugs, promptly pops the cigarette paper into his mouth, and chews!

 Pecos briefly exits the stage while the Pecos Bill number finishes up. By this time, the audience was usually in hysterics. This was a fast-paced, multi-leveled comedy routine set to music - the comedy bits leading into (and building upon) one anoth

Pecos briefly exits the stage while the Pecos Bill number finishes up. By this time, the audience was usually in hysterics. This was a fast-paced, multi-leveled comedy routine set to music - the comedy bits leading into (and building upon) one another.

Slue Foot Sue launches into “thanks” and “goodbyes” to the audience, after which she brings The Boss out for his curtain call. She then brings out Pecos, who is wearing an extremely ugly gorilla mask. The audience cracks up.

 Slue Foot Sue has no reaction to the mask, so Pecos takes it off, only to reveal a silly-looking “goon” mask!  When Slue Foot Sue has no reaction to the “goon” mask, he removes it, revealing a smiling face! At that, Slue Foot Sue lets out a scr

Slue Foot Sue has no reaction to the mask, so Pecos takes it off, only to reveal a silly-looking “goon” mask!  When Slue Foot Sue has no reaction to the “goon” mask, he removes it, revealing a smiling face! At that, Slue Foot Sue lets out a scream, and the curtain falls!

“SO, WHO WAS THE BEST ‘PECOS BILL’?”
“SO, WHO WAS THE BEST ‘PECOS BILL’?”

From 1955 to1986, a total of seven individuals portrayed Pecos Bill (including Wally Boag, Jim Adams, Dick “Handpicked” Hardwick, Dana Daniels*, Kirk Wall, Don Payne, and Ron Schneider. When Wally Boag and Ron Schneider** went to Florida to help establish the Diamond Horseshoe, there was a need to fill his seasoned and iconic roles of Pecos Bill and the Traveling Salesman. So, who was the best in the role? We caught up with Don Payne (former Golden Horseshoe Jamboree Cast Member) who shared the surprising answer :

“Jim [Adams] had been a gymnast in High School and could do amazing flips and moves. We worked together in the Character Department... and later... in The Golden Horseshoe Revue…Jim, and I, had similar career paths at Disneyland: Character Department; Special Events Staff; National Promotional Tours for Buena Vista; Actors; Writers; Producers; Shows; Parade Staff and as subs for Wally Boag…In my opinion... Jim is the greatest Pecos Bill... standing just behind the great, founding Pecos... Mr. Wally Boag... the greatest Pecos of them all!”

*Dana Daniels’ performance of Pecos Bill and the Traveling Salesman may be viewed HERE.

**Ron Schneider’s final Golden Horseshoe performance can be viewed HERE. He subsequently went on to portray a more memorable role of the Dreamfinder in EPCOT Center!

“Don Payne Remembers Mr. Jay Meyer”
“Don Payne Remembers Mr. Jay Meyer”

Jay Meyer was hired as a substitute for Fulton Burley’s Emcee and Irish Tenor, performing from 1972 to Sunday, October 12th, 1986.

Former co-star Don Payne remembers : “Jay Meyer was a permanent substitute for Fulton Burley. Jay had a long, successful career. He sang on the old Milton Burle Show as one of the ‘Texaco Men’, and you can see him performing as one of the singing busts over the headstones in The Haunted Mansion attraction. He was always a great gentleman, and generous performer. It was a pleasure to work with him. Jay passed away on January 18th, 2008. He is missed.”

Jay Meyer was immortalized as the voice of one of the singing busts in the Haunted Mansion.

“The Golden Horseshoe Reunion”, Novembe 6th, 2014
“The Golden Horseshoe Reunion”, Novembe 6th, 2014

Former Golden Horseshoe Revue Pianist Richard Allen fondly remembers this reunion and tribute :

“We had a reunion show - in this picture is: Georgeen Whitney, Chris Stevens, Shelly Nichols, Deedee Bozikis, Shelby Grimm, Arlene Dragonn, Lana Devore and Richard Allen (me). I had a beard at this show. Nobody cared.

What was amazing about the reunion show is everyone remembered all the music and dance moves. It was pretty amazing. I don't recall if the can-can girls did their cartwheel. I think maybe Deedee did. Dana spit beans, of course. I remember the show we did after it closed, I was still finding beans on the stage months later.”

More than just a pretty face, and a fast set of legs, these effervescent Can Can chorus dancers had true talents that empowered them for greater things! Can Can Dancer DeeDee Bozikis had her start as a Golden Horseshoe Can Can dancer back in 1978. She eventually went on to work in Assistant Stage Management. Shelly Nichols (who was both a can can dancer and lead singer for the Golden Horseshoe, as well as Calamity Jane in the Pecos Bill Wild West Revue) became the choreographer/show director for “The All American College Band” at Disneyland.

 After the Golden Horseshoe revue closed on Sunday, October 12th, 1986, the Golden Horseshoe was temporarily closed and put under rehab, with an estimated premier on November 1st, 1986. A new proprietor ( Miss Lilly Langtree ) was in charge of the es

After the Golden Horseshoe revue closed on Sunday, October 12th, 1986, the Golden Horseshoe was temporarily closed and put under rehab, with an estimated premier on November 1st, 1986. A new proprietor (Miss Lilly Langtree) was in charge of the establishment portrayed by the multi-talented Miss Judi Wallace (who was previously cast in the Golden Horseshoe Revue)! Miss Lily Langtree was supported by Sam the bartender, for comic relief. It was at this time, a new show was created - the Golden Horseshoe Jamboree which ran more than eight years - from November 1, 1986 to December 18, 1994. There were many other talented individuals involved in this production. For instance, dancer Tobi Longo (daughter of original Golden Horseshoe Can Can Dancer, Rikki Lugo) carried on her mother’s legacy, performing amazing “jump splits” in the chorus line.

Don Payne recollects : “As one of the few Cast Members who performed in both the [Golden Horseshoe] Revue and the [Golden Horseshoe] Jamboree, it has always been my opinion, based on audience responses, the Revue was the better, more popular show. The Revue was a loosely formatted, Vaudeville-style show that allowed for ad lobbing and more spontaneous comedy. The Jamboree was more of a scripted, structured, off-Broadway-musical approach. It was staged very tightly, in comparison with the Revue. For the audiences…and the performers…lighter…more fun. Just one man’s observation.” WATCH Don Payne’s Golden Horseshoe Jamboree performance HERE, and after the show, return for more behind-the-scenes Golden Horseshoe fun!

c. 1986 - 1987
c. 1986 - 1987

Don Payne as Sam the Bartender in Disneyland’s Golden Horseshoe Revue

 Sam works the audience.

Sam works the audience.

 One of Sam’s Cowboys adds to the fun!

One of Sam’s Cowboys adds to the fun!

c. 1986 - 1987
c. 1986 - 1987

Sam meets a Fiddle Player (Dennis Fetchet) who wants to join the House Band.

 The Cowboy Barbershop Quartet

The Cowboy Barbershop Quartet

 The Cowboy Barbershop Quartet Singing 4-part harmony for “Home on the Range”

The Cowboy Barbershop Quartet Singing 4-part harmony for “Home on the Range”

 Miss Lilly arrives at the Golden Horseshoe Revue.

Miss Lilly arrives at the Golden Horseshoe Revue.

 Lilly and Sam meet in the center of the audience.

Lilly and Sam meet in the center of the audience.

 Lilly does a drum solo from the stage.

Lilly does a drum solo from the stage.

 Lilly and Sam (Don Payne) on stage for the Opening Dance Number.

Lilly and Sam (Don Payne) on stage for the Opening Dance Number.

 Dance Number Finale.

Dance Number Finale.

The animated Cast.
The animated Cast.

Dance Number Finale

 Sam’s all “washed up”, but he wants to be part of Lily’s Traveling Show Troupe. So, he auditions with a washboard act.

Sam’s all “washed up”, but he wants to be part of Lily’s Traveling Show Troupe. So, he auditions with a washboard act.

 Washboard act finale

Washboard act finale

 In another attempt to join Lily’s show, Sam introduces his new act - a sound effects version of Old Mac Donald’s Farm (with audience participation on stage)!

In another attempt to join Lily’s show, Sam introduces his new act - a sound effects version of Old Mac Donald’s Farm (with audience participation on stage)!

 The Sound FX wagon acts up.

The Sound FX wagon acts up.

 Lily bets Sam that she can make more money than he can by auctioning off Sam’s junk from the Sound FX wagon…starting with his rubber chicken.

Lily bets Sam that she can make more money than he can by auctioning off Sam’s junk from the Sound FX wagon…starting with his rubber chicken.

 Sam and Lily perform “The Belly Up To The Bar” Number.

Sam and Lily perform “The Belly Up To The Bar” Number.

 In yet another attempt to impress Miss Lily, Sam rolls out a large Indian Drum and launches into another act.   Sam  :  “Chance.”    Lily  :  “What?”    Sam  :  “Chance.”    Lily  :  “You mean ‘How’.”    Sam  :  “Me know How. Me want Chance.”   This

In yet another attempt to impress Miss Lily, Sam rolls out a large Indian Drum and launches into another act.

Sam : “Chance.”

Lily : “What?”

Sam : “Chance.”

Lily : “You mean ‘How’.”

Sam : “Me know How. Me want Chance.”

This leads the audience into participating in a chant that turns out to be “It Don’t Mean A Thing If It Ain’t Got That Swing”.

 Belly Up To The Bar Boys Number

Belly Up To The Bar Boys Number

 Lily’s solo act

Lily’s solo act

 Lily and Sam on stage.

Lily and Sam on stage.

 Lily challenges Sam into proving Sam’s Cowboys can dance better than her Dancing Girls.

Lily challenges Sam into proving Sam’s Cowboys can dance better than her Dancing Girls.

 Sam’s Cowboy Dancers - Billy, Ned, and Joe.

Sam’s Cowboy Dancers - Billy, Ned, and Joe.

 Sam’s Cowboy Dancers.

Sam’s Cowboy Dancers.

 Lily’s Dancing Girls - Fiona, Wanda, and Roxy!

Lily’s Dancing Girls - Fiona, Wanda, and Roxy!

1986
1986

Sam watches Lily’s Golden Horseshoe Jamboree act from the floor of the Golden Horseshoe Saloon.

1986
1986

Sam gets jealous as Miss Lily flirts with gentlemen in the audience.

Special Guest Tex Beneke
Special Guest Tex Beneke

During the show, Lily entertains Tex Beneke. Tex was part of the Glenn Miller Orchestra and was the featured vocalist on such hits as “The Chattanooga Choo-Choo”. In 1946, after Glenn Miller died in World War II, Beneke took over the Miller Band and helped it rise to increasing popularity. He was a personal friend of our ‘Lily’. Tex’ band would also perform in Disneyland during the 1980s.

Sam’s surprise “take”; 1987a
Sam’s surprise “take”; 1987a

Sam tries to disguise himself as a Can-Can Dancer to sneak into Miss Lily’s Golden Horseshoe Jamboree act. Now, he just needs to prove that he “can” dance!

 In one final attempt at joining Lily’s Dancing Troupe, Sam sneaks into the Can-Can Dancer’s Line in a badly designed disguise.

In one final attempt at joining Lily’s Dancing Troupe, Sam sneaks into the Can-Can Dancer’s Line in a badly designed disguise.

 Closing Number

Closing Number

 Closing Number

Closing Number

“Backstage at The Golden Horseshoe”
“Backstage at The Golden Horseshoe”

Backstage (or “Back of House”) at the Jamboree…”Sam” and “Lily”, act silly with stage props!

“Backstage at The Golden Horseshoe”
“Backstage at The Golden Horseshoe”

Backstage at Disneyland’s Golden Horseshoe Jamboree show, Don’s daughter Amy tries on the wig that Don wears when Sam tries to sneak into the Can-Can Dancer’s Line.

“The Girl on the Pink Police Gazette” Prop
“The Girl on the Pink Police Gazette” Prop

We recently had the privilege to peruse Bobby Babcock’s personal collection at RWB Props. You may recollect seeing innumerable Disneyland props. Among these, we found one of the oversized Pink Police Gazette props that was used in the original Disneyland Golden Horseshoe incarnation of “The Girl on the Pink Police Gazette” number. This piece was so popular that it was soon included in the Magic Kingdom’s Diamond Horseshoe Revue!

9D013040-1E45-4CE0-9022-DA60DAB70502.jpeg
 Before his Disneyland days, he worked on the crew of feature films (one fellow Disneyland employee remembers him mentioning “Five Easy Pieces” (1970) starring Jack Nicholson). Now,  Bobby  was running one of Disneyland’s most popular entertainment v

Before his Disneyland days, he worked on the crew of feature films (one fellow Disneyland employee remembers him mentioning “Five Easy Pieces” (1970) starring Jack Nicholson). Now, Bobby was running one of Disneyland’s most popular entertainment venues! After Ralph Adams (the first Backstage Manager for the original "Golden Horseshoe Revue") retired, Bobby Davis became the second Backstage Manager.

Bobby Davis may not be a household name (like Wally Boag, Betty Taylor, or Fulton Burley), but his behind-the-scenes contributions were crucial to the comedic timing of jokes and success of the overall show! Former Golden Horseshoe Cast Member Don Payne recalled Bobby’s responsibilities this way :

“He kept the stage cleaned up (from Pecos’ teeth, loose tobacco & squirt gun water) and the the occasional, broken shade from a kicked footlight. He ran the board for sound and lighting, helped The Traveling Salesman don the Pecos chaps, hat and gun. Handed us the squirt guns during the show. Kept the props in good order... and supplies on hand. Kept the gun loaded and ready to fire. He had his hands full during each performance.”

PICTURED (Above) : Former Golden Horseshoe Jamboree pianist Richard Allen (right) and Dana Daniels (left) take a moment with Backstage Manager Bobby Davis. Richard Allen remembers : “This is me several years ago - backstage - that's Bobby Davis, stage manager for years. He drove a motorcycle to Disneyland every day until he died.”

Golden Horseshoe (with Clara Ward Singers Banner Over Entrance)
Golden Horseshoe (with Clara Ward Singers Banner Over Entrance)

Many entertainers performed from the Golden Horseshoe stage. In 1958, sound engineers (like Chuck Britz) preferred the closed Golden Horseshoe hall to the open air of the Plaza Gardens when recording “Let’s Dance at Disneyland” by the Elliot Brothers and the Disneyland Date Niters.

The internationally famous Clara Ward Singers performed here during the summer of 1962, then at Dixieland at Disneyland. They were met with “such enthusiasm” that they were brought back for the summer of 1963 (where they performed for a live recording at Fantasyland Theater). The Ward Gospel singers came back to delight young and old audiences at the Golden Horseshoe, performing from December 16th thru 30th, 1967 (with December 24th & 25th off). [“Disneyland Holiday Talent Master Schedule,” December 16, 1967 to January 1, 1968]

“THE GOLDEN HORSESHOE’S OTHER BIG ACTS”
“THE GOLDEN HORSESHOE’S OTHER BIG ACTS”

The Show didn’t end with the Golden Horseshoe Revue! The Golden Horseshoe was billed as a “Western theater featuring a variety of live shows.”

The “Your Happy Holiday” radio show was broadcast live from The Golden Horseshoe from 1955 - 1956. During Date Nite of 1957, the Golden Horseshoe was one of four locations hosting live entertainment and the stage for the Frontierland Strawhatters.

On select “Frontier Nites,” (every Tuesday in Frontierland), visitors enjoyed square dancing on the Golden Horseshoe dance floor. The Milliner’s Guild Fashion Show was held on the Golden Horseshoe Stage (December 6th, 1959). The First Frontier Nite at Disneyland offered square dancing at the Golden Horseshoe Cafe, on Tuesday nights through the summer season of 1961.

Performers like the Ward Singers entertained guests from the stage during Disneyland Date Nites during the 1950s and 1960s. Arvon Dale and His Orchestra performed here during Disneyland’s 2nd Annual Grad Nite (in 1962). The 5th Annual New Years Eve Party (held Monday, December 31st, 1962 thru Tuesday, January 1st, 1963) brought the Clara Ward Singers to the Golden Horseshoe Stage. The Ward Singers (while principally performing at places like the Thunderbird in Las Vegas) subsequently returned to Disneyland and made many appearances on the very same Golden Horseshoe Stage, during Grad Nite 1964 and 1967, and “Spring Fling” of April 6th, 1968.

During 1965, Walt Disney sent his personal jet to New Orleans in order to transport pianist Sweet Emma and her bandsmen to the Golden Horseshoe in Disneyland. The famous Firehouse Five Plus Two (Ward Kimball on trombone, Danny Alguire on trumpet, George Bruns on tuba, Eddie Forest on drums, Don Kinch on trumpet, Billy Newman on banjo, George Probert on soprano sax, and Frank Thomas on piano) performed from the Golden Horseshoe Revue Stage during for the 6th Edition of Dixieland at Disneyland, on October 1st, 1966! They returned to the Golden Horseshoe Stage the following year for the seventh edition of Dixieland at Disneyland, with K.O. Eckland on piano.

September of 1972, brought Country-Folk Jamboree (on Sundays) and All That Roaring Twenties Jazz. November 26, 1972 through May 26, 1973, “Class of ‘27” presented a “Roaring 20’s revue at the Golden Horseshoe.” The Revue was performed four times nightly, featured comedy film, the Banjo Band, and starred Sonny Helmer and The 23-Skidoo Girls.

During the Disneyland Bicentennial Celebration (of 1975-1976), “Class of ‘27” returned, presenting the “roaring twenties entertainment” highlighting a unique American sound. This show was performed evenings (at 7:30, 8:30, 9:30, and 10:30 p.m.), and was so popular that it was brought to the stage of The Magic Kingdom’s Diamond Horseshoe Revue!

"THE YAHOO REVUE at the HORSESHOE" ; Working Script July 2, 1979.
"THE YAHOO REVUE at the HORSESHOE" ; Working Script July 2, 1979.

The 1970s and 1980s brought many acts and characters to the stage (usually during weekend evenings) - like The Front Page (during Disneyland After Dark; December of 1970).

The Yahoo Revue (December 26 - 30, 1978) starred Miss Goldy, Handpicked, Bob, Dick, Li’l Nugget, and the Gold Dust Twins, and introduced Audiences to “the word for tonight” - “Orange blossom special.”

Then there was The New Seekers (in 1978), The Rhythm Brothers with Terry Robinson (a 1930s-era jazz show) during January of 1986, Country/Folk Jamboree, Teddy Buckner and His Band, The Big Thunder Mountain Boys, the Pinewood Pickers, Mariachi Guadalajara, All That Roaring 20’s Jazz, Silvia the Singing Spinster, New Dixie Rebellion, Jeff Ruff on Banjo, Farley the Fiddler, the Thunder Ranch Juggler, and even Santa Claus appeared on the Golden Horseshoe Revue Stage. It was all part of Disneyland’s “Big Night Time Show”!

One of the most memorable of later acts has been Billy Hill and the Hillbillys (pictured in 2002, above)! Billy Hill and the Hillbillies generally performed from the Golden Horseshoe Stage (with the exception of the occasional rainy day). During the late 1990s, they would perform nine shows weekly (divided between two days). Later, they could be found on the Big Thunder Ranch Stage during select times. Pictured above, are Mario Hildago (banjo), Kirk Wall (lead guitarist and emcee), Evan Marshall (who played mandolin with the band full time from 1993 to 2004), and John Marshall(bass) - the founder of Billy Hill and the Hillbillies, circa 1990!

The Golden Horseshoe also hosted events for Disneyland Cast Members. Former Disneyland Cast Members (of the late 1970’s and early 1980’s) may recall attending one of the Annual Historical Perspectives presentations (starring guest speakers like Former Disneyland President Jack Lindquist or Walt Disney Imagineering President Marty Sklar) recalling memories of the Park’s early days.

Dana Daniels (left) and Richard Allen (right) of The Golden Horseshoe Variety Show”
Dana Daniels (left) and Richard Allen (right) of The Golden Horseshoe Variety Show”

Former Golden Horseshoe Jamboree Pianist Richard Allen remembers : “After the Jamboree. This show played twice a week when the Billy’s were off. It ran over 5 years. This is the show I did after the horseshoe closed. I ended up working several years in the park after that last performance.“

“A Salute to the Golden Horseshoe Revue”, January 10th to February 4th, 2013
“A Salute to the Golden Horseshoe Revue”, January 10th to February 4th, 2013

The 25-minute Golden Horseshoe Revue Tribute was included a couple of Golden Horseshoe Jamboree acts, but it had little to do with the previous Golden Horseshoe Revue show. Miss Lily (rather than Slue Foot Sue) hosted the show and worked the audience. The catchy opening number “Hello Everybody” was a variation of the Golden Horseshoe Revue’s. However, it was followed by “A Good Man Is Hard to Find”, “Belly Up to the Bar”, a “Can-Can” dance, and a variation of the Golden Horseshoe Revue’s closing number, that were more similar to Golden Horseshoe Jamboree numbers. A few brief lines made reference to Walt Disney’s feelings about the Golden Horseshoe Saloon, and where he preferred to sit. But, the non-musical, comedic numbers (like the traveling salesman and Pecos Bill) were non-existent. In fact, none of Wally Boag’s performances were attempted during this salute (perhaps out of respect for “the clown prince of Disneyland”). Still, the limited time magic offering of The Golden Horseshoe Revue showcased live musicians, phenomenal Can-Can Dancers, and live singers, under the direction of Randy Rojcik (Sr. Show Director)! WATCH the short, official Disney Parks advertisement HERE.

The Golden Horseshoe Reservation Card, c. 2000s
The Golden Horseshoe Reservation Card, c. 2000s

The Golden Horseshoe menu has changed much over the years. By 1981, Slue Food Sue's Fancy Fixin's included the Tenor's Topper (sliced corned beef served on rye bread), Comic's Cambo (sliced roast beef with barbeque sauce served on a roll), and the Dancer's Delight (sliced picnic-style ham served on a roll). Pecos Bill's Rib Ticklers and Thirst Quenchers included the brownie, chips (Doritos, Cheetos, Fritos, Potato Chips), and sodas (Pepsi-Cola, Diet Pepsi-Cola, Mountain Dew).

The Golden Horseshoe Menu, c. 2000s
The Golden Horseshoe Menu, c. 2000s
 Since the beginning, the Four Keys of the DISNEYLAND Show (operating priorities in presenting the DISNEYLAND Show) have been present - Courtesy, Safety, Show, and Efficiency. Guided by these Four Keys, are Walt Disney Imagineers, who are always seek

Since the beginning, the Four Keys of the DISNEYLAND Show (operating priorities in presenting the DISNEYLAND Show) have been present - Courtesy, Safety, Show, and Efficiency. Guided by these Four Keys, are Walt Disney Imagineers, who are always seeking out new magical opportunities to increase the efficiency, safety, and show quality of Disneyland adventures.

During January 2 to 21, 1973 the Golden Horseshoe was closed for a 3-week rehabilitation.

In this modern age, there’s still a 37-star flag over the roof of the 1870s-era saloon, and the Golden Horseshoe has a slick new coat of paint, to boot! In 2008 (under the “Frontier Legends Diversity Initiative”), WDI master plans entertained the concept of an efficient, safe, courteous, new show “reconcept” and new menu.

 Sadly, the name Slue Foot Sue may be forgotten by most guests who enter the Golden Horseshoe, but her spirit lives on through the new proprietor of the saloon!

Sadly, the name Slue Foot Sue may be forgotten by most guests who enter the Golden Horseshoe, but her spirit lives on through the new proprietor of the saloon!

Every Guest is a V.I.P. Here, Miss Lily displays a little Disney Courtesy (through a friendly smile and a gesture) toward each Very Important Person in the Audience.
Every Guest is a V.I.P. Here, Miss Lily displays a little Disney Courtesy (through a friendly smile and a gesture) toward each Very Important Person in the Audience.

Since “Slue Foot” Sue’s retirement, there’s a new owner and operator of the Golden Horseshoe. Meet MISS LILY - the new proprietor of the Golden Horseshoe!

3F5754DA-767C-4C9B-A33B-43CFAAB7DF8B.jpeg
539448C7-6F60-40D7-ACD3-6E7F0974CDA0.jpeg
11AB86C7-7CA5-4EB5-BB84-5A059D021D57.jpeg
F839F6BA-CEC8-45BC-8500-67D7DDA1B52F.jpeg
 All fixtures were placed in their correct motif and many light fixtures of Disneyland were authentic antiques. Character lighting was themed to the area to enhance the overall appearance and complement the interior, such as a chandelier or kerosene

All fixtures were placed in their correct motif and many light fixtures of Disneyland were authentic antiques. Character lighting was themed to the area to enhance the overall appearance and complement the interior, such as a chandelier or kerosene lamp. These added to the show, but didn’t necessarily create enough illumination for operation.

LIGHT magazine (July and August 1956; published by the Large Lamp Department of General Electric, 1956) “shed some light” on the illumination. “The Golden Horseshoe, replica of a famous saloon and gambling hall, but now dispensing nothing stronger than a popular soft drink, is wired and lighted in an authentic manner throughout. A stage, in decor of the late '80s, with golden cans on the stage for foot-lights, but supplemented by a complete system of modern stage lighting provides for a show four times daily... featuring ‘Slue Foot Sue’, with songs and dances of yesterday.” This replica of a “frontier saloon, has exposed lamps and wiring characteristic of early days. 60-watt lamps in enclosing globes around sides, 100-watt in chandeliers. 3 rows of 10 R-40's, with color caps, over stage.”

EA8E0975-7D1A-4020-A22A-F3F29118E53F.jpeg
303496DE-7B99-4A8E-83E8-77983E6341CB.jpeg
513B860D-71E8-4B09-83DD-AECD088EAA7D.jpeg
“Golden Horseshoe Private Boxes”
“Golden Horseshoe Private Boxes”

The Private Boxes on the upper level are usually closed to the public, but guests may sit in the Private Boxes on the lower level.

70DF7AF0-321E-4900-A1F3-9B2481D9F1AB.jpeg
 If you’re like Walt’s brother Roy, perhaps you enjoy a front-row table. But these  Private “Box” Seats  afford an up-close vantage of the show unlike any other. According to Wally Boag’s recollections,  “the lower box, stage left,”  was likely Walt’

If you’re like Walt’s brother Roy, perhaps you enjoy a front-row table. But these Private “Box” Seats afford an up-close vantage of the show unlike any other. According to Wally Boag’s recollections, “the lower box, stage left,” was likely Walt’s favorite place to enjoy the show [seen on the other side of the stage, above]. In interview with Carlene Thie, Wally once recalled: “Whenever he arrived at the Park and parked his car behind City Hall, we’d get a call letting us know that he was on property and to reserve his box for him because he would stop by sometime during the day to see the show. And he was a great audience.” [“Homecoming - Destination Disneyland” by Carlene Thie] Reservations are no longer required for the Private Box Seats, but it’s best to arrive early if you would like to sit here!

7597982E-7930-491E-ADB3-A0E983C8812D.jpeg
 Over the decades, Disneyland has come into the possession of various automatic and manual music reproducing instruments including music boxes, player pianos, organs, nickelodeons, calliopes, and orchestrions. Upstairs at the  Golden Horseshoe  you m

Over the decades, Disneyland has come into the possession of various automatic and manual music reproducing instruments including music boxes, player pianos, organs, nickelodeons, calliopes, and orchestrions. Upstairs at the Golden Horseshoe you may find an antique Seeburg “upright piano built 1910,” according to “Did You Know” (published by Disneyland in 1991). You may recall also seeing this Seeburg Upright Grand Piano at the Market House during the 1990s.

By 1969, these were 2 of 15 old-time band organs and pianos at Disneyland, some of which dated back to 1890. There just weren’t any replacement parts for these rare antiques. So, ARCADE MAINTENANCE performed the necessary versatile, creative, and inventive mechanical repairs.

21925AF1-64C9-46A5-BB0B-61F0EC7E9D6A.jpeg
 Many of those same 19th century-style details fill Frontierland’s opera house, though the interior color scheme has been altered a bit.

Many of those same 19th century-style details fill Frontierland’s opera house, though the interior color scheme has been altered a bit.

1ABFA54A-564A-4C90-8028-72E2367231E5.jpeg
6FD4967E-2125-4A35-9215-D4C62422C103.jpeg
C900AE0C-F57F-4632-9392-84E8D0FF0DEB.jpeg
Golden Horseshoe Concept by Jack Muhs
Golden Horseshoe Concept by Jack Muhs
Golden Horseshoe Cancan costumes (by Alyja Kalinich) to replace Jack Muhs’ designs.
Golden Horseshoe Cancan costumes (by Alyja Kalinich) to replace Jack Muhs’ designs.
E29773F6-28DD-4816-86AC-D47538B5FE40.jpeg
B1E1AD1B-EACE-49E5-80B1-BB5D28667BF7.jpeg
© Walt Disney Company.
© Walt Disney Company.
Xavier Cougat and Ciaro perform from the Golden Horseshoe stage; © Walt Disney Company.
Xavier Cougat and Ciaro perform from the Golden Horseshoe stage; © Walt Disney Company.
DA65E776-90A9-46FD-8F5C-21955F5AB14A.jpeg
89D99715-2289-4D96-82E7-638912A93FF6.jpeg
 If you would like to read more about the  Golden Horseshoe , it’s my pleasure to recommend adding  Marcy Smothers’    “Eat Like Walt - The Wonderful World of Disney Food”   to your personal Disney Home Library! Therein, Marcy has extensively researc

If you would like to read more about the Golden Horseshoe, it’s my pleasure to recommend adding Marcy Smothers’ “Eat Like Walt - The Wonderful World of Disney Food” to your personal Disney Home Library! Therein, Marcy has extensively researched and finely crafted a small section of a chapter dedicated to “Walt Disney’s Disneyland - Frontierland” If you would like to bring the magic of Disneyland restaurants and concessions to your dining room table, “please step this way” toward www.eatlikewalt.com where Marcy has shared a few recipes for memorable Disneyland menu options, so you too can “Eat Like Walt.”

F6CF141A-14D7-4549-97E3-37EE01A6936C.jpeg
  Coca-Cola  is the new sponsor of the fabulous  Golden Horseshoe ! To accommodate your thirst, you’ll find plenty of Coca-Cola brand beverages on tap while you enjoy the new show. Speaking of shows, I’ve always wondered what it would be like to perf

Coca-Cola is the new sponsor of the fabulous Golden Horseshoe! To accommodate your thirst, you’ll find plenty of Coca-Cola brand beverages on tap while you enjoy the new show. Speaking of shows, I’ve always wondered what it would be like to perform from the Golden Horseshoe’s stage…

"THE NEW GOLDEN HORSESHOE REVUE with Field Guide Beth" presented by Disney History 101

A VERY brief retrospective before Field Guide Beth gets handpicked and wrangled into a performance on the rootinest, tootinest, stage show that ever was!

EFB4F4C2-D64E-4175-AE6D-8D890ACE8EF7.jpeg
A Disneyland Food Operations Award, c.2000s.
A Disneyland Food Operations Award, c.2000s.
 The Golden Horseshoe Saloon tradition lives on through the Lucky Nugget Saloon at Hong Kong Disneyland where Guests can dine on Fish & Chips, Chicken Nuggets & Chips, Salads, and Desserts.

The Golden Horseshoe Saloon tradition lives on through the Lucky Nugget Saloon at Hong Kong Disneyland where Guests can dine on Fish & Chips, Chicken Nuggets & Chips, Salads, and Desserts.

GUIDES, GUIDED TOURS & AMBASSADORS

Good morning (or afternoon) . . . I’m Disney History 101 - Field Guide Beth, and today, I’ll be your personal guide for a very special tour of the lore, and behind-the-scenes story of Disneyland Guided Tours! While I cannot hear any of your questions, I will do my best to answer common inquires raised about each of our stops (or, “stations”). Along our tour today, we’ll explore the history of the Disneyland Guided Tour Program, take a look at the changing fashion of Disneyland Hosts and Hostesses, and examine the history of Disneyland Ambassadors to the World before ending our tour with a stroll through the original Disneyland Tour Gardens! “Please, step this way” as our tour will now begin.

     “Why Guided Tours Are Needed”     “Since the beginning of mankind, the fable-tellers have not only given us entertainment but a kind of wisdom, humor, and understanding that, like all true art, remains imperishable through the ages.”  - Walt Dis

“Why Guided Tours Are Needed”

“Since the beginning of mankind, the fable-tellers have not only given us entertainment but a kind of wisdom, humor, and understanding that, like all true art, remains imperishable through the ages.” - Walt Disney

The popular Disneyland Guided Tour has always been especially recommended for “first time guests” or “limited-time visitors”. The reason is that “first-time guests” generally want to see everything, and make every minute of their visit count. Some guests visit Disneyland from near and far - from other states, and at times other countries, and perhaps may never be able to visit Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom again in their lifetime. So, along the Disneyland Guided Tour, these special guests are taken on an exciting tour of “Disneylandmarks”, lead by a charming Disneyland Tour Guide who tells the fascinating story of the Magic Kingdom’s history and growth. The “safari through the unique lands of the Magic Kingdom” included the “sidelights of Disneyland as well as the highlights”! Whether you have been a first-time guest or a returning guest, you may have enjoyed a “personally guided tour of Disneyland” in the past. Now, I invite you to please step this way was we explore an abridged historical tour of what has been heralded as “A Wonderful Way to Explore Disneyland” - the Disneyland Guided Tour!

“‘Kings and Commoners’ Enjoy Disneyland Before Guided Tours”

Even before the Disneyland Show debuted to the public, every Guest received the V.I.P. treatment. Members of the press were often invited to visit Disneyland as a “sidewalk inspector” of the greatest construction show on earth (even before there were any sidewalks), in order to divulge the sights in store for readers of news journals and periodicals. Many of these members of the press (like Bob Thomas of Associated Press) were personally given tours by Walt Disney. For example, toward the beginning of her article “Walt’s Wonderland” (published July 10th, 1955), Florabel Muir mentioned, “I’ve just taken a tour of this unique, $17,000,000 wonderland that Disney beamingly refers to as ‘160 acres of happiness.’ My guide was the boss himself. Like a kid who’s got the toy he’s always wanted, 53-year-old Walt bubbled with boyish pride and excitement as he ushered me into his brand new world of make believe.”

When Disneyland first opened in 1955, the tradition of V.I.P. treatment of all Guests officially began, as “attendants and guides” would “clear certain areas of Disneyland in preparation for… ceremonies,” and directed members of the International Press to these areas. Subsequently, Walt Disney still personally (occasionally) took the lead in both caring for and responsibility of touring some VIP Guests around Disneyland. During Disneyland’s first fabulous decade, you may have seen Walt Disney personally set time aside to show his magic kingdom to such guests of note, as King Mohammed V of Morocco (1957), Richard Nixon and his family (1959), Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru of India (1961), the Shah of Iran and Empress Farah (1962), and many, many, others. Some V.I.P. Guests were family friends. Kay Malins (who once served as a Disneyland Guide) recollects how Walt and Lillian personally invited both of her parents (Rush & Inez Johnson of Marceline Missouri) to Disneyland, and spent the day touring them around his “Magic Kingdom.” It is clear, that since the beginning, whether you were “the President of the United States, the Shah of Iran, or the family from Dubuque, Iowa,” exploring Disneyland at the side of an official (and knowledgeable) Disneyland Guide has always been considered “a wonderful way to enjoy Disneyland”!

The first Cast Member Walt Disney guides his V.I.P. guests through the Disneyland Indian Village, October 26, 1955
The first Cast Member Walt Disney guides his V.I.P. guests through the Disneyland Indian Village, October 26, 1955

Pictured above, we see Walt Disney filling the role of Disneyland Tour Guide for (Mumbai) India-born actress Merle Oberon (pictured) and her guests Lord and Lady Dalkeith (outside of the scene)! Among other attractions, Walt was especially excited to show off Adventureland’s Indian Village to his guests! Below Walt and Lillian present Belgian King Baudouin with a memento (the official Disneyland flag) after personally touring him around "some of the more familiar rides" of the Magic Kingdom.

Walt, Lillian, and visiting Belgian King Baudoin, May 20, 1959 ; Photo Credit : AP Wirephoto, 1959.
Walt, Lillian, and visiting Belgian King Baudoin, May 20, 1959 ; Photo Credit : AP Wirephoto, 1959.

Now as time marched on, Walt became increasingly busy with many projects, and it wasn’t possible to personally give tours (like the one pictured) to all his VIP guests. In addition, ordinary Guests of Disneyland generally wanted to see everything, and make every minute of their visit count. Despite Disneyland’s revolutionary “hub and spoke” design, some guests may have (at times) felt a little lost while visiting the vast acreage of Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom for the first time. Though Guide Books (which were printed as early as 1955) included “the maximum amount of information in a limited space which was available”, and Disneylanders (like the old-fashioned policemen) were “always available to answer Guest’s questions on a specific subject”, it is clear that Guests still needed assistance navigating and becoming familiar with Walt’s Park.

Even before Disneyland opened, the idea of a Disneyland Tour Guide was approached in an unlikely source - licensed merchandise. As early as 1955, the "Walt Disney's Disneyland Fun Box" by Whitman contained both a Game Board and a Card Game, featured several references to a Disneyland Guided Tour. The souvenir (sold from 1955-1965), predated the Disneyland Guided Tour Program by three years, and was still being sold by the Tencennial Celebration.

A c.1955 "Walt Disney's Disneyland Fun Box" Game Board and Collector Card by Whitman (1955-1965) first reference a Disneyland “Tour” more-than-two years before the first Guided Tour departs.
A c.1955 "Walt Disney's Disneyland Fun Box" Game Board and Collector Card by Whitman (1955-1965) first reference a Disneyland “Tour” more-than-two years before the first Guided Tour departs.

Of particular interest is one early “Donald Duck in Disneyland” Dell Giant Comic (first published in 1954) depicting Mickey Mouse, Donald Duck and friends meeting with a male Disneyland Tour Guide (years before the Disneyland Guided Tour Program came into existence).

“Donald Duck in Disneyland”, A Dell Giant, published 1954-1955
“Donald Duck in Disneyland”, A Dell Giant, published 1954-1955

It appears that Walt Disney was preoccupied, so he asked a Disneyland Tour Guide to show the gang around! As a sidelight, this seems to be the very same Tour Guide that makes an appearance on the cover of Walt Disney’s Fantasyland Game (manufactured by Parker Brothers in 1955). Anyhow, in this publication, the Guided Tour of Disneyland naturally begins in Town Square.

A Disneyland Tour Guide gives Mickey & friends their first Guided Tour of Walt’s magic kingdom in “Donald Duck in Disneyland,” A Dell Giant, published 1954-1955
A Disneyland Tour Guide gives Mickey & friends their first Guided Tour of Walt’s magic kingdom in “Donald Duck in Disneyland,” A Dell Giant, published 1954-1955
The gang enjoys a few post-Tour attractions in “Donald Duck in Disneyland”, A Dell Giant, published 1954-1955
The gang enjoys a few post-Tour attractions in “Donald Duck in Disneyland”, A Dell Giant, published 1954-1955

The Disneyland Tour Guide appeared again, on the cover of the Fantasyland Game released 1956.
The Disneyland Tour Guide appeared again, on the cover of the Fantasyland Game released 1956.

In response to guest’s needs, a program was started, which made possible “numerous special privileges, including guided tours of the park, reserved eating facilities at one of Disneyland’s fine restaurants, a group reservation for the Golden Horseshoe Show, a welcoming banner on Main Street and a special welcoming Concert by the Disneyland Band,”(according to The Disneyland News, Vol.1 ; No.8, page 3, published February 10, 1956). I would like to redirect your attention to the fact that a Guided Tour of the Park was offered to groups as early as spring-summer of 1956. The same publication elaborates : “All parties are met by a member of the Guest Relations staff at the Main Gate upon their arrival. They are then guided into Town Square, where an orientation and official welcome to Disneyland are given. Many times a conducted tour of the Park is prearranged. Normally the staff member will meet the group again at lunch or dinner to assist in any possible way.”

A few months later (by August of 1956), many “school groups and children’s groups” took advantage of this provision through the Disneyland Youth Services Department Lead by “Dorothy Mannes”, while the national and local “Convention and Industry Groups” were scheduled with the help of C.L. Blackburn. An article entitled “Customer Relations Department Provides Tour Services” ran in “The Disneyland News” (Vol.2, No.2 ; August, 1956 ; page 2). As you read the following excerpt, documenting this pivotal point in “Tour Service” history, note the terms “host service” and “guided tour” :

“The planned tour, a longtime favorite with travelers, is an increasingly popular way of visiting Disneyland… Advantages of planning a scheduled tour through the Park’s Customer Relations Department are many, Administrative details such as parking, ticket purchase, food service are taken care of and host service with guided tour is provided.”

This (of course) was a stepping stone to something much grander, and what would be heralded “a wonderful way to enjoy Disneyland” was soon in the works (within two years, that is)! For now, this Guided Tour of Disneyland would accomplish a specific need of visitors, all through the proven diplomatic and service-oriented leaders and otherwise valuable people of Disneyland!

 Customer Relations Division polls and interviews would support “research and analysis to develop new ways and means to solidify Disneyland’s position as the number one tourist attraction I the nation.” The sum of these polls and interviews would rev

Customer Relations Division polls and interviews would support “research and analysis to develop new ways and means to solidify Disneyland’s position as the number one tourist attraction I the nation.” The sum of these polls and interviews would reveal something very important about Disneyland guests! According to the article “The Disneyland Tour Guide Story” :

“Our continuing research indicated that there were many guests who were interested in having a guide to introduce them to our giant [then 70-acre] Disneyland stage. We found that these guests fell into several different groups : those suffering from freeway fright,…those who feel lost, …those from foreign lands, …those who don’t want to miss anything, …older people, …those in a hurry, …large families, …habitual tour takers.” Of these, about 53% were visitors who resided in California, while about 47% were visitors from “out-of-state”, by 1958, according to “Disneyland U.S.A.” (published 1958).

After a little investigation, Walt found that Cicely Rigdon was taking the time to help Guests plan their day, suggesting attractions and entertainment. Walt recruited Cicely to help create a team. With guests’ interests in mind, conference sessions were held (c. September of 1958) in the “Disney Room” of the Red Wagon Inn, and (under the direction of Tommy Walker) work began on offering a Guided Tour service. The earliest versions of Disneyland Guided Tour instructions would provide Hostesses with points of interest, as they lead their groups along the tour route (and its “stations”) through Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom. These were drafted during the Fall of 1958 (c. September/October). In addition to Tommy Walker, several other individuals were involved, including :

Ruth Boehike, Bud Coulson, Ron D’Arcy, Van France, Carla Gammon, Pete Henderson, Evelyn Heupel, Larry Hutcheson, Donna Jackson, Bep Jones, Derry Kempf, John Killefer, Pat Kimbell, Pat Mc Cormick (who would serve as one of Disneyland’s original Guides, and later as Crane Bathroom of the Future Exhibit Manager) was involved in some capacity, Jack McDonald, Monty McGill, Ben Ohre, Mike Pickering, Jack Sayers (Executive Policy and Planning Committee Member ; Park Management Chairman ; Director of Customer Relations and its Guest Relations), Marty Sklar, Bill Skiles, and Dave Young.

Even while these final details of the Guided Tour Script were being hammered out, an advertisement was run in Vacationland (Fall, 1958) for “a new Fall-Winter service for tourists”. The aforementioned article “The Disneyland Tour Guide Story” continues : “After an extensive training program [which by this time included both orientation classes and a tour of Backstage areas], a small pioneering group began the guided tour program in September of 1958.” Yes, even those Disneylanders who were fortunate to have experienced the Disney University Orientation program (held five months before Disneyland’s premiere opening day) would now experience a new “orientation” with some of Walt’s personal philosophies, as well as the policies which would “create happiness” for visitors through the Disneyland Guided Tour Program.

 As we will now see, the oft suggested  Disneyland   Guided Tour  would upgrade “levels of service, quality, [and] values,” as well as meet guest’s changing needs. This would be accomplished by way of a guided tour administered by the proven diplomat

As we will now see, the oft suggested Disneyland Guided Tour would upgrade “levels of service, quality, [and] values,” as well as meet guest’s changing needs. This would be accomplished by way of a guided tour administered by the proven diplomatic and service-oriented leaders and otherwise valuable people of Disneyland!

“ANNOUNCING! A NEW FALL-WINTER SERVICE FOR TOURISTS - DISNEYLAND’S GUIDED TOUR OF 1958”

Yes, by September 26th, 1958, preliminary drafts of the “Guided Tour Narration” were “shaping up” (this accomplished only after many Disneyland Inc., Guided Tour Conference Meetings). The drafts came to be broken down into “Stations” and related guest-focused responsibilities. Meanwhile, during the very same month (of September) Disneyland’s first Guided Tour was advertised in Vacationland magazine!

Note the Tour Guide (dressed similar to a TWA Rocket to the Moon Hostess) on this “Disneyland’s Guided Tour Advertisement,” 1958.
Note the Tour Guide (dressed similar to a TWA Rocket to the Moon Hostess) on this “Disneyland’s Guided Tour Advertisement,” 1958.

Disneyland’s Guided Tour of 1958 promised “an approximately 1 hour and 15 minute [to 1 hour and 45 minute] escorted Tour with an official Disneyland Host or Hostess as your guide.” During the tour, a Host or Hostess escorted groups of guests that were “limited in size [of approximately 25 people] for…maximum enjoyment”. Each of the famous lands was visited during the tour, including “Tomorrowland, blueprint of the future ; Adventureland, mysterious jungle wonder world ; Fantasyland, a dream come true for the young in heart of all ages ; Frontierland, pioneer realm of the early American West ; and Main Street U.S.A., where the years roll back to 1890 - 1910. Your Host or Hostess will answer your questions and tell you interesting facts about each of Disneyland’s five realms.”

The original 1958 Disneyland Guided Tour included :

•Admission to Disneyland

•A personally conducted Tour through each ‘land’.

•A scenic train ride in a ‘private car’ of the Santa Fe & Disneyland Railroad.

•You’ll see the breathtaking Grand Canyon Diorama, longest in the world.

•Journey up Main Street U.S.A. aboard a double-decked Omnibus for a glimpse of the leisurely life and atmosphere of America at the tour-of-the-Century.

•A cruise on the Mississippi paddlewheel steamboat ‘Mark Twain’ (or the 1790 sailing ship ‘Columbia’) on the Rivers of America in Frontierland. See Tom Sawyer Island, Indian Villages, Fort Wilderness, and wild life in natural settings as you travel on the first ships of their kind built in more than 50 years!

•An exciting trip across picturesque Rainbow Desert aboard the Frontier mine Train. Climax of your journey is beautiful underground Rainbow caverns, where multicolored waterfalls cascade, and you’ll view the stalagtites and stalagmites in all the colors of the rainbow.

•A full color copy of ‘Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland’, a permanent souvenir of your day at Disneyland.

PLUS One extra coupon that you may use for any attraction of your choice in Disneyland.

And once the Guided Tour is completed, guests had plenty of time and freedom to enjoy the many attractions, free shows and exhibits, shops, stores, and restaurants of the Magic Kingdom for as long they wished!

Even during the first year, some attractions which guests experienced during the escorted tour varied. According to Main Gate handbills published for the Fall-Winter of 1958, the tour had increased from “approximately 1 hour and 15 minutes” to an “approximate 1 hour and 45 minute” experience. By that time, the tour had come to include the “famous Jungle River Cruise in Adventureland, where life-like hippos, alligators and gorillas rule, and lush tropical plants and flowers flourish,” and a “Space Trip to the Moon in Tomorrowland.” Still, the Disneyland Guided Tour was truly a fantastic way for the “first time visitor” or the returning guest (“from more than 100 foreign ports of call”) to experience the unusual, different, and unexpected side of Disneyland, at only $3.00 for adults, and $2.00 for children ages 3 to 12!

The first group of eight Disneyland Tour Guides were “only female Guides,” (according to “Guest Relations - Exceptional Guest Service” by Rebecca Visca of Guest Relations, published in Disneyland LINE, Vol.27 ; No.35), and of particular note is Disneyland Tour Guide Carla DeVillez. Carla bears the distinction of giving the very first Disneyland Guided Tour, during September of 1958, under Tommy Walker’s direction! Her example would help mold the program for years to come, and many guides would follow in her pioneering footsteps. If you’ve ever wanted to ask Carla what it was like, her experience of leading the first Disneyland Guided Tour Group was first published in “A World of Smiles” (a publication, produced in limited quantities for the Guided Tour Program Staff of 1965).

9F3DF709-FCF1-4EC1-8B83-3C760EFED1AD.jpeg
“A World of Smiles” Excerpt, 1965.
“A World of Smiles” Excerpt, 1965.

Carla shares : “In this I started my career as a Tour Guide in 1958, having been selected from the employees already working in the park. I was selling souvenirs in Guide Booth #1 when Larry Hutcheson (Hutch), asked me if I'd like to join this experimental program. It was not definite at that time whether or not there'd be a guided tour of Disneyland, but Guest Relations wanted to experiment with the possibility. There were five of us asked from various jobs in the park. Donna Partin, who you all know as #1 Hostess, Bep Jones, a ticket seller, Bill Skiles and Pete Henderson, two young comedians performing at Plaza Gardens, (better known now as Hub and Bub on the Mouse Mouse TV Show) and myself. Can you imagine Disneyland with only five guides? And boys, too!

We had meetings and meetings and meetings. We had eight weeks of training sessions. We learned about the park from stem to stern. We went out on our own and asked questions all around of the various foremen and supervisors. We had a horticultural tour. We had to ride all the rides. I remember one particularly interesting session. It was on a Monday or Tuseday when the park was closed. We all came in and Bob Reilly took us into Nature's Wonderland and we saw how the dyes were mixed with waters, we saw the various pumps on the Fantasyland side of the ride, and were instructed as to how the Caverns operated.

Then the big day arrived. Hutch said, ‘Come on, Carla, let's go out to the gate and get some guests to take the first guided tour.’ It was strictly complimentary. I was very nervous. We approached two families who consented to give it a whirl. At this time we were using a kind of megaphone, or voice gun. It wasn't loud enough in a noisy place and was too loud in a quiet place. None the less, we had a gay tour. I was, of course, anxious to show off my vast knowledge of the Magic Kingdom, so I filled those poor folks full of facts and figures. I believe the tour took a little more than 3 1/2 hours. We didn't have the Monorail or Submarine in those days, but we did take the following rides: [Santa Fe & Disneyland Railroad] Train, {Double Decked] Omnibus, Jungle [River Cruise] , Mark Twain, Alice in Wonderland (or other ride in Fantasyland, it was left up to us), and the [Rocket to the] Moon Ride. When I returned from that first tour, of course, everyone wanted to know all about it. We spent another week working out bugs and finally the tour ticket went on sale.

We planned for every possible incident in Guided Tours except one. We were drastically understaffed. That first day literally everyone took a tour. Tommy, Hutch, Secretaries, Managers, Directors, — anyone who set foot in City Hall took a guided tour. Needless to say, we grew rapidly and today we are one of the most successful departments in the entire park.”

“MTA Ride to Disneyland’s Guided Tour” Brochure (front), 1958
“MTA Ride to Disneyland’s Guided Tour” Brochure (front), 1958

The Disneyland Guided Tour was offered in coordination with a Metro Coach Depot promotional package, to attract local Los Angeles area residents. The package included MTA’s line 58D direct to Disneyland from Los Angeles Metro Coach Depot (at 6th and Main Street). The highlight of the package was the inclusion of a wonderful one-and-a-half-hour tour of Disneyland’s five lands, lead by one of Disneyland’s Hostesses, who were ready to (according to advertisements) dispense “all the behind-the-scenes facts.” The entire package cost $5.72 for Adults, and $3.10 for Children (under 12 years old). By this same time, the most knowledgeable and informative Disneyland Guides would also learn the MTA bus schedules to Los Angeles “by heart”!

“MTA Ride to Disneyland’s Guided Tour” Brochure (back), 1958
“MTA Ride to Disneyland’s Guided Tour” Brochure (back), 1958

As a “sidelight”, I especially love Chip’s use of a pointer, which predates Disneyland Tour Guides’ usage of the riding crop by a couple of years.

 The first  Disneyland Guided Tours  of 1958 (led by a group of eight Guides), were a success! According to Fall-Winter schedules published and distributed during the following year (of 1959), the  Disneyland Guided Tour  service had been  “acclaimed

The first Disneyland Guided Tours of 1958 (led by a group of eight Guides), were a success! According to Fall-Winter schedules published and distributed during the following year (of 1959), the Disneyland Guided Tour service had been “acclaimed for its personalized convenience by more than one-half million visitors during the Fall-Winter season last year.” Now, even “more guests [were] wanting guided tours than there were guides to serve them” (according to the article “The Tour Guide Story”). In the following months “Volunteers [seven of them] were recruited from all divisions to help fill the demand,” and what was first a “new Fall-Winter service for guests” would become “a wonderful way to enjoy Disneyland” for guests!

Soon, Vacationland (spring of 1959) divulged the success of the Guided Tour, stating: “Public Opinion Polls conducted continuously at Disneyland reveal that fully 100% of Magic Kingdom guests who have taken the Tours found them extremely interesting and informative! Comments about the Guided Tours from Disneyland guests have ranged from ‘wonderful’ to ‘thoroughly enjoyable.’ Almost unanimously, people interviewed said they would ‘highly recommend’ the Tours to their friends.”

All involved were not content to “rest on their laurels” and only a month after the first Disneyland Guided Tour debuted, the official “Guided Tour Narration” (for the duration of the 1 hour, 45 minute tour) was still in development. Scripts dated October 10th, 1958 detail the “Steps” (like “Meeting the Group and Departure” and the “Ominibus”).

 At this time, Disneyland was receiving many telephone calls daily, so it was decided to establish a  Public Relations Department  (later referred to as  Disneyland Guest Relations ), under  Director Jack Sayers  and  Assistant Director Tommy Walker

At this time, Disneyland was receiving many telephone calls daily, so it was decided to establish a Public Relations Department (later referred to as Disneyland Guest Relations), under Director Jack Sayers and Assistant Director Tommy Walker). A program was formed to accommodate large groups of guests, and conventions of (200 to 5000) guests at a time. Soon (c. September of 1959) this department was staffed by new Tour Guides Anne Mae Wing and Cicely Rigdon (who was initially hired to sell tickets at the Main Entrance in 1957, and had transferred to Guest Relations, in September of 1959). The Department was now comprised of a few of the eight original Disneyland Tour Guides, and a few others (while Carla DeVillez would remain, Pat McCormick was promoted to manager of the Crane Bathroom of the Future). In fact (in September of 1959), “Cicely and Anne joined the program, along with 27 other girls and 3 boys,” according to “A World of Smiles” (published 1965). “Back then…Guest Relations was actually a combination of Entertainment and Public Relations”, according to Disneyland LINE, (January 22, 1981, Vol.13, No.3). While not leading Tour Groups, Disneyland Tour Guides would now (under the nighttime management of Bob Norie) assist with “Customer Relations” by answering telephone calls that would come into the Park.

As far as Guided Tours were concerned, what originally began as a seasonal service provided by a select few (as Tommy Walker, Donna Partin, Bep Jones, and Carla DeVillez) invited by Larry “Hutch” Hutcheson, had soon grown into a department of 32 Disneyland Tour Guides (29 females, and 3 males) - all of the Disneyland Customer Relations Department - by late 1959. Yes, in addition to all the girls (like Anita McKee), there were male Disneyland Tour Guides during 1959. In fact, as a “sidelight”, I would like to add that future comedians Pete Henderson and Bill Skiles (mentioned earlier, by Carla DeVillez) were Disneyland Tour Guides during 1959. Anyhow, the winter holiday season gave Maggie Albright the opportunity to host most of the Disneyland Tour Guide staff at a Christmas party held at her Santa Ana Canyon home, during December of 1959.

Soon after her transfer to Guest Relations, Cicely Rigdon began to make observations and “have an idea” (or two), as she recollects to Disneyland LINE,“After I became a Tour Guide, the thing I thought was really needed was better training for the program. Anybody could walk through the Park and find their way around ; they didn’t need a guided tour for that. But there was so much to say about what made this place tick ; there were so many stories about what was involved in building Disneyland. That’s what I thought the Tour Guides should be talking about. We should be storytellers,” [Disneyland LINE, Vol. 16, No. 13 ; March 29, 1984]. The article continues : “Cicely became the lead and eventually the supervisor of Guest Relations”.

Disneyland Tour Guide, (c. November, 1960)
Disneyland Tour Guide, (c. November, 1960)

By the time this Vintage View (above) was captured, the Disneyland Guided Tour Program grew to a “staff of 35” when Arlene joined, according to “A World of Smiles.” Here, we see one of Disneyland’s own “storytellers” (and an expert “on the past, present and future of Disneyland”) standing poised near one of the Fantasyland UPT Concession Stands and the construction barrier of the Storybook Land Canal Boats.

 As a “sidelight,” we must make special mention of a Disneyland employee named  Barry Lane , who was hired (by  Ralph Quick ) as one of the few  male   Disneyland Tour Guides , during April of 1960. (Yes, there were male Tour Guides in the beginning.

As a “sidelight,” we must make special mention of a Disneyland employee named Barry Lane, who was hired (by Ralph Quick) as one of the few male Disneyland Tour Guides, during April of 1960. (Yes, there were male Tour Guides in the beginning.) According to Vacationland published for the spring of 1959 (only months after the first Guided Tour) commented: “An official Disneyland Host or Hostess is your guide for your Tour.” Less than two years after the program began, it had grown to include “a combination of men and women”, according to the article “The Tour Guide Story”). Barry worked for two and half months in this capacity, before transferring to another role in the Park. He describes the experience of attempting to memorize a script that was approximately nine pages long, with only one opportunity to perform a trial Tour before being put on the stage. As this was the case, Barry described the feeling of being “lost” during his very first tour. Just when Barry was fitting into the role, something happened that would change his career with Disneyland. During June of 1960, the Disneyland Guided Tours was on hiatus for the summer (as was done back then), and at this time it was decided that male Tour Guides would be discontinued until further notice. Barry had become one of the last male Disneyland Tour Guides to be hired during the formative era of Disneyland’s seasonal Guided Tour service.

Though this was the end of an era for the Disneyland Guided Tour service, things were now looking up for Barry Lane. He continued to work for Disneyland, was re-cast as both as a Jungle River Cruise Host, and cast for a role aboard the Mark Twain. Later, while fulfilling a role at Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe, Barry had several encounters with Walt Disney. It was also here (at the Golden Horseshoe), where Barry would meet Connie (a Disneyland V.I.P. Hostess), and the two would eventually become husband and wife!

The Magic begins with a Disneyland Tour Guide poised and prepared to welcome Guests into the "Inner Lobby," December 2, 1960.
The Magic begins with a Disneyland Tour Guide poised and prepared to welcome Guests into the "Inner Lobby," December 2, 1960.

Guides occasionally waited for guests outside Disneyland Main Entrance Gate. “Back then… Guided Tours were not given during the busy summer months,” according to Cicely Rigdon (for the “It Takes People” spotlight, published in Disneyland LINE, Vol. 16, no. 13). Here, a Disneyland Tour Guide is dressed in her cape for cold winter weather, as she waits to welcome a Guest outside the Disneyland Main Gate on a damp morning.

  Disneyland Tour Guides  of the early 1960s initially met the  “outlined factors…for  [all]  Disneyland employees”  (See “Facts About Employment With Disneyland for The 1962 Summer Season”, below). But Disneyland Tour Guides were essentially the fac

Disneyland Tour Guides of the early 1960s initially met the “outlined factors…for [all] Disneyland employees” (See “Facts About Employment With Disneyland for The 1962 Summer Season”, below). But Disneyland Tour Guides were essentially the face of Disneyland (in a way not expressed by ride operators, merchandise employees, or concession workers). This is attested to by Two Wonderful Ways to Enjoy Disneyland (published 1961). The publication described the Disneyland Tour Guide this way : “Being well versed in the lore of Disneyland, this interesting and attractive young woman will give you insights and information that will add greatly to the pleasure of your day at Disneyland.” Since this was what guests expected, Cicely Rigdon’s Guided Tour Program would further develop leaders, by building upon Disneyland’s present standards and practices to assure this higher standard was met. Soon, these Hostesses were molded into exemplary role models that would both capture and reflect the Spirit of Disneyland! “Just as the imprint of the famous Castle means Disneyland to so many people, so should the imprint of Disneyland's courtesy and good cheer on the part of its hosts and hostesses mean Disneyland.”

In interview with Parade Magazine (published March 26, 1961, for The Advocate, Baton Rouge, Louisiana), Tommy Walker described the results of these refined methods upon those that were cast (that is, interviewed, voice-tested, selected, and trained) for the role of what was (briefly) referred to as the “Disneyette” :

“We interview about 10 girls for each one we hire. When we look for… [sic] her personality and warmth and genuine regard for people. We don’t care if she’s 18 or 30, single or married. Does she speak clearly? Does she smile? Can she project her voice? If a girl is multilingual that’s an advantage. Right now we have girls who speak French, German, Spanish, Japanese, and Arabic.

‘When we accept a girl’, Walker adds, ‘we put her in our training school for two weeks. She’s give a Disneyland dictionary, full of factual data on all the sites, rides and exhibits. She studies this carefully, then memorizes answers to the questions most frequently asked - for example : How large is Disneyland? How many employees? How much did it cost?’” In the rare event that a Tour Guide did not know the answer to a guest’s question, she would not provide false information, but respond politely : “I don’t know, but I’ll find out for you.”

Tom Walker continues : “The girls meet among themselves to discuss common problems, such as what to do with women who need to feed their babies, or what to o about people who go into a restroom and never come out, or what to do about people who get lost.”

During that same year of 1961, most girl Guides worked “a six-hour day at $2 an hour, five days a week”. Not withstanding this, Tom Walker concludes : “The Disneyettes describe their job as “the dream job of all time’.” Clearly, the 40 “on duty” Disneyettes were developing the necessary skills to help guests “enjoy Disneyland in such a wonderful way” by 1961 - all thanks to careful screening and the new additions to the Disneyland Tour Guide Program! Clearly, Disneyland Tour Guides (and Disneyettes included) have always been much more than just an “attractive” face! Attesting to this fact, is the account of one guest (as retold by Wally Boag, c.1965 Backstage Disneyland Editor) : “The sight of a very watersoaked Tour Guide being escorted over to Wardrobe to receive dry clothes and a new hair-do. We found out later that she had jumped into the big river to rescue a small tot that had fallen in…” [Backstage Disneyland, Vol.4 No.4]

Disneyland Tour Guide displays Disney Courtesy by sharing a friendly, honest smile, March, 1961.
Disneyland Tour Guide displays Disney Courtesy by sharing a friendly, honest smile, March, 1961.

By 1961, the Disneyland Guided Tour was celebrating its fifth year running, and had entertained visitors from more than 100 foreign countries. Vacationland comments, “several of the attractive young ladies who conduct the unique two-hour safari are linguists, with four different foreign languages represented among the group.” According to Vacationland (Spring, 1962), “many of the girls speak two or more languages. Included in the staff are young ladies who can converse in Spanish, German, French, Norwegian, Danish, Hungarian, Portuguese, and Japanese. When a visitor enters Disneyland for a Guided Tour and finds someone who speaks his or her language fluently, the experience is a heartwarming one, for both Guide and the foreign visitor.” According to Bob Matheison “supervisor of the tours” (in an interview with Vacationland magazine), even when the tour was long over, Disneyland Tour Guides would “get letters from all over the world thanking them for their courtesy in answering questions” (no doubt in their “mother tongue”). By 1961, the two to two-and-a-half hour Disneyland Guided Tour (by one of Disneyland’s 22 - 60 multilingual Guides) was one of “two wonderful ways to enjoy Disneyland” (the other being the “Big 10” and “Jumbo 15” ticket books). The value and price of the Disneyland Guided Tour had improved in quality and (appropriately) admission increased slightly, to $5.00 for Adults (12 and over), and $3.00 for children (under 12).

C270DDDC-DDAA-4FF1-9C13-7CDC5207F372.jpeg

Even more Disneyland Tour Hostesses prepare to welcome Guests into the "Inner Lobby" of Disneyland
Even more Disneyland Tour Hostesses prepare to welcome Guests into the "Inner Lobby" of Disneyland

The following year (1962), Disneyland Guest Relations was led by Mr. Donald Novis (that certain “golden tenor” of the Golden Horseshoe Revue)! By this time, Ben Harris (of Disneyland Production) was involved in interviewing Tour Guide Applicants, and also performed speech auditions for Disneyland Applicants (which included some Disneyland Tour Guides). By this time, the group of Disneyland Tour Guides had grown again, in many ways.

Marty Sklar (according to his recollection) wrote a new script “to inaugurate the Disneyland Guided Tours… in 1962.” This was (as he said) “in an effort to understand the guest experience firsthand,” and so Marty led the first tour himself. “The second and third tours were led by Dick Nunis, director of park operations, and Jack Lindquist, the head of marketing.” As Marty described: “when we sat down afterward to review the reactions of our guests, we had input from the operators about how it functioned and the marketers about how to sell it, plus of course my own comments and revisions based on the direct reactions, observations, and timing I had experienced in leading the first Disneyland Guided Tour.”

Now, the Disneyland Guided Tour scripts or “spiels” were 11 pages long, and included a tour of five “top attractions and rides,” according to one c.1962 brochure. It seems that Hostesses would require ears like Mickey Mouse and a retentive memory like Ludwig Von Drake. Each Hostess would be a walking talking encyclopedia. It was said that “these young ladies are well acquainted with all the background information about Disneyland to add to the enjoyment of your visit.”

By this time, Ben Harris also worked with the Disneyland Tour Guide Supervisors to check the narration of Tour Guide spiels, develop promotional material for the Tour Program, and help shape the Tour Training Program. For instance, after the extension of the Disneyland-ALWEG Monorail to the Disneyland Hotel, Ben Harris (Production Department) began to have regular meetings with Chuck Currier over a new special project that would commence a Hotel Tour Program. Ben described his work with the Tour Guides on one particular day (Wednesday, April 18th, 1962) this way : “met with Chuck Currier and discussed [the] Tour Program from the Hotel. Chuck talked with the Guides and gave a brief rundown of the Hotel activities and answered their questions. He is presently preparing writer information concerning the Hotel, its different shops, and special activities, which can be incorporated into the Tour Training Program. Chuck was most cooperative and expressed great interest in the Tour Program at the Hotel.”

In addition to all this, the Disneyland Guide was now expected to “put herself in the place of the hundreds of persons she may come in contact with in a single day, and be prepared to answer any questions put to her, no matter how difficult they may be,” according to Vacationland, published 1962. Among the Disneyland Tour Guides (during 1962), were those who were fluent enough to translate the script (and answers to those difficult questions) into even more languages than in 1961 - including English, German, Norwegian, Spanish, French, Hungarian, Greek, Danish, Flemish, Japanese, and Chinese! As an added Guest Service, “altogether they speak 11 different languages,” according to Donald Novis in “The Happiest Job I’ve Ever Had” (published in the Long Beach Independent, October 8, 1962). The number of the exceptional Disneyland Guided Tour staff had also grown to support peak periods of Disneyland guests with “62 girls in the summer, 26 in the winter.” Some of these (c. 1962-1963 Tour Guides) included Theresa and Reiko. Finally, during December of 1962, Tour Guides assisted the Candlelight Procession.

Pictured Above :  “Facts About Employment With Disneyland for The 1962 Summer Season” Help to Value The Magic of Disneyland’s Show!
Pictured Above : “Facts About Employment With Disneyland for The 1962 Summer Season” Help to Value The Magic of Disneyland’s Show!

The Disneyland Tour Guides certainly epitomized a process that Walt called “Performance Excellence” - encouraging Cast Members to strive to excel each day in the fulfillment of their individual roles and responsibilities in an environment consistent with defined Disney behaviors. The Disneyland Tour Guides were continually challenging themselves and each other to try new methods of working more effectively and efficiently. Teamwork was regarded as essential in accomplishing these efforts.

After all the polishing, it was high time that the most exemplary Disneyland Tour Guides - “the creme of the crop” - were praised through a new tradition - the “Disneyland Tour Guide of the Year” award established in 1962! Iris Umemoto (1962), Reiko Cox (1963), Diane Darnell (1964), and Suzanne Fuller (1965) were among the first to have such a distinguished honor bestowed upon them (and by Walt himself, at that). These new annual traditions of accolades and other constant praises bestowed upon all of Disneyland’s Tour Guides would only continue to groom the growing group of “cheerful, friendly, well-built, knowledgeable” Disneyland Guides into true leaders in the field of Disneyland Guest Service!

As the “grooming” continued, so did the screening. By 1962, Chuck Whelan (of Disneyland Personnel) divulged that “one job in six is for a female,” according to an article by Al Carr (published May 12, 1963, in the Los Angeles Times). Considering this, it seems that the odds of being selected to become one of Disneyland’s Tour Guide Hostesses had decreased by the early 1960’s, but in actuality the odds of being selected increased from the years 1961 to 1962. According to comparative statements made in Parade Magazine (published March, 1961) and Vacationland magazine (published Fall, 1962), the odds went from one out of every ten, to “one out of every four or five applicants is hired” for the role.

   “‘IT’S BEEN MY PLEASURE’ - THE GUIDE’S GUIDE!” -   Disneyland Tour Guides have always been carefully screened - given a voice test and personal interviews. According to Vacationland (Fall, 1962), only  “one out of every four or five applicants is

“‘IT’S BEEN MY PLEASURE’ - THE GUIDE’S GUIDE!” - Disneyland Tour Guides have always been carefully screened - given a voice test and personal interviews. According to Vacationland (Fall, 1962), only “one out of every four or five applicants is hired”. Once hired, the hires were given a copy of these inspirational guides for Disneyland Guides - “It’s Been My Pleasure”!

“‘Hello.’ We’re glad you made it through the obstacle course which we more generally refer to as our employment procedure and have now officially joined us as a tour guide.

This guide for guides is designed to help you orient yourself in your role in our Disneyland show…an introduction to your training program which will be an easy and pleasant experience…like boot camp in the Marines.

We debated about the title, and finally arrived at ‘It’s Been My Pleasure’ as being most definitive for your part in our cast.

As a tour guide, you’ll have an opportunity for a most rewarding personal relationship with our guests. If you properly fulfill your role…and we know you will…you will receive many a heartfelt ‘thank you’ from the guests in your group.

A ‘thank you’ is a rewarding acknowledgment of appreciation from those you help and serve…verbal expression of the fact of a job well done.

Since it is your role to help and serve others, a ‘thank you’ from a guest will give you a feeling of fulfillment and satisfaction for which the most logical rejoinder is ‘It’s been my pleasure.’

We know you’ll have the opportunity to say ‘It’s been my pleasure’ many times …and that you’ll enjoy a memorable and satisfying experience as part of our Disneyland cast.”

-Introduction to “it’s been my pleasure”, The University of Disneyland, c. 1960s

"It's Been My Pleasure" Cover
"It's Been My Pleasure" Cover

A slightly later updated version of “It’s Been My Pleasure” reflects the newest fashion of the Disneyland Tour Guide on the cover! As a sidelight, the phrase was created by Dorothy Manes (of Youth Activities).

Now according to one sanctioned publication: “some would say the training booklet sets a standard for employee-guest relations impossible to achieve. But kings and commoners alike who have visited Disneyland would disagree. Seemingly ‘impossible’ things are does as a matter of course at Disneyland.” [“Walt Disney Disneyland,” pages 58, printed by Officine Grafiche Arnoldo Mondadori - Verona; first published 1964]

   “International Guideudveksling” -   During 1963,  Disneyland Guest Relations  was under the new management of  Bob Wormhoudt . That year, Disneyland would participate in its first annual  Tour Guide Exchange Program ! These opportunities to become

“International Guideudveksling” - During 1963, Disneyland Guest Relations was under the new management of Bob Wormhoudt. That year, Disneyland would participate in its first annual Tour Guide Exchange Program! These opportunities to become “Goodwill Ambassadors” were truly edifying for participants of both parties involved. During the very first year, Disneyland exchanged Chief Disneyland Hostess Donna Partin with a park that helped inspire Disneyland (and according to Walt’s observation of its “courteous employees,”was “what an amusement park should be”) - Tivoli Gardens!

In 1964, Disneyland engaged in the program again. A Tour Guide Press Party (with refreshments) was held in the Tour Guide Lounge, May 13th, 1964, and Disneyland Hostess Carole Tully (“Miss Disneyland 1964”) was sent to Copenhagen, Denmark, while Tivoli Gardens Tour Guide Hanne Plath was (one of such Tivoli Gardens Guides) sent to Los Angeles. As part of the exchange, Hanne spent almost two months with Carole Tulley, as they toured her around Southern California, flying to the New York World’s Fair with Walt. Then Hanne and Carole went to Copenhagen (where Hanne departed). Then Carole travelled to London, Paris, Rome, Stockholm , and Lappland and then back to Copenhagen again.

Tour Guide Exchange Program Memento, 1964
Tour Guide Exchange Program Memento, 1964

As a “sidelight”, I would like to recall a familiar artifact and memento of this occasion. The story goes : “Upon arrival, Hanne had a gift for Walt.” Here, Ed Ovalle (Walt Disney Studio Archivist) introduces us to the trinket personally given to Walt Disney by Hanne Plath (a Tivoli Gardens Tour Guide, taking part in the second exchange program with Disneyland’s Tour Guide Program). The Royal Copenhagen Porcelain Factory was renowned for their porcelain authorized reproductions of Edvard Eriksen’s the Little Mermaid statue in Copenhagen, Denmark. Walt (who had an affinity for the works of Hans Christian Andersen) no doubt cherished the hand-crafted replica, showing it off inside his “working office” at the Walt Disney Studios in Burbank! And so a replica of this statue would even come to rest near Walt’s final resting place.

The program was a success, and “Senior Hostess” Donna Jackson would be sent to Copenhagen in 1965, in exchange for Ida (?) of Tivoli Gardens.

By 1964, the Disneyland Guest Relations Department consisted of Bob Wormhoudt (Manager), Ruth Scofield (Department Clerk), Cicely Rigdon (Assistant Supervisor), Anne Daniel (Lead Tour Guide), Maggie Albright (Chief Hostess of the Mickey Mouse Club Disneyland Chapter), Donna Partin (Chief Hostess), Nora O’Keefe (City Hall Receptionist), and Ruthe Homer (Information Letters Clerk). As a sidelight, it is worth mentioning that while proven exemplary and capable, all of these leaders exhibited the tendency to stray from the idea of self-importance, remembering that “the only ‘Mr.’ here is ‘Mr.Toad.’”

    “An Assured ‘Fit’ For The Role“    Disneyland Tour Guides were often referred to (or, “billed”) as “pretty” and “attractive.” Partially responsible for this was their reputation for a high standard of “dress and grooming,” in which the Cast Membe


“An Assured ‘Fit’ For The Role“

Disneyland Tour Guides were often referred to (or, “billed”) as “pretty” and “attractive.” Partially responsible for this was their reputation for a high standard of “dress and grooming,” in which the Cast Member costume has played an essential role since the beginning.

Since the beginning, Disneyland Tour Guides perpetuate the Disney Look - Representing the Company Brand.

A complete set of appropriately themed apparel (both garments and accessories) has had the power to help audiences easily identify the Cast Members belonging to an area or position. Basically, the costume contributes toward effecting the Disneyland show in a non-verbal way. In this case, assuring that the applicant ‘fit’ the role of Disneyland Tour Guide.

Since 1961, a pre-employment check was made to ensure that the applicant’s Wardrobe size was accurate. This requirement was not a form of discrimination, but mainly due to budget (as early Disneyette costumes - as all Disneyland costumes - were generally only produced in a particular range of sizes). These requirements applied to all Disneyland employees (many of whom worked under Union jurisdiction by the early 1960s).

 One edition of “Your Role in the Disneyland Show” speaks of costumes: “The actors and actresses in our Disneyland Show wear ‘costumes,’ each of which has been specifically designed to reflect the role one plays in the show. ‘Uniforms’ are worn in th

One edition of “Your Role in the Disneyland Show” speaks of costumes: “The actors and actresses in our Disneyland Show wear ‘costumes,’ each of which has been specifically designed to reflect the role one plays in the show. ‘Uniforms’ are worn in the Military Service and by the local high school football team, but not ‘on stage’ at Disneyland. Take pride in your ‘costume’ it is designed to add to your natural attractiveness and means you are part of the show.” Great care was taken in designing the Guided Tour Wardrobe costume. According to “A World of Smiles” (published 1965), “many colors, designs, and shapes - that is the history of tour guide uniforms.”

• 1958 (Winter) - The original Disneyland Tour Guide “uniforms” (yes, they were occasionally referred to as such) were simple and “tartan-less” - “white skirts and sun hats with green blouses,” according to “A World of Smiles” published 1965. This was because “the first Tour Guide costume consisted of whatever the Cast Member wore in their regular job (Disneylanders including Attractions Hosts and administration employees made up the first corps of Guides).”

• 1959 (Winter) - Another somewhat contemporaneous (yet, later) image shows one Tour Guide wearing a collared shirt and dark-blue colored skirt (without a tartan pattern), as well as a dark Pendleton blazer. “Shortly into the program, Lulu Miller in Wardrobe came up with a uniform consisting of a red Pendleton blazer and blue skirt for the gals, red blazer and blue pants for the guys.”

• 1960 (Winter) - By the winter of 1960, the “Disney look” of the once (c. 1961) -billed “Disney-ettes” consisted of a one-piece, plaid patterned woolen “jumper” dresses. This garment would be combined with a “red leotard,” in a look that would first become associated with the appearance of the Disneyland Tour Guide! Though on a first-name basis with Tour Group guests, the ensemble did not include a name tag or pin - only a Disneyland patch! Still, the inclusion of plaid would lead to great things a few years later. During the winter 1960, the Disneyland Tour Guide costume also acquired the addition of red capes for cold weather days.

According to one source, “By 1960, an early plaid prototype consisted of a pinafore, including a fashionable red beanie and gloves! Plastic nametags and the famous ‘D’ pin had nor get been created. Instead, an embroidered patch with the castle logo and the title of ‘guide’ denoted the Cast Member as an official host. This prototype lasted about a year and in 1961, evolved into the costume we know today. It was a collaborative effort between Park managers, Costuming and WED Enterprises (later Walt Disney Imagineering). The distinct influence of Scottish dress, combined with a riding uniform, made it a very unique costume. The ‘look’ was very recognizable and was a style not already used in the Park. This theme allowed the Guides to ‘jockey’ to each land and fell the stories of the Park. Wait even referred to the girls as Guest Jockeys!”

• 1962 - the look of Disneyland Tour Guide costume had changed to one that would become enduring and iconic - similar to that of horse jockeys or polo players! According to an article published one year later in the Long Beach Independent (October 28, 1962), “The Tour Guides wear scarlet capes, white shirts, scarlet vests, plaid skirts, red socks, blue riding caps and they carry riding sticks - for pointing out the sights, not whacking visitors.” Owing to this new wardrobe, the Disneyland Tour Guides were often referred to as “Guest Wranglers”. The cape was the only element of the previous costume incarnations that was retained. Of special note is the Disneyland Tour Guide “plaid” tartan which had also changed, since the original “Pendleton plaid” dresses. Around 1961, the specific tartan that would become associated with Disneyland Tour Guides for years to come was selected and approved!

The Earliest Tour Guide "Uniforms" as seen in "A World of Smiles Excerpt," (published 1965)
The Earliest Tour Guide "Uniforms" as seen in "A World of Smiles Excerpt," (published 1965)
"A World of Smiles Excerpt," (published 1965)
"A World of Smiles Excerpt," (published 1965)

In recent decades, Disneyland Tour Guide costumes have retained a plaid tartan (though the pattern now flows a slightly different direction on the cut of the skirts). In addition, a secondary color (navy blue) forces the contrasting warmer colors to “pop”. Against this color scheme, the essential accents, like buttons, castle pin, “D” pin, and most-important name tag, stand out to the eyes!

Queen’s Royal Stuart (or "Royal Stewart") Tartan
Queen’s Royal Stuart (or "Royal Stewart") Tartan


“WHAT CLAN ARE YOU FROM?” -
Disneyland’s “clan” of Disneyland Tour Guides is clearly identifiable to the many Disneyland Cast Members and guests that are familiar with Disney Park’s various “tartans.” This is a close-up of actual current “Disneyland Tartan.” The true-life name of the Disneyland “plaid” pattern is true Royal Stuart Tartan (also referred to as “Queen’s Royal Stuart Tartan” as it is the same personal plaid of Queen Elizabeth II). It debuted during the Tencennial year of 1965, the same year that Guided Tours moved next to City Hall. When other Disney Parks would open (from EPCOT Center to Tokyo Disneyland), each of their Park’s “plaid” would feature a differing style as well as a name of tartan that would separate the wearer (and Guide) from those of other Disney Parks!

A plaid polyester and wool skirt, part of the themed costume worn by Disneyland Guided Tour Hostesses.
A plaid polyester and wool skirt, part of the themed costume worn by Disneyland Guided Tour Hostesses.

Riding Crop Brooch
Riding Crop Brooch
Riding Cap manufactured by Keystone Uniform.
Riding Cap manufactured by Keystone Uniform.
Disneyland Guide Castle Pin , 1960s-1970s.
Disneyland Guide Castle Pin , 1960s-1970s.

It’s a FACT that each and every Disneyland Guide acquires one of these Sleeping Beauty Castle pins (and wears it proudly) after Tour Day One is complete! The next time you take a guided tour of Disneyland, you may notice this “little beauty” over your personal Guide’s riding cap.

Disneyland Guide Castle Pin , The Present.
Disneyland Guide Castle Pin , The Present.

Official Disneyland "D" Guide Pin
Official Disneyland "D" Guide Pin

Another early 1960s addition to the Disneyland Tour Guide “uniform” (yes, they were occasionally referred as such in the early years of Disneyland) was the distinguished “D” pin! The original pins were manufactured by the N.S. Meyer Company of New York (founded in 1868, and maker of military insignia). Each original Disneyland “D” Guide Pin was comprised of gilded sterling silver, and plated in 14 karat gold. In addition, each pin design bears the likeness of Tinkerbell sprinkling pixie dust from her wand over the iconic Sleeping Beauty Castle. It’s a fact that once the applicant is approved to give Guided Tours of Disneyland, they are administered one “D” pin.

“It seems the Royal Stewart plaid and "D" pin effectively conveyed a presence of heritage, pride and honor as the official hosts and storytellers of Wait's Magic Kingdom. The Tour Guide Costume is truly a Disneyland Classic.”

While Guides wore metal badges, Disneyland Cast Members wore metal badges with just a number until plastic nametags replaced them in 1962.

The N.S. Meyer Company would go on to produce pins for Guides, Hosts, Hostesses, and Guest Relations Cast Members of the Magic Kingdom in Walt Disney World, in Orlando, Florida.

Disneyland Guide “D” Pin-Inspired Tribute Pin manufactured for an event. Note the shape of the “D” and enamel.
Disneyland Guide “D” Pin-Inspired Tribute Pin manufactured for an event. Note the shape of the “D” and enamel.
Official Euro Disneyland (Disneyland Paris) Guest Relations "Tour Guide" Pin
Official Euro Disneyland (Disneyland Paris) Guest Relations "Tour Guide" Pin

Disneyland Tour Guide emblem design heavily influenced those of other Disney Parks Guest Relations to come. One example is this (now retired) Euro Disney (or, Disneyland Paris) Guest Relations Tour Guide pin (above), featuring Tinker Bell sprinkling pixie dust over Le Château de la Belle au Bois Dormant (or, “Castle of the Beauty in a Sleeping Wood”).

“Casting For A Role In Our Disneyland Show” Excerpt, c. 1970.
“Casting For A Role In Our Disneyland Show” Excerpt, c. 1970.


”Guides and The Disneyland Look”

You may have heard of the Disney Look. Every detail of a neat, natural appearance (including grooming, etiquette, and wardrobe) was to be maintained to the official standards of Disneyland. These appearance guidelines were eventually outlined in The Disney Look handbook.

Long before this publication, Cicely Rigdon put into practice a system of checks to assure proper use of cosmetic makeup and reassure that the Guide’s skirt was of proper length. After receiving their first wardrobe “fitting,” these became a daily occurrence before each shift began. To quote Cicley Rigdon’s poem “Golden Rules” (published in “A World of Smiles”, published 1965) :

“Because we want the best for you

Pink lipstick, girls is just tabu.

And if you wish to look your best

Leave all the hardware off your vest.

The hat looks best straight on the head,

Clean and repair shoes on the feet you tread.

No nail polish Disneyland says to us

And eye make up NO, sir please don’t fuss.

And if you don’t want to see a cop

Please don’t steal another’s crop.

Remember girls we love you dearly,

And mean it really quite sincerely

But rules are made for one and all

And for my sake do not fall.

For Tour Guides never never shirk their duty

After all they have natural beauty.”

Within these boundaries and guidelines, the wardrobe of the Disneyland Tour Guide has changed in some ways through the years - from its founding in 1958, to its formative years of the early 1960s, and beyond! The design grow to become more than just “functional” (meeting the specific needs of this Disneyland Cast Member). The ensemble would eventually change into a distinct with aesthetics that would visually separate Disneyland Tour Guides. This so-called “Disneyland Look” (or “Disney Look”) would help guests readily distinguish a Disneyland Tour Guide from other Disneyland employees (including concessions, merchandising, and ride operators)!

By the 1970s, the Disneyland Tour Guides had the pleasure of wearing more than plaid. In addition to guiding Tour Groups through Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom and assisting with Guest Relations, Annual Fashion Shows (sponsored by the Disneyland Recreation Club) became a tradition. In fact, by 1973, Disneyland Tour Guides were modeling popular designs by Lido Fashions during the “I Am Woman” Fashion Show! On very rare occasions, Hostesses wore tasteful and fashionable ensembles while guiding organized groups or special V.I.P. guests through Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom. Few conditions like extreme weather conditions (e.g. Code 90, extreme wind, or rain) permit proper adjustments to the costume. If a costume was damaged or spoiled, the working lead was contacted.

While on the subject of “the Disneyland Look” I am also reminded of a few words published in one c. 1981 Disneyland Orientation Book which reads : “As a result, the Disneyland Look became world famous ad established a trend for many other enterprises. Preserving this image has not been easy. Hair and clothing styles have changed radically from year to year. Right now, as you read this, there is probably some new grooming trend emerging. And we all feel pressure to conform to contemporary standards. But Disneyland is NOT contemporary. It is yesterday, tomorrow, and fantasy. And our costumes and appearance must fit those themes.”

Guides at Main Gate, Late 1950s to Early 1960s
Guides at Main Gate, Late 1950s to Early 1960s

Guides wait to meet guests near Disneyland’s Entrance and Ticket Booths! We wonder if the gentleman in the photo on the right is Disneyland’s first Public Relations Host Bob D’Arcy, Bob Norie (eventual night-time Guest Relations Supervisor), or Mr. Leinburgher (the “Tour Guide Glee Club Director”).

Disneyland Guide Jan, (June, 1963)
Disneyland Guide Jan, (June, 1963)

Now that the Disneyland Tour Guide has her costume in place, and the proper appearance, the Disneyland Guided Tour is almost ready to begin! At this time, the Disneyland Tour Guides takes the “opportunity to meet each person individually”. At this time, tickets were collected from each person as they entered Disneyland’s staging area. In the remaining meantime (before the tour departed), Hostesses took the opportunity to mingle with their guests and establish a “friendly atmosphere”.

Disneyland Guide Connie Swanson displaying Disney Courtesy and putting a smile in guest service, July, 1963.
Disneyland Guide Connie Swanson displaying Disney Courtesy and putting a smile in guest service, July, 1963.

Tour Guides would enter their group and gather the guests’ attention (even in non-verbal ways). The current Guided Tour Manual states : “Use those eyes. Make regular eye contact with each of your guests during the tour.” The beginning of the recommended Guided Tour Narration generally begins with a formal and proper introduction towards the guests. “My name is Connie [last name]. I will be your Hostess for your tour through Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom. As we are a first name organization here at Disneyland, please call me Connie. I really enjoy introducing Disneyland to our guests, especially if I feel that I’m adding a little to your enjoyment, so if you have any questions while we are on the tour please feel free to ask me.”

All this could seem a little “Animatronic” (that is, “routine”) in delivery, if not expressed naturally. So, it still continues to be of the utmost importance for Disneyland Tour Guides to “have fun in [their]… role, and express it.” Yes, it is crucial to make eye contact, carry a pleasant facial expression, and maintain positive body language while interacting with guests, for this has a bearing on the Disneyland show! As Dick Nunis encouraged Disneyland Hosts and Hostesses : “It is essential that we preserve the informal friendliness which is the basic tradition of the Disney organization. It takes a happy crew to produce a happy show.” But even more, remember where this happiness springs from. Like Walt Disney said in 1955 : “It is you who will make Disneyland truly a magic kingdom and a happy place for the millions of guests who will visit us now and in future years… In creating happiness for your guests, we hope that you will find happiness in your work and being an important part of Disneyland.” [“Your Guide To Disneyland,” Form No. T-1-5-55, published by Disneyland, Inc.]

Connie (pictured above) must have done this in an exemplary way, because three years later she was selected to become the second Disneyland Ambassador to the World!

 Display and usage of “First Names” is a Disneyland tradition since before the 1955 opening. Around the Walt Disney Studios in Burbank, Walt and Roy implemented an unusual policy where their employees called them by their first names. Walt Disney’s o

Display and usage of “First Names” is a Disneyland tradition since before the 1955 opening. Around the Walt Disney Studios in Burbank, Walt and Roy implemented an unusual policy where their employees called them by their first names. Walt Disney’s own Assistant Lucille Martin recalled that “Walt was very personable” remembering that “he wanted me to call him by his first name. I was used to saying ‘sir.’ Particularly with Walt, I kept saying, ‘sir.’ And he would say, ‘No, Walt.’ So one day he gave me a little drawing, showing a little girl marching, with a placard that said, ‘Down with sir.’”

“Your Role in the Disneyland Show” states: “It's been a tradition at Walt Disney Productions to call everyone by their first name. When Walt opened the Park, he wanted to ensure this same informal and friendly atmosphere so first names have always been used at Disneyland.” Van Arsdale France remembered: “I'd always called bosses by last. names with a solid ‘Mr.’ until I got to know them. Here it was the policy… subliminally enforced to call people by their first names, especially Walt and Roy.” This first name policy was one of Walt’s personal philosophies which was impressed upon Disneylanders through Orientation handbooks published c. 1955 by the Disney University.

An article published in Disneyland LINE (Vol. 12, No. 29 ; July 17, 1980) accounts this particular tradition of “First Names”, among the “radical concepts” that would distinguish the “Disneyland Model” from those of other amusement parks. By the Tencennial, instructional books prepared for those serving as “Ambassadors of Happiness” at the New York World’s Fair issued the reminder: “It is not Mr. Disney... It's ‘Walt.’”

All Disneyland Cast Members would be issued a name tag and it was worn with pride. Since the Disneyland Guided Tours conception and establishment (in 1958), Disneyland Tour Guides have been part of a “first name organization,” as founded by Walt Disney. This meant that Disneyland Tour Guides would wear their (Disneyland Wardrobe-issued) names tags clearly displayed to guests on their uniforms.

The first “name badges” (or “nameplates”) were brass, which required some regular maintenance. On this note, Disneylander Bob Penfield had his brass name badge gold plated, so that he wouldn’t have to polish it every day. These held both the Disneyland Cast Member’s name and Cast Member’s employee number.

But soon (in 1962), plastic Nametag, “name badges” (or “name tags”) were introduced. [As a sidelight, there is a wonderful collection of Disneyland Name Badges at name tag museum.com] The Disneyland Guided Tours Name Badges were made distinct - diamond-shaped (similar to the one pictured in the title block of this section), while later ones (c. 1967 on onward) were oval-shaped (pictured below). Unlike modern Disney Parks Name Badges, these early Disneyland Guided Tours Name Tags carried no “home cities or home towns,” no countries or states of origin, and no space for service award pins - just the employee’s name!

Disneyland Cast Member Plastic Oval Name Tag, (Late 1960’s- Early 1970’s)
Disneyland Cast Member Plastic Oval Name Tag, (Late 1960’s- Early 1970’s)

According to a special issue of Disneyland LINE (published June 15, 1978), July 5th, 1978, was a historic day for Cast Member Nametags, as new oval-shaped Disneyland “Mickey Tags” (featuring the likeliness of Mickey Mouse for the first time ever) were distributed along with employee paychecks (and thereafter distributed by the Entertainment Costuming Department). This was fitting, as by this time, Mickey Mouse was not only “one of the most recognized symbols that ever existed,” but the most-beloved representative of the Walt Disney Productions corporation. At the same time, “Service Award Tags” (featuring a space for one service pin) not bearing the likeness of Mickey Mouse were also available. Both of these Name Tag styles were to be worn by all employees throughout Walt Disney Productions. You may have had the pleasure of receiving yours, right from the hands of Mickey Mouse, as a part of some new and ceremonious Disneyland and Disney Parks “tradition!”

Guests of Tour Groups eventually wore nametags as well! While meeting the group, Tour Guide Hostesses encouraged guests to fill out his or her own Identification Badge with their name and present home state. This helped the Tour Guides and guests to mix, and worked to establish a friendly atmosphere.

By 2000, the organization was still a first name organization and the Cast Image and Appearance Manager at Creative Costuming and guidelines assured this aspect of the Disney Look - that Name Tags were still worn with pride on the left shoulder area. Name Tags could feature the hometown city, state, country of a Cast Member. Name Tags could also hold up to two pins, including the Service Pin, Partners in Excellence Pin, or the 1971 Opening Team Pin, in addition to pins representing language skills, represented by up to two Language Pins).

Disneyland Guided Tour Identification Tags aid in never forgetting guest's names, creating a friendly atmosphere.
Disneyland Guided Tour Identification Tags aid in never forgetting guest's names, creating a friendly atmosphere.
  Disneyland Guided Tour Identification Tags  were provided for every member the Tour Group, free of charge. You may notice that the  Disneyland Guided Tour Identification Tags  (like the ones pictured below) have occasionally come in different shape

Disneyland Guided Tour Identification Tags were provided for every member the Tour Group, free of charge. You may notice that the Disneyland Guided Tour Identification Tags (like the ones pictured below) have occasionally come in different shapes. The original Guided Tour Identification Tags were triangular-shaped. These were manufactured in different colors (like red, yellow, or blue). This was in the event that one Guided Tour Group becomes mixed with another Guided Tour Group on some of the rides. These tags would help a Disneyland Tour Guide to quickly identify the guests in his or her Tour Group.

Disneyland Guided Tour Identification Tags (Orange, Yellow, Blue), c. 1958 - 1959
Disneyland Guided Tour Identification Tags (Orange, Yellow, Blue), c. 1958 - 1959

According to the current Guided Tour handbook : “In the first ten years or so, these were in the form of triangular hang tags. Different colors were given out on different days of the week. Colors included green, blue, yellow, orange, and black, and red.” The Disneyland Tour Guide would attach a similarly colored hang tag to her crop, for the benefit of the guests in the Tour Group. These tags would become a tradition, with “Disneyland- The Happiest Place on Earth” brochures (prepared 1960, by Walt Disney Productions for Group Services) mentioning that “Identification Tags for every member of the group are available free of charge.”

Disneyland Guided Tour Identification Tags (Green & Black), c. 1958 - 1959
Disneyland Guided Tour Identification Tags (Green & Black), c. 1958 - 1959
Disneyland Guided Tour Identification Tag, Late 1950s.
Disneyland Guided Tour Identification Tag, Late 1950s.
Disneyland Guided Tour Identification Tag, c. 2000
Disneyland Guided Tour Identification Tag, c. 2000
Guide at Tour Gardens Gate
Guide at Tour Gardens Gate

This is the view as we prepare to depart from the Guided Tour Gardens Gate. Now, we are “leaving the world of today, entering the world of the turn of the century - Main Street, U.S.A. - [circa] 1890 to 1910.” If the Guided Tour began at the Main Gate, the inscription on the plaque over the tunnel was read aloud, before the Tour Group headed through the tunnel to the Railroad Station or Omnibus Station (depending on operation).

Your Field Guide Beth and Disneyland Braille Map, 2000s
Your Field Guide Beth and Disneyland Braille Map, 2000s

In the early days of Disneyland (c. 1958), Guides would start the official Disneyland Guided Tour by taking them to Station 3 to the right of the Entrance Tunnel (where a map of Disneyland was located). The purpose of this stop was to inform the guests of where they were headed, as well as which attractions they could expect to see through the coarse of the Guided Tour.

In recent years, a Braille Map has been installed in Town Square (just outside Tour Gardens). This map enables all guests (even those visually impaired) to know what to expect along their Guided Tour of Disneyland. Some years ago, with the help of my young friend Belle (pictured right), we were able to enact this scene!

Disneyland Tour Group, (c. July, 1964)
Disneyland Tour Group, (c. July, 1964)

A Tour Group begins their tour in Town Square, on Main Street, U.S.A.

Disneyland Tour Guide, (1967)
Disneyland Tour Guide, (1967)

A Disneyland Tour Guide stands in Town Square, ready to cross Main Street with guests. In addition, Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln (which had opened two years prior to capturing this Vintage View) resulted in a new “stop” along the Guided Tour of Disneyland.

Disneyland Tour Guide and a couple of Very Important Persons - Guests; May, 1965.
Disneyland Tour Guide and a couple of Very Important Persons - Guests; May, 1965.

Near the Central Plaza (or, Disneyland “Hub”), a kindly and informative Guide helps her group across the street. Though we don’t see any dangling identification tags, we presume that this couple may be enjoying Disneyland via a V.I.P. Tour!

Disneyland Tour Guide
Disneyland Tour Guide

On Main Street, near Coca-Cola Refreshment Corner.

Disneyland Tour Guide Joyce in Disneyland Central Plaza, c. 1960s
Disneyland Tour Guide Joyce in Disneyland Central Plaza, c. 1960s
Disneyland Tour Guide Joyce in Disneyland Central Plaza, c. 1960s
Disneyland Tour Guide Joyce in Disneyland Central Plaza, c. 1960s
Disneyland Tour Guide and Tour Group Head Through Frontierland Stockade, (July, 1962)
Disneyland Tour Guide and Tour Group Head Through Frontierland Stockade, (July, 1962)
Disneyland Tour Guide and Tour Group Head Through Frontierland Stockade, (July, 1962)
Disneyland Tour Guide and Tour Group Head Through Frontierland Stockade, (July, 1962)
Disneyland Tour Guide Barbara Ettinger, (August, 1967)
Disneyland Tour Guide Barbara Ettinger, (August, 1967)

“Please move toward me, so we do not block the footpaths…This section of the Park represents America from the Revolutionary War to the final taming of the great Southwest - Frontierland.” - Guided Tour Narration Excerpt, c. 1958.

Disneyland Tour Guides, (1968)
Disneyland Tour Guides, (1968)

What you are about to see (in the preceding and following Vintage Views) are rare sights indeed! Disneyland Tour Guides meet briefly outside Slue Foot Sue’s Golden Horseshoe in Frontierland. Generally, “chatting with other Tour Guides when On Stage…[or] turning your back on a guest” was discouraged. Of course, Disneyland Tour Guides would conduct Orientation Tours for new Hosts and Hostesses, so there is a high likelihood that is what is happening here.

Disneyland Tour Guides on Safari in Adventureland
Disneyland Tour Guides on Safari in Adventureland

Here, Disneyland Tour Guides meet outside the Adventureland Bazaar, perhaps while one Tour Guide’s group is aboard a Jungle River Cruise boat. There is no doubt in our mind that these two Disneyland Tour Guides are not engaged in a personal discussion, but rather some engaging group discussion involving the guests.

Disneyland Tour Guide
Disneyland Tour Guide
In this “Tour Guide’s Day” Photo, Cast Members assist each other to get “tour ready”, contributing toward the show and with their neat and natural Disney Look; Vacationland; Winter-Spring 1963.
In this “Tour Guide’s Day” Photo, Cast Members assist each other to get “tour ready”, contributing toward the show and with their neat and natural Disney Look; Vacationland; Winter-Spring 1963.

While Disneyland receives many informative letters about the appearance of Hosts and Hostesses, guests could be distracted by minor things like “a missing button, a spot on a costume, a dangling bobby pin, or an untucked shirt,” according to one reminder on personal appearance. Fortunately, the latter rarely happens thanks to what you see in the previous Vintage View - Cast Members supporting the Disneyland show and treating each other like VIPs by “showing respect for everyone, regardless of job, race, religion, or age.” The beautiful proceeding c. 1963 photograph (excerpt) of the Tour Guide Waiting Room accompanied an article describing an average “Tour Guide’s Day.” In particular, it’s a typical day in the life of Disneyland Tour Guide Jan (possibly Jan Parker, formerly of Hawaii). The article begins with a rare description of what occurs around 9:30 am, in “a lounge-type room” in the Disneyland Backstage. “Lockers line one wall, mirrors on another. On the wall hangs a sign : ‘Smile, you’re on television.’ Several attractive young women are making last minute adjustments in hair styles, shoeshines, and hat straightening. These are Disneyland Tour Guides, starting a typical day in the Magic Kingdom. They are preparing to go ‘on stage’ to make your visit to Disneyland, a never-to-be-forgotten one.” This scene proves what Walt acknowledged: “Everything here at Disneyland and the Studio is a team effort.”

I like how despite being a part of such an “attention-demanding” profession, they are extending the same courtesies and respect toward each other as they would extend to guests Onstage, “regardless of job, race, religion or age.” As a “sidelight,” this image reminds me of a specific excerpt from yet another manual [The Nature’s Wonderland Story - Operations Procedures”] : “The odds are that you won’t be courteous to our guests if you start the day by elbowing other Host or Hostess in front of the wardrobe mirror. We practice courtesy with each other. This leads to our being, as they say in the movies, ‘A happy crew,’ and ‘a happy crew’ has little trouble passing this happy contagion on to our guests.”

With that principle in mind, we return to the aforementioned Vacationland (Winter/Spring ; 1963) article, which ends this way :

“But what about Jan. Well, she’s back at the lounge, combing her hair, or polishing her shoes, or chatting with the girls, or looking for the answer to one of your questions. But she won’t be gone long because after a quick break for lunch, she’ll be back at Town Square, ready to meet and greet new visitors to this land of Magic Entertainment.”

Disneyland Tour Guide, (1964)
Disneyland Tour Guide, (1964)

This same year (1964) Dick Dyer joined the staff of supervisors leading the Disneyland Guides during the summer. Just inside the Frontierland Stockade, a Disneyland Tour Guide and presumably a guest of her Tour Group pose for a commemorative photo near the Flag Pole and American Humane Association Plaque.

Disneyland Guide Mary, (September, 1964)
Disneyland Guide Mary, (September, 1964)

Basil and Leola make a memory with their Disneyland Guide near the Submarine Lagoon and Monorail Station with its Speedramp!

Disneyland Tour Guide Yuki Saito, (1964)
Disneyland Tour Guide Yuki Saito, (1964)
Disneyland Tour Guide Aida Olachea and Guest, (1964)
Disneyland Tour Guide Aida Olachea and Guest, (1964)
A Disneyland Tour Hostess supporting Pluto in the Disneyland Show, (October, 1965)
A Disneyland Tour Hostess supporting Pluto in the Disneyland Show, (October, 1965)
Disneyland Tour Hostess and Goofy, (October, 1965)
Disneyland Tour Hostess and Goofy, (October, 1965)
Disneyland Tour Guide Mayme Fung wears Cold Weather Accessories and Welcomes Guests (or Waits for an Organized Tour Group), (1965)
Disneyland Tour Guide Mayme Fung wears Cold Weather Accessories and Welcomes Guests (or Waits for an Organized Tour Group), (1965)

Disneyland Tour Guide Alice Shinmoto surrounded by guests, (Early - Mid-1960s)
Disneyland Tour Guide Alice Shinmoto surrounded by guests, (Early - Mid-1960s)

Hostesses were reminded to never turn their back on a guest while taking tickets and using a counter. Even in the case of a bilingual tour group requiring an interpreter, Hostesses spoke to the guest. This was a job which must be done, but attention to the guest was their first concern as demonstrated by Alice Shinmoto (above).

“Disneyland is People,” and this is especially evident through the friendly and courteous examples of the Disneyland V.I.P. Hostesses and Disneyland Tour Group Guides like Alice (pictured above). For this reason, Disneyland Hostesses (and Hosts) of this “people to people production” were often spotlighted in advertisements, in brochures, and within the pages of Vacationland. The “People” pages of Backstage Disneyland magazine would continue to occasionally familiarize Disneyland Cast Members with fellow Guest Relations Hostesses like Anne Daniel (1964), Rita Walther of West Germany (1966), Shelia Mallory (1977) or Linda Cope (1977).

Disneyland Tour Guide Diana in Tencennial Coca Cola Advertisement, (1965)
Disneyland Tour Guide Diana in Tencennial Coca Cola Advertisement, (1965)

Speaking of the Disneyland Tencennial Celebration… the role of the Disneyland Tour Guide had become even more defined and refined by the year 1965! A special meeting of the Disneyland Customer Relations Department (Ben Harris, Bob Wormhoudt, Cicely Rigdon, D. Dyer and the Guest Relations Staff) was held on August 29th, 1965. The subject of the meeting were the “Guest Relations requirements.” According to “A World of Smiles” (published 1965), this, was owing to Tommy Walker (for the creation and continued growth of the program), Bob Wormhoudt (Disneyland Guest Relations Manager, 1963), Bob Norie (Disneyland Guest Relations Nighttime Supervisor), Cicely Rigdon (Disneyland Guest Relations), and Dick Dyer (Disneyland Marketing).

"Disneyland's Vital Statistics", published for 1965
"Disneyland's Vital Statistics", published for 1965

Disneyland Tour Guides were frequently featured in publications intended for guests, often introducing Guides by their first name, like Theresa (a native of Switzerland, pictured above), who joined the Disneyland Tour Guide staff c. 1962-1963.

“A World of Smiles ‘65 - Dedicated to the Summer Tour Guides 1965” Cover
“A World of Smiles ‘65 - Dedicated to the Summer Tour Guides 1965” Cover

“A World of Smiles ‘65 - Dedicated to the Summer Tour Guides 1965” was published in a limited quantity for the staff of Disneyland Guest Relations (and those Disneyland Cast Members affiliated with the Disneyland Guided Tour Program). The publication was intended as a retrospective bringing “memories and a proud recollection of the Tour Guide Program.”

A couple of pages focused on the “progress” of “yesterday.” Four entire pages contained photographs of almost 82 Tour Guides. A few Tour Guides were distinguished. For example, “the busy four” (Reiko, Arlene, Theresa, and Trudy), who select girls for the tours, Main Gate Service and for buses, and “form the tours in the garden, and keep the show going with a smile.” “The tabulating two” (Jill Young and Pat Fairchild) who tabulated surveys and produce the results via typewritten reports for a full eight-hour day.

"The Busy Four" Dispatchers (Arlene, Theresa, Trudy, and Reiko Cox) as seen in "A World of Smiles", (1965)
"The Busy Four" Dispatchers (Arlene, Theresa, Trudy, and Reiko Cox) as seen in "A World of Smiles", (1965)

Reiko Cox (pictured above) was a new Tour Guide for 1962, equipped to deliver the tour script in Japanese. Her story is briefly told in Backstage Disneyland (published December of 1962).

“A World of Smiles ‘65 - Dedicated to the Summer Tour Guides 1965”
“A World of Smiles ‘65 - Dedicated to the Summer Tour Guides 1965”

Tour Guides sure knew how to relax and have fun! Back in 1965 (alone) the “Red Socks” were the victors of employee softball games (“topping the league”), against other teams (including Jungle, Submarine, and Marketing). “Even first timer, Cicely, was able to drive a few runs,” according to “A World of Smiles.”

Then (during July of 1965), the “Tour Guides… became the guided,” on “a trip to the Walt Disney Studio and WED.” That particular tour included a stop by the set of Lt. Robinson Crusoe (where Dick van Dyke appeared) and then watching Fred Mac Murray and Vera Miles practice their lines for “Follow Me Boys.” Finally a visit to WED revealed “what Disneyland’s future look will be… [including] the miniature of the Blue Bayou.”

Finally, “in a test of physical skill and coordination, the Tour Guides captured the women’s trophy in the recent canoe races. Lead by captains, Dalores Bramblett and Suzi Palomares, and the steering skill of Dale and Larry, the Great Tour Guides encircled Tom Sawyer’s Island in four minutes and thirty-one seconds. Storybooklanders and Ticket Sellers took, consecutively, second and third places. The outstanding group of rowers included such greats as ; Jill ‘Jump’ Young, ‘Radiant’ Rita Walther, ‘Beautiful Barbara Bennett, ‘Lovable’ Lynn Heuke, ‘Exciting’ Erica Jeide, Cheri ‘Stroke’ Lender, ‘Marvelous’ Marcia Miner. In the cheering section, special thanks goes to ‘Amazing’ Arlene Tafoya.”

Backstage Disneyland Excerpt, (1965)
Backstage Disneyland Excerpt, (1965)

This Backstage Excerpt proves that “it takes people,” as these six Disneyland Tour Guides (and others) were responsible for enveloping and mailing some 4,500 copies of Backstage Disneyland to readers! Disneyland Guest Relations Hostesses also were personally assigned to attend to V.I.P. and celebrity guests for the debut of Fantasy on Parade.

Backstage Disneyland “People” Article Featuring Disneyland Tour Guide Rita Walther, (Spring, 1966)
Backstage Disneyland “People” Article Featuring Disneyland Tour Guide Rita Walther, (Spring, 1966)

The “People” pages of Backstage Disneyland magazine would continue to occasionally familiarize Disneyland Cast Members with fellow Guest Relations Hostesses like Anne Daniel (1964), Rita Walther of West Germany (1966), Shelia Mallory (1977) or Linda Cope (1977).

Backstage Disneyland “People” Article Featuring Disneyland Tour Guide Rita Walther (Continued), (Spring, 1966)
Backstage Disneyland “People” Article Featuring Disneyland Tour Guide Rita Walther (Continued), (Spring, 1966)
“Disney News” (Winter, 1967-1968) Excerpt
“Disney News” (Winter, 1967-1968) Excerpt
Disneyland Tour Guide Marge Hallaway, (1966)
Disneyland Tour Guide Marge Hallaway, (1966)

Guests sure love taking photographs of their Tour Group Guides like Disneyland Tour Guide Marge. About the same time that Marge was a Hostess, 1,365,000 Guided Tour Tickets had been used from the program’s beginning until the Spring of 1966, according to a statement by Carl Freeberg (Admissions Department Manager), in Backstage Disneyland (published Spring, 1966)! About this time Guides had many additional responsibilities, including issuing Surveys to Guests.

Disneyland Tour Group.
Disneyland Tour Group.
Kathy & Carol aboard the Mark Twain, c.June of 1966.
Kathy & Carol aboard the Mark Twain, c.June of 1966.

Hostesses were instructed to “not visit with other employees while on work station.”

Disneyland Tour Guides aboard the Columbia.
Disneyland Tour Guides aboard the Columbia.
Disneyland Tour Guide, (July 6, 1967)
Disneyland Tour Guide, (July 6, 1967)
Disneyland Tour Guide (possibly Cheri)
Disneyland Tour Guide (possibly Cheri)
Disneyland Tour Guide, (October, 1967)
Disneyland Tour Guide, (October, 1967)

Approaching “its a small world.” During 1967, more than 200,000 guests experienced a most-memorable visit to Disneyland, through the eyes of one of Walt Disney’s personal representatives!

Guest Wrangling Near The Disneyland Main Entrance, (1968)
Guest Wrangling Near The Disneyland Main Entrance, (1968)

This Vintage View impresses many facts, including “until you are Backstage… You are always On Stage.”

Disneyland Hostess Near The Disneyland Main Entrance, (1968)
Disneyland Hostess Near The Disneyland Main Entrance, (1968)
Disneyland Tour Guide at Small World Mall, (1968)
Disneyland Tour Guide at Small World Mall, (1968)
Disneyland Chief Hostess Donna Partin and Guests at the Small World Mall, (November 27, 1968)
Disneyland Chief Hostess Donna Partin and Guests at the Small World Mall, (November 27, 1968)

Guests (“Hank, the girls, and Gail”) with their Disneyland Tour Guide. By 1968, Donna served as Chief Hostess under Mary Jones (Public Relations Rep.) and Bob Wormhoudt (Public Relations Manager).

Disneyland Tour Guide Enters the Central Plaza Near Compass Rose, 1969.
Disneyland Tour Guide Enters the Central Plaza Near Compass Rose, 1969.

This same year (of 1969), some of the staff of Guest Relations fulfilled the role of VIP Hostesses for celebrities attending “Herbie Day” at Disneyland (also referred to as “Love Bug Day at Disneyland”). For instance, Connie Swanson tended to Dean Jones (star of the “Herbie” franchise).

Disneyland Tour Guides and guests in New Orleans Square, April, 1971.
Disneyland Tour Guides and guests in New Orleans Square, April, 1971.

Truly all who come to this happy place will find : “We love to entertain kings and queens, but at Disneyland every guest is a VIP.” (Walt Disney’s Disneyland - A Pictoral Souvenir and Guide, c. 1963). Yes, Disneyland Hostesses have always taken the lead when it comes to active interaction with guests of all ages and backgrounds (and especially children), as evidenced in this Vintage View.

Disneyland Tour Guide Willie, (October 30, 1971)
Disneyland Tour Guide Willie, (October 30, 1971)

Willie proves that a smile was essential, and a genial and friendly personality was the Disney style. Disneyland Tour Guide Willie demonstrates the art of ‘Guest Wrangling’ with her guests - a FIRS group!

Disneyland Tour Hostess and Guest Anne Keith Leonard near Guided Tour Gardens, May, 1971.
Disneyland Tour Hostess and Guest Anne Keith Leonard near Guided Tour Gardens, May, 1971.
Disneyland Tour Guide, (1972)
Disneyland Tour Guide, (1972)
June 10, 1969.
June 10, 1969.
Tour Guide Anne and guest Bob Leisa, 1973.
Tour Guide Anne and guest Bob Leisa, 1973.
  Disneyland Hostesses  (and not just  Disneyland Ambassadors to the World ) occasionally supported events outside Disneyland. For instance, as far back as April of 1964,  Ben Harris  (of Production) travelled to Grauman’s Chinese Theater in order fo

Disneyland Hostesses (and not just Disneyland Ambassadors to the World) occasionally supported events outside Disneyland. For instance, as far back as April of 1964, Ben Harris (of Production) travelled to Grauman’s Chinese Theater in order for a “picture survey for future promotions.” Very soon thereafter, Disneyland Hostesses (like Wendy Sayers and Chris Bishop) began a Disneyland tradition when they appeared at the premier of Walt Disney’s £2,600,000 film Mary Poppins at Grauman’s Chinese Theater on August 27th, 1964.

Grauman's Chinese Theater Postcard, (Pictured : October 18, 1967)
Grauman's Chinese Theater Postcard, (Pictured : October 18, 1967)

As far back as April 12, 1964, Ben Harris of Disneyland Production visited Grauman's Chinese Theatre to picture survey for future promotions. The postcard image (above) was photographed in 1967.

It may be hard to see from this vantage (above), but (if you look closely) you can see the many Disneyland Hostesses that supported the world premier of Walt Disney’s Jungle Book at Grauman’s Theater in Hollywood, California, on October 18th, 1967! As a “sidelight,” the event (attended by the Disneyland Guides) was the first “Family Premiere” for a Walt Disney Production (for underprivileged children of the Los Angeles area), with proceeds benefitting the animal acquisition program of the Greater Los Angeles Zoo Association. Later, while “touring for the Carnation promotion, Mickey Mouse and a Disneyland hostess… [were] greeted by Governor of Arizona, Jack Williams, at the Arizona Retail Grocers Convention,” according to “A Report To Disneyland Lessees, Summer ‘68.” A Disneyland Hostess “Emily” appeared alongside the Osmond Brothers in the c. 1970 “Disneyland Showtime” episode of “The Wonderful World of Disney.”

“Promotional Tours”
“Promotional Tours”

Disneyland Tour Guides occasionally engaged in Promotional Tours for Walt Disney Studio feature films & new Disneyland attractions. Promotion of the Country Bear Jamboree (June 13, 1972), with Don Payne (Wendell), Joan Valent (Disneyland Tour Guide), Mike Neumeister (Shaker), and Dick Dyer (Director Disneyland Marketing).

Joan Valent in the Santa Maria City Parade (1972)
Joan Valent in the Santa Maria City Parade (1972)

Santa Maria City Parade June 3, 1972, Joan Valent (Disneyland Tour Guide) and Wendell Bear promote the opening of the Country Bear Jamboree!

In addition to all these responsibilities, the staff of Disneyland Guest Relations also knew how to relax! New traditions were added, like the Guest Relations Annual Banquet which offered an opportunity for relaxation, refreshment and bonding with fellow Hostesses and Hosts (during the early 1970s, about 200 attended these department functions).

“The Tour Guide Cook Book Volume II,” c. 1970’s or 1980’s
“The Tour Guide Cook Book Volume II,” c. 1970’s or 1980’s

From the 1970’s thru the 1980’s, the annual Tour Guide Cookbook (in which Guest Relations Staff submitted recipes), allowed Guides to share their creativity with fellow Disneyland cast Members who purchased copies. Perhaps you recall pleasing “you palate with such treats as Mango Ice Cream, Hungarian Spatzle, Chilighetti, Peach Yam Bake, or even Harpo’s Quiche.” (Thank you, Alicia Tello, Kathy Pitarra, Sherri Mason, and Judy Abel.)

Disneyland Tour Guide, (1975)
Disneyland Tour Guide, (1975)
Disneyland Tour Guide and Group in Town Square, (c. 1975-1976)
Disneyland Tour Guide and Group in Town Square, (c. 1975-1976)

All the while, Disneyland Guided Tours and V.I.P. Tours never ceased!

Guided Tours were occasionally spoofed during Team-building editions of Springtonics!
Guided Tours were occasionally spoofed during Team-building editions of Springtonics!

Van Arsedale France recalled: “‘Old Timers’ still remember what we called ‘The Spring Tonics,’ a morale builder for permanent cast members. Although it was fun, it was a serious attempt to improve morale by bringing some serious problems out in the open and laughing about them.”

Sandy Duncan played a Tour Guide in "Christmas in Disneyland" (first aired December 6th, 1976)
Sandy Duncan played a Tour Guide in "Christmas in Disneyland" (first aired December 6th, 1976)

Actress Sandy Duncan portrayed a Disneyland Tour Guide in the “Christmas in Disneyland” television special of 1976!

Disneyland Tour Guide Pam Lipp, (c. 1980)
Disneyland Tour Guide Pam Lipp, (c. 1980)
 During 1941,  Walt Disney  became known as an ambassador of goodwill when the government organization Coordinator of American Affairs encouraged him to visit Latin American lands and make new friends. Walt not only select 15 of his artists to come a

During 1941, Walt Disney became known as an ambassador of goodwill when the government organization Coordinator of American Affairs encouraged him to visit Latin American lands and make new friends. Walt not only select 15 of his artists to come along for the adventure, but his friends Donald Duck, Goofy and a few other animated stars.

Since then, Walt became renown as an “International Ambassador,” representing the United States and Walt Disney Productions before other peoples and in other lands. This was especially true during 1964, when Walt Disney was well represented at the 1964 season of the New York World’s Fair not just in-person, but by Walt Disney Productions-produced exhibits and displays, but by Walt Disney Studio Employees and Disneyland Hosts and Hostesses. The term “employee” was frowned upon, guides clarifying: “We are not ‘employees’… each of us is an ‘Ambassador’ or an ‘Ambassadorette’... official representatives of happiness.”

Some Disneyland Guest Relations Hostesses and Disneyland Tour Guides were among these “Ambassadors of Happiness” representing the park at the 1964/1965 New York World’s Fair. As a “sidelight” Cicely Rigdon fondly remembered her trips to the World’s Fair alongside Walt Disney. Regardless of the role they performed within the Walt Disney Productions family, all who were chosen to represent the Park in New York or anywhere else in the world were to perform their roles as “Ambassadors of Happiness!”

Walt’s pal Mickey Mouse exemplified the spirit of Disneyland and has likewise been referred to as an ambassador - the “Ambassador of Happiness” as Disneyland’s official greeter, according to Vacationland (Summer, 1963). This is a role Mickey has fulfilled since 1955, including during his visit to the 1964/1965 New York World’s Fair. In 1958, Mickey Mouse began to be assisted in this role of Ambassador by the Disneyland Tour Guides. This tradition has resulted in the Disneyland Resort Ambassador - “an official representative of the Cast that reflects and promotes Disney ideals and communicates the Disney philosophy to the world. The role of the Disneylands Resort Ambassador enhances the magic to our Guests, our Cast Members, and our community.”

"Ambassador of Happiness" by Disneyland University Excerpt, (1964)
"Ambassador of Happiness" by Disneyland University Excerpt, (1964)
"Ambassador of Happiness" by Disneyland University Excerpt, (1964)
"Ambassador of Happiness" by Disneyland University Excerpt, (1964)

The end of 1964 was also the beginning of the celebration year of “Disneyland’s First Fabulous Decade”! With that, another distinguished role in the Disneyland show would lighten Mickey Mouse’s role further, when the Ambassador Program was established thanks to the creative mind of Jack Lindquist (and original Guide Cicely Rigdon serving as Ambassador Program Administrator)! The program (and role of Disneyland Ambassador) was certainly not a beauty competition in search of “the prettiest” Tour Guide or Hostess, and it wasn’t absolutely based on the accruement of facts and knowledge. The program would search (foremost) for someone who had a special (even, exemplary) “special feeling for Disneyland”…someone who was proud to represent Walt Disney and his imaginative dreams that have brought so much happiness to countless people around the world! Gwen Welsh [a c. 1970s Ambassador Program Coordinator] perhaps best summed up the role this way (to Disneyland LINE) : “It’s a year of hard work…self-improvement, wearing a genuine smile until it hurts, remembering at all times that you are Disneyland to the people who see you, and then finally its achieving those few minutes of a sudden glow you feel inside that tells you what you are doing is good, right and fun, because you’ve let people know that Disneyland is just that - good, right, and fun.”

With that, I invite you to please step this way (imagining yourself in attendance at a sort of “Ambassador Tea”), as we explore the following section. The following portion of the gallery has been dedicated to the role of the Disneyland Ambassadors, featuring some highlights (and “sidelights”) from their service to Disneyland (and diplomatic envoys the world) through the years!

“Miss Disneyland Cutout” accompanied an articled about the "corps of red-kilted Tour Guides," Golden Magazine, (August, 1965)
“Miss Disneyland Cutout” accompanied an articled about the "corps of red-kilted Tour Guides," Golden Magazine, (August, 1965)

1965 : Julie Reihm (Casaletto) was chosen “Miss Disneyland” 1964, (the First Disneyland Ambassador), in honor of the 10th Anniversary of Disneyland, in 1965. The “Walt Disney Productions Annual Report to shareholders and employees” (for the fiscal year ending October 3rd, 1964), reported : “As ‘Miss Disneyland,’ she will play an important role in the Tenth Anniversary observance throughout 1965. Miss Reihm will travel to most of the 50 United States and many foreign lands. Current plans call for a European tour followed by trips to South America, Canada and the Far East. She will meet people from all walks of life extending an invitation to the many special Tencennial events at Disneyland and bringing a personal touch of Disneyland to those she meets.”

And so Disneyland’s Tencennial Ambassador, Miss Julie Reihm carried the Disneyland spirit of happiness around the United States and many foreign countries (across Latin America, Asia, Australia, and Europe) assisting Walt Disney in making both domestic and international appearances. Julie co-starred with Walt Disney himself, in the “Disneyland 10th Anniversary” episode of Walt Disney’s Wonderful World of Color, first aired 1965. Julie recollects (to a c. 1977 Disneyland LINE reporter) : “The highlight of my year was to see Walt smiling from ear to ear about a new idea - a new project, and feeling his boyish excitement. He was a genius of an artist.”

Owning to these appearances, Julie had the pleasure of meeting many wonderful contributors (like Mary Blair and Rolly Crump), and see many attractions in development (like the “Museum of the Weird” which became the “Haunted Mansion”). The First “Ambassador to the World” also travelled to “Europe, Canada, Mexico, Australia, New Zealand, Japan and throughout the United States,” according to “The Disneyland Diary”.

Julie was even transformed into a “cutout” paper doll (ask your parents about these), featuring both of the outfits she wore for the filming of the “Disneyland 10th Anniversary” episode.

"Walt Disney's Vacation in Disneyland" A Gold Key Comic, Published 1965
"Walt Disney's Vacation in Disneyland" A Gold Key Comic, Published 1965

The "Walt Disney's Vacation in Disneyland" A Gold Key Comic, (Published 1965) was a tribute to Disneyland’s “first fabulous decade”! The comic featured stories starring Donald Duck, Mickey & Goofy, Scrooge & Gyro, the Big Bad Wolf, Daisy, Minnie, Grandma Duck, Clarabelle, and Scamp with Chip n Dale. Of course the setting of all of these stories was the Disneyland Stage, and various thematic elements based upon popular Park adventures. Inside the cover, were quite a few images “Celebrating Disneyland’s Tencennial”, including this brief paragraph introducing Miss Disneyland, Julie Reihm to the world (pictured above)!

1965 Newspaper Supplement Excerpt
1965 Newspaper Supplement Excerpt

Julie was highlighted in this newspaper supplement excerpt (published some time during Disneyland’s Tencennial celebration, and before the end of Julie Reihm’s term as Disneyland’s first Ambassador). In a few words, she briefly shares what serving as Disneyland Ambassador to the World has meant for her!

According to Dave Smith (Chief Archivist Emeritus of the Walt Disney Archives), years after having the pleasure of serving as Disneyland Ambassador, “she is now Julie Reihm Casaletto, living with her husband in Virginia. She returned to college after her year as the first Disneyland Ambassador and never rejoined the Disneyland payroll, henceforth only returning to Disney for occasional special events. She was named a Disney Legend in 2015.” [Disney Facts Revealed by Dave Smith, 2016]

British Columbia Premier William Andrew Cecil Bennett is Gifted the Official Flag of Disneyland by Ambassador Connie Swanson
British Columbia Premier William Andrew Cecil Bennett is Gifted the Official Flag of Disneyland by Ambassador Connie Swanson

1966 : Ambassador Connie Jean Swanson (Lane) “toured the West Coast and other areas of the United States, plus Scandinavia, South America and Canada,” according to “The Disneyland Diary”. Among many aspects of her service, Ambassador Connie Swanson presented Premier William Andrew Cecil Bennett with the official flag of Disneyland during December of 1965! Connie (who was featured in a photoshoot with Walt, at Walt Disney Studios) once recalled (for c. 1977 Disneyland LINE) being part of what she called “the Old School of Disney” - “people who grew up in the shadow of Walt and experienced his fire and insight.”

“There’s Always Something New at Disneyland”, "Disneyland U.S.A. Summer '67" The Look Supplement Advertisement and “Summer ‘67” Photo Featuring Marcia Miner, (Appearing June 13, 1967)
“There’s Always Something New at Disneyland”, "Disneyland U.S.A. Summer '67" The Look Supplement Advertisement and “Summer ‘67” Photo Featuring Marcia Miner, (Appearing June 13, 1967)

1967 : Marcia Miner was first Ambassador to the World at Disneyland! For instance, when the 53rd Rose Bowl competitors visited Disneyland, Marcia helped host the Purdue Boilmakers and the USC Trojans. When Emperor Haile Selassie of Ethiopia was visiting Southern California in April, in order to deliver a speech (and receive an honorary degree from the university), Ambassador Marcia Miner (Phillips) welcomed him to Disneyland (on April 23rd), and personally chauffeured him down Main Street U.S.A. in a parade, aboard one of the Horseless Carriages.

She departed for the 20-day, 18-city tour celebrating Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs’ fifth release.

Marcia Miner also welcomed convention and trade show delegates from across the nation to Anaheim’s $15 million Convention Center which opened July 12th, 1967. Marcia can be seen in numerous advertisements published in a full-color nine page supplement appearing in “The Look” on June 13, 1967. Her contributions helped promote the “new” Disneyland (of the last three years) and its corporate sponsors in a magazine (the largest of its kind) circulation of eight million (that is, 40 million readers)!

However, Marcia also travelled the United States of America during her term.

Marcia Miner Helps Open Anaheim Convention Center
Marcia Miner Helps Open Anaheim Convention Center

Press Photo Caption : “For the City of Anaheim, California, the Disneyland family welcomes convention and trade show delegates from across the nation to the new $15 million Convention Center to be completed in time for its grand opening July 12 this year. Goofy left, with Disneyland’s World Ambassador Marcia Miner, Mickey and Pluto are next door neighbors in Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom.”

"Summer '67 at Disneyland" The Look Supplement Advertisement Featuring Marcia Miner, Appearing June 13, 1967
"Summer '67 at Disneyland" The Look Supplement Advertisement Featuring Marcia Miner, Appearing June 13, 1967

Marcia also had time to promote Walt Disney’s Disneyland for this campaign, and even donning a space helmet for the opening of McDonnell Douglas’ Flight to the Moon (photos published in Disney News magazine, during the Fall of 1967).

“There’s Always Something New at Disneyland” The Look Supplement Advertisement, (Appearing June 13, 1967)
“There’s Always Something New at Disneyland” The Look Supplement Advertisement, (Appearing June 13, 1967)
"Kodak Film" The Look Supplement Advertisement Featuring Marcia Miner, Appearing June 13, 1967
"Kodak Film" The Look Supplement Advertisement Featuring Marcia Miner, Appearing June 13, 1967
"Santa Fe" The Look Supplement Advertisement Featuring Marcia Miner, (Appearing June 13, 1967)
"Santa Fe" The Look Supplement Advertisement Featuring Marcia Miner, (Appearing June 13, 1967)

  1968 :  The finalists - Carla Blank, Jeannie Heaton, Peggie Fariss, Marcie Pickler and Sally Sherbin (all between the ages of 18 and 25) - met in Town Square and were presented bouquets of flowers. Then, the multi-lingual  Sally “Sausha” Sherbin  (

1968 : The finalists - Carla Blank, Jeannie Heaton, Peggie Fariss, Marcie Pickler and Sally Sherbin (all between the ages of 18 and 25) - met in Town Square and were presented bouquets of flowers. Then, the multi-lingual Sally “Sausha” Sherbin (a former Tour Guide and Carousel of Progress Hostess) was selected to represented the Park (and some 5,000 “Disneylanders”) as Disneyland Ambassador to the World. After being presented to the Anaheim City Council (and being named “Anaheim’s World Ambassador”), the Orange County Board of Supervisors named her “Orange County’s Official Ambassador.” One of her first duties came as she represented Walt Disney and Disneyland (as well as Anaheim and Orange County, California) in the Miami Orange Bowl Parade honoring “The Wonderful World of Color of Walt Disney”!

While at home, Sally had the pleasure of escorting several notable individuals! Sally escorted Florida Governor Claude R. Kirk, who had hosted her during the Miami Orange Bowl Parade. Sally escorted Laos Crown Prince Vong Savang (personally driving him around the Park). About this experience she recalled a “most embarrassing” moment to Disney News (Winter, 1967-1968): “‘The prince couldn’t speak English, but I knew French and we were so engrossed in conversation that I missed my turn driving the lead car and ran over Goofy’s foot - stalling the car on his long shoe, that is!’ Later, Prince Savang smilingly awarded Sally a Laotian good luck charm for being ‘the best driver in Disneyland’.”

Sally made a “guest appearance at… [the] Carnation Fun and Flavor Sweepstakes program. Altogether with Mickey Mouse, Sally and other members of Disneyland’s staff made more than 100 appearances on television, radio, and in-person at local supermarkets to assist the Carnation campaign,” according to “A Report To Disneyland Lessees, Summer ‘68.” This was a three-week-long promotion tour of the west, requiring a lot of traveling and appearances. Sally remembered one of her biggest challenges to “Disney News” (published Winter 1967-1968): “Probably the most challenging thing I’ve found is maintaining my enthusiasm on a 12-day tour, from city to city, from radio to TV station. Keeping myself in the same semblance that I started the tour with is the toughest…I love every minute of it, though.”

After the Carnation-Disneyland campaign, Sally left for New Zealand in order to help “inaugurate New Zealand Airlines and become that nation’s guest for a week.” Sally recalls, “One of the most exciting things I ever did was drive to Aukland from Tauranga, a 120-mile trip that involved driving on the left side of the road through a country that looked like something out of a fairy tale - it was all forests and hills.”

Sally also escorted Swedish Princess Margaretha during her visit to Disneyland. Sally also toured the South Seas, and even visited children’s hospitals during her term.

1969 : Shari Bescos (Koch) helped Host “Herbie Day at Disneyland.” Shari was also part of the Fantasy on ParadeTitle Unit (riding with the Guest Parade Grand Marshall). She soon travelled western states (like Oregon, Arizona, and California), and even helped judge a California Junior Miss Contest. Shari Bescos also travelled to “major Eastern cities, seven South American countries and such Far East destinations as Japan, Thailand, the Philippines, and Honk Kong,”according to “The Disneyland Dictionary.”

Pluto, Goofy and Ambassador Cathe Birk ready to promote ‘Festival Mexico’, c. 1970
Pluto, Goofy and Ambassador Cathe Birk ready to promote ‘Festival Mexico’, c. 1970

1970 : During mid-November of 1969, twenty-year-old Catherine Birk (a Paris, France native), was selected to become the new Ambassador to the World! Catherine was a fairly new employee (hired April of 1968). She was the last Ambassador to represent the company as a whole, because Walt Disney World would open the following year (with its very own Ambassador). Catherine remembers several highlights from her unique Ambassadorship this way :

“I was fortunate to travel in the U.S. I also spent 3 months traveling to 12 European countries.” As a sidelight, these countries included Ireland, France, Denmark, Spain, Switzerland, Germany, Belgium, Norway, Holland, England, Scotland, and Sweden. Catherine continues: “I met with a number of dignitaries in addition to making personal appearances, [and] providing TV and radio interviews. I hosted many special visitors st Disneyland. The most memorable and exciting was spending a day with Buzz Aldrin (a few months after his walk on the moon!) and two Russian cosmonauts [Major General Adrian G. Nikolayev and Vtali Ivanovich Svastyanov ; during October of 1970]. Something I will never forget.”

Photo :  Ambassador Catherine Birk visits Copenhagen (Above)
Photo : Ambassador Catherine Birk visits Copenhagen (Above)

Catherine had the opportunity to tour Europe during her Ambassadorship.
This is all very impressive, but Ambassadors weren’t just the face of Disneyland to international dignitaries. They also visited schools, senior centers, and hospitals, bringing joy and inspiration to the young, the old, and those that could not make the journey to Disneyland. On this very special note, Catherine Birk (1969 Disneyland Ambassador) shared one of these particularly memorable moments with us : “I visited many hospitals visiting children and bringing Disney characters with me to cheer them up. It wasn’t easy to see so many children struggling so much. I remember one paralyzed girl who had spent a long time in the hospital without ever speaking…until Mickey and I walked into her room. She smiled with such joy and said ‘Mickey Mouse’! All the attendants and nurses were crying. And so was I.”

Associated Press Photo
Associated Press Photo

The Original Press Caption (with a misspelling of Catherine’s Name) Reads : “Touring Soviet Spacemen, escorted by U.S. Astronaut Col. Edwin (Buzz) Aldrin, posed with Mickey Mouse and Disneyland ambassador Kathy Burke as they visited the famed amusement park at Anaheim, Calif., yesterday. Left to right : Maj. Gen. Adrian G. Nikolayev ; Aldrin; Vitali Ivanovich Sevastyanov ; Mickey and Kathy Burke. A sign behind the space trio read : “Moon Flight.”

Ambassador Catherine Birk, November of 1970
Ambassador Catherine Birk, November of 1970


1971 : Marva Dickson (Thomas)

1972 : The first time you met Emily Zinser Benedick may have been when she co-starred with other Disneyland Cast Members in “Disneyland Show Time,” aired 1970. Now, Emily became Disneyland Ambassador on November 26th, 1971, and was immediately busy with many responsibilities. One of her first local duties (during late December), was to give a personal tour of Disneyland to Kristy Lee, Queen of the 64th Portland Rose Festival. During the second week of January 1972, Emily made her first trip to Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom.

Disneyland 1972 Ambassador Emily Zinser Signed Thank You Note Walt Disney World, (1972)
Disneyland 1972 Ambassador Emily Zinser Signed Thank You Note Walt Disney World, (1972)

The following artifact [by the previous owner’s description] is “a vintage notecard inscribed in ballpoint pen and signed by Emily Zinser... the official 1972 Disneyland Ambassador.

Here, Emily sends a ‘thank you’ note to Ben Harris, a member of the Walt Disney World Ambassador selection committee (and previously, on the committee for Disneyland's Ambassadors).”

[As a sidelight, Ben Harris was a former Disneyland employee who operated the trains of the Santa Fe & Disneyland Railroad, including the Viewliner Train of Tomorrow. He went on to become assistant to Disneyland Entertainment Director Tommy Walker, and for seven years he served on the early three-person panels to select ‘Miss Disneyland’, an early form of the Disneyland Ambassador Program. By 1972, Ben briefly relocated to Florida in order to support the realization of Walt Disney World. At some point before Ben Harris departed from the company, he was instrumental in the arrangements made for Disneyland Ambassador Emily Zinser’s stay during her East Coast Ambassador training program.]. [After returning home], Emily thanks Ben for the resort's support in hosting her for her first visit to Walt Disney World following the October 1971 grand opening.]

“The card was sent to Ben's attention at the Polynesian Village resort but was forwarded to his new office at the Contemporary Resort Hotel. Notably, the card's design was later used by Disneyland to promote the park's 20th Anniversary season in 1975.”

Disneyland 1972 Ambassador Emily Zinser Signed Thank You Note Walt Disney World, (1972)
Disneyland 1972 Ambassador Emily Zinser Signed Thank You Note Walt Disney World, (1972)


On January 15th, Emily was Grand Marshall in a parade celebrating the tenth anniversary of Villa Park (a neighboring landlocked community of Orange County). The humanitarian work of Disneyland Ambassadors would continue for a number of years. In 1972, Ambassador Emily Zinser would visit patients of an orthopedic hospital along with her friend Mickey Mouse. During the Fall of 1972, Jim Hicklin (of KMPC Radio’s Airwatch News Reporter) welcomed his first honorary flying bear (Liverlips of Bear Country) aboard his helicopter. Disneyland Ambassador Emily Zinser, Mickey Mouse, Wendell, and Shaker were on hand for the celebration and small ceremony in honor of the flying reporter. Emily also hosted events for Disneyland employees, like the Lead Foreman “End-of-Summer-Dinner”, held during the Fall of 1972, for more than 2,000 Food Service Division Park Employees. April 8th, 1973, Emily also hosted the special opening of The Walt Disney Story (presented by Gulf Oil), meeting with the late Walt Disney’s wife - Lillian Disney Truyens!

Disneyland Ambassador Emily Zinser with the San Diego Gulls, 1973
Disneyland Ambassador Emily Zinser with the San Diego Gulls, 1973

1973 : Bonnie Drury Cook was named Disneyland Ambassador (representing Disneyland and Walt Disney Studios), on November 16th, after which she would appear in the Macy’s Thanksgiving Day Parade in New York, on November 22nd and the Orange Bowl in Miami, Florida. Bonnie’s first tour was of local television stations in Bakersfield and Fresno, after which she was featured on local news broadcasts. Bonnie made many official visits - to Japan, Taiwan, Hong Kong, Philippines, Thailand, Singapore, Indonesia, and Australia, but one of her most memorable experiences happened in California. Bonnie had the pleasure to collect Toys For Tots on the streets of San Francisco (starting at 4am) aboard a fire truck, and hold a koala bear in her arms. Another notable experience occurred when she had the pleasure to serve as Hostess to the Queen of Thailand. After her year as Disneyland Ambassador, Bonnie went on to serve as a programmer for a local independent television station.

1974 : Carol DeKeyser Masters got her start in the Foods Division in 1970, working at Carnation Plaza Gardens. Carol first applied in 1973, was chosen as a finalist for the title. Upon not being selected that year, she decided to try again, and was selected as Disneyland’s 1974 Ambassador to the World. Carol had the pleasure of helping inaugurate Disneyland’s newest attraction America Sings! During 1974, Carol DeKeyser would go on to “extend friendship and special greetings from Disneyland all over the world”. When President Gerald Ford’s son John visited Disneyland, he took a ride aboard Dumbo with Ambassador Carol DeKeyser. Upon reflection, Carol especially felt rewarded over visiting youngsters in the children’s hospitals, alongside Mickey Mouse, and bringing the young children a smile. After her Ambassadorship, Carol would go on to serve the Park as a Club 33 Hostess for a time.

1975 : Kathy (Smith) Hall hosted the first ruling Japanese monarch - Emperor Hirohito. She recollected memorizing so many things - who every one of the visiting dignitaries were, where each of them would sit, and even the Latin names of all the plants and trees in Disneyland (because the Emperor was a renowned botanist). She recalls constantly memorizing regulations, laws and facts during her term. Kathy would go onto serve as Market Development Specialist for the Magic Kingdom Club.

1976 : Christina Schendel Walker (1976 Disneyland Ambassador) held the title during a very special time in Disneyland history - that of Disneyland’s celebration of the American Bicentennial! She went on to a career as a Marketing representative. When asked about her favorite Walt Disney quote, she often replied, “He was once asked what his favorite creation was, and Walt replied, ‘A smile on a child’s face’”, according to Disneyland LINE. Sometime after her service she had the opportunity to share a scrapbook of her globe-trotting adventures in the Ambassador Program (persevered in newspaper clippings and photos) with fellow Cast Members in the Center!

1977 : From the castle moat, actress Julie Sommars heralded Susan Donald Edwards (attractions Hostess in Tomorrowland) as 1977 Disneyland Ambassador to the World. A luncheon at Main Street Plaza Inn offered member of the press to formally meet the newest Ambassador to the World. After the official ceremonies, Susan Donald rode in a carriage (drove by Day Sechler, Area Supervisor of Disneyland Pony Farm) down Main Street U.S.A., part of a parade held inter honor. In November Susan was off to Walt Disney World to train alongside Debbie Bennett (the newest Walt Disney World Ambassador), and then the duo headed back to Disneyland for their west coast Training. Television and radio interviews, good will visits to hospitals (including a meeting with the Oregon State Governor) along a Washington/Oregon tour, and community celebrations (like Disneyland’s Japanese Festival), are just a few examples of Ambassador Susan Donald’s activities! Susan had the pleasure to act as Hostess to some of Walt Disney’s personal friends like Mervyn LeRoy, and even traveled to Manilla to promote The Shaggy D.A., and took a good will trip to Tokyo Disneyland!

1978 : On Friday November 11, 1977 (at 11 a.m.), four Disneyland Ambassador to the World Finalists assembled at Walt Disney World, for Disneyland’s 14th Ambassador to the World selection ceremonies held in Cinderella’s Castle Forecourt. Actress Sandy Duncan (The Cat From Outer Space) presiding as “Mistress of Ceremonies”. Tricia Clark, Raellen Lescault, Gail McKenzie and Laurel Whitcomb were participating finalists. Entertainment included singing and musical arrangements performed by the Disneyland Band and the Kids of the Kingdom.
Ambassador Raellen Lescault Weiler was selected as Disneyland Ambassador, and during the months of November and the first week of December, she and Walt Disney World Ambassador Vicki Jaramillio enjoyed three weeks of extensive training together at Disneyland and Walt Disney World in Florida. Ambassador Raellen Lescault Weiler travelled to New Zealand to promote Walt Disney Studios films being released there! She and her traveling companion (Goofy) made several presentations to various dignitaries on behalf of Walt Disney Productions. Raellen toured Portland, Oregon (including Pendleton Woolen Mills, Mt. Hood, and the U.S.S. Sterett) after which she was named Honorary Grand Marshall of the Portland Rose Festival for the Grand Floral Parade.

For the first time ever, Raellen and four Ambassadors served as commentators along the route of Disneyland’s Traditional Old-Fashioned Easter Parade of 1978. Raellen also had the pleasure of meeting the Prime Minister of Denmark, the King and Queen of Malaysia, and the Royal Family of Nepal. During June she hosted the Ambassador of Bangladesh, the Swiss Ambassador’s wife and daughter, and the Prince of Thailand. Raellen also assisted with a Disneyland LINE article (published August of 1978), about the Disneyland Bakery, and she had the pleasure of modeling the light-weight and comfortable Pendleton Woolen Mill’s new sheer wool line in a photo advertisement published in Vacationland magazine during the Spring of 1979.

“You Could Be The 1979 Disneyland Ambassador”, 1978
“You Could Be The 1979 Disneyland Ambassador”, 1978

These informational brochures did more than pique Cast Member curiosity in the starring role, but they also served as year books, containing some photographic highlights for the previous still current Disneyland Ambassador.

“You Could Be The 1979 Disneyland Ambassador”, 1978
“You Could Be The 1979 Disneyland Ambassador”, 1978
“You Could Be The 1979 Disneyland Ambassador”, 1978
“You Could Be The 1979 Disneyland Ambassador”, 1978
“You Could Be The 1979 Disneyland Ambassador”, 1978
“You Could Be The 1979 Disneyland Ambassador”, 1978
Ambassador Information Tea Form, 1978
Ambassador Information Tea Form, 1978

Pictured Above : Disneyland Cast Members considering applying for the role of Disneyland Ambassador would fill out this form to attend the Ambassador Informational Tea held at Disneyland University.

1979:
Leona cohosted the Walt Disney World Golf Classic alongside three other Ambassador finalists. After returning home, Leona Dombroske was named 1979/1980 Disneyland Ambassador in a special ceremony at Space Mountain Theater! She served during the Disneyland 25 Family Reunion celebration year, and according to her statement recorded in a brochure (during 1980), “I attended many affairs here in the Park, and had the opportunity to work many departments, such as adverting, promotions, publicity, public relations, participant development, community affairs, employee relations, and entertainment.” All of this work was carried out amidst four international trips, meeting so many different people, and spanning 67,000 miles by half of her year! By then she had travelled to New Zealand. Leona also visited the Alkmaar Cheese Market, Heineken Brewery, engaged in a television interview at the Flora-Disney Theater (in Amsterdam), and toured a working windmill (in Holland) via KLM Royal Dutch Airlines. Leona also made two trips to Singapore (one aboard Singapore Airlines’ inaugural flight from LAX to Singapore), stopping over in Honolulu, Tokyo, Guam, Hong Kong, and Montreal. Back home, she had the privilege and honor to visit children confined to local hospitals, help musician Count Basie celebrate his 75th year, welcome new Disneyland Participant Polaroid (manufacturer of her new Polaroid camera which she brought along in her journeys), and speak at the Disneyland Annual Community Service Awards ceremony and banquet!

Disneyland LINE Excerpt, (published March 1, 1979)
Disneyland LINE Excerpt, (published March 1, 1979)

1980 : Disneyland LINE (August 14, 1980) advertised “You could be the 1981 Disneyland Ambassador to the World.” This year’s Ambassador Nancy Englert Murray had been with Disneyland since 1973. She presented highlights of her year at the Ambassador Tea event held August 25 thru 29, 1980. During her ceremony, the 22-year-old Tomorrowland attraction hostess was presented a bouquet of flowers by The Black Hole star Joseph Bottoms.

1981 : “Four Hostesses were named finalists” in the “1981 Ambassador to the World Program on Tuesday, October 7. Entertainment Division Hostess Donna Hogle (of Huntington Beach), Guest Relations Hostess Roberta Nedry (of Garden Grove), Adventureland Foods Hostess Naomi Otsubo (of Fountain Valley), and Guest Relations Hostess Willie Van Der Zwaag (of Ontario) travelled to “Walt Disney World for the Walt Disney World Golf Classic before returning to California for that breathtaking moment when” the 1981 Ambassador to the World was announced on November 5th. The 1981 Disneyland Ambassador - Willie Vander Zwaag (Burckle) had previously been selected as a Tour Guide of the Year finalist in 1978 and 1980. After hard work and patience, Willie Van Der Zwaag (of Ontario, California) was named the 17th “Emissary of Goodwill” in a ceremony taking place Wednesday morning, November 5th, 1980. Presiding over the ceremony was actor Elliott Gould, Mickey Mouse, and 1980 Ambassador Nancy Englert to “pass the crop”. Past Disneyland Ambassadors “Connie Lane, Sasha Sherbin, Sheri Bescos Koch, Marva Dickson Thomas, Emily Zinser, Bonnie Drury Cook, Carol DeKeyser, Christina Schendel Walker, Susan Donalds Edwards, Raellen Lescault, and Leona Dombroski” appeared according to Disneyland LINE (Vol.12, No. 46 ; published November 13, 1980). Trumpeters from atop Main Street Station, a performance of “It Takes People” by the Kids of the Kingdom, and a colorful balloon release signified the crowning of the 17th “emissary of goodwill”, and new Disneyland “Ambassador to the World”! Willie welcomed heads of state and dignitaries to Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom. As Ambassador to the World, Wille Van Der Zwaag even welcomed Elaine, a new 1800 lb. chestnut Belgian mare foal as she arrived at Disneyland Circle D Ranch.

1982 : Joanne Crawford was announced As the newest Disneyland Ambassador on the cover of Disneyland LINE (Vol.13, No.44, November 5, 1981). She Was visited by Walt Disney World 1982 Ambassador Jeanne Thiele (during the Ambassador Training Program), and then swiftly departed for her tour of Walt Disney World in early December. During her Ambassadorship, Joanne visited Walt Disney’s hometown of Marceline, Missouri, visited young patients of a Minneapolis hospital, appeared on one of Portland’s local Channel 8 News broadcasts, would travel from Singapore to Germany, and even appear at the White House!

As a sidelight, Cicely Rigdon (who had been with the Guest Relations Department for 20 years by now, and was acting Guest Relations Area Stage Supervisor) became Ambassador Coordinator of the Ambassador Program in 1982. According to Disneyland LINE (Vol. 16, No. 13 ; March 29, 1984), she had “travelled all over the world with our Ambassadors and Mickey Mouse.” This was a role that Cicely fulfilled (alongside 13 Ambassadors) from 1982, until her retirement in 1994. After her retirement, Cicely was honored with a window above the Disney Showcase Shop which reads “Ambassador Finishing School ; Cicely Rigdon ; Instructor.”

1983 : Disneyland Ambassador Mindy Wilson (Fisher) described her activity during 1983 to Disneyland LINE writers. During November of 1983, Mindy helped ready Ellen for her Ambassador training, presented a live Christmas tree to the people of Los Angeles, visited schools celebrating Mickey Mouse’s 55th birthday, and acted as a master of Ceremonies for “our Distinguished Service Awards Banquet”. She adds, “In December, our Family Christmas Party, ‘Operation Christmas’, the opening of the Disney Glendale Theater and our Candlelight Ceremony kept me very busy.” Mindy had the opportunity to meet Mrs. Disney, tour New Zealand and Australia and meet New Zealand’s Prime Minister Brian Muldoon, and meet Delegations from the People’s Republic of China. She also participated in the opening of New Fantasyland and Tokyo Disneyland. There is no doubt, that “each day has brought a new experience”, according to Mindy!

Disneyland Ambassador Ellen Coleman Marchese, (1984)
Disneyland Ambassador Ellen Coleman Marchese, (1984)

1984 : Ellen Coleman (Marchese) (an age 21 Tour Guide in Guest Relations), was chosen to be the 20th Ambassador of the World! Ellen was a resident if Whittier, California, a graduate of Cal State Fullerton, and a major in communications.

Children of Children’s World Preschool (in Oregon) are visited by Disneyland Ambassador Melissa Tyler and Mickey Mouse
Children of Children’s World Preschool (in Oregon) are visited by Disneyland Ambassador Melissa Tyler and Mickey Mouse

1985 : Melissa Tyler (Wackerman) was on hand Saturday, August 24th, to welcome Disneyland’s 250-millionth guest (three-year-old Brooks), and parents Bruce and Connie Burr.

1986 : Barbara Warren served as the magic kingdom’s 22nd emissary - Ambassador to the World! She spread goodwill while acting as the park’s official hostess, escorting visiting dignitaries, traveling through the United States and abroad, and serving as Disneyland’s official spokesperson!

1987 : Kendra Howell

1988 Disneyland Ambassador Semi-Finalist Certificate of Appreciation
1988 Disneyland Ambassador Semi-Finalist Certificate of Appreciation

To be selected as a Disneyland Ambassador Semi-Finalist was no small thing, and even these exceptional runners-up of Disneyland’s Cast Members were appreciated!

“Ever Wonder?”, Ambassador Application Brochure, 1988
“Ever Wonder?”, Ambassador Application Brochure, 1988
“Ever Wonder?”, Ambassador Application Brochure, 1988
“Ever Wonder?”, Ambassador Application Brochure, 1988

This page of the “Ever Wonder” brochure (published 1988) is dedicated to Disneyland Ambassadors of years past! It is most personally enjoyable to note the change of fashion - from plaid green patterns, to those patriotic “mod” designs (around the American Bicentennial), and then back to those fashionable Pendleton plaids (i.e. coats and skirts) yet again!

1988 : Ambassador to the World Carolyn Long served during the second season of Disneyland State Fair, hosting the Miss America runners up, as they visited Disneyland in honor of their home states! Carolyn enjoyed meeting famous Cast Members and learning about the company during her term. Highlights of Carolyn’s Ambassadorship included meeting Michael Eisner at Walt Disney Studios, travelling to Discovery Island, and (alongside Walt Disney World Ambassador Susan Anderson Kuhnlein and Tokyo Disneyland Ambassador Miwako) visiting the historic Asakusa District in Japan!

1989 : In 1989, Ambassador Wendy Freeland Schoeman would visit Mercy Hospital in Williston, North Dakota, where she would introduce patients (like young Matthew Peterson) to Mickey, Minnie, and Goofy. Her schedule was full of so many additional humanitarian events. In Line (August 4, 1989 ; Volume 21, Number 31), she shared just a few of these thoughts :

“The past few months have been exciting and busy! In May, the Creativity Challenge awards ceremony took place at Videopolis, where students from the Orange County area were recognized for their talents and fine arts. Disneyland also was the stage for the Children’s Miracle Network Telethon, which was viewed nationwide and, for the first time this year in Russia and China.

In June, I participated in the Portland Rose Festival where I had the opportunity to ride in the Rose Parade and attend festival events. In July, I traveled to Minneapolis for the Aquatennial.

Recently, I was the official Hostess to the President of Portugal, Dr. Mario Soares, as he visited Disneyland. The President and his wife were extremely nice and had a delightful day in the Magic Kingdom.”

1990 : Jennifer Faust had the pleasure of presenting Joe Montana (San Francisco 49ers Quarterback) with a special trophy of Mickey Mouse wearing a No. 16 jersey.

Disneyland Ambassador Brochure, 1990
Disneyland Ambassador Brochure, 1990
Disneyland Ambassador Brochure, 1990
Disneyland Ambassador Brochure, 1990
Disneyland Ambassador Brochure, 1990
Disneyland Ambassador Brochure, 1990
Disneyland Ambassador Brochure, 1990
Disneyland Ambassador Brochure, 1990
Disneyland Ambassador Brochure, 1990
Disneyland Ambassador Brochure, 1990
Disneyland Ambassador Brochure, 1990
Disneyland Ambassador Brochure, 1990
Disneyland Ambassador Brochure, 1990
Disneyland Ambassador Brochure, 1990

1991 : The 1991 Ambassador finalists were announced in Disneyland LINE Vol.22, No.36 (published September 7, 1990). Jill Ornelas Dowd was announced! Disneyland Ambassadors around the world (Disneyland Ambassador Jill Ornelas, Disney World Ambassador Kerry Kalus, Tokyo Disneyland Ambassador Ayari Nakamura and Euro Disney Ambassador Sabine Marcos) gathered for the Walt Disney World Resort 20th Anniversary! Jill was featured on the cover of Disneyland LINE (Volume 22, Number 44) published November 2, 1990.

1992 : Ambassador Suzanne Palmiter Campbell (21 years old) served as the 1992 “Ambassador to the World” - the 28th Park Ambassador! She was announced by Jack Lindquist, with a ceremony held at the Magic Kingdom in Anaheim, and was featured on the cover of Disneyland LINE magazine (November 1, 1991 ; Vol. 23, No. 45). Suzanne was a former Critter Country Restaurants Hostess, Lead and Trainer. She was a Disney University Leader, escorted dignitaries, spoke on radio and television, and traveled through the United States and abroad. But perhaps her most memorable honor was representing Disneyland at the April 12th opening of Euro Disney in France!

1993 : Ambassador Finalists (Kathryn Byrne, Sacha Jackson, Wendi Waldron, and Kathleen Mitts) were chosen from among Disneylanders during the fall of 1992. Kathleen Mitts was chosen!

1994 : Bonnie Delehoy

1995 : This year saw a Disneyland Ambassador Team of three selected - Gerry Aquino, Julia Onder Bannon and Michelle Tryon. Of very special note in 1995, was the honoring of Cicely Rigdon with a Main Street Window over the China Closet. The honor was well earned, for Cicely’s efforts in developing the Tour Program, managing the Ambassador Program, in addition to other contributions to the magic of Disneyland Guest Relations. The window reads: “Ambassador Finishing School, Cicely Rigdon, Instructor.”

1996 : The Disneyland Ambassador Team of four consisted of Chris Allen, Gina Armendariz, Janet Tanasugarn, and Heather Thompson Putnam!

1996 Disneyland Ambassador Pen
1996 Disneyland Ambassador Pen

Pens like this were created for Disneyland Ambassador Team Members like Janet Tanasugarn.

1996 Disneyland Ambassador Team Highlights
1996 Disneyland Ambassador Team Highlights
1996 Disneyland Ambassador Team Highlights
1996 Disneyland Ambassador Team Highlights

1997 : Ten Ambassador Finalists were chosen on October 25, 1996 - Gary De Vaughn, Cathie Milam, Mitch Henyan, Christina Mc George, Jeff Sekido, Heather Beach, Robyn Schatz, Isabel Lopez, John Van Winkle, and Geryl Anderson. Once final selections were made, the 1997 Ambassador Team was announced in a ceremony on Wednesday, November 20th! Mickey and Disneyland President Paul Pressler announced the Disneyland Ambassador Team during November of 1996 - Robyn Schatz Sarvis (Guest Services), Christina Mc George DeFrancesco (Disneyland Pacific Hotel), and Cathie Milam (Guest Relations).

“1997 Ambassador Team Application” (Front)
“1997 Ambassador Team Application” (Front)
“1997 Ambassador Team Application” (Back)
“1997 Ambassador Team Application” (Back)
“1997 Ambassador Team Schedule for Applicants”
“1997 Ambassador Team Schedule for Applicants”
“1997 Ambassador Team Schedule for Finalists”
“1997 Ambassador Team Schedule for Finalists”

1998 : Oscar Carrasco, Dorothy Stratton

2003 : Matt Ebeling

Disney Parks Cast Member 20 Year Award.
Disney Parks Cast Member 20 Year Award.

According to one source, these pins were awarded by Ambassadors, to Disney Parks Cast Members upon achieving their 20th year of service. We are in currently search of more information about this pin.

Cast Member Ambassador Pin Given To A Fellow Cast Member to Mark a Special Occassion, (Released 1999)
Cast Member Ambassador Pin Given To A Fellow Cast Member to Mark a Special Occassion, (Released 1999)

1999 - 2000 : Dorell Mitter and Jennifer Simis

2000 - 2001 : Heri Garcia and Doina Roman Osborne

2002 : Matt Ebeling

2003 : Daina Baker

Ambassador Program Logo Pin, (2002)
Ambassador Program Logo Pin, (2002)
"50 Years of Goodwill" Medallion (Front), 2015
"50 Years of Goodwill" Medallion (Front), 2015

During 2015, this special medal was presented to former Disneyland Ambassador Julie Reihm Casaletto in celebration of the Disneyland Ambassador program’s 50th “magical milestone” year!

"50 Years of Goodwill" Medallion (Back), 2015
"50 Years of Goodwill" Medallion (Back), 2015

Now, I would like to present a few “sidelights” about this amazing "50 Years of Goodwill" Medallion that was presented Miss Julie Reihm!

•The banner reading “1965 - 2015” alludes to 50 years (since) the very first Ambassador of Goodwill! The ends of the same banner feature two sets of initials “WD” (Walt Disney) and “JL” (Jack Lindquist) in honor of the two individuals to which the Ambassador Program owes its existence!

•The outer rim of the medallion features the initials of all 50 Disneyland Ambassadors from 1965 to 2015! Look for “JR” (Julie Reihm) and note the initials of all subsequent Disneyland Ambassadors of Goodwill listed consecutively in a clockwise fashion.

•The bottom half of the medallion showcases five Disneyland logos associated with the Disneyland Ambassador Program (counter-clockwise) : 1. The logo seen on current Disneyland Guide pins - Tinker Bell sprinkling pixie dust over Sleeping Beauty Castle, 2. The Disneyland Ambassador Program Coat of Arms, 3. The Original Disneyland Tour Guide emblem of Tinker Bell (without a wand) was featured on the original Disneyland Guide Pins, 4. the Disneyland Resort Coat of Arms, and 5. The Walt Disney World Ambassador Program emblem.

•Lastly, the center of the medallion features the recognizable “Partners Statue” in the center of a Compass Rose!

Official Disneyland Ambassador "D" Pin.
Official Disneyland Ambassador "D" Pin.
Official Disneyland 50th Ambassador Prototype "D" Pin, 2015
Official Disneyland 50th Ambassador Prototype "D" Pin, 2015

The look of the Disneyland Ambassador “D” Pins changed rarely over the years. One example are the special Disneyland Ambassador “D” Pins which were manufactured for the celebration of Disneyland’s 50th year in 2005.

Ambassadors of the World making magic with other VIP Guests at Disney D23 Expo.
Ambassadors of the World making magic with other VIP Guests at Disney D23 Expo.
  You may wonder -  “What’s the difference between the Disneyland Guides and Disneyland Hosts & Hostesses?”    The terms “Hosts” and “Hostesses” actually have their origin with the Disneyland Model first employed during the 1955 opening of the Pa

You may wonder - “What’s the difference between the Disneyland Guides and Disneyland Hosts & Hostesses?”

The terms “Hosts” and “Hostesses” actually have their origin with the Disneyland Model first employed during the 1955 opening of the Park! The terms were part of the “radical concepts” that distinguished Disneyland from other amusement parks. Technically, all Disneyland Cast Members are considered “hosts and hostess,” according to training booklets and even sanctioned publications like “Walt Disney Disneyland,” pages 58, printed by Officine Grafiche Arnoldo Mondadori - Verona; first published 1964.

Still, according to Disneyland nomenclature, the term can apply to a Cast Member of Disneyland Guest Relations, which will be elucidated below. Despite similarities in their wardrobe, there is actually a big difference between the type of tours lead by the two Guest Relations groups - Guides and Hosts & Hostesses.

•Disneyland Guides are currently trained to conduct at least one type of Disneyland Tour (i.e. “Cultivating the Magic”, “Happiest Holidays”, or “Walk In Walt’s Disneyland Footsteps”). Disneyland Tour Guides may grow so proficient at performing their role of leading a particular Disneyland Tour, that they may even be assigned to regularly lead groups though such a tour. In the present, they may lead a Tour Group comprised of (up to) 25 guests.

•Disneyland Hosts and Disneyland Hostesses were an added tier of Disneyland Tour Guides with their foundations in the late 1960s. While Disneyland Tour Guides led large Tour Groups, Disneyland V.I.P. Hostesses differed, in that they offered Guided Tour services to smaller groups or individuals interested in exploring Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom.

While we are in the subject, you may wonder “Who is considered a V.I.P. at Disneyland?” One publication prepared for Disneyland Cast Members answered that question clearly, in the following way : “Everyone's a V.I.P. Since our opening, Disneyland has entertained dignitaries from around the world. We are the place that presidents and celebrities insist on visiting. Of course, we are happy to entertain these famous people, but we consider every guest a V.I.P. a Very Important Person. We have invited them to visit us. We entertain them one at a time, with the same consistent courtesy.”

With that in mind, we better understand the role of Disneyland Hostesses and Disneyland Hosts, who are currently trained (and carry the adequate knowledge and capability) to offer the service of a Private V.I.P. Guide to a maximum of 10 Disneyland guests per Host or Hostess.

Disneyland VIP Host concept by Tom Pierce
Disneyland VIP Host concept by Tom Pierce

Costumes are usually created by the Disneyland Wardrobe Department, with occasional help from studio artists. Decades after the Royal Stuart Tartan plaid pattern was selected by Cicely Rigdon, it was utilized again for Host slacks.

Official Disneyland Host “D” Pin
Official Disneyland Host “D” Pin

Disneyland Hosts and Disneyland Hostesses are dedicated to making your first and subsequent visits a very pleasant and treasured experience! Once Disneyland Hosts and Disneyland Hostesses are trained (and carry the adequate knowledge and capability) to lead offer the service of a V.I.P. Guide to a maximum of 10 Disneyland guests in one group, they earn their Host “D” pin! Today, Disneyland Tour Guides and Disneyland Hosts & Disneyland Hostesses are still readily distinguished by their wardrobe, which includes a “D” pin bearing the title (Host, Hostess, or Guide) of their distinguished starring role in Disneyland’s show!

Disneyland Hostess “D” Tribute Pin inspired by the Hostess pin.
Disneyland Hostess “D” Tribute Pin inspired by the Hostess pin.

Once Disneyland Hostesses are likewise trained (and carry the adequate knowledge and capability) to lead offer the service of a V.I.P. Guide to a maximum of 10 Disneyland guests in one group, they too earn their Hostess “D” pin!

Disneyland VIP Host concept by Tom Pierce, c. 1980s - 1990s
Disneyland VIP Host concept by Tom Pierce, c. 1980s - 1990s

A designer, worked with infinite care to design the apparel that Cast Members wore. In looking over this drawing of a V.I.P. Host costume, I am reminded of the encouraging words printed in one edition of “Its Been My Pleasure” : “Your costume, created by our Disney artists and the Disneyland Wardrobe Department, was designed to fit the role that you play in our Disneyland Show. It's essential that you wear it as the designer planned it.”

Disneyland VIP Host Tartan Fabric Swatch by Tom Pierce, c. 1980s - 1990s
Disneyland VIP Host Tartan Fabric Swatch by Tom Pierce, c. 1980s - 1990s
Disneyland VIP Host Red Fabric Swatch by Tom Pierce, c. 1980s - 1990s
Disneyland VIP Host Red Fabric Swatch by Tom Pierce, c. 1980s - 1990s

This is a swatch of fabric similar to that utilized to create vests of c. 1960s Disneyland Guides. This particular swatch of fabric was once suggested for the blazers of c. 1980s Disneyland Hosts!

 As long ago as the early “trial-run” days of the  Disneyland Guided Tour  (c. 1958), guests could acquire a Guide near the  Disneyland Main Gate Entrance . Guests would be able to purchase a Disneyland Guided Tour package from one of the Ticket Kios

As long ago as the early “trial-run” days of the Disneyland Guided Tour (c. 1958), guests could acquire a Guide near the Disneyland Main Gate Entrance. Guests would be able to purchase a Disneyland Guided Tour package from one of the Ticket Kiosks even before entering the Disneyland Main Gate Entrance. Soon, plaid-clad Disneyland Tour Guides (draped in red capes on cold winter days) were often found waiting for guests who were willing to embark on a tour of Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom. In addition, the Staff found at the Information Kiosks (located around Main Street) were veritable “walking, talking information booths, answering phones and correspondence,” providing direction and other general information to guests. Guests asked general questions about DISNEYLAND, granting opportunity to assist by responding in a positive manner.

   “For Your Information” -   While Disneylanders had to know the nearest location of Restrooms, Telephones, Mail Boxes, Purchasing of Film, etc., Gift Stands in all Lands once administered information about Disneyland.

“For Your Information” - While Disneylanders had to know the nearest location of Restrooms, Telephones, Mail Boxes, Purchasing of Film, etc., Gift Stands in all Lands once administered information about Disneyland.

Disneyland Information Booth (Seen to the Right)
Disneyland Information Booth (Seen to the Right)

The Disneyland Guided Tour Headquarters (or “tour station” as referred to in “A World of Smiles” ; 1965) would also be set in various locations - first, near the Pablum Baby Station at the North end of Main Street U.S.A., far from its present location near the tunnels on Main Steet U.S.A.

Information Kiosk Trinket Box.
Information Kiosk Trinket Box.

The Dispatch Desk
The Dispatch Desk

During 1960, there was a Tour Guide Desk located in the Plaza Area.

By 1961 (and within three years after the start of the Guided Tour guest service), a Guided Tours kiosk (serving as a “Dispatch Desk” of sorts) was stationed near Disneyland City Hall. Guests were genuinely greeted by a Hostess here and then (with great patience), the tour was explained. Then they were sent a few feet away, to the Guided Tour Registration Area (on the steps, left of Disneyland City Hall). This was where guests “checked in” and wait for their Guided Tour to begin.

The Old Police Department Exhibit (and porch) has been designated for Disneyland Guided Tours.
The Old Police Department Exhibit (and porch) has been designated for Disneyland Guided Tours.

Disneyland Hosts and Hostesses were usually well aware of general information regarding restaurants, shows, parades, events, and directions, and (not withstanding the attractive INA Carefree Corner hostesses) the Disneyland Tour Guides found at the Guided Tours kiosk were “the creme of the crop” in this regard - veritable “Information Experts”! Disneyland City Hall had always been the main site of a “help desk” (when Disneyland first opened), but this new Guided Tours Kiosk (or, “dispatching desk”) located to the left of City Hall, was also dedicated to providing information to guests, and offering Disneyland Guided Tours.

Now, as the popularity of the Disneyland Guided Tour was on the rise during the early 1960s, there became a need for a larger waiting area for guests.

  “Guided Tours Garden, Herb Ryman. Circa 1961. The equestrian-inspired architecture ties in with the jockey-themed costumes.”  Eventually  Guided Tour Gardens  was established as a hub for all Disneyland Park Tours. Guests entering Disneyland were r

“Guided Tours Garden, Herb Ryman. Circa 1961. The equestrian-inspired architecture ties in with the jockey-themed costumes.” Eventually Guided Tour Gardens was established as a hub for all Disneyland Park Tours. Guests entering Disneyland were reminded : “If you’re holding a ticket for one of our informative Guided Tours, you’ll find the Tour Garden just to the left of City Hall.” Here, Guests awaiting their Disneyland Guided Tour could rest on the benches in the cool shaded area, to the right of Disneyland City Hall.

Guests Relax and Get Refreshment in the Guided Tour Garden receptions area, 1965.
Guests Relax and Get Refreshment in the Guided Tour Garden receptions area, 1965.

Before the tour began, this was the place where Guides took the “opportunity to meet each person individually”. At this location, tickets were collected from each person as they entered Disneyland’s staging area. While waiting for their tour to begin, pictorial Disneyland Souvenir Guides (like “Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland”) were distributed to each person participating in the Guided Tour, and guests would write their names and present home states on their Identification Tags. If anyone would like to purchase film before the Guided Tour began, the nearby Souvenir Stand carried a full stock of several kinds. In the remaining meantime (before the tour departed), Hostesses took the opportunity to mingle with their guests and establish a “friendly atmosphere” under the cool shade of the trellis.

A Guest Relations Location near the Kan Kan Pet Motel as depicted on “Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland” Map Excerpt, c. 1968 - 1972
A Guest Relations Location near the Kan Kan Pet Motel as depicted on “Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland” Map Excerpt, c. 1968 - 1972
The Disneyland Dictionary Definition of “Guided Tour Garden”, WED Enterprises, Inc., Late 1960's
The Disneyland Dictionary Definition of “Guided Tour Garden”, WED Enterprises, Inc., Late 1960's

On November 25th, 1964, Ben Harris (Production), C. Romero (Assistant WED Treasurer), Roland Crump (Assistant Art Director), and M. Clark (WED Treasurer) met for lunch, in order to discuss “Tour Guide Modifications & New Booth.”

By 1965, one contributor to “World of Smiles” (published for Guided Tour Hostesses) shared: “Looking to the future, we see a new dispatching desk for the Tour Garden.” Soon (in 1965), Guided Tour Gardens received a new Dispatching Desk, while the Disneyland Guided Tour received modifications in the form of a new route as well as new stations. Despite all this, Disneyland Tour Guides staffed two to three Disneyland Guest Relations locations in 1974, when INA Insurance Company departed from the Carefree Corner near the Central Plaza Hub.

The Guided Tour Gardens Dispatch Desk Booth.
The Guided Tour Gardens Dispatch Desk Booth.
Alice, Mad Hatter and Guests Near Guided Tours Garden, 1971.
Alice, Mad Hatter and Guests Near Guided Tours Garden, 1971.
Tour Guide Garden & Guides Lounge Landscape Plan & Twenty Scale Plot Plan by Weldon Paige; 1968.
Tour Guide Garden & Guides Lounge Landscape Plan & Twenty Scale Plot Plan by Weldon Paige; 1968.

“Audience Waiting Areas” are especially designed as part of the attraction to make the guest's time waiting in line as comfortable as possible.

Guided Tour Gardens Entryway
Guided Tour Gardens Entryway

You may recall that the Disneyland Guided Tour was originally intended for non-peak attendance periods (like the winter season). Speaking of the winter season, it looks as if the neighboring floral bed is decorated with poinsettia for winter season - a lovely place to meet your Disneyland Hostess!

Rebecca Statue in English Guided Tour Garden.
Rebecca Statue in English Guided Tour Garden.

During the 1990s you may recall seeing a statue in Tour Gardens. According to “Did You Know” (published 1991), “The statue in the Tour Gardens [was]… a statue of Rebecca which was copied. Emile Kuri wanted to get a statue that wasn’t copied as much as Rebecca but never got around to it.”

As You Look Over These Sam McKim Map Excerpts, Note Several Locations Which Tour Guides Could Be Found Thru The Years!
As You Look Over These Sam McKim Map Excerpts, Note Several Locations Which Tour Guides Could Be Found Thru The Years!

Today, Guided Tour Gardens serves a similar purpose - as a quiet nook (conveniently located at the front of Main Street U.S.A., next to Disneyland City Hall), where guests can both inquire about and book Guided Tours at the Guided Tour Kiosk. It is also here, from which Disneyland Tour Groups wait to embark on their tour of Disneyland!

Disneyland 50th Anniversary Map by Nina Rae Vaughn.
Disneyland 50th Anniversary Map by Nina Rae Vaughn.
Guided Tours Garden (The Present)
Guided Tours Garden (The Present)
Guided Tours Garden (The Present)
Guided Tours Garden (The Present)
Guided Tours Garden (The Present)
Guided Tours Garden (The Present)
Guided Tours Garden Kiosk (The Present)
Guided Tours Garden Kiosk (The Present)

The original was rectangular in shape, and large enough to often accommodate just one or two Tour Guides. It had a roof similar (but not the same) in style to Disneyland Main Gate Ticket Kiosks. It did not have shutters or windows, but was open-aired all around, leaving the Tour Guide visible and approachable from practically every angle. It was located in front of Disneyland City Hall.

The second incarnation was similar, only a little larger, to accommodate more supplies and Guides. During the eras of these two (aforementioned) Disneyland Guided Tours Kiosks, neither of them were located in Guided Tour Gardens.

This third incarnation of the Disneyland Guided Tours Kiosk (pictured) can be closed and locked during hours of non-operation (as other kiosks or stationary concessions carts throughout the Park).

My “Disney Bound” as a “Disneyland Plaid”
My “Disney Bound” as a “Disneyland Plaid”

A photograph of Julie Reihm (Disneyland’s first Ambassador) sits in Guest Relations inside Tour Gardens. The next time you visit the magic kingdom, please step this way and examine it!

Shadow Box, Tour Gardens, (present)
Shadow Box, Tour Gardens, (present)

One shadow box (kept inside the Guided Tours Kiosk) showcases a few pieces of ephemera related to the Disneyland Guided Tour Program, including a pair of Disneyland Guided Tour Tickets, a 1978 Disneyland Guided Tour Brochure, and a “Miss Disneyland Cutout” (August, 1965) of Julie Reihm.

Guided Tours Garden
Guided Tours Garden
Guided Tours Garden Kiosk
Guided Tours Garden Kiosk

While visiting, you my note that benches allow guests to sit a spell, before their magical Tour begins. These benches are different in style from those wrought iron ones present during the 1960s, but still carry a similar feel.

Guided Tours Garden Guest Companion Restroom
Guided Tours Garden Guest Companion Restroom

For Guest convenience, Guided Tours Garden feustures a “Companion Restroom” which is wheelchair accessible.

Guided Tours Garden Backstage Doorway
Guided Tours Garden Backstage Doorway
Guided Tours Garden
Guided Tours Garden

Unseen to Disneyland Guests are a Cast Members Restroom, and a Boardroom (which is occasionally utilized for meetings).

Guided Tours Garden Storage Closet
Guided Tours Garden Storage Closet
Guided Tours Garden
Guided Tours Garden
9DAEAFC7-FC4C-4003-9501-CECDA8C2CCCF.jpeg
Guided Tours Garden Dining Area
Guided Tours Garden Dining Area

In recent decades, tables and chairs have been added to accommodate more guests in the waiting area. Often, this where guests of a Disneyland Guided Tour may be gifted some unique souvenir pin, button, or other unique item. This is also where guests may perhaps be served meals, light snacks, or refreshments, at the conclusion of their tour.

By 2008, Guide 1 and Guide 2 offered Souvies, Candy, Plush Toys, Key Chains, Autograph Books Pens

  “GUIDED TOURS - WONDERFUL WAYS TO ENJOY DISNEYLAND”   “ The popular    Guided Tour    is especially recommended for “first time guests .” But according to Disneyland Today brochures, Guided Tours are for the “ first-time visitor or limited-time vis

“GUIDED TOURS - WONDERFUL WAYS TO ENJOY DISNEYLAND”

“The popular Guided Tour is especially recommended for “first time guests.” But according to Disneyland Today brochures, Guided Tours are for the “first-time visitor or limited-time visitor”. Visitors are taken on an exciting tour of Disneyland by a charming Guide who tells the fascinating story of the Magic Kingdom’s history and growth. In addition to the initial Disneyland Guided Tour, there have always been perks. Early Guided Tours came to include admission to Disneyland and a selection of six of the park’s popular attractions. Occasionally gifts like a pictorial Guide to Disneyland were offered. In recent years, tours have come to include gifts as collectible pins, lights snacks, meals, and rarely-seen backstage views of the Park! Owing to the value of the magic, it’s only natural that admission prices have changed thru the years!

1958 : The Complete Guided Tour was $3.00 (for Adults) and $2.00 (for Children Under 12), with no charge for children under 3. This price included General Admission to Disneyland, admission aboard six attractions and adventures, a full-color copy of “Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland”, and an admission coupon for any other attraction of their choice in Disneyland. By the Fall-Winter of 1958, the Complete Guided Tour prices increased by 50 cents - $3.50 for adults, $2.00 for children under 12, and still no charge for children under 3.

1959 : Disneyland’s “approximate 1 hour and 45 minute” Guided Tour (from Spring to June 1, 1959) included admission, “a personally conducted tour through each land”, a “scenic ride in a ‘private car’ of the Santa Fe & Disneyland Railroad” passing “the scenic Grand Canyon Diorama, largest in the world”, a “cruise aboard the Mississippi paddlewheel steamboat ‘Mark Twain’ on the Rivers of Frontierland ; or a trip across the Rainbow Desert and into the Underground Rainbow Caverns on the Mine Train”, a “Space Trip to the Moon”, and a “famous jungle river cruise”. During this year, the price was both $3.50 and 3.00 for Adults, and $2.00 for children (under 12), with no charge for children under 3 years.

1960 : By 1960, the Disneyland Group Services department was an asset in assisting “all phases of planning and scheduling your guided tour” of Disneyland! Groups of 25 or more qualified for a 10% discount on “Big 10” and “Jumbo 15” Ticket Books.

“Two Wonderful Ways To Enjoy Disneyland” Excerpt Highlighting “Disneyland’s Guided Tour”, (1961)
“Two Wonderful Ways To Enjoy Disneyland” Excerpt Highlighting “Disneyland’s Guided Tour”, (1961)
“Two Wonderful Ways To Enjoy Disneyland” Excerpt Highlighting “Disneyland’s Guided Tour”, (1961)
“Two Wonderful Ways To Enjoy Disneyland” Excerpt Highlighting “Disneyland’s Guided Tour”, (1961)

1961 : The admission prices for this personally-guided, two-hour “safari through the unique lands of the Magic Kingdom” began the new year at “$4.00 for Adults (12 and over), and $2.50 for children (under 12)” according to Parade Magazine (published March 26, 1961) and both “2 Wonderful Ways to Enjoy Disneyland“ and “3 Wonderful Ways to Enjoy Disneyland” (published early 1961). However, the year 1961 saw a minor increase in admission prices. By the Fall, the admission prices of the Disneyland Guided Tour (which included admission to Disneyland) were now $5.00 for Adults and $3.00 for children under 12.

1962 : According to “Information for Disneyland Visitors Summer ‘62,” the Disneyland Guided Tour was “A personalized way to see Disneyland with a small group of visitors escorted by one of Disneyland’s Guides. These young ladies are well acquainted with all the background information about Disneyland to add to the enjoyment of your visit. The tour includes many of Disneyland’s top attractions and rides and averages about two hours in length.” The admission for Children under 12 was $3.00, while adult admission was $5.00.

1963 : Admission for this personally-guided, two-hour “Happiness Trip” of “all four lands” (including your admission to Disneyland) was $5.00 for Adults and $3.00 for children under 12.

“Two Wonderful Ways To Enjoy Disneyland” Excerpt Highlighting “Disneyland’s Guided Tour”, (1963)
“Two Wonderful Ways To Enjoy Disneyland” Excerpt Highlighting “Disneyland’s Guided Tour”, (1963)

1964 : Admission for a personally-guided, two-hour “Happiness Trip” (“including 6 major attractions, a Main Gate Admission & the Guided Tour Service”) of Disneyland was still $5.00 for Adults and $3.00 for children 3 - 11.

Charles Bronson Enjoys a V.I.P. Tour of Disneyland, (January of 1965)
Charles Bronson Enjoys a V.I.P. Tour of Disneyland, (January of 1965)
Charles Bronson Enjoys a V.I.P. Tour of Disneyland, (January of 1965)
Charles Bronson Enjoys a V.I.P. Tour of Disneyland, (January of 1965)
Disneyland Magic Kingdom Guided Tour (Adult) Admission Ticket, c. late 1960s
Disneyland Magic Kingdom Guided Tour (Adult) Admission Ticket, c. late 1960s

1966 : During 1966, admission for this personally-guided, two-hour “Happiness Trip” was $5.50 for Adults and $3.50 for children under 12. According to Carl Freeberg (Disneyland Admissions) approximately 1,365,000 Guided Tour Tickets had been sold up to 1966.

1967 : During 1967, admission to Disneyland and a Personally Guided (two-hour) Tour of all four lands’ exciting attractions cost $6.50 for adults & juniors, and $3.50 for children (under 12). After the tour, group members received “a ticket good for another Disneyland attraction.”

Disneyland Magic Kingdom Guided Tour (Adult) Admission Ticket, c.1970
Disneyland Magic Kingdom Guided Tour (Adult) Admission Ticket, c.1970

1968 : Both Adult and Junior Disneyland Guided Tour admission cost $6.50, while the Children’s Disneyland Guided Tour admission cost $3.50.

1969 : From 1955 to 1969, “every President of the United States since 1946 except Lyndon Johnson, 15 princes and princesses, six kings, and a number of Prime Ministers and Premiers, several maharajahs, Congo Tribal Chiefs, Ambassadors, three queens, and a number of noted Russians - save one” have visited Disneyland. (Disney News, Fall, 1969) Each one of these V.I.P. guests was in need of (at least) one Disneyland Tour Guides!

During 1969, admission to Disneyland and a Personally Guided (two-hour) Tour of all four lands’ exciting attractions cost $6.50 for adults and $3.50 for children (under 12). At the completion of the tour, a complimentary ticket good for another Disneyland attraction was given to each guest.

1970 : Both Adult and Junior Disneyland Guided Tour admission cost $6.50.

1972 : Your two-hour tour (including admission to Disneyland) was only $6.50 for adults and $3.50 for children under 12. “And at the end of the tour… [guests would] receive a ticket good for another Disneyland attraction.”

1973 : Two-and-a-half-hour Personally Guided Tours of Disneyland’s seven lands (and “admission to seven of Disneyland’s most exciting attractions”) were still “designed for ‘first time’ or ‘short time’ visitors! Admission was as follows - Adults ($7.00), Juniors 12 thru 17 ($7.00), and Children 3 thru 11 ($4.00).

Disneyland V.I.P.s - The Visiting Rockwell International Employees (of Downey, California) and Their V.I.P. Hostesses, (December 8th & 9th, 1973)
Disneyland V.I.P.s - The Visiting Rockwell International Employees (of Downey, California) and Their V.I.P. Hostesses, (December 8th & 9th, 1973)
Disneyland V.I.P.s - The Visiting Rockwell International Employees (of Downey, California) and Their V.I.P. Hostesses, (December 8th & 9th, 1973)
Disneyland V.I.P.s - The Visiting Rockwell International Employees (of Downey, California) and Their V.I.P. Hostesses, (December 8th & 9th, 1973)
Disneyland V.I.P.s - The Visiting Rockwell International Employees (of Downey, California) and Their V.I.P. Hostesses, (December 8th & 9th, 1973)
Disneyland V.I.P.s - The Visiting Rockwell International Employees (of Downey, California) and Their V.I.P. Hostesses, (December 8th & 9th, 1973)

1975 : By Disneyland’s “Celebration Summer” admission for a Personally Guided Tour of Disneyland “provided by your attractive Tour Guide,” was $7.50 (for Adults), $7.50 (for Juniors, 12 thru 17), and $4.50 (for children, 3 thru 11).

Complimentary Adult Attraction Coupon (85 Cent Value), c. 1970s
Complimentary Adult Attraction Coupon (85 Cent Value), c. 1970s

In addition to the initial Guided Tour, there have always been perks. Some early Guided Tour packages included admission to Disneyland and a selection of six of the park’s popular attractions. If there were any “first time” guests among the group, they may subsequently enjoy experiencing some attractions that were not visited during the duration of their Guided Tour with the help of a complimentary attraction coupon (included in the ticket price).

Complimentary Adult Attraction Coupons (No Cash Value)
Complimentary Adult Attraction Coupons (No Cash Value)
Complimentary Adult Attraction Coupons (No Cash Value)
Complimentary Adult Attraction Coupons (No Cash Value)
Complimentary Child Attraction Coupons (No Cash Value), c. 1975
Complimentary Child Attraction Coupons (No Cash Value), c. 1975

1976 : Guided Tour prices had three tiers - Adult tickets were $8.00, while Juniors (12-17) were also $8.00, and children (3-11) were $5.00.

1977 : By 1977, the now two-and-a-half hour Disneyland Guided Tour was crafted for the “first time or short time visitors”, and the economical prices had three tiers - Adult tickets were $8.50, while Juniors (12-17) were also $8.50, and children (3-11) were $5.50. By 1977, sevens ran throughout the theme of the tour, as the Disneyland Guided Tour of “Disneyland’s seven lands” included admission to “Seven of Disneyland’s Most Exciting Attractions”.

Disneyland Magic Kingdom Guided Tour (Adult) Admission Ticket, (1977)
Disneyland Magic Kingdom Guided Tour (Adult) Admission Ticket, (1977)

1978 : Guided Tour prices had three tiers - Adult tickets were $9.50, while Juniors (12-17) were also $9.50, and children (3-11) were $6.50.

This Complimentary Admission media was for a Tour Escort was not for sale; good when accompanying a group of 15 or more people during Disneyland’s regular operating hours.
This Complimentary Admission media was for a Tour Escort was not for sale; good when accompanying a group of 15 or more people during Disneyland’s regular operating hours.

Disneyland Guided Tour Brochure, (c. 1978)
Disneyland Guided Tour Brochure, (c. 1978)

1980 : Disneyland Guided Tour admission prices during the Park’s “Silver Anniversary” were as follows - Adults $11.00, Junior $11.00, Child’s $7.00! Truly, it was still one of “the best ways to see Disneyland”!

Hand-Written Note To Guest, From Disneyland Hostess Karen, (c. 1980)
Hand-Written Note To Guest, From Disneyland Hostess Karen, (c. 1980)

1981 : During June of 1981, there were 54 Tour Guides, “and the number climbs to 80 during peak seasons”, according to the Area Stage Supervisor Cicely Rigdon (Disneyland LINE, Vol.13, No.3). That very year, admission for a Disneyland Guided Tour was $10.25 (adults), $9.00 (Juniors 12-17), $8.50 (Children 3-11). $11.00 for adults and “juniors” (12-17), or $7.00 for children (3-11) includes the two and a half hour tour of seven themed lands, admission, and seven exciting adventures!

1983 : Beginning June 16th, 1983 (the same day that Attraction Coupons were retired), Guided Tours were included with Passports (at $16.00 for Adults and Juniors, and $10.50 for Children).

Disneyland Guided Tour (Child's) Admission Ticket, c. 1980s
Disneyland Guided Tour (Child's) Admission Ticket, c. 1980s

1984 : Many guests arriving in Los Angeles (for the 1984 Summer Olympics) would also perhaps visit Disneyland for the very first time! The 3-hour Guided Tour (advertised as one of “the best ways to see Disneyland”) was $5.00 for adults and $4.00 for children 3 to 12. The Guided Tour was also available with One, Two, and Three-Day Passports. During 1984, four Guided Tours were offered every day that Disneyland was open. These were led by 1 “of 47 young men and women who have been trained to serve,” according to the Disney News (Summer, 1984).

“Disney News” Official Magazine for the Magic Kingdom Club Families Excerpt, (Summer, 1984)
“Disney News” Official Magazine for the Magic Kingdom Club Families Excerpt, (Summer, 1984)

1985 : By the Fall, Guided Tour admissions were $6.50 (adults), and $5.50 (children 3 thru 12).

1986 : The Price for Guided Tours were in a state of fluctuation, typically rising slightly during the winter season. For instance, the three-hour Guided Tours (including Admission and unlimited use of attractions were $24.90 (for Adults) and $18.90 (for Children 3 thru 12). But, from November 28th, thru the end of the year, Guided Tour prices were $26.50 for Adults and $20.20 for Children Ages 3 thru 12.

1987 : At the beginning of the year, Guided Tours were still $26.50 for Adults and $20.20 for Children Ages 3 thru 12 (the same winter season prices from 1986). By February of 1987, Guided Tours ($28.00 for Adults, and $21.00 for Juniors [children 3 thru 11]) during 1987 included the three-hour Guided Tour, a One Day Passport admission to the Park, and “unlimited use of attractions (except arcades) at the end of the tour”! [Today at Disneyland ; Monday, February 16th thru Sunday, February 22nd, 1987]

“Magic Feature Voucher” complimentary media, redeemable for “Walk In Walt’s Footsteps Tour” or “Welcome To Disneyland Tour”
“Magic Feature Voucher” complimentary media, redeemable for “Walk In Walt’s Footsteps Tour” or “Welcome To Disneyland Tour”

With guests in mind, a number of Disneyland Guided Tours have been dreamed up and offered by Disneyland through the years. Perhaps you have enjoyed Disneyland through one of the following Guided Tours:

•Disneyland V.I.P. Guided Tour

•Halloween Tour (launched 2007)

•Disney’s Happiest Haunts Tour (launched 2008)

   • A Walk In Walt’s Footsteps  Tour (c. 2002)  • Holiday Time at Disneyland  Tour (launched 2008) -  “Experience Yuletide cheer on the ‘Holiday Time at Disneyland Park’ Guided Tour. You’ll hear enchanting tales of the Holidays from Disneyland Park’

•A Walk In Walt’s Footsteps Tour (c. 2002)

•Holiday Time at Disneyland Tour (launched 2008) - “Experience Yuletide cheer on the ‘Holiday Time at Disneyland Park’ Guided Tour. You’ll hear enchanting tales of the Holidays from Disneyland Park’s past and a whimsical sneak peek into Disneyland California Adventure Park.” The tour once included “two popular holiday themed attractions, reserved seating for ‘A Very Merry Christmas Parade, a delicious treat and warm beverage, a collectible pin and tour button. ‘Holiday Time at Disneyland Park’ lasts approximately 3 hours and is offered from [approximately] November 12th through January 6th.”

•The Happiest Hotel on Earth Tour (launched 2010)

•Cultivating the Magic Tour (launched 2012)

•Discover the Magic (launched 2012)

•Walk in Walt’s [Disneyland] Footsteps Guided Tour (launched 2012) - The new Tour excluded Club 33, while still including Walt Disney’s Apartment. During 2015, the tour included The Disneyland Dream Suite.

•Welcome to Disneyland Resort Tour

•The Grand Circle Tour (launched 2018). The Grand Circle Tour was added, increasing Guests' appreciation for the significance of the Disneyland Railroad, and including a themed donut.

Walk in Walt's Footsteps Tour Guest Name Badge
Walk in Walt's Footsteps Tour Guest Name Badge

Guided Tours in recent years have included such exclusive elements as peeks inside Walt Disney’s Firehouse Apartment or Club 33, a souvenir shrubbery, lunch and desert, exclusive pins, and much more!

“A Walk in Walt's Footsteps”

The official Disneyland storytellers would take Guests through Walt Disney’s original Magic Kingdom with tales of the challenges, hard work, excitement and fun that went into creating “the Happiest Place On Earth”. Around 2002-2003, the tour was offered exclusively to Annual Passholders Nov. 15 - Dec. 15. The tour price was $49.00 for all ages (no discounts applied). Annual Passholders could purchase up to (5) tickets per tour, and were required to show or verify their Annual Pass at the time of purchase. Tickets could be purchased from three locations at Disneyland Resort: Ticket Booths, Guest Services, or in the City Hall Lobby. Annual Passholders were not required to accompany their Guests.

The Tours were 3.5 hours in length and accommodated 15 Guests. Tours met at Tour Gardens Dispatch and departed from Disneyland's Main Entrance - in front of the West Gate, located next to the Newsstand Shop. It was important to arrive 10 minutes before the tour departed.

Some highlights of the tour experience included:

  • A unique visit to Disneyland's first attraction featuring Audio-Animatronics™, Walt Disney's Enchanted Tiki Room

  • A peek at the lobby of Club 33

  • A private lunch on the patio of the Disney Gallery

  • An exclusive collectable trading pin

Walk in Walt's Footsteps Tour Group Guest Tag, c. 2001
Walk in Walt's Footsteps Tour Group Guest Tag, c. 2001

Identification Tags and Name Badges were occasionally distributed to identify guests of some of these seasonal or limited run Disneyland Tour Groups. The artwork (which is seen on this Tag) was once available to Disneyland Cast Members in the form of a limited lithographic print.

Various Disneyland Guided Tours Collectible Souvenir Pins
Various Disneyland Guided Tours Collectible Souvenir Pins

Disneyland Guided Tours have always been known for exclusive souvenir gifts as part of their experience! During the second year of operation (1958), full-color copies of “Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland” was given as a permanent souvenir of a Guest’s day at Disneyland. As the aspects of tours changed (and new ones were added), the gifts have come to include pins (of varying kinds - even “hinged” and light-up), lanyards, and buttons (some of which have occasionally been “subject to change without notice”).

A “Journey Into Disney Magic” Guided Tour Souvenir Pin gifted at the beginning of the two-and-a-half hour Guided Tour.
A “Journey Into Disney Magic” Guided Tour Souvenir Pin gifted at the beginning of the two-and-a-half hour Guided Tour.

The Guided Tour Complimentary Souvenir has also been implemented at many Disney Parks worldwide (e.g. Tokyo Disney Sea).

65ECD0CE-C9C7-49BD-A58A-70FF281EA93D.jpeg
Disneyland Tour Guide Doll; © Walt Disney Company.
Disneyland Tour Guide Doll; © Walt Disney Company.
Disneyland Themed Coloring Book Illustrations, (c. 1965)
Disneyland Themed Coloring Book Illustrations, (c. 1965)

A couple of illustrations (above) featured “Walt Disney’s Disneyland Coloring Book” and “Walt Disney’s Disneyland 128-Page Coloring Book,” (both by Whitman Publishing), introduced young aspiring “colorists” to the Disneyland Tour Guide. For some, those plaid tartans probably posed the challenge to stay within the lines.

The Donruss Card Set released in 1965 introduced collectors to the Disneyland Tour Guide.
The Donruss Card Set released in 1965 introduced collectors to the Disneyland Tour Guide.
Guided Tour Postcard
Guided Tour Postcard
Disneyland 50th Anniversary Pewter Figure by Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily.
Disneyland 50th Anniversary Pewter Figure by Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily.

It’s not hard to see why occasional merchandise (made available to both Guests and exclusively to Disneyland Cast Members) has commemorated the beloved Disney Parks Tour Hostess and Tour Host! You may have seen some of these Disneyland Tour Hostess or Tour Host - inspired pins, ornaments, bean bag dolls, and many other types of merchandise! One of my personal favorites is this loyal and adorable homage to the classic Guided Tours Hostess Wardrobe, a Disneyland 50th Anniversary Pewter Figure designed by Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily.

D7A5ED89-A49B-4133-9705-6034BE0A8A35.jpeg
Minnie Mouse Hostess Ornament by Costa Alavezos.
Minnie Mouse Hostess Ornament by Costa Alavezos.

Now, Minnie Mouse has appeared as a Guest Relations Hostess or Tour Guide (often as an example of appearance) within occasional publications prepared for Disneyland Cast Members (like the “Disney Courtesy Policies” booklet). Now, (likely inspired by some of these illustrations) the “Minnie Mouse Tour Guide” by sculptor Costa Alavezos (pictured above) was produced both as a limited 9” figure in “The Art of Disney Theme Parks” line, and as an ornament.

Minnie Tour Guide Mini Bean Bag & Mickey Tour Guide Mini Bean Bag
Minnie Tour Guide Mini Bean Bag & Mickey Tour Guide Mini Bean Bag

These approximate 9-inch Bean Bag Plushes capture likenesses of Mickey Mouse and Minnie Mouse and the fashions of the male and female Disneyland Tour Guide.

“Preserving the Magic” - Scenes featuring a Guided Tours Hostess Character almost appeared in the television production of “The Wonder Years” - Season 2; 2023.
“Preserving the Magic” - Scenes featuring a Guided Tours Hostess Character almost appeared in the television production of “The Wonder Years” - Season 2; 2023.

“Disneyland Tour Guide Legacy”

Disneyland Tour Guides have played an essential role in the story of Disneyland. Even an episode of The Wonder Years Season 2 was planned to feature a Guided Tour Hostess. While this background character did not make the final cut, it was our pleasure to loan our “D” Pin and Castle Pin to the production.

Disneyland Tour Guide Hostess Victoria, The Present
Disneyland Tour Guide Hostess Victoria, The Present

We once had the great honor and privilege to be among the “Walk In Walt’s Disneyland Footsteps” Tour Group lead by a new Disneyland Hostess - Victoria! Once our Tour was complete, we couldn’t help but applaud her presentation and enhancement of the Disneyland show. In addition to the magical and memorable look at Walt Disney’s Disneyland, we now had a greater understanding and appreciation for these friendly, personable, and knowledgeable Disneyland Cast Members, as well as the personable services they provide guests each day at Disneyland! This particular Hostess would go on to acquire the knowledge and skill to become a Disneyland V.I.P. Tour Guide as well!

Disneyland Tour Guide Hostess Victoria, The Present
Disneyland Tour Guide Hostess Victoria, The Present
Disneyland V.I.P. Guides, The Present
Disneyland V.I.P. Guides, The Present

But, the Main Attractions of Guided Tour Gardens are still the very people who continue to prove just what it “takes…to make the dream a reality”! Even more, these veritable models of “Guest Relations” pulsate with the “Spirit of Disneyland,” are of exemplary “good grooming and etiquette,” and are also some of the most intrinsically friendly and knowledgeable Disneyland V.I.P. Tour Guides you’ll ever meet. I am (of course) speaking of Connie (to my right) and Esteban (on my left), pictured above!

Disneyland V.I.P. Tour Guide, The Present
Disneyland V.I.P. Tour Guide, The Present

Quite often today, Disneyland Tour Guides get their start at Disneyland working for the Park in some other capacity for six months to a year, before transferring to the Disneyland Guest Relations Department. But after applying, the present Disneyland Tour Guides are trained (and carry the adequate knowledge and capability) to lead at least one type of scripted Disneyland Guided Tour, with a group of (up to) 25 guests! This may include memorizing a script some 25 pages in length, and delivering it without improvising or deviating from the script in any way. The best Disneyland Tour Guides (like Shaun) deliver these lines with true intrinsic feelings (that seem second-nature) stemming from a heartfelt passion for Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom!

 If you are a former Disneyland or former Disney Parks Host or Hostess, and once served as a  Disneyland Guide  or in  Disneyland   Guest Relations ,  “It would be my pleasure”  to share your “Guided Tours Story”. Pease contact us at DisneyHistory101

If you are a former Disneyland or former Disney Parks Host or Hostess, and once served as a Disneyland Guide or in Disneyland Guest Relations, “It would be my pleasure” to share your “Guided Tours Story”. Pease contact us at DisneyHistory101@gmail.com, and our team of historians are eager to meet you!

THE HAT BAR (also HATMOSPHERE & MOD HATTER)

 The foremost product of Disneyland is (and has always been) happiness! Many factors contribute to happiness, including (but not limited to) licensed merchandise inspired by the character of Disneyland or Walt Disney’s Characters.  The  Hat Bar  was

The foremost product of Disneyland is (and has always been) happiness! Many factors contribute to happiness, including (but not limited to) licensed merchandise inspired by the character of Disneyland or Walt Disney’s Characters.

The Hat Bar was a popular location for guests to find a souvenir hat that suits them (as you will find out if you “go on a-head”).

The Hat Bar in Tomorrowland
The Hat Bar in Tomorrowland

Now there have always been several merchandise locations around Disneyland to find fashionable and protective headwear. There was the Mad Hatter Store on Main Street and in Fantasyland, as well as the Davy Crockett Museum (in Frontierland).

If you were looking for beanies, bucket hats, paper Disneyland half-hat visors, pith helmets, student caps, coonskin caps, the Peter Pan Hat and Captain Nemo Hat by Elrene, Hardee Hats, Cowboy Hats, Zorro Hat and mask sets, Bikester “Disneyland” Hats (also known as the “Tomorrowland Keppy Kap”), Prince Philip hats, Pinocchio hats, Tyrolean hats, Robin Hood hats, Pirate hats, Mickey Mouse Hats, Donald Duck hats (with a squeaky beak ; personally designed by Walt Disney Productions character merchandiser - Vince Jefferds ), Mary Poppins Hats, and Benay-Albee’s official Mickey Mouse Club Mouse-ke-ears Hats (in Mickey and “Minny” styles), . . . The Hat Bar shop (in Tomorrowland) had what you were looking for (and more)!

Clearly, Disneyland provided an additional major sales outlet for licensed Disney merchandise, while the licensing promoted the park through games, books, toys, and lots of headwear. Disneyland also turned concessionaire Benay-Albee into a licensee that manufactured merchandise featuring properties owned by Walt Disney Productions.

The Disneyland Employee Family Christmas Shopping Pass could be used on select merchandise from Disneyland.
The Disneyland Employee Family Christmas Shopping Pass could be used on select merchandise from Disneyland.
Disneyland, Inc. once utilized the Wilmark Shopping Service to assure higher levels of quality service in Souvenir Merchandising.
Disneyland, Inc. once utilized the Wilmark Shopping Service to assure higher levels of quality service in Souvenir Merchandising.

The 1957 TWA brochure “Let’s Talk About… My Visit to Disneyland, Anaheim, California: A Note from Mary Gordon TWA Travel Advisor” mentioned: “We learned that to fully explore Disneyland takes two days, so early next morning we were at the gates of the park again. The second day we spent more time shopping in the 50 inviting shops, and the youngsters bought inexpensive souvenirs to take home to friends.” Among those Inviting shops was The Hat Bar in Tomorrowland and Mad Hatter in Fantasyland!

Many of these locations were operated by the Benay-Albee Company. The corporate synergy would prove beneficial for both parties. Just a few years later, the commercial lessee Benay-Albee Novelty Company brought much revenue for Disneyland, Inc. For instance (in Tomorrowland alone), the commercial lessee brought revenue of $17,316 for the fiscal year ending September 29, 1957 and $12,985 for the fiscal year ending September 28, 1958. An additional $2,751 was yielded for the fiscal year ending September 28, 1958. By September of 1958, the Benay-Albee Novelty Company was still contributing a routine portion of accounts receivable to Disneyland, Inc.

The Benay-Albee Company (manufacturer of some hats) even occasionally covered percentages of construction and maintenance costs (as when a marquee was constructed and maintained for the front West Plaza entrance of the Mad Hatter Store on Main Street from 1957-1959).

Mad Hatters on a c.1958 Disneyland Fun Map; © Walt Disney Company.
Mad Hatters on a c.1958 Disneyland Fun Map; © Walt Disney Company.
Hats can shield guests from the sun and help them capture the magic of Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom.
Hats can shield guests from the sun and help them capture the magic of Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom.

Hats became so associated with the Disneyland experience, that they were often featured in promotional material, like the television commercials filmed at Disneyland July 15th and 16th, 1964.

As a sidelight, when boarding a thrilling adventure, Attractions Hosts and Hostesses informed everyone in the vehicle to hold onto their hats and glasses. If a guest lost an article, Hosts and Hostesses made a sincere effort to locate it and make a positive identification.

Guests shade themselves from the summer sun with Disneyland Paper Hats
Guests shade themselves from the summer sun with Disneyland Paper Hats
Hats were common during warmer and summer months.
Hats were common during warmer and summer months.
Yet another guest sports a child's hat, 1959. You may recognize this model from the Mad Hatter Shop crest in Fantasyland.
Yet another guest sports a child's hat, 1959. You may recognize this model from the Mad Hatter Shop crest in Fantasyland.
Hats help protect visitors from the sun’s rays (in some instances)! Note the Disneyland Sun Hat (right).
Hats help protect visitors from the sun’s rays (in some instances)! Note the Disneyland Sun Hat (right).
Guests wear the regal Prince Philip Hats
Guests wear the regal Prince Philip Hats
An Honorary Mouseketeer Models Her Mouseke-ears!
An Honorary Mouseketeer Models Her Mouseke-ears!

An Honorary Mouseketeer with personalized Mouseke-ears meets Pluto!
An Honorary Mouseketeer with personalized Mouseke-ears meets Pluto!

Mickey Mouse Hats with names sewn onto them have assisted Cast Members in connecting with guests, calling them by name.

(Possibly June 1956 - c.1982)
(Possibly June 1956 - c.1982)

The Mad Hatter shop of Fantasyland was originally a leased by the Benay-Albee Novelty Co. when it opened at Disneyland during June of 1956!

Since the beginning, the 891 square-foot Mad Hatter Shop was a popular location for guests to find a personalized “gay and unusual” novelty hat that suits them (as you will find out if you “go on a-head”). There were some 25 styles to choose from by September of 1956, according to contemporaneous issues of The Disneyland News, page 3. Guests looking for hats of any description would find that The Mad Hatter shop had what they were looking for (and more)! There was a colorful variety of unique Disneyland hats including beanies, bucket hats, paper Disneyland half-hat visors, pith helmets, student caps, coonskin caps, Hardee Hats, Cowboy Hats, Zorro Hat and mask sets, Bikester “Disneyland” Hats (also known as the “Tomorrowland Keppy Kap”), Derbies, Peter Pan Hats (by Elrene Manufacturing Co. of N.Y.), Prince Philip hats, Pinocchio hats, Tyrolean hats, Robin Hood hats, Pirate hats (with sword “through” the head, Benay Albee Novelty Company Mickey Mouse Hats (with the nose that “squeeks”), Donald Duck hats (with a squeaky beak ; personally designed by Walt Disney Productions character merchandiser - Vince Jefferds), Mary Poppins Hats, Benay-Albee’s Cinderella novelty hats (with the ribbons and braids), and Benay-Albee’s official Mickey Mouse Club Mouse-ke-ears Hats (in Mickey and “Minny” styles).

Two years after the shop opened (by September 28, 1958), Disneyland Inc. opened job number 4062-511 for both the design and development of the Mad Hatters' Shop marquee. The marquee (for the Main Street lessee) was in developmental progress at a total cost of $3,875 (estimated Disneyland Inc. share) and lessee share of $1,500. By October 1958, the “Disneyland Dictionary” described the Mad Hatter Shop operated by Albee Novelty Co. with a scope of sales included selling and sewing names on “novelty and personalized hats.”

The Mad Hatter Shop soon offered the free service of personalizing purchased hats, with sewn, embroidered names. According to Vacationland (Summer, 1960) and “The Disneyland News” (Vol. 1, No. 1, of 1963), “Carl Ritter, Disneyland’s Peter Pan, watched as a man walked up to the Mad Hatter’s Hat Shop with identical twin boys, about eight years old. The man bought two hats and had the boy’s names sewn on them. He told the Mad Hatter : ‘They’re my nephews, and I never can remember which is which.’ As the man walked off, with his back to the twins, they quickly changed hats!” The Mad Hatter Shop was one of Disneyland’s more popular souvenir shops, and a testament to this fact are the number of celebrities that have been photographed there over the years - like child actor Kevin Corcoran (as seen in Jack and Jill, May of 1960) and comedian Jack Benny. On one occasion, “motion picture star Betty Hutton… bought fake eyelashes in Merlin’s Magic Shop and a pirate hat with a special sword that appeared to go right through her head [likely purchased through the Mad Hatter],” after visitors recognized her and asked for autographs. “The disguise worked perfectly. No one recognized Miss Hutton, but people continued to stop her. This time they wanted to know where they could buy ‘a hat like that crazy one you’ve got on!’”

The number hats sold also speaks volumes about the shop’s popularity. In fact, by 1977, an average of 1,500 pairs of Mickey Mouse ears were sold on good days, during peak periods.

Well, The Mad Hatter Shop ultimately joined the Fantasyland Merchandising group, when its lessee departed after nearly two decades of loyal service (during January of 1977). But one of the biggest changes would occur during one Alice in Wonderland refurbishment (that took place during the early 1980s). Then, the Mad Hatter Shop was notably relocated and redesigned to a look similar to its present incarnation. By April 14, 1984, the new Mad Hatter location debuted, with pre-existing elements (like the tree) becoming part of Disneyland history!

The Mad Hatter on Main Street U.S.A. has some architectural elements reminiscent of watercolor “97A” (depicting Alice looking towards a “Mad Hatter” shop) which was created by David Hall (1905-1964; employed at Walt Disney Studios from 1939-1940) during the production of Walt Disney’s Alice in Wonderland.

IMG_2390.jpeg
Occasionally you may even find hats “sprouting” from the branches of a “come-to-life” hat tree, overhead!
Occasionally you may even find hats “sprouting” from the branches of a “come-to-life” hat tree, overhead!

The shop created tangible memories for Guests through Merchandise and Show.

The Mad Hatter Shop huge “Hat Tree,” January, 1967.
The Mad Hatter Shop huge “Hat Tree,” January, 1967.
IMG_2394.jpeg
8A39D944-5DFC-44A3-9CF4-65F4939993BE.jpeg
The Mad Hatter Shop Sticker.
The Mad Hatter Shop Sticker.

This Mad Hatter Shop fabric sticker was donated to us from the collection of the late Jack Kehoe (of Disneyland Security).

By (April-June) 1981, WED Imagineering surveys of the 891 square-foot Mad Hatter Shop were conducted, in relation to New Fantasyland. Proposals for expansion to a 2,206 facility were made.

The Mad Hatter Mural designed by Bill Justice, c.1977-1983; © Walt Disney Company.
The Mad Hatter Mural designed by Bill Justice, c.1977-1983; © Walt Disney Company.

All art work, posters, etc. of Disneyland were created by the Walt Disney Studios. A mural was designed and created by Walt Disney Studios artist Bill Justice in 1977. This was not Bill’s first Disneyland contribution. During the 1960s, the team of Walt Disney Studio Character artists Bill Justice and John Hench partnered with Chuck Keehne (Chief of the Walt Disney Studio Wardrobe Department, from 1955-1979) to oversee the creation of 40 new Disneyland Characters that could“stand up to the rigors of every day use among the guests." Now, years after the mural was demolished, a print commemorating Bill’s Mad Hatter Mural was offered through The Disney Gallery.

Benay-Albee Advertisment as featured in Walt Disney’s Mickey Mouse Club Magazine published February of 1957.
Benay-Albee Advertisment as featured in Walt Disney’s Mickey Mouse Club Magazine published February of 1957.

Beginning in 1956, the Donald Duck Hat by Benay-Albee (complete with squawking bill) was available at many shops where novelty hats were sold, including the Disneyland Hat Bar.

A guest sports a Benay-Albee Donald Duck Hat at the Disneyland Hotel Garden Apartments
A guest sports a Benay-Albee Donald Duck Hat at the Disneyland Hotel Garden Apartments

Hats have helped guests express pride for their favorite Walt Disney characters. These Donald Duck Hats by Benay-Albee would perhaps inspire the Goofy Hat (a Disney Character Fashion manufactured during the 1970s and 1980s by Atlas).

“Bikester” (and “Disneyland” & “Sportster”) Advertisement
“Bikester” (and “Disneyland” & “Sportster”) Advertisement
The "Disneyland" Sports Cap (Model D-500) by Bailey of California, also known as the “Tomorrowland Keppy Kap”
The "Disneyland" Sports Cap (Model D-500) by Bailey of California, also known as the “Tomorrowland Keppy Kap”

(Courtesy of the Keeline Collection)

The “Bikester” and the “Sportster” (also commonly called “Keppy Kaps,” though another model was specifically referred to as such) were both manufactured by the B.F. McDonald Company of Los Angeles, California (and Houston). This particular model (D-500) was a popular seller with Disneyland guests (parents in particular), due being “the only children’s hat with a Life-Guard Protection”, according to contemporaneous advertisements. This is because all Bikesters and Sportsters were “formed of shock-proof Butyrate”, and featured a “scientifically engineered Head-cushion Protecto-Liners” (adjustable, vinyl-covered, foam head-cushion bands). Aesthetically, the Disneyland Bikesters (or, “Disneyland Sports Cap”) were “permanent-decorated in two gay colors”, with “reinforced tubular welded colorful rim bead”. This yellow Disneyland Bikester (Model D-500) branded with the insignia of the five cardinal Disneylands, was available for just a brief period. During this period, the “Disneyland Souvenir Gifts” catalogue (published 1958) offered them as the “Tomorrowland Keppy Kap,” in either White (item HW-1) or Yellow (item HW-2), for $1.00 each.

The "Disneyland" Sports Cap (Model D-500) by Bailey of California, also known as the “Tomorrowland Keppy Kap”
The "Disneyland" Sports Cap (Model D-500) by Bailey of California, also known as the “Tomorrowland Keppy Kap”

(Courtesy of the Keeline Collection)

The rare yellow Disneyland Bikester (Model D-500) was also branded with the insignia of the five cardinal Disneylands, and was available for just a brief period.

The "Disneyland" Sports Cap (Model D-500) by Bailey of California, also known as the “Tomorrowland Keppy Kap”
The "Disneyland" Sports Cap (Model D-500) by Bailey of California, also known as the “Tomorrowland Keppy Kap”

(Courtesy of the Keeline Collection)

The rare yellow “Disneyland” (also branded with the insignia of the five cardinal Disneylands) was available for just a brief period.

The "Disneyland" Sports Cap (Model D-500) by Bailey of California, also known as the “Tomorrowland Keppy Kap”
The "Disneyland" Sports Cap (Model D-500) by Bailey of California, also known as the “Tomorrowland Keppy Kap”

(Courtesy of the Keeline Collection)

The rare yellow “Disneyland” (also branded with the insignia of the five cardinal Disneylands) was available for just a brief period.

80758C65-E499-4A50-B520-2B6C89A39774.jpeg
 One other model of the “ Disneyland ” featured the Disneyland name across the front, with Mickey Mouse on top. Still another Keppy Kap featured the Matterhorn prominently displayed on the front of the Kap.

One other model of the “Disneyland” featured the Disneyland name across the front, with Mickey Mouse on top. Still another Keppy Kap featured the Matterhorn prominently displayed on the front of the Kap.

The Keppy Kap (missing decorative band), c.1959
The Keppy Kap (missing decorative band), c.1959

The Keppy Kap (depicted above), according to one catalogue, was described in the following way: “shatterproof sports helmet is tops with boys and girls. White with colorful montage of Main Street, Fantasyland, Frontierland, Adventureland, Tomorrowland. Helmet has expandable band to fit all head sizes.” The Keppy Kap originally retailed for $1.00.

A happy little chap wears his Keppy Kap.
A happy little chap wears his Keppy Kap.
The "Mickey Mouse at Disneyland" 50th anniversary Big Figure by Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily featured a “tip of the hat” to the Keppy Kap.
The "Mickey Mouse at Disneyland" 50th anniversary Big Figure by Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily featured a “tip of the hat” to the Keppy Kap.
The "Donald Duck at Disneyland" 50th anniversary Big Figure by Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily featured a nod to the Prince Philip Hat.
The "Donald Duck at Disneyland" 50th anniversary Big Figure by Kevin Kidney & Jody Daily featured a nod to the Prince Philip Hat.
The Disneyland Boater Hat was manufactured of paper pulp and paper.
The Disneyland Boater Hat was manufactured of paper pulp and paper.
Disneyland Sun Hat.
Disneyland Sun Hat.
Adventureland Woven Pith Hat
Adventureland Woven Pith Hat

Pith helmets like the one pictured above were available to guests heading into the wilds of Adventureland (both at Disneyland and the Magic Kingdom in Walt Disney World).

The official Walt Disney's Davy Crockett Coonskin Cap.
The official Walt Disney's Davy Crockett Coonskin Cap.
Benay-Albee Super Western Hat
Benay-Albee Super Western Hat

This 100% wool Super Western Hat was manufactured by the Benay-Albee Manufacturing Company of Brooklyn, New York.

Benay-Albee Super Western Hat (left) and Official “Davy Crockett Indian Fighter Hats,” also known as “Coonskin Caps” (right)
Benay-Albee Super Western Hat (left) and Official “Davy Crockett Indian Fighter Hats,” also known as “Coonskin Caps” (right)

Both of these hats were very popular around Frontierland parts (as well as Fantasyland parts) of Disneyland.

You might be familiar with his famous “coonskin” cap and that's really no surprise since Disneyland sold $300 million worth of the caps and other Davy Crockett souvenirs.

Zorro Hat and Mask Set by Benay-Albee Novelty Company.
Zorro Hat and Mask Set by Benay-Albee Novelty Company.

These Benay-Albee originals were 100% felt (60% wool, 40% rayon), quality crafted, Union made in the U.S.A., and originally retailed for $1.29 each! These hats were still popular by 1967, as attested to by the various Guests wearing them in the pages of the souvenir "Disneyland, U.S.A.: Summer '67" ".

Benay-Albee Original Zorro Hat & Mask Set
Benay-Albee Original Zorro Hat & Mask Set

Magic Kingdom Club members were invited to see Zorro in person at Disneyland, on Thanksgiving Weekend (November 26th, 27th, 28th, and 29th). Needless to say, the Benay Albee Original Zorro Hat & Mask Sets were very popular with visitors during this event proven by “the littlest outlaws” pictured above.

Tencennial Hat with hat writing.
Tencennial Hat with hat writing.
Disneyland Tencennial Celebration Bucket Hat by Bailey of California.
Disneyland Tencennial Celebration Bucket Hat by Bailey of California.

Other events where special hats were offered included New Year’s Eve Celebrations at Disneyland. For instance, hats provided by the Jacobson Hat Company provided decorative hats for guests during the New Year’s Eve celebration of 1967.

These festive hats were sold during celebrations times during the year.
These festive hats were sold during celebrations times during the year.
Mary Poppins Hat - a Benay-Albee creation, c.1964.
Mary Poppins Hat - a Benay-Albee creation, c.1964.
Mary Poppins Hat, Union Made, c.1964.
Mary Poppins Hat, Union Made, c.1964.
Benay-Albee Mouseketeer Cap Advertisement (published in "Playthings - The National Magazine of Toy Trade", (February, 1963)
Benay-Albee Mouseketeer Cap Advertisement (published in "Playthings - The National Magazine of Toy Trade", (February, 1963)

“Mickey Mouse Ear Hats”

Roy Williams is best-known as the adult co-host of “The Mickey Mouse Club,” which Walt nicknamed Roy “The Big Mooseketeer.” Roy was responsible for creating those famous “Mickey Mouse Ears” hats for the Mickey Mouse Club.

Now that the Mickey Mouse Club was back on television (and the Mickey Mouse Club was Headquartered at Disneyland), the opportunity was presented for the Benay-Albee Novelty Company, Inc. to bring their popular Mouseketeer Cap to Disneyland!

Just look at these adorable “Meeseketeers” and their “mousekeparents,” modeling their Mouseke-ears thru the years!
Just look at these adorable “Meeseketeers” and their “mousekeparents,” modeling their Mouseke-ears thru the years!

Of course, if you were a kid in the 1950s, if you weren't wearing a coonskin, you were wearing Mouse Ears. Mickey Mouse Hats have proven to be popular with both television and Disney Parks audiences “through the years wherever we may be.” Even wandering adventurers in the vicinity of the Temple of the Forbidden Eye have been known to wear a pair of Mouse-ke-ears (or, Mickey Mouse Hats).

“Eyes & Ears”
“Eyes & Ears”
Mickey Mouse Hat silk-screened label design prepared for Disneyland Merchandise Division, c.1969.
Mickey Mouse Hat silk-screened label design prepared for Disneyland Merchandise Division, c.1969.

As early as 1969, Mickey Mouse Hats were further developed (by individuals like Bob Davis, Sue Elwart, Jack Olsen of the Disneyland Merchandising Department) for Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom at Walt Disney World. These were developed by the Disneyland Merchandise Division which (around c.1974) under the direction of Paul Brewer became the Creative Services Department who later created merchandise and promotional art, Emporium window displays, park merchandise and food packaging, souvenir, promotional, and interior design ideas.

Mickey Mouse Hats have continued to be popular with audiences in recent decades. The hats have come to incorporate the character of popular Disney characters, park attractions, and events (like the Golden Ears produced in honor of the 50th anniversary of Disneyland). In the present, hats help Disneyland audiences participate in the magic like never before! “Glow with the Show” Mouse Ears change colors in harmony with the nighttime spectaculars.

The Disneyland Hat; The Walt Disney Company; MADE IN U.S.A. by Jacobson Hat.
The Disneyland Hat; The Walt Disney Company; MADE IN U.S.A. by Jacobson Hat.
Disneyland "Happiest Place on Earth" Paper Sun Hat
Disneyland "Happiest Place on Earth" Paper Sun Hat
405E8057-2EB9-46C9-909E-C5E2B31AF05B.jpeg
Disneyland Bucket Hat.
Disneyland Bucket Hat.
Mad Hatter Elevation.
Mad Hatter Elevation.
The Hatmosphere
The Hatmosphere

The MOD HATTER (1967) offered comfortable, decorative, “way-out” hats of every description; souvenir and decorative hats including Mickey Mouse Ears. The Hatmosphere (1988-2006) was an updated incarnation of that Walt-era Tomorrowland shop. By 1998, the Hatmosphere offered headgear of the future, popular Character hats, and Guest of Honor name badges.

Desiree (former Hatmosphere employee) remembers : “I really enjoyed the hat shop because I loved the looks on kids faces when you handed them the hats with their names on [them], but some days were really boring because it was slow and that shop was so small. You could clean, stock, and organize when it was slow. There was nowhere to go and not much to do…I liked to keep busy, so I preferred other shops.”

HOLIDAY FESTIVALS & PARADES

 The Disney family had a fondness for the holidays. According to the Walt Disney Hometown Museum:  “At Christmastime, Ruth and her older brothers helped their father find the perfect pine tree and decorated it at home with strings of popcorn and wild

The Disney family had a fondness for the holidays. According to the Walt Disney Hometown Museum: “At Christmastime, Ruth and her older brothers helped their father find the perfect pine tree and decorated it at home with strings of popcorn and wild berries.”

Disneyland was a miracle of showmanship in many ways! In keeping with the American custom, it was the scheme that the major seasonal holidays would be observed at Disneyland, some of the earliest prospectus documents and plans including a “Holidayland.” In that realm, the festivities would change as the seasons with Halloween, Thanksgiving, Christmas, and New Years motifs. And so holidays have been a tradition at Disneyland since its first operational year - 1955!

Through the following formative years, both group activities and special events were scheduled to coincide with these major holidays. These scheduled events (particularly the festivals and parades) of Disneyland’s winter holiday season activities are of particular curiosity and interest to us - not just because they have changed so much through the decades. Disneyland’s winter season once helped introduce an entirely new land, establish some new Park traditions, and made the way for a number of additional themed parades over the years. You may recall attending the “Christmas in Many Lands Parade” also called “Parade of the Nations” (1957), “Christmas Around the World” (1958 - 1961), “The Parade of the Toys” and “Parade of All Nations” (1960 - 1964), “Fantasy on Parade” (1965 - 1976 ; 1980 - 1985), “A Very Merry Christmas Parade” (1992), “A Christmas Fantasy Parade,” and many more through the decades. Today, the presentation of seasonal parades on the vast DISNEYLAND “stage” continue to be a distinct part of the Disneyland theater concept. These seasonal events further the Show Quality of Disneyland’s own parade and entertainment culture - both in its operation and art form, for years to come!

Now, I invite you to “please step this way” (back to the year 1955), as we visit Disneyland’s first ever winter season festival!

   “The First Annual Christmas Festival at Disneyland”     “Once upon a wintertime”  of November 24th, 1955 thru January 8th, 1956, Disneyland hosted an annual  Holiday Festival . The first “ Christmas Show Parade ” ran from Thanksgiving of 1955 to J

“The First Annual Christmas Festival at Disneyland”

“Once upon a wintertime” of November 24th, 1955 thru January 8th, 1956, Disneyland hosted an annual Holiday Festival. The first “Christmas Show Parade” ran from Thanksgiving of 1955 to January 2, 1956. Disneyland’s very first Annual Holiday Festival included music (provided by more than 80 “music aggregations,” wandering groups of carolers, and the Disneyland Band).

Dick Irvine, chief art director and Emil Kuri, top set designer, had both worked on planning and construction of Disneyland (from the blueprint stage to final painting) and were put in charge of the decorating by Walt. “The Studio Library was consulted and hundreds of magazines, books, drawings and paintings of the turn-of-the century era were consulted. From these sources a picture of an 1890 Christmas scene emerged and was put down as drawing and blueprint… Studio craftsmen more than 40 artists-were set to work painting the numerous coutout displays that line Main Street.” The Disneyland News (Vol.1, No.6, Page 1; December 10, 1955)

There were holiday decorations (thousands of lights, wreaths, garlands, popcorn strings, Christmas trees, and cutout displays) in step with the era, spread across Disneyland’s entire 60 acres. According to The Disneyland News (Vol.1, No.6, Page 1; December 10, 1955): “Securing materials for the park's decorations was another problem. In order that the evergreen boughs and branches last through the six-week Christmas season trucks were sent far north, to areas where the frost had already hit. The frost, Emil, explains, seals the sap in the branches so they will keep their natural color. The garlands brought back were then flameproofed at the Burbank studio, before being sent to Disneyland for use in the decorative theme… A lengthy search for the tree to be used in the Central Plaza took Disney crews over many northwestern states till the perfect tree was found: the top 30 feet of an 80 foot giant growing near Lake Tahoe was cut and now glows brilliantly.”

The Magnolia Park Bandstand (then located in a nook, just west of Sleeping Beauty Castle) was transformed into the “Christmas Bowl” where old-fashioned Yuletide concerts were performed.

According to The Disneyland News (Vol.1, No.6, Page 1; December 10, 1955): “From Main Street's Santa Fe and Disneyland RR Depot to Holidayland and the Mickey Mouse Club Circus, all of the Magic Kingdom glows with the bright and cheerful Yule decorations. The Main Street area--from entrance tunnels to the Christmas Bowl is joyously lit with 38,000 varicolored Christmas bulbs.” Even the Mark Twain was decorated with Christmas lights and a large Christmas tree “similar to those placed in the Pilot Houses of the river boats of half-a-century ago.”

“Disneyland Christmas Bowl,” (1955)
“Disneyland Christmas Bowl,” (1955)

That’s not Vesey Walker’s band! But, it sure looks like a school marching band is making their way past Sleeping Beauty Castle (and the Plaza) as they head for the Disneyland Christmas Bowl at the Gazebo just off the Plaza. According to the original (c. 1955) handbill, very first “Christmas Bowl” featured “leading church and school choral groups from all over the West” which provided “Special Holiday Entertainment in the Christmas Bowl every day.” Another (later) source described how the entertainment “consisted primarily of visiting school bands and vocal groups from all over Southern California,” according to Backstage magazine, (published Summer of 1965). In fact, this particular holiday season “featured scores of youth music groups performing” in the Christmas Bowl, according to “The Disneyland Diary.”

The “Disneyland Christmas Bowl” at the Bandstand, 1955
The “Disneyland Christmas Bowl” at the Bandstand, 1955

For a brief period, the Gazebo Bandstand was host to Vesey Walker’s Disneyland Band throughout the year, as well as many high school marching bands and “civic musical from all over Southern California and as far away as Louisiana” (like the Christmas Bowl Dancers) performing during the very first Christmas season at Disneyland. [See the “Disneyland 1st Anniversary Souvenir Pictorial] The Disneyland News VOL. 1, No. 6 (December 10, 1955) published a photo of the Fresno High School Warrior Band in concert.

The Christmas Bowl was first performed under the Bandstand (just off the Plaza) during the 1955 winter season (between Thanksgiving of 1955, and January 8th, 1956). In interview with Disneyland LINE (published March 24, 1995), Gunter Otto, former Landscaping Supervisor sentimentally recalled a special conversation with Walt Disney during this time : “I remember Walt coming over to the Christmas Bowl at Magnolia Park (near the current Pirates of the Caribbean entrance) on Christmas Day 1955. He shook hands with everyone and wished them a merry Christmas. He then asked me if I was homesick for Berlin, Germany. When I was slow to answer, he looked me in the eye and said, ‘Don’t look back, look forward. You are one of us now.’ And so it was for 35 years.”

“Disneyland Prospectus” 1954, Page 6, Facsimile
“Disneyland Prospectus” 1954, Page 6, Facsimile

The very first Disneyland Christmas Festival was even more, as it introduced a whole new land - Holidayland (first located between Fantasyland and Tomorrowland). Holidayland (which was originally conceived as “Recreation Land”), included the Mickey Mouse Club Circus starred Jimmie Dodd as the Ringmaster, Roy “the Big Mouseketeer” Williams, television’s Mouseketeers (like Darlene Gillespie as “Tinker Bell”), and many other children ranging from “ages 8 to 14”! The Mickey Mouse Club Circus was a temporary show (running from Thanksgiving Day of 1955, until January 8, 1956). As a sidelight, Keller’s Jungle Killers was held over from February 18, 1956 to September 9, 1956.

"Souvenir of Mickey Mouse Club Circus" Cover Featuring Bob-O the Clown, (1955)
"Souvenir of Mickey Mouse Club Circus" Cover Featuring Bob-O the Clown, (1955)

The Mickey Mouse Club Circus was produced by Walt Disney, managed by Ben Chapman, and staged by both Hal Adelquist (co-creator and Associate Producer for television’s Mickey Mouse Club) and Walt Disney Studio “gag artist” and “Big Mooseketeer” Roy Williams! Artistic Direction of this “gaudy and gilded circus of the good old days” was owed to Bruce Bushman, who once (from 1954 to 1955) provided many original concept drawings of potential Fantasyland adventures and attractions (many of which became reality). The diverse and colorful wardrobe was provided by Chuck Keehne.

The big show (which cost more than $300,000 to produce), featured more than 80 animals and more than 70 performers, appropriately underneath a circus tent with a 2500 guest capacity! The seventy-five minute show (led by Ringmaster Jimmie Dodd, songwriter and musician of The Mickey Mouse Club television series) had 12 headlining acts. Many of these co-starred television’s Mouseketeers - Sharon Baird, Karen Pendleton, Mike Smith, Doreen Tracey, Dennis Day, Dickie Dodd, Billie Jean Beanblossom, Tommy Cole, Darlene Gillespie, Mark Sutherland, Cubby O’Brien, Lonnie Burr, Ronnie Steiner, Judy Harriett, Lee Johann, Johnny Crawford, Bonni Kern, Nancy Abbate, Mary Sartori, Don Underhill, Mary Espinosa, Annette Funicello, Bronson Scott, and Bobby Burgess - for the first time in-person!

The show’s lineup opened with the set of Professor George Keller’s Feline Fantastics, which did not utilize “whips, gun, or chair”, and featured panthers, leopards, Bengal tigers, and mountain lions (among 30 cats). There was Ted DeWayne and his troupe of acrobats and gymnasts performing human pyramids, and the Flying Alexanders. The show’s second act featured “The March of the Clowns” (like Bob-O the Clown of television’s Mickey Mouse Club, or Klinko the Clown and his miniature automobile). The clown act helped set the stage for the “Aerial Ballet” featuring Tinkerbell and Peter Pan alongside 24 Mouseketeers. There were camels, dogs, the world’s only twin baby elephants, horses (like Serenado the musical horse), llamas, ponies, and seals in the “Animal Varieties” act. A Christmas tree rising from the center ring triggered the climax of the show! The “Flying Alexanders” with their breathtaking aerial summersaults and soaring fly-through s” astounded audiences. The highlight of the show was a procession of pageantry (which would become a Disneyland tradition) - the “March of the Toys” (the “Living Toys” from Walt Disney’s “Babes in Toyland”) and Walt Disney’s characters courtesy of the Ice Capades (including Mickey Mouse and Minnie Mouse, Donald Duck, Goofy, Pluto), and even Santa Claus riding in a sleigh pulled by “matching ponies” in the “Christmas Tree Finale”. All of these acts were performed to music directed by Tommy Walker (son of Vesey Walker, Director of the Disneyland Band). This entire show ran twice daily on weekdays, and three times daily on weekends.

In addition, Walt had a number of “forgotten” antique circus wagons restored for Holidayland. The “Souvenir of The Mickey Mouse Club Circus” (published 1955) states, “Taking it upon himself as a public trust, and deserting to perpetuate the happier things of our American heritage, Was searched for and found these original circus parade wagons. Researchers, artists, designers, special craftsmen and wagon builders were enlisted by Walt in his desire for authenticity in their rebuilding. Circus historians and ‘old-timers’ were brought in as consultants. And since Walt Disney believes that any heritage worth bringing back to life is worth putting back into actual use, these circus wagons were put back into service. Proudly they’ll roll again up Disneyland’s Main Street on their way to the Big Top.” Of the cars restored was a “Steam Calliope, a Beauty Wagon, Whiskers Wagon, White Ticket Wagon [featuring ornate hand-carved figures in cameos], the [1890] Swan Band Wagon, the Green Cage, the Swan and Fawn, and the Shell Cab”, according to the Pasadena Independent (published December 18, 1955). General admission for the grand Mickey Mouse Club Circus show was just 50 cents, and reserved seating $1.00 (this was of course, separate from Disneyland General Admission). The Mickey Mouse Club Circus was covered in a wonderful 2-page spread full of photos, in The Disneyland News (Vol.1 -No.6 ; published December 10, 1955).

 When the  Mickey Mouse Club Circus  first opened on November 24th (Thanksgiving Day), there was a parade of the entire cast, led by Grand Marshall Walt Disney (wearing a cowboy hat) and Co-Grand Marshall Fess Parker (dressed in his Davy Crockett dud

When the Mickey Mouse Club Circus first opened on November 24th (Thanksgiving Day), there was a parade of the entire cast, led by Grand Marshall Walt Disney (wearing a cowboy hat) and Co-Grand Marshall Fess Parker (dressed in his Davy Crockett duds)! Mouseketeers marched along the route, bearing standards, which introduced the various parade units. The Disneyland Band was piled high inside the Swan Band Wagon, while school bands marched along the route. The sky-blue and gold-accented Beauty Wagon was pulled by six horses dawning red feather plumes on their head. There were elephants, clowns, and the Steam Calliope providing the keynotes of popular melodies and piping white clouds of steam down the route (with engineer in tow). As a “sidelight”, a few gloriously colorful moments were preserved in “Disneyland U.S.A.” (released by Buena Vista Film Distribution, December 20, 1956). This circus was one of Walt’s dreams (seen in Harper Goff’s early c.1951 drawings of Mickey Mouse Park to be built along Riverside Drive in Burbank), and a true labor of love (judging by all the details added to the big show)!

After the parade, the festivities continued with a costume contest held for youngsters dressed as either “Disneyland or Disney characters” (as advertised in local newspapers). The first 1000 children to arrive dressed as Disneyland or Disney characters received Mickey Mouse Club Records. Again, television’s Mouseketeers appeared (this time, from from 1:30p.m. to 4:30 p.m.), and helped judge the costume contest.

After all the festivities, the popular Keller Animal Show was held over for the year of 1956. In addition, subsequent Annual Holiday Festivals were quite often held during two-week periods of the winter season, when children were typically on vacation from school.

1956 Christmas Festival Advertisement
1956 Christmas Festival Advertisement

1956 : The scheduled entertainment of the 1956-1957 Holiday Festival (for a second year in a row) predominantly consisted of visiting school bands and vocal groups from all over Southern California. The stars of The Further Adventures of Spin and Marty and Annette Funicello even made appearances (in costume) in Magnolia Park, posing for photographs and signing autographs for fans. Still, Christmastime business (from November to January) brought peak amounts of Guests into the Park, and the income generated would help fund new Disneyland adventures! On this subject, one Associated Press article “Plan Trip Into Drop of Water, Liberty Square for Disneyland” (by Bob Thomas, published April 20, 1957) preserved Walt’s words this way : “I had $700,000 for this year’s work and managed to get another $600,000. What convinced the moneymen was our Christmas business. We had 35,000 customers in one day.” The Columbia, the Grand Canyon Diorama, the Sleeping Beauty Castle walk-through, the Monsanto House of Tomorrow, and many other attractions owe their existence (in part) to funds generated from Disneyland’s winter festivals and parades, which drew record crowds of customers into the Park!

Sleeping Beauty Castle, 1956.
Sleeping Beauty Castle, 1956.

Garlands and wreaths “deck the halls” and banners of Sleeping Beauty Castle and its drawbridge.

During this time, both Dick Irvine (chief art director) and Emile Kuri (set designer) were put in charge of seasonal decorations at Disneyland by Walt. According to The Disneyland News (Vol.1 - No. 6; published December 10, 1955): “Studio craftsmen more than 40 artists - were set to work painting the numerous cutout displays that line Main Street. Securing materials for the park's decorations was another problem. In order that the evergreen boughs and branches last through the six week Christmas season trucks were sent far north, to areas where the frost had already hit. The frost, Emil, explains, seals the sap in the branches so they will keep their natural color. The garlands brought back were then flameproofed at the Burbank studio, before being sent to Disneyland for use in the decorative theme.”

“December 10, 1956, to numerous people, holds no special significance. To the employees of Disneyland, it will remain as a day to be remembered. On this date was presented to all Disneylanders and their families, the First Annual Christmas Party… Fourteen hundred and twenty-eight smiling faces were present everywhere one looked. The nine hundred children beamed as Fantasyland unfolded around them, inviting gaiety in its every corner.”

The Tokuyae Classical Dance Group of Los Angeles in the Christmas Parade of All Nations, (December 23, 1957)
The Tokuyae Classical Dance Group of Los Angeles in the Christmas Parade of All Nations, (December 23, 1957)

“A Procession of Holiday Parades Begins - 1957”

1957 : Disneyland Holiday magazine announced: “The ‘old-fashioned Christmas’ theme of Disneyland's first two Christmas time celebrations will be expanded this year, with new features planned. Once again there will be carolers to serenade you, festive decorations along Main Street, huge Christmas trees with multi-colored lights, and many special Christmas programs.” It wasn’t until the year 1957, that the first Christmas Parade was added to the third Annual Christmas Holiday Festival in the form of the “Christmas of Many Lands” (also called “Christmas in Many Lands”) festival and parade. “When the… Christmas Parade was first proposed, the Park Operating Committee spoke against it. They argued that it would be poor economics to spend $350,000 on a parade when the holiday crowds would come without the attraction. Walt rejected negative arguments: ‘We can’t be satisfied… even though we’ll get the crowds. We’ve always got to give ‘em a little more. It will be worth the investment. If they ever stop coming, it’ll cost ten times that much to get ‘em back.” [“The Spirit of Disneyland,” page 43 ; Prepared 1984 by Walt Disney Productions.] Other promotions were generated to invest in maintaining the “crowds,” like the Disneyland Employee Family Christmas Shopping Passes issued, good from December 9 thru 24, 1957.

The theme of the annual parades has changed much since 1957 - from the multi-cultural and multi-national themes to parades of toys and even those saluting the realms of fantasy! Even before this year, a diverse array of individuals, organizations, clubs, and historical societies had been welcomed at Disneyland. But by Disneyland’s Third Annual Holiday Festival (from December 16, 1957 thru January 5, 1958; December 15 to December 23 according to some sanctioned sources), an unprecedented assortment of dancers, singers, and other entertainers from a host of organizations around the world would now take part in the traditional winter season festivities at Disneyland! For example, there were 115 guest youth choruses involved with the 1957 Christmas Festival (according to “The Disneyland Diary”). Some individuals (like the Consulate General of Austria, or the Dutch “Little Wooden Shoe Dancers”) would return to make even more “outstanding contributions” in a tradition that would span the festivals of future years at Disneyland. All of these were to be overseen by Tommy Walker of Disneyland Incorporated Customer Relations, and son of Disneyland Band Director Vesey Walker.

As mentioned, something else was added - the very first Christmas Parade! Yes, Walt Disney served as Grand Marshall of the “Christmas Parade of All Nations” at 2 p.m., on December 22nd, 1957. For the procession, Walt Disney Studio artist Bruce Bushman portrayed Santa Claus. The parade route started through the west side of Town Square, rounded the Town Square Plaza (where the huge tree was located) before heading down Main Street U.S.A. (with its brightly-colored Christmas trees, garlands and wreaths overhead, and shop windows decorated with their own unique international theme), where it rounded the Central Plaza (with its large Christmas tree), and ended in Frontierland! In addition to the parade, some Holiday Festival participants performed dances and songs from their native countries at various locations around the Park (The Plaza, Dairy Bar in Tomorrowland,and the Magnolia Park Bandstand in Frontierland), following the parade (from 3:30 to 6:45 p.m.). A total of nine guest choirs performed in a mass choir in the Plaza Hub, under the direction of Dr. Charles C. Hirt of USC. While showcasing different cultures, the parade also depicted the traditions of 20 nations. Pictured above, you’ll see the Tokuyae Classical Dance Group of Los Angeles, representing Japan, appearing in the Parade of All Nations Disneyland. The Tokuyae Classical Dance Group of Los Angeles would later be invited to join in the opening-day festivities during the debut of Its a Small World (almost a decade later, on May 28, 1966) at Disneyland, and to participate in seasons of “Festival Japan” (three decades later, including that coinciding with Disneyland’s 30th anniversary on October 12 & 13, 1985).

As a “sidelight” and final thought, it rained so hard on the originally scheduled day, that the entire parade was postponed for one whole week. But the efforts were worth the wait and Disneyland was grateful. After all, it was arranged that the members of dance groups and organizations would be awarded commemorative plaques (commissioned by Perma Plaque, of Hollywood, California). In synergistic advertisement of the Winter season festivities, “Christmas In Disneyland” (a DELL Giant Comic) was released, featuring a garland-draped Sleeping Beauty Castle on the cover and a special holiday-themed story inside!

9CB6E0EF-3202-4858-BFA6-1B89F6C891AC.jpeg
Ohio State Marching Band at Disneyland Holiday Festival, (December, 1957)
Ohio State Marching Band at Disneyland Holiday Festival, (December, 1957)

With audiences in mind, Disneyland hosted its First New Year’s Eve Party on December 31, 1957. And it was during the 1957 season, which one of “the best… bands in the world” came to Disneyland! The Ohio State Marching Band performed in the Tournament of Roses Parade and at the 44th Rose Bowl Game (both held January 1, 1958). But even before those momentous events, they had the honor to March down Main Street during Disneyland’s Third Annual Holiday Festival!

Quite a large audience turned out for the First Massed Choir featuring the “Living Christmas Tree” at Disneyland, December 22, 1957
Quite a large audience turned out for the First Massed Choir featuring the “Living Christmas Tree” at Disneyland, December 22, 1957

Sometime c.1957, Herb Ryman produced a chalk and gouache concept of a gigantic “75 ft. Christmas Tree on a hill” (perhaps Holiday Hill) near the “Holiday Park Entrance.” While this wasn’t to be, another type of tree would take form.

The accompanying original press release caption reads : “CHRISTMAS CAROLS AT DISNEYLAND — More than 800 choir singers will take part in two nights of caroling at Disneyland Dec. 19 and 20, a major feature of the Park’s Tenth Annual Christmas Festival. Here the singers are shown in Disneyland’s Town Square. The festival will feature a giant ‘Christmas in Many Lands’ Parade on December 20 followed by Walt Disney’s ‘Parade of the Toys.’ The Toy Parade will also be featured each afternoon through Dec. 31.”

First Massed Choir featuring the “Living Christmas Tree” at Disneyland, December 22, 1957
First Massed Choir featuring the “Living Christmas Tree” at Disneyland, December 22, 1957

Ohio State Marching Band at Disneyland Holiday Festival, (December, 1957)
Ohio State Marching Band at Disneyland Holiday Festival, (December, 1957)
Ohio State Marching Band at Disneyland Holiday Festival, (December, 1957)
Ohio State Marching Band at Disneyland Holiday Festival, (December, 1957)

1958 : The 4th Annual Holiday Festival (of 1958) featured more than 3,500 marchers in the first “Christmas in Many Lands” Parade (including the Anaheim Choraleers in the Park’s very first official Candlelight Procession)! “55er” electrician George Short most-memorably recalled “The Christmas Candlelight Processions were very impressive”, as he had helped to set up the sound for them.

During the early years of Disneyland’s holiday festivals and parades, the contributions of participants were further recognized through plaques given them.

Today, this “ceremony is only performed on one weekend during the holiday season and features a massed choir of 1,000 voices, a full orchestra and a celebrity Guest narrator in a presentation of the traditional Christmas story in Town Square on Main Street, U.S.A.” The first Candlelight Ceremony was held at Disneyland on December 20th, 1958. Dennis Morgan was the very first narrator, while the years that followed would see John Wayne, Cary Grant, Henry Fonda, Jimmy Stewart, James Earl Jones, Rock Hudson, Edward James Olmos, Gregory Peck, Marie Osmond and Louis Gosset, Jr. narrate.

Another event - the “Living Christmas Tree” was scheduled for December 24th, 1958.

"Disneyland's 5th Holiday Festival" Schedule ; Disneylander, Vol.3, No.5, (December, 1959)
"Disneyland's 5th Holiday Festival" Schedule ; Disneylander, Vol.3, No.5, (December, 1959)

1959 : After the 48-foot Christmas Tree was decorated with the help of Chuck St. John (of Hortie Van) seated in a “boatswain’s chair swinging from a crane,” the Christmas in Many Lands Parade would entertain guests with its international theme, during the 1959 season! Wandering Carolers (in costumes by Lulu Miller and Ann Shemkus) also entertained visitors of Disneyland during the Winter of 1959. Lastly, the third Annual Christmas Dinner was held for Disneylanders during December of 1959.

Christmas in Many Lands, (December, 1959)
Christmas in Many Lands, (December, 1959)

Grecians wearing traditional clothing, carry the flag of their native land, after emerging from the west side of Town Square, and marching down Main Street U.S.A.!

Christmas in Many Lands, (December, 1959)
Christmas in Many Lands, (December, 1959)
  1960 :  The  “Parade of the Toys”  was a daily veritable  “march of the toys” and “people…from fairyland and folklore” , which debuted on December 18th, 1960 - before Disneyland’s Tencennial (becoming a facet of Disneyland’s  “first fabulous decade

1960 : The “Parade of the Toys” was a daily veritable “march of the toys” and “people…from fairyland and folklore”, which debuted on December 18th, 1960 - before Disneyland’s Tencennial (becoming a facet of Disneyland’s “first fabulous decade”) - and running until December 31st, 1960! The “Parade of the Toys” was an additional unit of the “Christmas in Many Lands” parade which made its debut on December 20th, 1960! One of the most notable features of the “Parade of the Toys” was that Walt Disney again served as Parade Grand Marshall (alongside granddaughters Joanna and Tammy Miller, in a covered curve-dash auto), while “the leader of the club” Mickey Mouse dressed in a Band Leader costume, stood atop “The Big Bass Drum” - a huge drum float. This was also the first year that the “living” toy soldiers made their debut, and became a winter-time holiday tradition at both Disneyland and Walt Disney World to this day!

Much work went into the traditional “Christmas in Many Lands” parade and associated activities (like the Candlelight Procession and Massed Choir Program), to make this the biggest Holiday Festival ever in honor of the Park’s “Tenth Annual Christmas Festival”! To top the whole festival off, a total of 800 choir singers took part in two nights of candlelight caroling in formation in Disneyland’s Town Square (following the parades), on December 19th and 20th, of 1960! Many foreign groups (from near and far) were invited to join in the associated festivities. There were Danish Folk Dancers, English Folk Dancers, Danish Folk Dancers, Austrian Mountain Dancers, Los Angeles Chinese D & B Corps members, and Armenian Folk Ballet members to name just a few of the participants. All together some 3,500 participants (more than any prior parade) brought the “Christmas of Many Lands” parade to life!

1961 : Bill Justice recalled: “In the fall of 1961 Walt called a meeting in my room and said he wanted a giant toy parade to help publicize Babes in Toyland. As one might expect, Walt had specific ideas about parades. He told me, ‘Bill, we're not in competition with the Rose Parade.’ He said not to make the floats too huge or out of scale. He was thinking of the little kids. They had to be able to see without looking up so far they fell over backwards.”

(December 17 - December 31 ; 1:30 & 5:15 Daily) The second annual “Parade of the Toys” premiered on Sunday, December 17, 1961, with Grand Marshall Walt Disney (alongside granddaughters Joanna and Tammy Miller in matching red petticoats) leading the pageant in the yellow “curve-dashed” automobile, (without a cover). The next day, the parade began to run twice daily, from December 18th - 31st. While this winter holiday season event still featured characters from the Ice Capades, it was a veritable promotion (or, “cross pollination” as Roy Disney would put it) of Disneyland and Walt Disney Productions’ recent theatrical release “Walt Disney’s Babes In Toyland’ (which had premiered three days prior on December 14th, 1961)! According to Vacationland magazine : “All based on the wonderful animated toys from the new Walt Disney motion picture ‘Babes in Toyland’ (opening in theaters across the country just before Christmas), the unique Disneyland toy procession features a ‘wooden toy soldier band’, a variety of floats, wooden knights on horseback, a procession of costumed Disney characters, and of course, Santa Claus and his sleigh - drawn by eight of the most comically reindeer ever created.” A team of horses pulled “the Biggest Bass Drum” bearing the title, “Walt Disney’s Fantasy on Parade”! The parade featured “living” toy Scottie and Poodle (dogs), a giant toy clown that gaily bobbed back and forth while waving to the crowds, a twelve-foot tall winking porcelain doll, “living” toy bunnies, and a Mouse Trap Band Float. Vacationland magazine also adds : “The unusual floats include such highlights as three huge singing carolers in front of a beautiful stained glass window, the humorous ‘mouse trap band’, dancing marionettes and a cannon-firing battleship.” The seven-foot tall “live” toy soldiers and Comic Reindeer would also return for their second year in a row, to match alongside other “living” and animated toys. A number of publications (like Jack and Jill magazine, December, 1961) advertised and documented the jolly Parade of the Toys at Disneyland, while the stars of Football squads (tailbacks Bobby Smith and Mike Haffner of UCLA, and quarterback Sandy Stephens and halfback Dave Mulholland of Minnesota) visited Disneyland for a Press Photoshoot with the “Disney-style reindeer”. Some of the folk groups performed around the Park before the debut parade (as one Japanese group did in Magnolia Park).

In addition, while many of the following parades ran twice daily (especially in later years), the “Parade of the Toys” ran an impressive three times daily, through January 1st, 1961!

1962 : The festivities of the Disneyland Eighth Annual Holiday Festival were brought to life by 2,500 participants, another 1,000 Christmas carolers (in the Candlelight Procession which took part on the Sunday before Christmas), and some 25,000 guests!

To assist the Parade Formation, a P. A. System was placed on a tower at the entrance to the reserve parking lot north of the Harbor Employees entrance. A mike was placed on the top of a tower and another at the bottom. A P. A. System was also placed on tower next to band building.

A Parade Intercom - a private line communication - was placed between the points of the Hills Brothers Gate, Town Square, and City Hall Balcony.

Even before the festivities began, the Walt Disney Studio Christmas Show Committee arranged for Dr. Charles Hirt and the Disneyland Carolers performed at the Walt Disney Studio Employee’s Children Shows on Saturday, December 15, 1962. When the group completed their performance, at the studio, they took their wardrobe with them and proceeded to Disneyland. A table for luncheon was reserved in the name of the "Disneyland Carolers" at the Red Wagon. Then a Disneyland wardrobe mistress assisted the ladies, while the head of the wardrobe department, Chuck Keehne, assisted the gentlemen.

Among these were the usual cast of characters in this year’s Toy Parade - Mickey Mouse (and his close pal, Paul Castle), Donald Duck driving a car, Snow White (Jacque Cothran) and the seven Dwarfs, Chip and Dale (Tom Galliger and Bill Teague), the cast of Alice in Wonderland, Flora, Fauna, Merriweather, and eight Reindeer. A menagerie of animals marched (including ostriches, a cheetah, adult and baby llamas, two hyenas, a zebra, tiger cubs, a lion cub, three elephants, camels, a donkey, and even a bear). There were also quite a few unusual character performers appearing in this year’s procession - four Hippos, four French Balloonists, and even Raggedy Ann and Andy! Floats with sound included the Mouse Band, Can-Can, Choir Boys, and Santa's Sleigh. The Disneyland Band was in Town Square facing the train station using two stand mikes feeding Town Square only. Walt Disney and Jack Lindquist rode as guests of honor in one (of the four) Disneyland DMC Vehicles.

The Christmas in Many Lands theme was still ever present - a float bearing the Flags of All Nations around a giant mock-up of the earth was one of the highlights! From Palestine to Switzerland - many clubs and organizations from around the world were welcomed as Disneyland’s guests this year, as they kept their customs and traditions alive while enjoying time with their families. The traditional “Yule Log” was pulled along the route and the carrying of a festive roast boar represented the customs of medieval England! Finland’s Old Man Christmas with his elves, Norway’s traditional Santa Claus with his pet goat, Yugoslavian musicians riding a sleigh, a Mexican unit (featuring the Señorita Drum & Bugle Corps.) with piñatas filled with candies and gifts, a Chinese unit and float bearing a glittering dragon, a Japanese unit of youthful dancers and a traditional Japanese Boat float, were among the entries in the pageant. A total of twenty-four foreign floats were entered into the competition, with three winners awarded cash prizes (ranging from $25.00 to $100.00)!

Various university and high school marching bands (like Tennyson High School, University of Wisconsin Badger Band, University of Southern California Trojan Band, Ben Davis High School, Amos Alonzo Stagg High School) were invited to perform. The two university bands (soon to appear at the Rose Bowl), would march out of the Hills Bros. Gate, and present a concert near Town Square before continuing down the route.

Announcers (like Dick Wesson) were situated atop buildings (City Hall Balcony; Roof of Upjohn Pharmacy; Roof of Pendleton), and platforms or towers on the south end of Plaza Hub along River front near Aunt Jemima Restaurant where they could describe the parade units for Audiences below! Finally, once the reindeer-driven toy train (pulling Santa’s sleigh) reached Town Square, a traditional massive balloon release was triggered sending hundreds of colorful balloons skyward during the climax of the parade! Aside from the parades, groups of wandering carolers were a feature of the 1962 winter season’s festivities.

After all was done, representatives of those participating schools and organizations were awarded commemorative plaques “in appreciation of their outstanding contribution toward the Disneyland Eighth Annual Holiday Festival!

1963 : The 9th Annual Holiday Festival gala saw “The Parade of Toys” a daily fixture during Christmas week. In addition, the “Christmas of Many Lands” Parade saw international groups and respective native toy-themed floats, overseen by Bob Matheison, and led by the Grand Marshall - Walt Disney and his Disneyland Marching Band! Disneyland Backstage (Spring, 1964) published the following funny anecdote (as told by Millie Malley) : “‘Just a few months ago’ behind Main St., they were getting ready for the Parade of the Toys. Tom Campbell was hustling everyone into place. He was standing just in front of one of the cannons. The White Rabbit who was to pull the cannon, wanted to see if he could fire it with his costume on. He triggered it, there was a loud boom and a shower of confetti. Poor Tom just stood there, confetti all over him and the rabbit saying ‘I didn’t know it was loaded’.” We can imagine scenes like this commonly played out during parade rehearsals.

The “Christmas of Many Lands” Parade was narrated by several celebrity announcers. The voice of Dick Tufeld (who is known for voicing the Robot from television’s Lost in Space, and who narrated several episodes of Zorro and The Wonderful World of Color) emceed a portion of the parade route. Dick Wesson (the voice of the introduction of Disneyland’s television series) also narrated a portion of the parade route. George Church III (star of recent Broadway production “Pal Joey”, 1963) would also help present the parade by providing narration!

Various school marching bands (from Maryknoll All Girl, Anaheim High, Azuza High, Antelope Valley, Burbank, Bakersfield, Bolsa Grande Huntington Beach, and others) filled out the gaps of the parade units. The Armenians brought their Hajji Baba, while the Austrians brought their Lippazaner. The Danish were represented by a steadfast toy soldier, while the Chinese gifted a china Doll to the parade procession. In between these units were other floats like a Jack-in-the-box, and a float holding a massive amount of flags from various countries. The entire event was concluded with a release of a flock of pigeons.

The “Christmas of Many Lands” Parade opened to Disneyland’s largest crowd yet (outside of the peak summer season) - an astounding and record-breaking Park attendance of 42,000 guests! During the parade, 33,000 people gathered along the route (according to a letter to George Church III, from Ben Harris (Disneyland Production Coordinator, Disneyland Customer Relations Division Manager, dated January 8, 1964). This “provided very difficult crowd control problems”.

The Candlelight Procession and the Massed Choir appeared at Disneyland, on Sunday, December 22nd, 1963. Roll checks and rehearsals of the choir and Candlelight Procession members occurred that same day. According to Charles K. Dargan (Disneyland Talent Supervisor), the Candlelight Procession began “at the Fantasyland Castle area, moving up Main Street to Town Square where the singers” would “form a vast choir in front of the Train Station.” The same five carols that were sung the preceding year were used, allowing for easy memorization of the titles, publishers, lyrics, and octavo numbers. The result was that the “visual as well as the musical effectiveness of this procession” would be “considerably enhanced,” by Charles’ account.

1964 : Under the direction of Chuck Corson (Disneyland Talent Manager), Ben Harris, and Tommy Walker, the theme of this 10th Annual Holiday Festival (held 2:00p.m. on both Saturday, December 19th, 1964 and Sunday, December 20th, 1964) was the Christmas “Parade of All Nations” (or, “Christmas of Many Lands”) - an “international folk festival” featuring the toys and peoples representative of many lands. More than 3,000 participants efficiently representing 27 foreign groups (in addition to High School Marching Band and Drill Team Units) entered a total of 25 floats in the pageant this year. The maximum number of participants allowed in each group was 40 (in addition to musicians). The diverse acts included an Armenian Folk Ballet troupe and “Aman-Or” unit (led by Miss Karoun Tootikian), Austrian Mountain Dancers and Mozart’s Annual Christmas Concert (led by Charles Bausback), the Los Angeles Chinese Drum & Bugle Corps (led by Al Chew), American Sokol Organization of L.A. St. Nicholas Visit (with angel and devil) unit from Czechoslovakia (led by Mrs. Nekuda), Danish Folk Dancers and Christmas Candle unit from Denmark (led by Director Mr. Christensen), acts from England (led by Miss McFarland), acts from France (led by Director Madame Danjou), acts from Germany, representatives of the American Hungarian Cultural Society (led by Mrs. Marie Elek), the India Art Group and a Diwali “Festival of Lights” unit (led by Miss Sushila Janados), The Irish Rinnceoiri Na H Eireann and a parade float of a Candle in the window of an Irish Cottage (led by Director Mrs. Edith Stevenson), Italian Folk Dance Workshops (led by Mr. Nate Moore), Japanese Kansuma Kai and Christmas on a Floating Tea House float (led by Mrs. Fujima Kansuma), the Eye-Ographic Holyland Exhibition of Jordan and Bethlehem Bell Tower unit (led by Mrs. Pearl Baker), Korean Dancers and a Traditional Korean Wedding Unit (led by Mr. Phil Kim), Corina Valdez Dance Studio (led by Corina Valdez and Monsignor Ramon Garcia), Norwegian Viking Folkdancers of Long Beach (led by Mr. Thor Matland), the Philippine Folklore Group (led by Mrs. Leonor Neri Tice), the Polish International Alliance (led by Mrs. Jadwiga Wielkoszewski), San Diego Highland Dancers Association (who had previously appeared in the “Disneyland ‘59” parade and pageant) and Scotland “Wee Kirk in Heather and Cottage & Beast” unit, Lilly Aguilar Folklorico Dancers (who had previously appeared in the “Disneyland ‘59” parade and pageant) and their Nativity Scene led by Director Lilly Aguilar, Swedish Folkdance Club of Los Angeles (led by Mr. Nils Johanssen), Swiss Folk dancers of Inglewood (led by Hans Zander), two acts representing the United States - (American Square Dancers ; led by Ray and Charlotte Cox & Westchester Larists ; led by Dr. Tillman Hall), West Indies Euafasam Dancers (led by Mrs. Jean Otero), and the Yugoslavian Slovenian Dance Group Pacific Circle 65 with Island of Triglav unit (led by Mrs. John Ercek)! Also featured were 35 Boy Scouts of America (led by Bill Bent), 8 vans full of animals, the International Children’s Choir the Barbarette’s Drill Team, the Western High School “Silhouettes” Drill Team of Anaheim, 11 groups of equestrians, and the Westchester Lariata and a Night Before Christmas Float (led by Director Tillman Hall).

By the Fall fo 1964, there were some costumes being stored in the Production Warehouse, which could be repaired at a cost. Numerous Disney Characters appeared courtesy of Ben Harris’ Ice Capades, including (according to Inter-Office documentation, dated September 10, 1964) Mickey Mouse, Minnie Mouse, Pluto, Goofy, Chip ‘n’ Dale, Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs, (3) Pigs and the Wolf, Alice in Wonderland, Mad Hatter, White Rabbit, Pinocchio, Foulfellow, Captain Hook, Peter Pan, Sleeping Beauty, Prince Charming, (4) Hippos, (1) Donald Duck Car (very small), Ludwig Von Drake, Thumper and Flower, (3) Good Fairies, Gideon, Gus-Gus Mouse, Jacques, (1) Scotty Dog, (1) Shaggy Dog, (1) Large Brown Bull, (1) Pansy Bull, (1) Fifi Dog, (1) Lucifer Cat, (6) Rabbits (assorted colors), (1) Evil Witch, and “as many of the toy solders as can reasonably be repaired… (20 of such soldiers… were [sic] in reasonable condition.”

The “land” of Disneyland was also represented by the Dapper Dans and the Disneyland Carolers. Not to be outshined was the Disneyland Marching Band, under the direction of Vesey Walker. As this procession was quite large and involved many outside parties, there was a concern that the parade may exceed the planned one hour. Assistants were stationed along the parade route giving signals (by hand motions) indicating a need to speed up or slow down as they proceed.

On December 18th, 1964, Ben Harris (Production), G.Mills, D. Narath, Bob Mathieson, P. Crammings, C. Hanaford, J. Taylor met for dinner, in order to discuss the “night rehearsal of floats & drivers and final arrangements with operations and maintenance” as well as “Disneyland Parade Staff.” Some of the talent groups (as the Scottish Bagpipe Bands, Jean Robbins’ famous Barbarettes All Girl Drill Team, the International Children’s Choir led by pianist Naomi Parker, Austrian Folk Dancers, and the Japanese Kansuma Kai girls) were featured in a “pre-parade show” on the Tom Sawyer Island Stage (in sight of the shoreline 2,000-seat bleachers), at 12:30p.m. (one and a half hours before the 2:00p.m. parade began).

This 1964 version of the daily Parade of the Toys coincided with the Babes in Toyland Village Exhibit at the Main Street Opera House. Fantasy on Parade Unit’s vehicles and props were themed around Walt Disney’s soon-to-be-released feature film “Babes in Toyland”, and were created under the direction of Chuck Fowler (Disneyland Maintenance Supervisor of the Disneyland Props Department) with some involvement from John Kuri (Emile Kuri’s son), as well as George Mills and Joe Bowman (who were both of Disneyland Maintenance)! Naturally, the toys of Disneyland were represented by a marching toy soldier band featured in Babes in Toyland, (and under the direction of Bob Reynolds). Babes in Toyland wasn’t the only Walt Disney Production to be featured in the Christmas Parade of All Nations. Goofy rode his Goofy’s Gondola, breaking-down periodically along the route (and based on the evidence of a plaque, the Dizzy Lizzy and Ollie Hutton appeared in the 10th Annual Holiday Parade of 1964). The stars of “Walt Disney’s Emil and the Detectives” (Cindy Cassell, Roger Mobley, and Bryan Russell) rode in one electric car (from which the top was temporarily removed), bearing their names on signs attached to the sides of the vehicle. For the finale, 2,000 pigeons were released from boxes atop the Main Street Station Platform.

Eddie Meck’s Disneyland Publicity Department arranged for a promotional television spot featuring the Characters (Mickey, Goofy, Pluto, and three of those Reindeer) decorating the Disneyland Christmas Tree.

It was common to station announcers throughout the park. The Legendary Jack Wagner (the Capitol Records voice ; formerly of KHJ radio) returned to Disneyland this year, to served as one of five announcers. He was stationed in Frontierland near the bleachers. Others included John Hilliard (on the Pendleton roof), Jack Sayers (in the center of the Plaza, in front of the Castle), George Church (on the Hallmark roof), and Bob Matheison (from the City Hall balcony). Disneyland wagon carts also transported special guests along the route!

Disneyland made many preparations and accommodations for the representatives of the 27 foreign groups. All of these individuals needed to be given clearance to various gates (located on Harbor Boulevard and West Street) around Disneyland. Donations were collected to help with expenses of the floats (which were built atop 4-wheel, flat-beds). Free parking (near the Golf Course) was arranged. Before the parade, some light lunches were provided, and after the festivities, Holiday Festival Participants enjoyed complimentary refreshments (by Pepsi-Cola, Coca-Cola, Hills Bros. and Carnation Farms), as they enjoyed the rest of their stay at Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom! Well before December 20th, 1964, it was deemed that the parade would be such a success, that another subsequent International Folk Festival would be planned for 1965. On the evening of November 5, 1964, a Dinner Planning Meeting was held inside the Disneyland Hotel’s Poolside Room with Tommy Walker and representatives of the 27 foreign groups featured in the Christmas Parade of All Nations. Tommy’s idea was that “each group would be staged at an area within the Park and would present various dances of their countries.” The idea was favored among all present and a possibility of Easter time was discussed (due to school activities and summer vacations).

Other important matters (Christmas Parade physical arrangements involving the Maintenance and Operations Staff were still being discussed by December 14th and 18th.

The Candlelight Procession included a number of songs (“O Come, All Ye Faithful”, “Angels From The Realms of Glory”, “Joy To The World”, “Hark! The Herald Angels Sing”, and “God Rest You Merry, Gentlemen”) which were sang while processing, and then repeated until the Candlelight Procession Ceremony was completed! The Massed Choir was accompanied by Charles Shaffer (Dr. Hirt’s church organist), on December 19th and 20th. In the end, the total General costs to bring the 10th Annual Christmas Festival to life was just over $24,000 (less than the preceding year’s general cost of $27,196). Total costs including Parade of All Nations costs (including float building allotment for the 25+ foreign groups) brought total expenses to $71,339!

2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December 14th, 1961 ; NEA Photo)
2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December 14th, 1961 ; NEA Photo)

“Trying out their new season coats, these comic reindeer are getting ready for the second annual ‘Parade of the Toys’, to preview December 17, in Disneyland, and parade twice daily through December 31. They are part of the 110 toys, all live or animated, that appear in this Christmas event.” These silly looking reindeer were a crowd favorite for decades, often featured on promotional material and even Holiday passes (c. 1974).

2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December 14th, 1961 ; NEA Photo)
2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December 14th, 1961 ; NEA Photo)

Fifi actually pre-dates Disneyland, and was created for an Ice Capades segment entitled “Fifi in Paris”. Now,“Fifi gets a real adjustment before she begins her daily march in the Disneyland ‘Parade of the Toys’ December 17 - 31. This toy dog is nearly seven foot tall and has to ‘lives’ - one north, and one south.” In addition to Fifi, another dog seasonal character owes his existence to the Ice Capades - Scottie. Jack Colter and John Dauphinais usually portrayed halves of the dog characters like Fifi and Scottie.

Did anyone else notice the walk-by cameo of Rolland Fargo Crump on the right side of the shot? You know, Rolly helped create set pieces for Babes in Toyland.

2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December 14th, 1961 ; NEA Photo)
2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December 14th, 1961 ; NEA Photo)

Bunny costumes like this one were first created for the 1957 Ice Capades (with special permission of Walt Disney). The first Ice Capades segment (where they were featured), was a 1957 production of “Disneyland”. The characters were successful, and at least 16 Bunnies appeared again in the 1959 Ice Capades production of Walt Disney’s Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs segment. Now, “Behind the scenes, a giant Rabbit tests his fur in preparation for the second annual ‘Parade of the Toys’ to preview in Disneyland December 17. Following the opening festive day, the Toys will parade through the Magic Kingdom twice daily through December 31.”

Later, the pink, yellow, and green colored Bunnies would continue to appear at Disneyland during the annual Easter-time parades (as during c. 1962), tossing candy eggs into the crowd!

2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December 14th, 1961 ; NEA Photo)
2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December 14th, 1961 ; NEA Photo)

“Twelve feet tall, this winking doll actually marched under her own power down Disneyland’s Main Street in the annual Parade of the Toys.” Every now and then, she would pause along the route, and blink her eyes (as baby dolls do), winking at the crowd!

2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December 14th, 1961 ; NEA Photo)
2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December 14th, 1961 ; NEA Photo)

Speaking of Babes in Toyland, it looks like artists are applying some of the final touches to the Toy Soldiers. The Toy Soldiers of “The Parade of Toys” were created in the Disneyland Staff Shop.

2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December, 1961)
2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December, 1961)

Now, Fifi greets guests (and guests pet Fifi’s fur) as she struts down the parade route in Fantasyland, near Alice in Wonderland!

A large audience views the Parade of the Toys, (1960)
A large audience views the Parade of the Toys, (1960)
2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December, 1961)
2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December, 1961)
2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December, 1961)
2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December, 1961)
2nd Annual Parade of the Toys
2nd Annual Parade of the Toys
The "Crocodile" and Peter Pan in the 2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December, 1961)
The "Crocodile" and Peter Pan in the 2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December, 1961)
2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December, 1961)
2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December, 1961)

“French Balloonists march with their striped balloons”, according to Jack and Jill magazine (published December of 1961).

A large audience enjoys the 2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (c. 1959)
A large audience enjoys the 2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (c. 1959)

The second incarnations of Mickey Mouse, Minnie Mouse, and the Three Pigs (originally appearing in John H. Harris’ Ice Capades), made an appearance in Disneyland’s Parade of the Toys!

2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December, 1960)
2nd Annual Parade of the Toys, (December, 1960)
    1965 :  Before I begin, I must divulge that much of this information comes owing to  Bob MacKinnon  (who had the good sense to document  Fantasy on Parade  of 1965).  Now, in preparation for the Christmas season, rehabilitation was carried out on

1965 : Before I begin, I must divulge that much of this information comes owing to Bob MacKinnon (who had the good sense to document Fantasy on Parade of 1965).

Now, in preparation for the Christmas season, rehabilitation was carried out on all of the rides at Disneyland. But in addition to this, something new was added to the eleventh annual holiday festival held during the 1965 winter season, at Disneyland. At one Walt Disney Studio presentation, Chuck Corson (Disneyland Talent and Production Manager) began with the words, “Walt Disney is happy to present Fantasy on Parade!” Soon after, Walt Disney formally introduced the world to Fantasy on Parade with the following words : “At Disneyland, we do our Christmas planning early, looking forward to it lot a lot of happy kids. These are some of the models for our Christmas Fantasy on Parade. We prepare for this event as we do for all of our other attractions. Every Christmas season thousands of children and their families line the curbs of Disneyland’s Main Street making it the happiest street in the world.”

More than a year’s worth of work was performed by the Disney organization to bring the 40-minute Fantasy on Parade to life! Many individuals were involved in production of Fantasy on Parade - Wayne van De Walker who oversaw all arrangements for Fantasy on Parade, Marvin Marker (Disneyland Talent Coordinator), Sonny Anderson and John Hilliard (Sound and Music Coordinators), Tom Mahoney (Choreographer), and many others.

“Fantasy on Parade - Prop and Wardrobe”

Hank Dains (who normally oversaw the Park’s Interior Design and Drapery) now oversaw the production of parade vehicles. These included new vehicles (like the Scarecrow Band Hay Cart), and rehabilitated vehicles (like Santa’s Sleigh). Many parade vehicles and props were created and attended to by the Carpentry Shop, the Mechanic Shop, the Metal Department, the Paint Shop, and the Staff Shop. The electric “Whirlybug” cart technology (later employed for and popularized by the Main Street Electrical Parade) was investigated in order to adapt them into carriages for the Christmas toy floats.

By October of 1965, meetings were held with Ben Harris, Dains, Justice, Elkins and Wolfe pertaining to the coordinating of Christmas costumes. New Characters (like the ”Three Eggs” and Winnie the Pooh) were designed and color coordinated by Bill Justice (Parade Art Direction), “translating sketches into three dimensional performers.” New costumes (i.e. that of Mickey Mouse) were also designed and provided by both Lella Easton and Berny Wolf (animation character designer, and current Supervisor of Parade Character Costumes), with some heads (like those of the Scarecrows’) fabricated by Bud Washo’s Staff Shop.

Trooper lights (for the rooftops) were rented for the entertainment areas, and A-7 Speaker sound amplifier systems (in radio amplifier units) were set up along the Parade Route (including a sound system of Dahlquist’s design, installed in Sleeping Beauty Castle), overseen by Dean Narath (Disneyland Sound Manager) and Anderson. Heating Units were acquired. Five Parade Tower Announcer Locations (with telephones) as well as rented bleachers and chairs for guests, were set top in locations along the route.

Some of the Fantasy on Parade Cast (like Mickey Mouse and his friend Paul Castle) were involved in promotional stills and 35mm live-action footage (requested by Phil Bauer) that were shot November 10th, 1965. In addition, television promotion increased during a period from December 8 though 14, 1965.

Rehearsals took place on the evenings of December 15th, 16th, and 17th (the 17th was a dress rehearsal). “It was backed with months, and even years of preparation. The parade was run almost like an army. Section Captains, Division Captains, etc., were all created to help make the parade run as smoothly as possible.” This was necessary for the great multitude of performers and dancers among its units (including the banner bearing members of the Concord Unicyclist Team), floats, musicians (including the UCLA Bruins Marching Band), and even animals (like Norbu the Gorilla and even a baby elephant that pulled a calliope). Backstage Disneyland Editor Wally Boag recalled (in “Letters to the Editor”) his contribution as a “tumbler” alongside John Evans, Bill Sales, Don Feher, and Sandy Sheklow, under the oversight of Marvin Marker (of Disneyland Entertainment): “John, Sandy, and I lived in a motel near Disneyland for the two weeks and had a ball getting up at 10 ‘o clock, eating a big breakfast, going to ‘work,’ at Disneyland and generally doing whatever we wanted to - no parents. The two other boys, Bill and Don, commuted from Los Angeles.”

Disneyland’s own entertainers included Bud and Scott (of the Coca-Cola Corner), the Dapper Dans, the Disneyland Band, the Disneyland Carolers, the Frontierland Gunfighters, the Golden Horseshoe Revue Cast, the Gonzalez Trio, quite a few Indian Village Representatives, the current Space Man & Space Girl (of Tomorrowland), The Young Men From New Orleans, and (of course) the Disneyland Characters. In addition to all these Fantasy on Parade Cast Members, and Disneyland Guests Services Hostesses and Hosts (to attend to the celebrity guests), there were “over 505 people behind the scenes. There were also 65 animals in the parade,” according to Disneyland Backstage (Spring, 1966). Some of these animal acts came from far away locations, like Charlie Allen’s Performing Bears and Zebras (of Pleasant Grove, Dallas, Texas).

Soon the Tencennial Newsletter announced the “Disneyland Christmas Parade to Take on New Look”: “Disneyland guests will find something new and exciting awaiting them this Christmas. The annual Disneyland Christmas Parade will take on a new look as ‘Fantasy On Parade’ be has its premiere performance this year. Most of Walt Disney's famous movies will be represented by favorite characters from them. Alice in Wonderland, with her shuffling deck of cards, the dancing mushrooms from Fantasia, and even a few of the beautiful dolls from Walt Disney's "It's A Small World exhibit at the New York World's Fair. All of these, plus many more, will combine their musical fantasy to bring Disneyland guests the most unusual and entertaining parade ever.

The premiere performance of ‘Fantasy On Parade’ will be held on Saturday, December 18 at 8 p.m. Movie stars from throughout the entertainment world will be present that night to witness the first showing of this uniquely ‘Disney’ parade.

The parade schedule for the remainder of the Christmas Season is as follows:

Dec. 19 - 3 p.m. and 8 p.m.

Dec. 20-25 - 1 p.m. and 4 p.m.

Dec. 26-Jan. 2 - 3 p.m. and 8 p.m.

Dec. 31 - 1 p.m. and 4 p.m.”

The $175,105.42 production of Fantasy on Parade (presented by Disneyland’s Entertainment Division), debuted a day early, on December 18th, 1965, to a host of celebrities (like Annette Funicello, Buddy Ebsen, Dean Jones, Dick Van Dyke, Fred MacMurray, James MacArthur, Jerry Lewis, Karen Dotrice and Matthew Garber (the two kids from Mary Poppins), Michael Landon, Pat Boone, Tom Lowell, Vera Miles and many others). Fantasy on Parade was so popular that it ran beyond its last scheduled event date of December 31, 1965, for two additional days (until January 2nd, 1966)!

Walt, Lillian, and Jack Lindquist (then Disneyland Director of Marketing) rode in one of Disneyland’s 1903-inspired curve-dashed autos. They were followed by a Fanfare Unit, and Drum and Bugle Corps. atop horses heralding the beginning of Fantasy on Parade at “Disneyland’s Storybook Castle”!

Mickey (riding “the biggest bass drum in the world”; pulled by six white ponies) led the procession down its route, keeping the beat with his baton, followed by a succession of royal trumpeters on “horseback” and cartwheeling acrobats! As a note, the Biggest Bass Drum in the World was used before, and was in need of some repairs before the big parade. A new, smaller horse-drawn calliope was also included in this Fantasy on Parade!

“As usual, Donald Duck gets in the act,” driving his bright red roadster with his nephews aboard.

Winnie the Pooh strolls along with his friends from the Hundred Acre Wood, and his favorite (oddly, anthropomorphic) Honey Tree (the creation of which can be seen in the Walt Disney Productions Annual Report of 1965, page 10). In these early days, Rabbit carried Piglet in his arms, though he had yet to be featured on screen (which is likely why Piglet wore a blue sweater during this first “come to life” Disneyland incarnation of the character).

The Arabian Knights Unit with Sultan Ali Baba and a Harem of dancing girls is followed by a comical Camel, drummer, flutist, and boy playing the cymbals.

Captain Hook (aboard his pirate ship, the Jolly Roger) fires at Peter Pan, Michael, Wendy, and John flying atop their bed (while they’re followed by a Pirate Band).

Pink circus elephants on parade are the stars of the Dumbo Unit, as they perform tricks while doing handstands, in time with their unit. Bongo the Bear and Lulubelle perform a second ring act, as they they “walk” the parade route precariously balanced atop balls. Members of the Disneyland Marching Band provide the old circus tunes and those goofy circus horses (in clown paint) gallop by!

Who’s afraid of the Big Bad Wolf? Apparently no one, for the Big Bad Wolf, and the Three Pigs offer a brief interlude, interacting with guests as they make their way down Main Street!

A Pluto Unit entitled “Dawg Gone”! When Pluto puts on a dog show, he goes “all out”. Pluto’s true-life dog performers (in human clothing) emerge from his dog house (at specific places along the route), and perform tricks while walking on their hind legs.

They were followed by the Mary Poppins and the London Chimney Sweeps Unit (Alexander Goldstab, Rolf Haas, and Ray Oja) doing their rendition of “Step In Time” played by Bert’s One Man Band, the Pearly Band, and a couple of Keystone Kops.

“Pinocchio and Company” featuring a gypsy’s wagon (driven by Stromboli) and Honest John (walking a true-life bear on a leash), are followed by the famous Reluctant Dragon (as he blows smoke at the audience), and Goofy’s Gondola (a clown car that would belch smoke, bellow fire, and blow a “tire” (a balloon that would pop). All of this while Minnie Mouse rides passenger!

From “the world’s biggest caterpillar” would emerge a butterfly ballet, as a quartet of “ladybugs” played saxophone. At the end of the act, the butterflies would go back into their “cocoons”.

Snow White and the seven Dwarfs (debuting in Disneyland, from their appearances at the New York World’s Fair of 1964-1965) would move their diamond mine cars down Main Street, and (when before Main Street Station) would release a flock of doves into the air! They were followed by an cavalry of cards (portrayed by an all-girl drill team and a band) and the Alice in Wonderland Unit, featuring the White Rabbit, Alice, the and the Mad Hatter!

The Fantasia Follies Unit, with ballerina ostriches, hefty hippos, and Mushrooms twirling around a Bacchus statue float, offered another musical interlude to “The Dance of the Hours.”

The main act of the Barnyard Unit weren’t the Chickens “fresh from the farm,” ready to engage in a “good old fashioned country hoe-down.” It was the horse-drawn Hay Cart full of rockin’, rollin’, and-a-swingin’-scarecrows! Time and again a couple of eggs would hop out of the hayride and lay an egg or two with the Farmer and the Farmer’s Wife!

Those marching Toy Soldiers (from Babes in Toyland) were followed by the most famous of all reindeer, before the big finale Santa (portrayed by Tim Hahne, as seen on the cover of Backstage Disneyland Vol.4, No.4 ; December of 1965) riding his sleigh surrounded by children’s stuffed toys. Among the toys around the sleigh are popular dolls likenesses of cartoon characters Mickey Mouse, Winnie the Pooh, and Magilla Gorilla (if you don’t believe us, just see for yourself)!

A train (a version of Casey Junior colored like the “Toys For Tots” logo) pulls six toy block gondolas which all together spell “T-H-E-E-N-D”. These (in a Disneyland tradition) release thousands of colorful toy balloons in front of Main Street Station, symbolizing the ‘final curtain’ to Fantasy on Parade! As a “sidelight” you may recall that Walt Disney Productions became a proud sponsor of “Toys For Tots” - Casey Junior became the official logo of the organization, and Walt was scheduled for an August 3, 1966 (7 am) commercial shoot (with a Toys For Tots barrel full of colorful toys of Walt Disney Productions - licensed characters, all of which were fabricated through Disneyland, Inc.).

Would you like to watch this first Fantasy on Parade? Portions of the 40-minute parade were immortalized on film, as part of “Disneyland Around the Seasons” (Wonderful World of Color, Season 13, Episode 14). It originally aired on December 18th, 1966, as advertisement for the second Fantasy on Parade, that would debut the following day.

More than 1,000 carolers took part in an hour of Christmas music on Sunday December 17th, and the Winter Season Holiday Festival’s Candlelight Procession which began at 5:15 P.M., December 19th, 1965.

1966 : Much preparation went into planning and coordinating the entertainment events and making arrangements for the winter season entertainment. Bill Justice (Parade Art Director), Lella Easton (Wardrobe), and Ed Winger (Staff Shop) helped coordinate colors and materials, and fabricate props and floats. Some of the costumes were provided though Western Costume. A calliope was rented from Hudgins Bros. (of San Fernando, California).

Maintenance Staff (Coordinator Hank Daines, Ted Crowell, Arnold Lindberg), Custodial Staff (Chuck Boyajian and John Martin), and Dean Narath (Sound Department) made arrangements for Christmas events.

“After Walt”

The second Fantasy on Parade was advertised by Walt Disney himself, in the Walt Disney’s Wonderful World of Color episode “Disneyland Around the Seasons,” which aired December 18, 1966 (just three days after Walt passed). The episode utilized footage from the previous year’s Fantasy on Parade for the promotional segment. The second year of “Fantasy on Parade” debuted the following day, on December 19, 1966. You may recall that (though marketed as a holiday themed parade), many of the units and floats were based on Walt Disney’s films and the theme of Disneyland’s diverse lands. Announcers (as the Pendleton plaid-clad Disneyland Hostess in the Plaza) were situated atop areas with a clear vantage of floats and units. In addition to the wreaths, garlands, bows, and bells, the archway leading through Sleeping Beauty Castle was decorated with a banner reading “Happy New Year”! Despite all the preparations, and the grandeur of the show, this would be one Fantasy on Parade that no one would forget.

An article (published December 28, 1966) by journalist Mark Gibbons of “The Motion Picture Exhibitor” mentioned : “Less than 100 hours after its creator’s passing, thousands thronged Disneyland’s 10th annual Christmas pageant, ‘Fantasy on Parade.’ As if they had just leaped off the master animator’s drawing board, more than 400 costumed characters from the Disney cartoon world came to life and paraded down Main Street. They were all there - Mickey and Minnie Mouse, Donald Duck, the Three Little Pigs, Snow White and all the Seven Dwarfs - and in the wonder-world they created . . . There was no thought of death.” Most of this observation was correct, with the exception of the final portion of that statement, as attested to by many former Disneyland employees who worked that very somber day.

Bill Justice recalled: “The following day I went to Disneyland. Few guests were there. The Park had already been decorated for Christmas. I just walked around, looking at the decorations and listening to the Christmas music. Disneyland, as Walt said in his dedication, "is a happy place" and Christmas a time of joy, but neither could be found that day.“

Entertainment employee Don Payne (Character actor ; Golden Horseshoe Lead) worked recollects the second Fantasy On Parade (1966) vividly : “I was there at a unique time. Frankly, I feel that it was the ‘Golden Age’ for Disneyland. It was December of 1966, around 9:30 a.m., my 18th birthday, and my very first performance. Walt and his family were supposed to be there and they had set seats up in Town Square. Then, they made announcements that we might close the park. But the show went on. I can recollect going to the spot where Walt and family was supposed to sit. I remember thinking, ‘That’s where he was supposed to be sitting’. The area was roped off, and the seats were empty.”

The second year run of “Fantasy on Parade” continued with encore performances of the one-hour parade running twice a day.

1967 : The “Disneyland Holiday Talent Master Schedule” (prepared for the period of December 16, 1967 through January 1, 1968, listed the Divisions and Units of the 1967 edition of “Fantasy on Parade” :

Divison I

Unit 1 : Pageantry

Divison II

Unit 2 : Mary Poppins

Unit 3 : Pinocchio

Unit 4 : Peter Pan

Unit 5 : Pluto

Unit 6 : Fantasia

Unit 7 : Alice in Wonderland

Unit 8 : Winnie the Pooh

Division III

Unit 9 : Circus

Unit 10 : Goofy’s Car

Unit 11 : Harem

Unit 12 : Snow White

Unit 13 : Caterpillar

Unit 14 : Song of the South

Unit 15 : Cinderella

Unit 16 : Three Pigs and Wolf

Division IV

Unit 17 : Barn Yard

Unit 18 : Small World

Unit 19 : Jungle Book

Unit 20 : Santa Claus

More than a year in the making, a sneak preview of the new Fantasy on Parade was performed (at 3:00pm, Saturday, December 16th). This was followed by the Grand Premier of Fantasy on Parade (at 9:00pm, Saturday, December 16th). The parade opened to Hollywood celebrities and their families, before beginning its twice-daily appearance from December 17th-30th, 1967 (with the exception of the 24th & 25th, when the parade was performed at 3:00pm only). The final performance date and time of Fantasy on Parade was 3:00pm, Sunday, December 31st, 1967.

Fantasy on Parade premiered this year, during the busiest Christmas season in park history to date! This was a different type of parade from any preceding it, in the history of the Park. According to Disney News (Winter 1967/1968), “Instead of the usual band and float procession, Fantasy on Parade is a series of marching shows, each stopping periodically along the Main Street U.S.A. parade route to perform colorful dances and skits. Even the music is different as Mary Poppins Chimney Sweepers, a comic calliope and The Toy Soldiers Band replace the traditional uniformed bandsmen.”

Equipment was gathered (rented and purchased) including lighting equipment for entertainment areas, and heating units.

Many individuals were involved in production this year, including (but limited to) Hank Daines (Maintenance Coordinator), Bill Justice (Art Director), Ed Winger, John Kuri, John Martin, Eric Wesson and Leila Easton. A calliope was rented (from Hudkins Bros. in San Fernando). Of the 25 show units, three new performing units of “the wackiest, wildest, and warmest characters from the Land of Make-Believe” were added to Fantasy on Parade during 1967, based on Walt Disney’s Cinderella, Song of the South, and (for the first time ever) The Jungle Book. Yes, Baloo, King Louie, and Colonel Hathi made their Disneyland parade debut, along with a cigar-smoking eight-foot rooster, and what have been described as “mammoth Small World dolls”. The stars of Walt Disney’s Winnie the Pooh - Rabbit and Piglet, Kanga and Roo, Eeyore, Owl, and Pooh Bear - also appeared. Finally, Santa Claus was introduced by eight “Silly Reindeer”! [See “Disney News,” Winter 1967-68]

To accommodate visitors, the parade ran twice daily. Disneyland’s seasonal hours were also extended to accommodate the influx of parade-going guests, with a midnight closing daily (except for Christmas Eve - 6pm, and Christmas Day - 7pm). During this time the parade would run twice daily at 3:00 p.m. and 8:30 p.m., from December 18th thru January 1st (with just one show occurring daily at 3:00 p.m., on December 24, 25, and 31).

There were also more than 1,000 carolers who took part in the 13th Disneyland Candlelight Procession of massed choirs (held for one hour, beginning at 6:00pm, on Saturday and Sunday, December 16th & 17th), while supplementary entertainment was provided by the Magic Kingdom Carolers (also officially billed as “Disneyland Christmas Carolers” according to nomenclature lists). The Disneyland Christmas Carolers were under the direction of Dr. Charles C. Hirt and lead by Mr. Robert G. Hasty, and dressed in “the style of Charles Dickens” costumes. The Disneyland Christmas Carolers appeared at various times and locations during the day, from December 16th, 1967 thru January 1st, 1968. Of course they appeared within the Candlelight Procession, in the Christmas Parade, and even performed a special solo Christmas Carol Concert from the steps of the Main Street Train Station (which was broadcast throughout the Park). [“Disneyland Holiday Talent Master Schedule,” prepared for the period of December 16, 1967 through January 1, 1968]

“More than 1,500 feet of garlands, 5,000 pine cones, sparkling ornaments, lights, bells and hundreds of other special decorations” enhanced the winter show, according to Disney News (published Winter 1967-1968). Th same publication continues : “A huge white fir Christmas tree which traditionally stands at the entrance to Main Street and Town Square” was “purchased in the Mt. Shasta region of Northern California and brought to Disneyland on a flatbed truck. After the long jaunt from up North, the tree is first sprayed with 75 gallons of green fire retardant paint for color and safety. Then 70 gallons of adhesive is applied so the tree can be flocked with tiny styrofoam beads. A large crane is used to lift the mend equipment for the spraying jobs, and again for the final phases of decoration, including the stringing of more than 2,000 colored lights and the same number of ornaments. The tree is then moved by crane down Main Street and placed on Town Square where many large decorated packages are placed underneath, adding to the Yuletide theme.”

Owing to this entertainment spectacle, a “record one-half million Guests visited Disneyland during the Christmas holidays, 61,088 in a single day”, according to “A Report To Disneyland Lessees, Summer ‘68”.

1968 : From a wealth of Disneyland Inter-Office Communications (dated April of 1968) it can be discerned that by the spring of 1968, many plans were in motion relating to 1968 Fantasy on Parade. Bob Jani (in group meetings) was exploring “the maximum number of new ideas for possible inclusion in this year’s parade,” from the “Parade Title Unit” to the “Major Parade Units” (each with their own “Open-Book Title Units”).

More than 80 new Disney characters and unique floats were added to Fantasy on Parade’s 25 show units during 1968! The parades were held twice daily for two weeks starting with the premier performance December 21st, at 9 p.m. According to “Two Wonderful Ways To Enjoy Disneyland” (published for December of 1968), the 1968 Fantasy on Parade - “a wonderful world of imagination” - featured “the wackiest, wildest, warmest cavalcade of Disneyland characters ever assembled.” Uncle Scrooge appeared atop a Money Bag Float, and Pluto appeared with an oversized dog house and a troupe of canine gymnasts. This year introduced the cast of the Hundred Acre Wood from “Winnie the Pooh and the Blustery Day” and the “Woozil Band”, as well as the smiling animated tugboat “Little Toot”! There was a Coach to Pleasure Island, Donald Duck and His Nephews (aboard a motorcycle and sidecar), Cinderella in her shiny orange Royal Coach, and Mr. Toad (aboard his own motorcar). There was a carousel float in the Mary Poppins Unit, and giant tea pots in the Alice Unit. The Queen of Hearts had a royal band, and a Band of Knights appeared with the Sleeping Beauty Unit. Familiar characters like Br’er Bear and Br’er Fox (grasping Br’er Rabbit by his ears, searching for a place to toss him into the Briar Patch) marched along. Col. Hathi’s “Elephant Patrol” appeared alongside Walt Disney’s newest stars of The Jungle Book - King Louie, Baloo, and Mowgli.

The Candlelight Procession of 1968 was held (at 6 p.m.) twice - once on December 21st, and once on December 22nd.

1969 : Fantasy on Parade featured the “Biggest Bass Drum”, Br’er Bear and Br’er Fox (grasping Br’er Rabbit by his ears, searching for a place to toss him into the Briar Patch) returned, the silly reindeer, Toy Soldiers, Goofy, Cinderella aboard her pumpkin carriage, and Mickey in his sorcerer’s apprentice robe!

Bill Justice (Art Direction), Tom Linville, Don Hufstader, Sonny Anderson, Marvin Marker were all involved in this year’s production.

“Holiday Time at Disneyland is Entertainment!!” (12/70-90M), published for December of 1970.
“Holiday Time at Disneyland is Entertainment!!” (12/70-90M), published for December of 1970.

1972 : The Candlelight Procession kicks off Fantasy on Parade (December 16, 1972 - January 1, 1973).

1973 : The Christmas Tree was lit at 4 p.m. (with an estimated attendance prediction of 17,000, in comparison with the 1972 attendance of 16,538).

1976 : Art Carney (as “Gramps”) introduces Christmas Fantasy in Disneyland in the ABC televised special “Christmas at Disneyland” (airing Wednesday, December 8, from 8-9p.m. on ABCTV), starring Sandy Duncan and Glen Campbell! The special would leave many remembering “the night it snowed at Disneyland…or did it?” (Okay, truth be told, the ice rink between the Market House and Town Square was in actuality a layer of plastic tiles sprayed with silicone and foam.)

Anyhow, from December 13 to December 31 (of 1976), the battalion of wooden soldiers marched with a special Christmas Unit of the Christmas Fantasy at Disneyland holiday parade.

1978 : The Very Merry Christmas Parade ran twice daily - once from “its a small world”, and once from Town Square.

1979 : (December 21 - 31) Though Fantasy on Parade did not run during 1979, it was replaced by “A Very Merry Christmas Parade”, which featured similar units (including a Babes in Toyland soldier unit).

1980 : (December 20, 1980 - January 4, 1981) After a three-year hiatus, a thirty-minute version of Fantasy on Parade performed during Disneyland’s 25th Anniversary - the Family Reunion! It ran twice daily, for sixteen days. Knights on horseback, a fanfare of trumpets and drums, white ponies, Court Dancers, a Crystal Coach, and a Royal Band were among the Opening Unit and 350 participants of the pageant (a record-breaking number of performers in a Disney parade up to this point)! Units reenacted scenes from popular Walt Disney Motion Picture classics (including Mary Poppins, Cinderella, Pinocchio, and Alice in Wonderland), as they made their way from the Small World Gate, down Matterhorn Road and Main Street U.S.A., all the way to the Egg House Gate! Huge moving holiday scenes, (like the North Pole Post Office where the Seven Dwarfs help sort mail), were fabricated. The soldiers from Babes in Toyland also returned to join the march for this holiday spectacular, and puppets came to life in one of the scenes entitled Santa’s Toy Shop.

Many major changes occurred with how parades were run, since Disneyland's 25th Anniversary Family Reunion Parade of 1980. Computers commanded the operation, transmitting to 23 high-powered antennae buried beneath Main Street. All previous parades were narrated by “live commentators stationed at six points along the route… [and] lighting was also done manually in coordination with the narration. While the ‘human touch’ is nice, the drawbacks are obvious when a parade must be presented twice daily. Then the tape system was introduced, an improvement, but still subject to occasional lapses. This is the system that, until now, has guided our parades from Small World to Main Street and back again.

To encapsulate the present system : Each parade unit carries (and broadcasts at a standard level) its own musical theme. A common tase emanates from Audio Central (above Bank of America) and is transmitted to various speakers by way of the Matterhorn. The main problem with this system, aside from the heavy equipment required, is that there can be no smooth transition from unit to unit. As each unit enters a new zone, it must compete with the one preceding it. At times the result can be unnerving cacophony.

The microprocessor, which acts as the ‘brain,’ is a product of Berkey Colortran, a company specializing in dimmers for theatrical productions. A Ranko system from Sacramento is the actual switching mechanism which sends the proper sounds to the appropriate speakers. As the sound travels through the speakers, a Neve Control (courtesy of an English company) alters the level to ensure a blending effect in background music between units.

And where do those cleverly concealed antennae get into the act? Each antennae indicates a specific ‘zone.’ This signal is, in turn, sent to Audio Control which then sends a command to the transmitter on the Matterhorn. For example, Unit # 20 arrives at Zone 1. The antennae passes on this information to Audio Control, ‘Unit #20 at Zone 1.’ Audio Control commands the transmitter, ‘send music for Zone 1 of Unit 20.’ This music is received by the unit and played over its own speakers.

Also hidden along Main Street’s Parade route until commanded by the computer to make their appearance are the special lighting units. Pneumatic lifts carry these light trees into a working position at Parade Time.

With the installation of a new system, a few alterations had to be made on existing complimentary equipment. For instance, a new fiberglas enclosure for speakers was designed at WED and built here by our versatile Staff Shop. The actual parade units themselves also needed minor adjustments. Each unit will now carry a receiver for sound and a transmitter for location. Although it may sound more complicated, the net result is that the parade units will be carrying far less equipment than what the present system requires.

Work on the project began in early March, 1979 at Walt Disney World with engineers from both Parks collaborating on the effort. The schedule calls for complete implementation by March, 1980. Zoned lighting will be in effect for our ‘Very Merry Christmas Parade,’ but in a manual mode.

If the system does well during its ‘internship’ here at Disneyland, it’s slated to be incorporated into several facets of Walt Disney Productions - - Walt Disney World, Tokyo, even EPCOT! For a system that began as an ‘underground operation,’ a bright light os shining at the end of the tunnel.” [Disneyland Line, December 13, 1979]

Many individuals are responsible for this progress - Project Manager Jerry Hefferly, The Disneyland Engineering Department (comprised of Ernie Bucher, Ben Longo, Tom Zaczyk, and Rick Medrano), WED/WDW engineers (John Haupt, Mike Sommer), Chuck Graff and Bob Ridge (of Kirwood Electric), Maintenance Area Supervisor (Jerry White) and many others.

1981 : Trees dances down Main Street U.S.A., drum floats were re-purposed, and Dancing Snow People (Snowmen and Snowomen) were added to this version of the 16-day Yuletide show!

1982 : The Snowpeople returned to join a cast of 400 performers!

1983 : Your imagination will run wild right before your eyes with the Flights of Fantasy Parade! The Walt Disney Productions Quarterly Report (for nine months ended August 12, 1983) included the “all-new ‘Flights of Fantasy on Parade’ at Disneyland” on its cover.

1984 : More than 500 of your favorite Disney characters, colorful floats, dancers, marching bands starred in this 19th Fantasy on Parade, twice daily!

1986 : Fantasy on Parade’s final year!

1987 : (November 30th - December 6th) “The New Very Merry Christmas Parade” of 1987 featured Disney’s newest stars - The Gummi Bears! Parades occurred two times daily (December 17-23, 26-30 & January 1), and once a day (December 24, 25 & 31), from Town Square to its a small world and its a small world to Town Square! A Candy Shop float featured Donald Duck , Chip ‘n Dale, and the Gingerbread Men and Gingerbread Women.

The Christmas Tree Lighting Ceremony was held (not once, but) multiple times from November 28th thru December 25th. There were also Christmas Fantasy Follies (at the Plaza Gardens) and “The Magic of Christmas” on theVideopolis Stage.

1988 : (November 24th - January 2nd) A Very Merry Christmas Parade featured units like The Queen of Hearts and her entourage of playing cards!

1996 : A Christmas Fantasy Monday thru Friday, 4 p.m.

2012 : A Christmas Fantasy Parade was held twice daily (at 3:00pm and 5:30pm).

It appears that this is the point where we “Step-Down” (that is, the point in the backstage area where our parade of Vintage Views ends).

Cinderella Costume Design and Color Board by Jack Muhs
Cinderella Costume Design and Color Board by Jack Muhs
Entertainment Participant Gate Clearance Pass, (1968)
Entertainment Participant Gate Clearance Pass, (1968)
(December, 1965)
(December, 1965)
(December, 1965)
(December, 1965)

Various school marching bands (from Maryknoll All Girl, Anaheim High, Azuza High, Antelope Valley, Burbank, Bakersfield, Bolsa Grande, Huntington Beach, and others) filled out the gaps of the parade units and provided lively musical themes. Here, the talented students of the Mayfair High School (of Lakewood, California) have the pleasure of leading the festivities today in Walt Disney’s “magic kingdom” during December of 1965! When the cheer leaders and marching band members are all done performing, they’ll enjoy the rest of their day enjoying the festive atmosphere on Main Street U.S.A., in Fantasyland, Frontierland, and Tomorrowland.

(December, 1965)
(December, 1965)
(December, 1965)
(December, 1965)

Mayfair High School is followed by another marching band (perhaps members of the Juniors Reserves Officers Training Corps.), seen bearing the flag of the United States of America in this seasonal procession.

Goofy's "Dizzly Lizzy" (also referred to as "Goofy's Gondola"), (December, 1965)
Goofy's "Dizzly Lizzy" (also referred to as "Goofy's Gondola"), (December, 1965)

Have you ever seen anything like the “Goofy’s Gondola”? You may recollect Goofy driving the old jalopy that periodically broke down along the 1964 parade route. Now, Goofy drives another new car - the “Dizzy Lizzy”. The show car was in reality a 1908 Ford Model T that was owned by Ollie W. Hutton (a retired Motor Cop, and friend of Walt Disney). Ollie’s “Dizzie Lizzie” seen in the Santa Ana Christmas Parade of 1964. The vehicle was altered with the help of Bob Gurr, to be perform in the seasonal parades and daily parades down Main Street at Disneyland during the 1960s.

How did it perform all those fancy moves? According to its current caretakers : “The wheelbase was offset so the weight distribution would easily allow the front-end of the car to lift into the air. The weight was controlled by passengers and sand bags. There were two levers that would control the rear brakes individually to allow the car to make turns while doing a wheelie. Its only fitting that Goofy was the only one to drive the car [during parades].”

Because Ollie was the only one that knew how to operate the vehicle, a special c. 1920s-era costume was designed for the Goofy costume - the same one that Mr. Cook would wear. Ollie would wear these while driving his automobile (renamed “Goofy’s Gondola”) and performing at Disneyland! By December 17, 1964, Mr.Hutton was granted West Street Security Gate & Harbor Gate clearance from Saturday, December 19th through Thursday, December 31st, 1964. Ollie and his car would perform “in the big Christmas Parade Sunday, December 20th and in all of the Daily Toy Parades.”

Goofy’s Gondola performed in Disneyland’s big Christmas Parade (held on Sunday, December 20th, 1964), and was so popular that it was brought back for a 1965 season (pictured above).

Soon, Goody drove a wreck that shot fire and sprayed water.

Goofy's Gondola, (December, 1965)
Goofy's Gondola, (December, 1965)
  Maude  “ the Comedy Mule ” usually wore ice skates (and before this point, had two sides to her character John Dauphinias & John Colter). The duo was also known for their Ice Capade portrayals of  Fifi  the poodle and  Scottie  the terrier.  Ma

Maude “the Comedy Mule” usually wore ice skates (and before this point, had two sides to her character John Dauphinias & John Colter). The duo was also known for their Ice Capade portrayals of Fifi the poodle and Scottie the terrier. Maude was one of 20 acts featured in the 1957 Ice Capades.

Maude “the Comedy Mule,” (December, 1965)
Maude “the Comedy Mule,” (December, 1965)

Now, the popular Maude “the Comedy Mule” comic strip character comes to life once more, to greet Disneyland’s guests in the 1964 Parade of the Toys! This is perhaps the only time in the Park’s history, that it was permissible for a Disneyland Cast Member to engage in “horseplay”.

(December, 1965)
(December, 1965)
(December, 1965)
(December, 1965)
08AB9287-5F8F-40CA-B1E8-80279F655B64.jpeg
1DCF4569-D772-40F5-9715-4D7F9A4274A5.jpeg
TOY SOLDIERS
TOY SOLDIERS

Some of Disneyland’s later toy soldier heads were built and maintained by Bobby Babcock and his crew at RWB Props!  Disneyland’s Toy Soldier costume design (based on the characters featured in Walt Disney’s Babes in Toyland feature film) was popular, and versions of this costume would go on to appear in many other seasonal parades outside Disneyland, like the Hollywood Christmas Parade.  

Ludwig Von Drake continues to prove that "music is for everybody" aboard the Biggest Bass Drum, (December, 1965)
Ludwig Von Drake continues to prove that "music is for everybody" aboard the Biggest Bass Drum, (December, 1965)
Mickey Mouse & the approximate 11-foot-diameter Biggest Bass Drum, December, 1965.
Mickey Mouse & the approximate 11-foot-diameter Biggest Bass Drum, December, 1965.

“Biggest Bass Drum”

It is believed that the Biggest Bass Drum was designed by Dean Tavoularis (Choinard artist, first hired as an in-betweener for feature film, before moving to live-action, and prop designs for “Disneyland, U.S.A.” the 1960’s Radio City Music Hall production). It is also believed that Carroll Clark (who served as Art Director for “Disneyland U.S.A.” the very same Radio City Music Hall production) also contributed to designs. Previously, both Dean and Carrol were nominated for Oscars for their Art Direction of the Absent Minded Professor and Mary Poppins. Now, the duo would be responsible for one of the most memorable units in Disneyland parade history!

The Big Bass Drum was definitely co-created by renown percussionist Remo Belli (founder of Remo) and debuted during the annual Disneyland Christmas Parade of 1961. “There appeared for the first time a bass drum measuring 10’ - 7" in diameter, and perched on top was Paul Castle in the character of Mickey Mouse. That parade launched a new beginning for Paul. He became a roving ambassador, not only for Disneyland, but for all of Walt Disney Productions.”

The drum also appeared in the half-hour Tencennial parade of 1965. In a rare instance, the details of the drum were divulged in a contemporary article published in the Herald Examiner of Los Angeles, California, on Thursday, February 11, 1965.

Whether pulled by Owen Pope’s miniature ponies or some popular Disney Characters (like Pluto and Goofy), the Park’s ten-foot, six-inch Biggest Bass Drum (featuring one of the world’s largest Weather King brand drum heads), would become the highlight of Fantasy on Parade! Though Purdue University, the University of Texas, and the University of Arkansas tried to hold the title of “biggest bass drum”, Disneyland’s was still “the tallest of them all” by 1967, according to Disney News, Winter 1967-1968.

Mickey Mouse & the Biggest Bass Drum, (December, 1965)
Mickey Mouse & the Biggest Bass Drum, (December, 1965)

Mickey (in full Disneyland Band regalia) stands atop the “Biggest Bass Drum in the World”!

Jacques Mouse, (December, 1965)
Jacques Mouse, (December, 1965)
Thumper and Flower, (December, 1965)
Thumper and Flower, (December, 1965)
Peter Pan & Captain Hook, (December, 1965)
Peter Pan & Captain Hook, (December, 1965)
(December, 1965)
(December, 1965)
Chip 'n' Dale, (December, 1965)
Chip 'n' Dale, (December, 1965)

Chip ‘n Dale (the indistinguishable versions seen from 1960 - 1968), pull a toy canon and wooden toy soldiers on horseback in “Parade of the Toys”!

Chip 'n' Dale, (December, 1965)
Chip 'n' Dale, (December, 1965)
John Harris' Oz Toy Soldiers, (December, 1965)
John Harris' Oz Toy Soldiers, (December, 1965)

You may have first seen these little soldiers in the Ice Capades’ production of The Wizard of Oz presented by John Harris (and not Walt Disney). To clarify, these were not licensed Walt Disney characters, but rather original versions of the popular characters made just for the Ice Capades of 1961.

Gideon, Honest John and Pinocchio, (December, 1965)
Gideon, Honest John and Pinocchio, (December, 1965)

The next unit features the cast of Walt Disney’s Pinocchio (Honest John, Gideon, and of course, Pinocchio)!

Toys in Parade Formation Area, (December, 1965)
Toys in Parade Formation Area, (December, 1965)

These toys (with turning keys, and moving parts) were getting ready for their big debut in the Backstage Disneyland Area, c. 1961. Many of the large floats had fun animated features, like the flag reading “bang”, which would jettison from the canon before retracting.

After moving on from the Staging Area (behind the Jungle Rivers of the World), the toys assembled in the Parade Formation Area (not far from the Frontierland Station). All of these performers, floats and units would emerge from a certain part of the Backstage Disneyland Area (the future site of the Haunted Mansion attraction). Once On Stage via the Santa Fe & Disneyland Railroad Tunnel (of a greater height clearance than the Indian Village pedestrian tunnel) which bordered the Indian Village, the parade units would start to proceed down the Parade Route.

Guests sitting on the highest section of the bleachers catch a glimpse of the Parade Formation Area (as seen in the previous Vintage View).

Toys, (December, 1965)
Toys, (December, 1965)

Prior to this, they had appeared in the “Disneyland ‘59” pageant and parade.

Toys, (1961)
Toys, (1961)

These animated knights and toy steeds were around in 1961.

Toys, (c. 1960)
Toys, (c. 1960)

Sitting in his wagon is the giant toy clown, gaily bobbing his head from side to side and waving to the crowds.

Gypsy Wagon and Pinocchio Unit in Fantasy on Parade, (December of 1965)
Gypsy Wagon and Pinocchio Unit in Fantasy on Parade, (December of 1965)

“The Legend of a Gypsy Wagon”

Dancing Bear and Pinocchio Unit in Fantasy on Parade, (December of 1965)
Dancing Bear and Pinocchio Unit in Fantasy on Parade, (December of 1965)
Arabian Knights "Harem" Unit, "Sultan" and "Harem Girls", two oriental pipe players, a kettle drum on wheels, and (an out-of-sight) knobby-kneed camel, c.1966.
Arabian Knights "Harem" Unit, "Sultan" and "Harem Girls", two oriental pipe players, a kettle drum on wheels, and (an out-of-sight) knobby-kneed camel, c.1966.

Walt once said (on “The Disneyland Story”), “We hope that it [Disneyland, the place] will be unlike anything else on Earth…a city from the Arabian Knights”.

Honey Tree and Thousand Acre Unit of Fantasy on Parade, (December of 1965)
Honey Tree and Thousand Acre Unit of Fantasy on Parade, (December of 1965)
Small World Unit Living Dolls in Fantasy on Parade, (December of 1965)
Small World Unit Living Dolls in Fantasy on Parade, (December of 1965)

Bill Justice created the designs for these dolls.

The "Pluto" Unit of Fantasy on Parade
The "Pluto" Unit of Fantasy on Parade

The talented pups of Pluto’s Dog House Unit (including a dog walking another dog whom we like to call “Pablo the Dancing Chihuahua”) are a tough act to follow, even for Mickey’s pup, Pluto!

Alice in Wonderland Unit in Fantasy on Parade, (December of 1965)
Alice in Wonderland Unit in Fantasy on Parade, (December of 1965)
The Biggest Bass Drum pulled by a Six-Horse Hitch, (1966)
The Biggest Bass Drum pulled by a Six-Horse Hitch, (1966)
The Biggest Bass Drum, 1966.
The Biggest Bass Drum, 1966.

“Ha-Rum-Pah-Pah!” Mickey Mouse rides and plays (what has been called) “the Biggest Bass Drum In The World”.

"Fantasy on Parade" Balloon Blocks, (1965)
"Fantasy on Parade" Balloon Blocks, (1965)

The Fantasy on Parade Blocks were fabricated by Bud Washo. At the right moment, the cue was given and balloons were released.

553F6C2B-E622-4A4F-8980-BE3B154174D6.jpeg
1966
1966

The “Royal Drumline” follows the leader of the band.

1966
1966
1966
1966

The head of the 28-foot “fire-breathing” Reluctant Dragon.

1966
1966
1966
1966

It looks like we’ve caught the “tail-end” of Pluto’s Dog Show unit. You may recall this memorable Fantasy on Parade tradition had true-life dog performers in it - including a dog walking another dog!

“STEVE LIVES A ‘FANTASY ON PARADE’”, 1966
“STEVE LIVES A ‘FANTASY ON PARADE’”, 1966

“For a little over a month I was a comedic/acrobatic matador in the Ferdinand the Bull unit Disneyland Christmas parade 1966. I'm the Matador on the left. I was 18. My teammate and fellow Matador [was] Mark Fessler on the right. We were members of the Anaheim High School gymnastics team...designated as Parade Aides.”

HOW DID STEVE LIVE A FANTASY (performing in a Disneyland Parade)? Steve explains :

“My brother Stan would become a permanent part-time [sweeper] for five years, earning his way through college from 1960 to 1965. [As for] myself, I became a sweeper in 1967, and my area was the new Tomorrowland Moon ride on swing shift. I did that, part time seasonal through 1968. I'd entered College in ‘66, and my brother Stan (about a month before Christmas), called me on the phone and said I should go down and talk to Chuck Boyjian (Supervisor of Janitorial). ‘He'll get you a job sweeping’. So I called personnel...went down there...filled out an application and had to see Chuck.

He told me that he had great respect for my brother, that he was one of the hardest workers, and since I was his brother he'd like to put me on...I could start during Christmas Vacation. That's when I told him that I was already going to be working the Christmas parade as a matador in the Bull Unit. And that's when he nearly exploded asking me, ‘You're not going to be spilling popcorn all around like Wally Boag in last year's parade are you?!’ And I kind of laughed and said, ‘No, that's not part of our routine.’ Apparently Wally played a matador in the previous parade (spilling popcorn as part of his act), but unfortunately Chuck's sweepers would have to...sweep it all up. The poor janitorial crew had enough just cleaning up after the guests, so Chuck was not too happy about Wally's adding to it.

However to me personally, it was kind of a boost to my ego to know that I was following in the footsteps of the ‘Clown Prince of Disneyland’, Wally Boag!”

1966
1966
Caterpillar, (1966)
Caterpillar, (1966)

A close-up of the world’s longest (46-foot) multi-colored caterpillar, leading a butterfly ballet, to a lady bug saxophone quartet!

(c. 1967)
(c. 1967)
(1967)
(1967)

 Many years later, the following letter was sent to the editors of Disneyland Line (January 31, 1980) :     “Dear Disneyland,     Happy Anniversary!  My husband and I met during your 1969-1970 Christmas Parade.  (I was Maid Marion and he was in the d

Many years later, the following letter was sent to the editors of Disneyland Line (January 31, 1980) :

“Dear Disneyland,

Happy Anniversary! My husband and I met during your 1969-1970 Christmas Parade. (I was Maid Marion and he was in the dragon) and we will be celebrating our seventh anniversary this February. We have two beautiful little girls and owe it all to ‘the Magic Kingdom.’ Thank you.”

Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)

Pluto’s Dog Show unit.

Fantasy on Parade Ostriches, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade Ostriches, (Winter, 1967)

The Fantasia Unit was comprised of “Chinese Mushrooms”, colorful ballerina ostriches and ballerina hippos, and a mobile statue of Bacchus, which had appeared only a few years prior, in the Ice Capades production of Walt Disney’s Fantasia!

Fantasy on Parade Casey Junior Followed by "Little Squirts", (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade Casey Junior Followed by "Little Squirts", (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)

Bands played far enough at intervals between units, to help them keep step.

Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)

The Seven Dwarfs march to the tune of “Heigh Ho” as they make their way along the river front.

Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)

The Fantasyland Unit featured valiant knights riding steeds.

Caterpillar and Butterflies Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Caterpillar and Butterflies Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)

The world’s longest Caterpillar periodically stops along the route as beautiful Butterflies emerge, and dance to a ladybug saxophone quartet!

Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)

Goofy’s Jalopy (also known as “Cook’s Comedy Car”) would experience technical difficulties along the route. The act was so popular, that his son Jack would build a duplicate automobile, and continue the act and his father’s legacy (for more than four decades).

F0E6CFF7-03EA-43E2-B350-1A50C1228358.jpeg
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)

The stars of Pinocchio greet guests!

Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)

The Adventureland Unit featured live animals, including an adorable baby elephant.

Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
38D3DC61-022A-426D-AFA8-58A8D084C044.jpeg
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)

“And here comes Captain Hook’s Pirate Ship!” Captain Hook gives the commands, “Fire Mr. Smee!” and “Shoot them down, Mr. Smee!” To which Mr. Smee responds, “Aye, aye, Captain!”

Atop the king-size” bed are Peter Pan, Michael, John, and Wendy.

Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)

The Wonderland Unit features those popular characters from Walt Disney’s 13th feature-length animated film, released back in 1951. These characters were recently seen at the New York World’s Fair of 1964-1965, where they welcomed and greeted new friends from all over the world, at the UNICEF Pavilion.

 Alice, Mad Hatter and White Rabbit are followed by cards - a sixteen member all-girl drill team!

Alice, Mad Hatter and White Rabbit are followed by cards - a sixteen member all-girl drill team!

Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)

Most days, Alice and the Mad Hatter can be found chasing the White Rabbit through Fantasyland. Now, in Fantasy on Parade, a brigade of cards files down Frontierland’s main thoroughfare, part of the Wonderland Unit.

Fantasy on Parade
Fantasy on Parade

The Alice in Wonderland Unit begins with the march of the cards!

Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)

A procession of the “children of the world” begins, aptly titled the Small World Unit, with a small world of lands and cultures represented - from Asia to America!

“Christmas of Many Lands” (Winter, 1967)
“Christmas of Many Lands” (Winter, 1967)

One of the Thai “children of the world” makes her way down Main Street U.S.A.

Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)

Babes in Toyland Unit

Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)
Fantasy on Parade, (Winter, 1967)

Since the mid-1950s, Walt Disney Studios had worked with charitable organizations, like the “March of Dimes”, producing animated commercial campaigns in support of polio research. Following the Santa Claus Unit was the Casey Junior Unit (symbol of “Toys for Tots”).

  Mr. Toad  commandeered the automobile in the 1969  Fantasy on Parade , after  Donald Duck  and his nephews previously drove the vehicle (e.g. 1964).

Mr. Toad commandeered the automobile in the 1969 Fantasy on Parade, after Donald Duck and his nephews previously drove the vehicle (e.g. 1964).

 During the 1970s, dress rehearsals were generally held in the morning, a day before the big Sneak Preview Opening of  Fantasy on Parade . By the 1970s,  Fantasy on Parade  was still being held for just two weeks during the holiday season. For instan

During the 1970s, dress rehearsals were generally held in the morning, a day before the big Sneak Preview Opening of Fantasy on Parade. By the 1970s, Fantasy on Parade was still being held for just two weeks during the holiday season. For instance, Disneyland’s 1971 edition of Fantasy on Parade was held daily between December 18, 1971 to January 2, 1972. These parades were generally held twice daily (once at 2 pm and a second parade at 9 pm). The only exceptions were December 24th, 25th. 31st, and January 2nd, where holidays mandated a sole 2 pm performance (but no 9 pm parade).

Fantasy on Parade was so popular, that it inspired souvenirs like the hardcover “Fantasy on Parade” - a Golden Press collection of stories featuring characters like Lambert the Sheepish Lion, the Reluctant Dragon, Little Hiawatha, and even Walt Disney’s Zorro!

The King, Sleeping Beauty Unit, (December, 1972)
The King, Sleeping Beauty Unit, (December, 1972)

Don remembers, “We had to sleep the entire parade.  One of the hardest gigs we ever had at Disneyland.”

1972
1972

“To be ‘with it’ is a show term. It means getting in the mood of the show. This is no place for a Grouchy Gus... a Sad Sam or a Harried Harriet in our cast. Disneyland is a fun show… not a sad story.” Unless your name is Maleficent. Maleficent the Queen was part of the Sleeping Beauty Unit (Division I of Disneyland’s Fantasy on Parade line up during 1971).

1972
1972

Scrooge Mc Duck was also part of Disneyland’s Fantasy on Parade Division I during the 1970s. Before the Money Truck, Scrooge drove the Money Motorcycle!

The animated "A Barnyard Bash" Unit, (1972)
The animated "A Barnyard Bash" Unit, (1972)

In 1965, the “Fat Lady” costume, “Scarecrow Band” costumes, and hat for the “Sway-Back Horse” were originally provided by Easton, while the “Two Hens and Rooster” costumes were originally provided by B. Wolf. Bud Washo manufactured the “Scarecrow Band” heads. The “Farm Cart” was originally provided by Gene Holter.

The Barnyard Unit, 1966
The Barnyard Unit, 1966

Don Payne recalls : “I was cast as Clara Cluck in Fantasy on Parade. We had a choreographed routine sitting on the wagon. A woman was cast as the Farmer’s Daughter. There were girls in orange tights wearing fiberglass eggs, and there were roosters too. A band followed us and we would stop and do a routine, then move down the route. Back then it was more about interacting with guests. We would shakes hands with people, take pictures and pose with guests.

One time, Walt White smuggled eggs inside his costume. ‘Henrietta’ would stop, squat, and then she would ‘lay’ an egg on Main Street. The Rooster would stop, look at the egg, and then step on it! It was not part of the choreography, and wasn’t safe. But people laughed, and it got good results!”

1972
1972
1972
1972

Small “in scale” characters were often a part of holiday parades - Donald’s nephews briefly played the part of “back seat driver”, Br’er Fox clutched the likes of a much smaller Br’er Rabbit in search of a briar patch to toss him into, and Eeyore tows Piglet in a wagon (pictured).

(c. January, 1972)
(c. January, 1972)
1972
1972
1972
1972
C6EC21E6-F35C-4F88-9A7A-BE4A4676FD75.jpeg
AD2C1E3D-66E6-4E37-9957-E63C423F843B.jpeg
1973.
1973.

Mickey dons his sorcerer’s apprentice outfit he first wore in Fantasia (released November 13, 1940) as he leads a group of broomsticks down the Fantasy on Parade route (December 21 thru January 1)! It’s all part of the “50 Happy Years of Family Entertainment” celebration at Disneyland!

 Fantasy on Parade

Fantasy on Parade

(c. November, 1973)
(c. November, 1973)
(1973)
(1973)
December 31, 1980
December 31, 1980
1973
1973
(1974)
(1974)
1974
1974
(September, 1974)
(September, 1974)
1976, December 31
1976, December 31
1976, December 31
1976, December 31
1976, December 31
1976, December 31

“I’m the shaggiest candidate you ever saw, and I’m runnin’ for the D.A.” during Fantasy on Parade! Long after his theatrical debut (on March 19, 1959) and theatrical rerelease (in 1967), Wilby Daniels takes advantage of the holiday parade, to campaign for District Attorney.

1976, December 31
1976, December 31
1976, December 31
1976, December 31
1976, December 31
1976, December 31
1976, December 31
1976, December 31
9B599CD3-99CD-43DC-88C2-2BD23F7A8CF8.jpeg
1976, December 31
1976, December 31
1980s, Promotional Painting
1980s, Promotional Painting

The usual cast of characters returns, but you’ll also note the inclusion of the Snow People (which debuted in 1982).

Mary Poppins' Penguins and the Pearly Band, (c. 1980s)
Mary Poppins' Penguins and the Pearly Band, (c. 1980s)
SNOWPEOPLE, (1980s)
SNOWPEOPLE, (1980s)

In this official Disneyland publicity photograph (contemporaneous with the “50 Happy Years of Family Entertainment” campaign, “Mr. and Mrs. Snowman visit Disneyland daily between December 21 and January 1 during the Park’s ‘Fantasy on Parade’. The are joined by hundreds of friends, including numerous characters from many Walt Disney film classics, as they promenade through the center of Disneyland.”

Alice in Wonderland's Mad Tea Party Unit, c. 1980s
Alice in Wonderland's Mad Tea Party Unit, c. 1980s

“Are you ready for a New Years ‘Mad Tea Party’?…Look who’s in those tea pots! The Cheshire Cat! Must be Catnip Tea! And there’s ‘Door Mouse’! It IS Catnip Tea!

Fantasy on Parade, 1982
Fantasy on Parade, 1982

By 1982, the Butterfly Ballet Unit would still perform, sans saxophone-playing insects and “the World’s Largest Caterpillar”.

Fantasy on Parade, 1982
Fantasy on Parade, 1982
An animated Butterfly of Fantasy on Parade, 1982.
An animated Butterfly of Fantasy on Parade, 1982.
C0AE4AB0-0A1C-4F93-A715-157682ED67FE.jpeg
Fantasy on Parade, 1982
Fantasy on Parade, 1982

Prince John greets his adoring public from his royal carriage!

Fantasy on Parade, 1982
Fantasy on Parade, 1982

To put this parade unit in perspective, Walt Disney’s Song of the South was first released 36 years earlier, on November 12th, 1946. Since then, the film had been rereleased theatrically in 1972 (for the 50th anniversary of Walt Disney Productions), in 1973 (as a double feature with the Aristocats), during the 1977 “Fall Family Film Festival” at Disneyland (from November 14 - 17, 1977), and most recently theatrically released in 1980 (coinciding with the 100th anniversary of Joel Chandler Harris’ writings). Disneyland Cast Members had the opportunity to watch it again, at the Disneyland Fall Family Film Festival during November of 1980.

Now (by the winter of 1982), the cast and story of Song of the South was fresh and resonating in the minds and hearts of several generations of children, and still beloved (perhaps) by many of the children who had seen the film during its first theatrical release. Here, in Fantasy on Parade, Uncle Remus waved to crowds from a horse-drawn buggy, and guests waved back to the storyteller!

Four years later (on November 21st, 1986), Song of the South returned to “theaters everywhere.” Three years after that, it was decided to attempt to further preserve the unforgettable music and tone of Uncle Remus’ fables of Br’er Rabbit, Br’er Bear, and Br’er Fox (as portrayed in the 1946 release) in a new Disneyland adventure! Splash Mountain would would open to the public on June 17th, 1989! Why was Song of the South (a Walt Disney Production more than 40-years-old by this time) selected as the theme of a new Disneyland attraction. Disneyland LINE (Vol.18, No.34 ; published August 21, 1986) provided the answer this way : “All our films are considered as possible attraction themes. But money will not be committed until the film has proven to be popular over an extended period of time.” Considering the box office receipts from the re-releases (in recent years), and merchandise sales, the characters and story of Song of the South still resonated with a wide array of demographics, and would prove a viable and successful theme for Splash Mountain at Disneyland and other Disney Parks!

Snow White Unit, c. 1980s
Snow White Unit, c. 1980s

“Looks like the Wicked Witch is giving sleep-apples away for presents this year!” A voice from the float invites you to “have an apple, dearie? They’re good for you.”

Dogcatcher Unit, 1980s
Dogcatcher Unit, 1980s

“Hold onto your hounds kids! Here comes that mean ol’ Dogcatcher, ‘Peg-Leg Pete! And he’s after our playful pal Pluto!…Hey, Pete! Your jalopy jailbirds have flown the coop! Hey, Pluto! With THESE guys you could make a fortune in the flea market! But you’d have to start from scratch!”

As a “Barking Reminder”, we must inform you that “pets are not permitted in the Park and should not be left in your vehicle. Kennels, are located to the right of the Main Entrance Ticket Booths. They offer individual enclosures and food for a nominal fee for the day.”

December 31, 1980
December 31, 1980

A form of this float appeared in the Mickey’s Boo-To-You Halloween Parade in 2023.

December 31, 1980
December 31, 1980

The Disneyland 25th Anniversary floats appeared in Fantasy on Parade during 1980. The Jungle Book float featured a swinging’ ensemble of jungle guides!

Cinderella's Pumpkin Carriage Float
Cinderella's Pumpkin Carriage Float

A Pumpkin Carriage (a different one) first appeared in the Opening Day Parade.

Alice In Wonderland Cheshire Cat Float
Alice In Wonderland Cheshire Cat Float
Alice In Wonderland Dormouse Float
Alice In Wonderland Dormouse Float
Alice In Wonderland Unit
Alice In Wonderland Unit
The Reluctant Dragon Unit
The Reluctant Dragon Unit

Make way for the Reluctant Dragon!

"Alice In Wonderland Playing Card Band" Unit
"Alice In Wonderland Playing Card Band" Unit
 The first incarnations of those two-ton ballerinas (in a way that would probably make  Ken O’Connor  smile) -  “the    Hefty Hippos   ”  - have been a feature of Disneyland parades as early as 1962.  The 1957 Ice Capades stars can briefly be seen (w

The first incarnations of those two-ton ballerinas (in a way that would probably make Ken O’Connor smile) - “the Hefty Hippos” - have been a feature of Disneyland parades as early as 1962. The 1957 Ice Capades stars can briefly be seen (wearing blue tutus and slippers) in a Fantasia-inspired unit during Disneyland Around the Seasons’ coverage of Fantasy on Parade 1965 on Walt Disney’s Wonderful World of Color. Now, these second incarnations of the performers, dance down Main Street U.S.A.

December 31, 1980
December 31, 1980

As usual Disneyland tradition, the brigade of Toy Soldiers also appeared!

  “Twelve of King Arthur’s knights canter past…”  as they did during the “ Parade of Toys ” in 1961, (according to “Jack and Jill” magazine, published December of 1961).

“Twelve of King Arthur’s knights canter past…” as they did during the “Parade of Toys” in 1961, (according to “Jack and Jill” magazine, published December of 1961).

BA770C53-3B57-4364-8DC1-D3FF28E0639A.jpeg
F8B5174F-F28A-4F4B-9062-039F11A52305.jpeg
88A68458-0134-4513-B928-146D34F737E2.jpeg
B8D11843-B922-420F-8422-E3E2A2F59209.jpeg
Toreador and Bull Unit
Toreador and Bull Unit

Music for the Toreador and Bull Unit was provided by a Small Mariachi Band.

42A24D84-93B6-49C5-95BD-FAE1A6684FAF.jpeg
The “Little Squirts” Unit
The “Little Squirts” Unit
Scarecrows and Hay Cart
Scarecrows and Hay Cart

As a “sidelight”, the Scarecrow Hay Cart was initially designed by Dahlquist with the capability of storing amplifiers. Once the design was approved, a Hay Cart was purchased with the help of resident equine specialist - Owen Pope.

Four Mushrooms inspired by Hop Low and the Mushroom Dancers.
Four Mushrooms inspired by Hop Low and the Mushroom Dancers.
The “Little Squirts” Unit
The “Little Squirts” Unit
CE7FB17E-177B-4406-9595-FB9FB14BBF42.jpeg
D83D2966-D3C5-4A62-BA99-44E9FF2478AD.jpeg
80908EDA-88D9-4DA6-9384-5B5245D862D3.jpeg
2E8B6648-5E23-4449-8B88-DA0F9B3B1440.jpeg
A4E4DCA2-437B-4384-9102-A3C67F939832.jpeg
B9700EB6-D26A-410C-93C6-0FA069702A75.jpeg
28640720-F99B-4270-987A-057C4A335B5D.jpeg
A80B3F07-860D-4F91-A849-C071DA5F8DF0.jpeg
F6F76057-CF47-4212-BFA8-535159E54932.jpeg
5E9A0A0E-4D1A-4E66-B345-5FB4C45BD15B.jpeg
0AE9C181-B121-4B4F-8252-7D03413150E1.jpeg
186AC449-5931-480E-85C8-0ADFE375A42C.jpeg
569A7F60-E092-4588-AE62-9EA8C60934AD.jpeg
88A7EB5E-AA5B-40CD-9085-5FCA8F12241B.jpeg
Pleasure Island Coach
Pleasure Island Coach
An elephant performs a handstand.
An elephant performs a handstand.

The wacky, balancing, Playful Pink Elephant first debuted in Fantasy on Parade, 1966.

 The official  Flag of Disneyland , which was flown over Disneyland City Hall, the Main Street Station, Guest Relations, the Disneyland Fire Department, and even “ Big Bass Drum ” in the world. A big bass drum would soon appear in the Walt Disney Wor

The official Flag of Disneyland, which was flown over Disneyland City Hall, the Main Street Station, Guest Relations, the Disneyland Fire Department, and even “Big Bass Drum” in the world. A big bass drum would soon appear in the Walt Disney World Opening Day Extravaganza Parade.

The Blue Fairy,
The Blue Fairy,
35D87CB4-9387-4B21-98EF-25EDFA7591FB.jpeg
F7E2A983-70DA-41DE-B09B-71480B9D3B16.jpeg
F82E8C53-8040-4787-ABD1-CA641EE6D359.jpeg
B105FB49-4F3E-497C-9AB6-C88EE5597C61.jpeg
2760A418-B48E-4D7C-87C1-912B5146C189.jpeg
15726C62-418B-49C1-A74A-41886FFDB6E9.jpeg
 Winter season holiday parade tradition would continue with “La Parade de Noël.”

Winter season holiday parade tradition would continue with “La Parade de Noël.”

HORSELESS CARRIAGES (MAIN STREET D.M.C. VEHICLES)

  “Walt was reared in the mid-western town of Marceline, Missouri.”    “As with other lands, he wanted Main Street to be a Main Street - authentically recreated to get the feel of a typical small town thoroughfare of the 1900 era with which he was fa

“Walt was reared in the mid-western town of Marceline, Missouri.”

“As with other lands, he wanted Main Street to be a Main Street - authentically recreated to get the feel of a typical small town thoroughfare of the 1900 era with which he was familiar.” Take a close look at Main Street. “Note the results of years of research to determine and design a composite Main Street of the typical small town of the early century. Note the demanding attention to detail designed and built into every nook and cranny by Walt and his ‘Imagineers’ at WED Enterprises. This same demand for detail is designed into Main Street vehicles.”

Many Walt Disney Studios employees were fascinated with horseless carriages like Ward Kimball. As a result, cars and early horseless carriages appeared in quite a few preceding Walt Disney Productions, the most-outstanding of which is The Nifty Nineties (1941).

Obviously, the fastest way to move people over the extended areas of Disneyland is with moving vehicles.

Walt Disney’s collection of antique toy cars; The Walt Disney Family Museum.
Walt Disney’s collection of antique toy cars; The Walt Disney Family Museum.

Walt Disney bought this collection of antique Automobile models (from 1903-1915), during the earliest days of the Disneyland project, in order to research vehicles for Main Street, U.S.A.

“Horseless Carriages and the Grand Opening of Disneyland”

If you watch Dateline Disneyland (aired July 17, 1955), you’ll notice Bob Cummings and others riding plenty of antique Locomobiles. During that same parade, a 1901 automobile that shuttled Walt down Main Street and cameras captured Danny Thomas on a horseless carriage. But you will notice none of Disneyland’s soon-to-be iconic Horseless Carriages. A trip down Main Street aboard a replica of America’s classic autos was not an opening day attraction in Disneyland.

Horseless Carriage Club of Southern California Vintage automobiles in the Backstage of Disneyland.
Horseless Carriage Club of Southern California Vintage automobiles in the Backstage of Disneyland.

Disneyland even hosted their first Horseless Carriage Day (featuring the Horseless Carriage Club of Southern California) on September 25th, 1955 (*26th according to some sanctioned sources). Still, it was not until after Disneyland’s very first winter season of 1955 (with peak crowds of Guests filling the Park), that enough revenue was generated to begin expanding Disneyland’s realms, leading to the creation of the Park’s own red DMC Horseless Carriage.

Horseless Carriage Club of Southern California Vintage automobiles onstage at Disneyland.
Horseless Carriage Club of Southern California Vintage automobiles onstage at Disneyland.
A type of Horseless Carriage appears in the Picture Souvenir Book of Disneyland in Natural Color, ©1955 Walt Disney Productions Excerpt.
A type of Horseless Carriage appears in the Picture Souvenir Book of Disneyland in Natural Color, ©1955 Walt Disney Productions Excerpt.

At Disneyland there is a "story behind the story" of every attraction, every attraction is a living experience for the guest. Disneyland ride-through attractions or adventures have officially been defined as an “individual show, ride, or exhibit designed to produce an entertaining Guest experience. Disney attractions stir the imagination, enliven the senses, and provide the participants with positive, innovative entertainment, which is the essence of the DISNEYLAND Show.” It is important to review the story of the attraction, tell the story, explain it, and create interest. This is the story of the Horseless Carriages.

You may have recalled hearing that Walt Disney, on the eve of Disneyland’s first day of operation, promised innovation, that “Disneyland will never be completed. It will continue to grow, to add new things, as long as there is imagination left in the world.”

“Main Street vehicles play an important part in the Disneyland show. First, they are essential to the staging of Main Street, U.S.A. The contrast to the hustle and bustle of our modern world and its streamlined modes of transportation is sharp and penetrating. Suddenly, as a guest comes onto Main Street, the entire mood changes. The years roll backward. back to Main Street, U.S.A., circa 1900. It wouldn't be Main Street without the leisurely clop-clop of a horse-drawn surrey, or the chug-chug of a horseless carriage.”

Second, they serve as much-needed transportation for our guests. They provide a convenient and colorful way to reach the heart of the Magic Kingdom - or back to Town Square after a long day in the Park. Third, hosts assigned to operate these vehicles play an important part in answering questions - giving tips and directions - to guests who are either starting out or winding up their day at Disneyland. Their role falls into what might be called our ‘first impression - last impression’ group. They can start guests off on the right foot - in the right mood, and send them away with a warm feeling - and a desire to come back.

A year later, the first Disneyland Horseless Carriage (or “1903 DMC”) began operation during the summer, on May 12th, 1956 (according to “Disneyland Admission Media Rides and Attractions” report, published 1971). Yes, the “1903 DMC (or, Disneyland Motor Club) Vehicles” (today known as the 1905 Horseless Carriages) began operation as part of Walt Disney’s promise of an ever-expanding Disneyland. The purpose of these show quality-enhancing vehicles was a simple one. According to Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland (published 1961), the replica 5/8 scale classic “1905-era automobiles began to carry guests to the entrances of Disneyland’s five cardinal lands”!

Now, both the years 1903 and 1905 have been referenced in their working titles, so you (like myself) may be wondering which year these vehicles are actually based on. The simple answer is found in the Operation Manual, which states : “The Horseless Carriages are sometimes called the ‘1903’s’ - but you could pick any year - 1904, ‘05, ‘06, and be just as accurate. These little cars are of WED ‘composite’ design. On the basis of extensive research, Studio designers created a horseless carriage which was a composite of the design and size of gas-driven cars of that early period in automobile history. And our Horseless Carriages are a little bit of everything.” “Walt Disney’s Magazine” (Vol. 2, No. 5 ; 1957) described the “make” of the DMC’s this way : “The resulting vehicles were antiques but they were of no particular make of car, and being completely new they were unique.”

The DMC Horseless Carriages were both designed and constructed by the Director of Vehicle Design Robert Gurr, in fact, they were referred to as “Gurrmobiles” for perhaps the first time in “Walt Disney’s Magazine” (Vol. 2, No. 5 ; 1957). The six-passenger “put-puts” (manufactured by WED designers and craftsmen at the Walt Disney Studios) were made to run on a Hercules two-cylinder water-pump engine. Horseless Carriage Red contained a Hercules engine I.D. NXB-436113; Horseless Carriage Yellow contained a Hercules engine I.D. 436150.

The design (with it’s fringed canvas top) is not based on any true-life auto engine, but you wouldn’t be able to tell from the outside, as this dreamt-up engine mimics the pops, sputters, and shaking of gas-driven cars of the era. Now, “all parts were similar to those used in the cars of those early years… they actually were brand new stock parts,” according to “Walt Disney’s Magazine” (Vol. 2, No. 5 ; 1957). The horns, lamps, wheels and other parts were authentic auto parts, and convincing enough to support the Horseless Carriage’s “Show”! In addition, the Horseless Carriages featured removable “fringed canvas tops” for passenger comfort.

With audiences in mind, Walt believed firmly in the importance of these vehicles, despite a few outspoken opinions that the Main Street vehicles would not make a profit. Testifying to this is a story that speaks volumes of more than the craftsmanship: “A staff member was concerned that the Main Street vehicles would be vandalized. Walt discarded the notion. ‘Don’t worry about it. Just make them beautiful an you’ll appeal to the best side of people. They all have it… all you have to do is bring it out.” [“The Spirit of Disneyland,” page 43 ; Prepared 1984 by Walt Disney Productions.] And so with an optimistic view of Disneyland Guests and the respect that Disneyland would command in mind, these particular Main Street vehicles were born.

The first Disneyland D.M.C. makes its way down Main Street U.S.A., (c. May, 1956)
The first Disneyland D.M.C. makes its way down Main Street U.S.A., (c. May, 1956)

The DMC Horseless Carriages didn’t go into service at the same time. The red DMC Horseless Carriage began operation on May 12th, 1956, (according to “Disneyland Admission Media Rides and Attractions” report, published 1971). The yellow Horseless Carriage began operation December 9, 1956. The Horseless Carriages were two (of several) exciting attractions debuting during 1956, that increased ride capacity, and (owning to this) one day in August saw a peak total of “197,547 individual rides” enjoyed by Guests (according to a letter from Walt to Ward Kimball, dated January 23, 1957).

By April 11th, 1960, coupons designated them as “Main Street Motor Vehicles” (and other documents referred to them as “Electric Cars”) differentiating them from the Surreys and Horseless Carriages. The Horseless Carriages were “A” Coupon attractions (the same as a few other horse-Drawn attractions, including the Horse-Drawn Surreys, Horse-Drawn Fire Engine (and later Motorized Fire Wagon), and a “spin” on one of King Arthur Carrousel’s mounts. By 1968, there were three Horseless Carriages operating on Main Street U.S.A. One Disneyland Admission Media Rides and Attractions Report [prepared in April 1971, by Disneyland Research Department], a total of 3,984,611 guests had taken a ride aboard one of the Disneyland DMC Horseless Carriages.

DMC HORSELESS CARRIAGE RED; © Walt Disney Company.
DMC HORSELESS CARRIAGE RED; © Walt Disney Company.

The Horseless Carriages were “put-puts" of 1903 vintage complete with fringed canvas tops, make trips between Town Square and the Plaza.

DMC HORSELESS CARRIAGE - RED, (1956)
DMC HORSELESS CARRIAGE - RED, (1956)
DMC HORSELESS CARRIAGE - RED, (c. September, 1958)
DMC HORSELESS CARRIAGE - RED, (c. September, 1958)
(Winter, 1959)
(Winter, 1959)

Just as the addition of the Columbia (alongside the steamboat, keel boats, canoes, and rafts) helped paint a picture of changing times of Frontier America, the Horseless Carriages (alongside the Surreys, Horse-Drawn Streetcars, and Omnibuses) would create a portrait of a booming small town in North America at the turn-of-the-century.

DMC HORSELESS CARRIAGE RED, (c. June, 1961)
DMC HORSELESS CARRIAGE RED, (c. June, 1961)

The Horseless Carriage - Red would briefly cease operation during the winter season of 1962.

DMC HORSELESS CARRIAGE RED, (September, 1965)
DMC HORSELESS CARRIAGE RED, (September, 1965)
DMC HORSELESS CARRIAGE RED
DMC HORSELESS CARRIAGE RED

Both the red and yellow Horseless Carriages were frequently utilized for parades, as seen in this Vintage View from the Collection of Don Payne (who was “very close to Pluto” for a number of years).

DMC HORSELESS CARRIAGE YELLOW
DMC HORSELESS CARRIAGE YELLOW
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - RED
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - RED
24A1180F-F049-4E3D-BDE9-F54C579CFB57.jpeg
Disneyland "A" Adult Admission Coupon (10¢ Value)
Disneyland "A" Adult Admission Coupon (10¢ Value)

Admission during 1958 was one “jumbo” “A” coupon (the price of 10 cents, for one adult), the same as the Omnibus, or the King Arthur Carrousel.

By 1959, Joe Fowler was Vice President of Disneyland Operations Committee and Doc Lemmon of Disneyland Operations was overseeing Operators of Rides & Amusements (like the Horseless Carriages), Livestock, Parking Lot, and Ticket Sellers. By October 1958, the “Disneyland Dictionary” described the route in the following way: “Town Square, down Main St., circles Plaza; Return trip - Plaza, Main St., to Depot.”

The Horseless Carriages inspired similar attractions at other theme parks like Freedomland (in Baychester, Bronx, New York) which opened in 1960 with “Horseless Carriage: antique car ride through New England.”

51319603-C7D4-4833-A19D-E05F6B75FE2C.jpeg
 By 1958, the total value of the  Horseless Carriages  was appraised between $10,500 and $12,600.

By 1958, the total value of the Horseless Carriages was appraised between $10,500 and $12,600.

HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW, 1961.
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW, 1961.

HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW
Disneyland "A" Adult Admission Coupon (10¢ Value), December 1961 - September 1963.
Disneyland "A" Adult Admission Coupon (10¢ Value), December 1961 - September 1963.

By the summer of 1960, the Horseless Carriages were still “A” Coupon attractions! Admission during 1961 to 1963 was one “jumbo” “A” coupon (the price of 10 cents, for one adult) - the same as the 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea Exhibit, and the Babes in Toyland exhibit.

HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW, c. March, 1961.
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW, c. March, 1961.

The Horseless Carriage - Yellow and Red were closed weekdays during the winter season of 1962, operating on weekends. The “Ride Operating Schedule” effective October 3, 1962 described the attraction as having a 91 Guest capacity during winter week end days and a maximum daily capacity of 91 Guests. The schedule appeared to indicate that either Red or Yellow were used in this capacity.

HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - RED
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - RED
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW, (August, 1975)
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW, (August, 1975)
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW, (December 2, 1960)
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW, (December 2, 1960)
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW
 The importance of the attraction ceasing operation during some performances was emphasized in a short piece published in Backstage Disneyland, 1965: “Jack Whittington, Main Street foreman, will always remember the day the Chinese Girls Drill Team pe

The importance of the attraction ceasing operation during some performances was emphasized in a short piece published in Backstage Disneyland, 1965: “Jack Whittington, Main Street foreman, will always remember the day the Chinese Girls Drill Team performed on Main Street. The girls paraded up to Carefree Cor-ner, gave an interesting exhibition of their skill, and then marched back down the street to presumably make their exit. So Jack gave the order for the vehicles to resume their usual functions. Much to his amazement, half of the Drill Team wheeled around and started another tour up the street. This must have been a sight to behold. There they were girls marching, with drums beating, batons flying, whistles blowing, trying to dodge street cars, Omnibuses, and horseless carriages with their horns honking and bells ringing. There's never a dull moment for the Main Street Supervisors.”

However in parades, the ‘03 cars were also used in parades and shows. Above, Donald Duck rides aboard an ‘03 car driven by Operations. A number of Disneylanders operated the ‘03s, like Fred Brown on yellow (in 1967).

Horseless Carriage Coin Collector
Horseless Carriage Coin Collector

Once upon a time, when guests boarded one (of two) Horseless Carriages (or any DMC, including the Omnibuses), the fare was payed with either a Disneyland Letter denomination Coupon, or a small amount of change currency. When guests payed with coins, they were deposited in a meter, which was attached to the front passenger side of the vehicles.

By 1981 Main Street Vehicles contributed $24,000 in revenue (of $94,576,000 area sales) for Center Stage at Disneyland.

HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW
HORSELESS CARRIAGE - YELLOW

Main Street Vehicle Hosts, Hostesses and guests enjoy adjustable bench seats owning to an idea of Mike Leslie (c. 1978-1979).

Disneyland "A" Adult Admission Coupon (No Cash Value)
Disneyland "A" Adult Admission Coupon (No Cash Value)
Disneyland Jumbo "A" Admission Coupon (10¢ Value)
Disneyland Jumbo "A" Admission Coupon (10¢ Value)

 Hosts and Hostesses re-create Main Street, U.S.A. and their show is played up to Walt Disney standards. Hosts show an enthusiastic personality - an appearance, smile, and both outgoing and enthusiastic personality. They wear proper attire, a prescri

Hosts and Hostesses re-create Main Street, U.S.A. and their show is played up to Walt Disney standards. Hosts show an enthusiastic personality - an appearance, smile, and both outgoing and enthusiastic personality. They wear proper attire, a prescribed wardrobe in good repair and properly worn at all times. Hosts deliver an interesting narration - a good one. They know their facts, state them in an interesting way, and give them with enthusiasm. Hosts have a sparkling and clean appearance, that is essential to Disneyland showmanship. Hosts do their part in keeping their vehicle clean at all times. They are “popcorn picker-uppers”. Their realistic performance is most-important, living their role. The Disneyland DMC Host is a conductor or driver at the turn of the century - only much more friendly and courteous!

By 1996, the Main Street Vehicles (Fire Engine, Horseless Carriage, Omnibus, Horse-Drawn Streetcars, ‘03 Red, ‘03 Yellow, Double-decker touring bus (5/8-scale), and Horse-powered trolley cars were presented by National Interrent.

 According to “THE DISNEY THEME SHOW: an introduction to the art of Disney outdoor entertainment; Volume 2”:  “What we create here is a storybook realism… an essence of realism and authenticity... more utopian in nature, more romanticized, more like

According to “THE DISNEY THEME SHOW: an introduction to the art of Disney outdoor entertainment; Volume 2”:

“What we create here is a storybook realism… an essence of realism and authenticity... more utopian in nature, more romanticized, more like what guests imagined it would be. All the negative, unwanted elements are carefully programmed out, while the positive elements are not only retained but in some cases even embellished for better entertainment.” On this note, “the old-time horseless carriages on Main Street do not backfire and throw out black smoke… they run on special clean-burning fuels.”

Even more, the Horseless Carriages (red and yellow) are still available to guests today, at a most “reasonable rate” - they’re absolutely free to ride to your heart’s content (after the price of Disneyland Park admission, of course)! This signage pays homage to the countless Horseless Carriages which moved through this entryway (during parades and shows of all sorts). This sign is posted near the “Egg House Gate” (and former prospective site of the International Street entrance).

A mural is displayed on the “Firehouse Gate” (the Controlled Access Barrier; part of the Park-wide Emergency Access System and often closed to public).
A mural is displayed on the “Firehouse Gate” (the Controlled Access Barrier; part of the Park-wide Emergency Access System and often closed to public).

In recent years the Horseless Carriages have been accounted as part of the Main Street Transportation Co., the fictitious business for the old-fashioned gasoline-powered Main Street vehicles. Each morning we excitedly anticipate the traffic that comes through these double doors on the west side of Town Square in Main Street U.S.A. Some of our favorite vehicles are the smallest ones - the two Horseless Carriages, and one of the occasional four “Runabouts” that emerge!

Disneyland actually looses money on Main Street vehicles, but they are vitally important to the showmanship of Walt’s recreation of Main Street U.S.A. These are essential, operated by the “first impression” and “last impression” representative host of Disneyland.

In the present, Main Street Vehicles cruise up or down Main Street, U.S.A. at Hong Kong Disneyland.

 The replicas of America’s classic autos had a legacy at the Magic Kingdom at Walt Disney World, with the Horseless Carriage and Jitney.

The replicas of America’s classic autos had a legacy at the Magic Kingdom at Walt Disney World, with the Horseless Carriage and Jitney.

"BOB GURR TALKS ABOUT DISNEYLAND CURVE-DASHED HORSELESS CARRIAGES" (Full Version)

“‘Too many people,’ he sighed. ‘Naturally, I like to see the place filled with people. But it makes it hard for me to get around,’” according to Bob Thomas (Associated Press Reporter, April 27, 1960). “Sometimes it’s not so bad if I keep moving. But when I stop for a moment, people recognize me and start gathering around. I’m a friendly kind of fellow and I don’t want to disappoint them. But if I get bogged down, I don’t get a chance to see the things I want to see.”

Walt’s own daughter Diane recalled: “Once when autograph seekers swarmed around him, I heard one determined woman remark, ‘I’m going to stand right in his way so he can’t get by!’” [The Story of Walt Disney by Diane Disney as told to Pete Martin]

Owning to this, Bob was soon tasked with creating a new model of vehicle to transport Walt around Disneyland! On April 11, 1960, the Electric Cars were added to Main Street U.S.A. These were a short-lived mode of Park transportation, and were removed the same year, in August of 1960.

Though retired as an attraction, the “curve-dashed” autos have carried many V.I.P. guests (in addition to Walt) throughout Disneyland’s realms, for a number of decades! Important dignitaries, and government officials (like Japanese Emperor Hirohito and Empress Nakago, 1975) rode as passengers aboard these custom turn-of-the-century-style vehicles. Now, Bob Gurr - “the original Imagineer” - shares the origin of the Disneyland 1903-inspired “curve-dashed” Horseless Carriages, in this Disney History 101 People Feature!

CURVE-DASHED HORSELESS CARRIAGE - RED & YELLOW, (c. 1961)
CURVE-DASHED HORSELESS CARRIAGE - RED & YELLOW, (c. 1961)

One great way to see Disneyland, was aboard one of the curve-dashed Horseless Carriage automobiles that were especially built for Disneyland V.I.P. Tour groups. In the early years (c. May 11, 1960 - January 27, 1962), it was common to see these autos carrying guests and their Tour Guides (through Adventureland, Frontierland, and even Tomorrowland) to the entrances of attractions in a service called the “Mobile Magic Carpet Ride.” The “Mobile Magic Carpet” had a separate admission price (of about $50) from that of Park Admission, or a Guided Tour, but was well worth the price for those (who like Walt), could not stay in any particular “on stage” Park location for too long. The special service had a brief run (starting April 11, 1960 and ending January 27, 1962), but had magically transported a total of 74,212 guests by the time it ended (according to a “Disneyland Admission Media Rides and Attractions Report” compiled for 1971; “Disneyland Rides & Attractions and Attendance Report,” 1981, page 50).

Disneyland is in the habit of selling a belief in fantasy and storytelling, and if the background isn’t believable, people won’t buy it. Marty Sklar recalled “walking through Disneyland with Walt Disney when a publicist drove up to them near the Mike Fink Keel Boats. Disney was horrified: ‘What,’ he asked, ‘are you doing with a car here in 1860?’” This story may explain why the Mobile Magic Carpet was discontinued. That urge for ersatz-authenticity has lived on into the present.

Though the “Mobile Magic Carpet” service did not last long, the “curve-dashed” autos continued to carry many guests (and occasionally their V.I.P. Guides) throughout Disneyland’s realms, for a number of decades! Important dignitaries, and government officials (like Japanese Emperor Hirohito and Empress Nakago, 1975) rode as passengers aboard these custom turn-of-the-century-style vehicles.

MAIN STREET "RUNABOUT", (June, 1961)
MAIN STREET "RUNABOUT", (June, 1961)

The four curve-dash “Runabouts” were first built as a way for Walt Disney to navigate the crowds while taking his VIP guests on a tour of Disneyland. In later years they continued to transport VIP guests around the park.

MAIN STREET "RUNABOUT"
MAIN STREET "RUNABOUT"

These automobiles were also utilized for parades (pictured). In December of 1962 and 1965, Jack Lindquist (then Director of Marketing) rode aboard one of the Curve-Dashed Horseless Carriages (along with Walt and Lillain ; the latter in 1962) in the Disneyland Christmas Parade.

AC6E0A53-683A-410B-8BF7-C4CBF943EF91.jpeg
32096711-65EF-46C0-BAEF-54081A52FA84.jpeg
Mickey Mouse rides aboard a Disneyland DMC (on Matterhorn Road) in Celebrate America
Mickey Mouse rides aboard a Disneyland DMC (on Matterhorn Road) in Celebrate America
Mark Hamill rides aboard a MAIN STREET "RUNABOUT" at D23, 2017.
Mark Hamill rides aboard a MAIN STREET "RUNABOUT" at D23, 2017.

In our present era, these iconic Disneyland antique vehicles have even made quite a few appearances outside Disneyland. Here, Mark Hamill (in honor of his Disney Legends induction) rides one of the "Curve-Dash" Horseless Carriages at D23 Expo when it was held at the Anaheim Convention Center.

The vehicles would even have a legacy among Disney Parks worldwide. Why, by the spring of 2003, the “Main Steet Taxi” was among the concepts for Hong Kong Disneyland. These horseless carriages were to be replicas of “America’s first automobiles,” transporting guests down the middle of Main Street, U.S.A. In addition, would be a “Paddy Wagon” described as “a replica of an early police transport used to take suspects to jail,” also to be utilized for carrying guests down Main Street, U.S.A.

Horseless Carriages carried guests in parades during special events like Festival Mexico.
Horseless Carriages carried guests in parades during special events like Festival Mexico.
D8877571-8640-40EF-9537-B8FC00677F52.jpeg
Disneyland Main Street Runabout "Walt's Car" by Kevin Kidney and Jody Daily.
Disneyland Main Street Runabout "Walt's Car" by Kevin Kidney and Jody Daily.
B6AC1645-2FF3-4CF5-A749-1A912EE346E1.jpeg

INDIAN VILLAGE (AMERICAN INDIAN VILLAGE)

Pictured Above :  (left to right) Eddie Little Sky, an unidentified performer, and Louis Heminger
Pictured Above : (left to right) Eddie Little Sky, an unidentified performer, and Louis Heminger

“A Very Important Message”

Before we begin, we must state that the purpose of this gallery is the preservation of historical information as it relates to the diverse people, places, and artifacts that have played an important role in the history of Disneyland. This being the case, there may be some outdated and negative cultural references which some may find offensive, connected with some of the artifacts contained in the following section. Please know that our historians and museum curators do not share some of the expressed archaic views which may be offensive.

Not withstanding this, it has been said that “the past is prologue,” and we believe it is important to educate ourselves about the past, discuss things, and understand changes that have occurred over the years. We also believe that the stories of every individual (no matter how minor their role), have the capacity to both inspire and edify their contemporaries as well as future generations to come. Now, we invite you to step this way, as we explore the story of the Disneyland Indian Village!

“Blue Sky For The Indian Village”

Regarding most any project pursued, Walt Disney once said: “We have always tried to be guided by the basic idea that, in the discovery of knowledge, there is great entertainment as, conversely, in all good entertainment there is always some grain of wisdom, humanity, or enlightenment to be gained.” While it may seem that some current Disneyland attractions don’t embody the full spirit of those words, the story was far different in the beginning. During the first ten years, many entertaining Disneyland exhibits and shows offered more than a shred of “knowledge” or “wisdom.” Some even offered “humanity… [and] enlightenment to be gained” like the “great entertainment” found within the Disneyland Indian Village.

Much like the Riverboat and the Merry-Go-Round, the very idea of an Indian Village has been a part of Walt’s earliest plans for a Park. On August 31, 1948, an important document was circulated among artists of the Walt Disney Studios, in which an Indian Village is mentioned. The Indian Village concept continued to appear in artwork. One of Harper Goff’s c.1951 drawings of “Mickey Mouse Mark” (to be constructed along Riverside Drive in Burbank), depicted an “Indian Village” near the railroad tracks, on the east side of the Park map. Subsequent site plans continued to feature an Indian Village (where potential live shows would be viewable from trains passing over the railroad tracks).

“Disneyland Preliminary Scheme #1”
“Disneyland Preliminary Scheme #1”

While many artists contributed, the talented Herbert Ryman is of note. Herb had joined the Disney Studio in 1938, after Walt saw a public show of his work in New York. (Herb's paintings were being exhibited with those of another up and coming artist, Andrew Wyeth.) Herb Ryman acted as art director for such films as Fantasia and Dumbo, but had left Walt Disney Studios in 1946 and (by 1953) was employed by 20th Century Fox. However, Walt reached out to Herb and during one weekend (September 26 & 27, 1953) a historic drawing of the Park was produced.

Herb Ryman subsequently created a colored pencil on photostat concept referred to as “Frontier Land Overall” featuring Native American peoples cooking and crafting near the blockade tower of the entrance. Less than a year later, “The Disneyland Story” of 1954, described the introduction to Frontierland (including a description of Herb’s artwork) - “In front of the fort you will see Indian teepees and Indians selling pottery, jewelry, and souvenirs.” A little later (during November of 1954), an article in The Pittsburgher periodical described the soon-to-be-completed Disneyland as “an entertainment wonderland which will be ‘a combination of a World’s Fair, a playground, a community center, a museum of living facts and a showplace of beauty and magic.’” Those expressions in Disneyland’s core mission statement influenced the development of Sam McKim’s original drawings into the Indian Village.

Disneyland LIFE Magazine c. 1955 Pictorial Photo (by Loomis Dean or Allan Grant) Excerpt Featuring Faux Indians - Mostly Walt Disney Studio Artists.
Disneyland LIFE Magazine c. 1955 Pictorial Photo (by Loomis Dean or Allan Grant) Excerpt Featuring Faux Indians - Mostly Walt Disney Studio Artists.

“The Not-So-‘True-LIFE’ Magazine Photo”

As construction progressed toward opening day, a LIFE pictorial photoshoot was planned, in which Walt Disney’s Disneyland would be introduced to the world. Press release documents (prepared by the Disneyland, Inc. Public Relations Department) promised a Cast of Indians “weaving blankets and baskets” and “selling pottery, jewelry, and souvenirs.”But at this time, Walt and company did not have enough time to assemble a cast of true-life Indian representatives for Loomis Dean’s LIFE pictorial photoshoot. So, some of the Walt Disney Studio workers did something that would be unthinkable by today’s standards (considering modern views of cultural appropriation). They donned some of the traditional clothing and stood along the hills of Frontierland, while a Buckboard wagon passed along a trail, for a one-page picture appearing in LIFE (August 15, 1955).

Acres of Fun Disneyland souvenir fan featured the LIFE Magazine Pictorial photo, c.1955-1956.
Acres of Fun Disneyland souvenir fan featured the LIFE Magazine Pictorial photo, c.1955-1956.

Some of these viable project Concepts (as this), were supported by a well-developed business case and built expectation.

Still, this was not Walt’s vision for the Indian Village at Disneyland. Not withstanding the LIFE Magazine photoshoot, Walt (and company) always recognized that casting was essential to the success of any story being told whether in feature-length and short film format, or at Walt Disney’s Disneyland. It would be (and continue to be) the people that are so essential to making the dream of Disneyland a reality! In dedicating Frontierland, Walt Disney said, “all of us have cause to be proud of our country’s history, shaped by the pioneering spirit of our forefathers.” Soon after Walt spoke those words, Disneyland Guests would be “welcomed” to enter “Frontierland near the gates of the old log fort - past leather stockinged frontiersmen and Indians of many tribes, gathered at the entrance.” In what could be considered the first Disney Parks “World Showcase,” Disneyland Guests would soon meet the early peoples that first called America home (rather than just see them depicted on a screen), learn about their diverse cultures, and even have the opportunity to acquire souvenirs of their experience - authentic hand-made arts and crafts! As the narrator of “Disneyland - The Park” (a c. 1957 Disneyland anthology series episode) once said, “such groups [of tribal representatives] help fulfill the purpose for which Frontierland was intentioned - the perpetuation of our country’s heritage.”

The tepees were crafted by Hank Dains of Walt Disney Studios, who worked on Westward Ho! The Wagons. As of June 2, 1955, C.V. Wood Jr. sent an Inter-Office Memorandum to Walt Disney regarding the best estimates that could be obtained at the time regarding the completion status of individual sections of the Park and Opening Day. C.V. wrote: “Tepees: These should be easily completed.”

By Press Preview Day, visitors noted that this exhibit was populated with the True-Life peoples, as did one contributing writer for The Daily Oklahoman.

Despite the preceding lack of true-life Indian talent lined up by 1954, Disneyland visitors would soon be able to experience the sight of select “Ceremonial Dances,” in Walt’s promised “community center” and “museum of living facts.” These “ceremonial dances” would be demonstrated by true-life representatives of different tribes, after an arrangement was reached with the Bureau of Indian Affairs.
As far as these Disneylanders representing both Walt Disney Productions on a person-to-person basis, Walt later expressed the following confidence: “What you do here and how you act is very important to our entire organization and the many famous names of American business represented among our exhibitors… Your every action (and mine also) is a direct reflection of our entire organization… For our guests from around the world the curtain goes up on an all new show at Disneyland everyday and you, as a host or hostess, are truly ‘on stage.’ I know you will give a courteous and friendly performance.”

After applying in 1955, Disneyland Hosts and Hostesses were “hand-picked by Disneyland officials with qualifications including disposition, general attitude and appearance. Each new Disneyland employee was required to attend ‘orientation classes,’ part of a training course in Disneyland policies, to become acquainted with the Disneyland way of life,” according to “Building A Dream,” prepared by Disneyland, Inc. Public Relations Department, c. June of 1955. The orientation classes were administered five months before the premier opening, through Hal Hensley of the Disney University Orientation Program, and under the Direction of Van Arsdale France and his recently hired assistant Dick Nunis. Since the beginning, every Cast Member was taught that they were “a direct, personal representative of Walt Disney and the entire Disney organization.” [“Welcome to Disneyland,” 1981] As such, these classes were intended to instill and maintain the “friendliness, quality and cleanliness” of Disneyland Cast Members and Indian Village representatives included, and to bestow upon each one, the “special ingredient” - magic!

While all Indian Village Cast Members were “hand selected” for employment, only some performers attended Hal Hensley’s orientation classes. For example, special guest Little Sky (the great-great-grandson of the notable 19th century Oglala Leader “Crazy Horse”; whom along with “Sitting Bull” led the attack against General Custer at what is called the battle of “Little Big Horn”) was invited to perform on the Grand Opening public day of Disneyland (without having attended the class). According to the accounts of those interviewed, many others were recommended for the position by family members and friends, before being “hand selected” by those in charge of screening the talent.

A press release photo depicts an Indian Village representative greeting stagecoach passengers; ©️Walt Disney Productions.
A press release photo depicts an Indian Village representative greeting stagecoach passengers; ©️Walt Disney Productions.

It was on July 17th, 1955, that these “hand selected” First Peoples and Disneyland representatives made history, as they proudly marched in the Indian Unit (of the Frontierland Section) of the Disneyland Press Preview Day Parade. Images have been preserved in print as seen in "Homecoming - Destination Disneyland" by Carlene Thie with photos by Mel Kilpatrick. While tipis appeared along the entrance to the Stage Coach Trail that day, it wasn’t until the following morning (of Monday, July 18th, 1955), that the Indian Village first opened near Adventureland, as the “American Indian Village”! Little Sky (of the Oglala-Lakota) and others performed demonstrations of ceremonial dances, from 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. Photographs were usually welcome by Indian Village Cast Members (and visitors took advantage of this kind opportunity on this occasion). Owing much to photographs that were permitted (and especially the recollections of the individuals involved), this culturally significant section of Frontierland lives on right here at Disney History 101. So, we invite you to please step this way as we explore The Indian Village!

Bridge to the "American Indian Village," the banner out of frame to the left.
Bridge to the "American Indian Village," the banner out of frame to the left.

Souvenir guides to Disneyland advertised: “Frontierland is where you'll actually ‘live’ America's colorful and historic past. You enter Frontierland through the gates of an old log fort - past leather stockinged frontiersmen and Indians of many tribes, gathered at the entrance.”

It may surprise you to find that the original “American Indian Village” (as labeled on 1955 banners), was not located in Frontierland, but next to the Jungle River Cruise, in a small section of Adventureland. As you look over the next few “Vintage Views,” notice the tropical palm trees on the other side of the berm, in the background that attest to its location.

The original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle, (September, 1955)
The original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle, (September, 1955)

“Good afternoon friends, Welcome to The Indian Village.”

-Truman “Chief Whitehorse” Daily (1898-1996).

The main attraction of the American Indian Village (or Indian Village), was Ceremonial Dance Circle, where guests were welcomed to watch select “Ceremonial Dances.” In these early days, the “experts on the past” were members of individual troupes (typically composed of a specific tribe), which were brought in to represent their people. Their performances were seasonal - during holidays, summers, and weekends.

I would like to turn your attention to the circular design in the center of the circle, which served as the symbol of the sun, with its life-sustaining rays. Drawing upon references from the Walt Disney Studio Library, Sam McKim designed the eagle, the beaver, the buffalo, and the man, which were painted around the sun, as each of these creatures (“a symbol of wisdom”) benefits from the rays of the sun!

The original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle and Eddie Little Sky (left), (July 1955 - Spring 1956)
The original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle and Eddie Little Sky (left), (July 1955 - Spring 1956)

There were authentic Indian performances of both traditional and modern dances. These performers wore traditional tribal reproductions - bustles, breechcloth, roaches, and more!

The original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle and Eddie Little Sky (Right)
The original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle and Eddie Little Sky (Right)

Edgar Foster Hood in red with white bustle.

The original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle, (July 1955 - Spring 1956)
The original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle, (July 1955 - Spring 1956)
The original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle, (July 1955 - Spring 1956)
The original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle, (July 1955 - Spring 1956)
The original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle, (July 1955 - Spring 1956)
The original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle, (July 1955 - Spring 1956)
The original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle, (July 1955 - Spring 1956)
The original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle, (July 1955 - Spring 1956)

Ceremonial Dance Circle was also called Fire Dance Circle, even in these early days. The small stage was fenced-off and not open to the crowds. Those logs in the foreground were not used for seating, but generating fire. Around the Ceremonial Dance Circle were the four (to five) tipis and wooden awning that comprised the Indian Village - all constructed using techniques passed from generation to generations, and thus as accurate as can be. Guests could view the outside of the structures, but most of the tipis were lacking the elaborate interior dioramas that would represent various aspects of diverse American Indian lifestyles.

Unidentified Host (left) and Eddie Little Sky with Guest at the original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle
Unidentified Host (left) and Eddie Little Sky with Guest at the original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle
Women of the original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle, (July 1955 - Spring 1956)
Women of the original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle, (July 1955 - Spring 1956)

Even in the original Disneyland Indian Village, women had a presence in demonstrations, and though men performed most of the dances, women were heavily involved in the diverse tribal craft demonstrations performed for Guests.

Women of the original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle, (July 1955 - Spring 1956)
Women of the original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle, (July 1955 - Spring 1956)
Louis Heminger - "Chief Shooting Star" (right), and unamed Disneylander (left) at the original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle
Louis Heminger - "Chief Shooting Star" (right), and unamed Disneylander (left) at the original Indian Village Ceremonial Dance Circle

Both were so prominently active at Disneyland’s Indian Village during its early era, that both were photographed welcoming Disneyland’s 10 millionth guest (five-year-old Leigh Woolfenden) when she visited Disneyland with her family on December 31, 1958 [see Disneyland Holiday magazine, Spring 1958, page 1]!

While the representative known as Chief Red Feather of the Navajo-Sioux greeted guests at Knotts Berry Farm, Louis Heminger of the Dakota Sioux (pictured right), was best known to Disneyland guests by his Sioux-bestowed “honorary“ title Chief Shooting Star. He prominently led the festivities and demonstrations of (mostly Plains) Indian cultural dances for three years, within Disneyland’s Indian Village. Louis also became the representative “face” of Disneyland’s Indian Village and Frontierland, to the point where he was featured in many early publications (like Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland, published 1958, and Walt Disney’s Disneyland, a Giant Tell-A-Tale book, published in 1964 by Whitman). Chief Shooting Star welcomed actress Spring Byington (of “December Bride) and child actor Bobby Diamond (of “Fury”) to the Disneyland Indian Village for their 1956 “TV Radio Mirror” photoshoot at Disneyland! Chief Shooting Star (along with Disneyland Director of Customer Relations, Jack Sayers) also helped to welcome Disneyland’s One-Millionth visitor Elsa Bertha Marquez from the steps of Disneyland City Hall, on September 8th, 1955. In these early days, Louis Heminger was joined in Disneyland’s Indian Village, by Lee High Sky (of the Shawnee), Little Arrow (of the Winnebago), Eddie Little Sky (of the Sioux), and a few other representatives of America’s true natives!

Louis Heminger - "Chief Shooting Star" (right), Eddie Little Sky (left), (August, 1955)
Louis Heminger - "Chief Shooting Star" (right), Eddie Little Sky (left), (August, 1955)

“Here, Age Relives Fond Memories of the Past”

Since the beginning, Atmosphere Entertainment complimenting the theme of areas is staged to entertain Disneyland Guests on an immediate and personal level. By 1956, representatives (or, “ambassadors”) of the Caddo Nation, Sioux Nation, Cheyenne Nation, the Shawnee Tribe, and Ponca Nation were well represented, enhancing the quality of the Disneyland Show. For example, one female performer (Shirley Lovell), was of Cherokee, Apache, and Navajo descent, capable of sharing cultural experiences from those peoples. This was a place where Indians could unitedly share select stories from their cultures with guests, and among themselves. Here, we can see Sioux Chief Shooting Star (right) and his friends interacting with guests.

That the interaction between guests and performers was meaningful, is evident through the sentiments of visitors like Pat (whose father was of the Wichita, and grandparents were of the Caddo). She later recollected in and interview : “I came out from Oklahoma in 1950, and I was very lonely because I did not know that there were native Americans in California,…and I found Native American people in Disneyland. So I would come to Disneyland to talk with them, and I felt happy when I talked with them, because I felt a kinship with them. They shared their feelings as well, and it was a short talk because they had to get back to work. It was good. Each time I was able to speak to a different Native American, they belonged to tribes I was not familiar with. But I still felt a kinship to them because they were Native American. I often went back to Disneyland just to feel at home with Native Americans.” (Collection of Ross Plesset)

During the first winter season an article was published in The Disneyland News during December of 1955: “DISNEYLAND'S CHIEF SHOOTING STAR was on hand to welcome the visiting Russian journalists who stopped off at Disneyland and their four of the United States. Valentin Berezhkov, Viktor Poltoratski and Anatoli Sofronov found the Chief's explanations of his tribe's traditions and instructive bit of Americana.”

Louis Heminger - "Chief Shooting Star," (1955 - 1956)
Louis Heminger - "Chief Shooting Star," (1955 - 1956)
Walt Disney tours the original Indian Village, (October 26, 1955)
Walt Disney tours the original Indian Village, (October 26, 1955)

Speaking of ambassadors, Walt Disney (the first Cast Member) played the ambassador for (Mumbai) India-born actress Merle Oberon! He was so excited to show off Adventureland’s Indian Village with the representatives of “First People” American culture to his guests!

As a side note, the Disneys would become good friends with Merle and her husband Bruno Pagliai, after the two were married in 1957. Walt and Lillian even spent a holiday with Merle and Bruno, while visiting Mexico during 1964. During November of 1964, Walt extended an invitation to Merle, Bruno and their children, to view the Disneyland Christmas Parade as their guests. Walt even invited their children to ride with him in the parade. We’ll tell that story another time, and return to the main attraction.

Walt Disney tours the original Indian Village, (October 26, 1955)
Walt Disney tours the original Indian Village, (October 26, 1955)

As Walt scuttles away to show off another of his new attractions, big changes are swiftly heading toward the humble Indian Village!

(Previous Vintage View Date  : July 7, 1956)
(Previous Vintage View Date : July 7, 1956)

The Magic of Disneyland began with individual Cast Members like Vincent Saint Cyr of the Winnebago Tribe. In an EXCLUSIVE with Disney History 101, “Carey Saint Cyr Remembers His Father - Vincent Saint Cyr.”

“My dad!…His hair was short then. I believe it was growing out from being shaved for a movie called ‘Comanche Station’ starring Randolph Scott.

I recognize parts of his costume. The breast piece, or ribs, was a kind of rudimentary body armor. The bells, of coarse, are used to keep in time with the drum. The [bead]work he wears, is all handmade, signifies designs of his clan and family history.

I do remember the design on the cloth . . . I think I recall the design being made from small shells. Other than a design adornment, I can not recall the significance of the design. I don’t recall a significant meaning for the choker bead work as well. I remember when my mom and dad used to do beadwork at the kitchen table as a child. I always thought there was a kind of magic when I saw the results over days and weeks.”

Vincent St Cyr meets a young guest in the original Indian Village, (c. 1955-1956)
Vincent St Cyr meets a young guest in the original Indian Village, (c. 1955-1956)
Vincent St. Cyr (Left) and Unidentified Disneylander (Right)
Vincent St. Cyr (Left) and Unidentified Disneylander (Right)

“My father was one of the performers back then. He’s on the left. Vincent Saint Cyr [of the Winnebago Tribe of Nebraska] . . . [performed] the Bow and Arrow, the Horse Tail, the Eagle Dance, and The Spear and Shield Dance, as I recall. Members of the group often switched out on the various dances, so most of the dances could be performed by most of the members (with the exception of The Hoop Dance, which was performed by only a few).

Vincent eventually became the emcee for the show. He sang traditional tribal songs for the dancers and educated the audience on the various tribal customs and traditions. I used to go with him to work where Disneyland became my babysitter for the day. Those were the days.”

From Left to Right : Eddie Little Sky (left) and Vincent St. Cyr (right) extend courtesy toward Korean Princess and V.I.P. Deokhye, c. 1961 - 1962.
From Left to Right : Eddie Little Sky (left) and Vincent St. Cyr (right) extend courtesy toward Korean Princess and V.I.P. Deokhye, c. 1961 - 1962.

“Maybe seven or eight years prior to this photo dad was in combat defending the Princess’ country. Dad was a sergeant in the Marine Corps deployed to Korea sometime in late 1952 or 1953.”

Now, Eddie Little Sky (left) and Vincent St. Cyr (right) demonstrate canoe paddling technique to Princess Deokhye (덕혜옹주 ; 德惠翁主) - the last Princess of the Korean Empire! As you will see, Indian Village performers often acted in the role of ambassador to guests from near and far.

Things weren’t all business for Vincent, who served as the coach to the DRC-sponsored Disneyland basketball team that competed in the open league of Anaheim, c.1962.

A c.1956 Complete Guide to Disneyland Excerpt.
A c.1956 Complete Guide to Disneyland Excerpt.

With so many cultures to showcase, the talent quickly outgrew the small Adventureland location. Soon, another (more appropriate) area was considered, this time in Frontierland. This illustration (from a 1956 souvenir Guide, pictured above) teases the new larger Indian Village area of Frontierland with this simple illustration. But, things had really changed and expanded for the former Adventureland attraction. There was much more to see in the New Indian Village! Let’s take a look…

Frontierland location (July, 1956 - October, 1971)
Frontierland location (July, 1956 - October, 1971)


Yes, the Indian Village (with its rich and diverse cultural display), had outgrown its small corner of Adventureland. Fast forward a few months, to 1956! It was now a half year after the first day of operation (during 1956), Disneyland received a $2-3.8 million expansion (through the course of the year). “Shortly after the first of the year, Walt Disney revealed his plans for the then distant summer season. In fulfillment of the promise made on opening day, that ‘Disneyland will never be completed’ Walt made public plans to add extensively to the Park’s facilities. Whole new areas were to be opened : a new Indian Village.” [‘Disneyland - 1st Anniversary Souvenir Pictorial”]

According to signage posted near the construction barrier, the new attraction would be called “Indian Museum Village.” About $100,000 gave the attraction a brand new (and appropriate) location along the c.1790-1876 shores of the Rivers of America, with ample room for archery displays and fitting for one of its star attractions - the Indian War Canoes (debuting July 4th, 1956)! Former original Indian Village performer Cheryl Clifford remembers this pivotal time when her family came to work for Disneyland :“It was 1956. I just turned ten, and my brother was going to turn nine years old. Eddie Little Sky had just been reading about Mr. Disney putting together an Indian exhibit. He and Vincent St. Cyr were involved in dancing and going to pow wows, and that’s how we knew them. We were hired right on the spot - no problem!”

Guests (visiting from every state and 60 foreign nations), could now wander along the water’s edge, to the ends of the new “Wilderness Trail”, and through a “rocky pedestrian tunnel,” to discover The Indian Village (July, 1956 - October, 1971) - a free Frontierland attraction! Both Holiday magazine (published Summer, 1958) and Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland (published 1960), described this area as a “recreation of a Plains Indian Village,” though the cultural elements and character of many other Indian Nation’s regions were referenced throughout the land. Other documents added the character to include “over 100 years ago.” “The Disneyland News” (Vol.2, No.2 ; August, 1956) offered a somewhat archaic description of some of the exhibits - “one tent houses bead work, another shows the ceremonial pipes in the process of being crafted. Further on is the Medicine Man’s tent filled with the mystic and intriguing objects of this vital craft. Hard by the dancing circle is the Chief’s tent, tallest of the lot, arranged for the council to meet. Visible at the rear of the tent are the objects that signal the chief’s authority : the feathered flag of the tribe, his Coup stick, won in war by the chief and possessed by only the bravest Indians, the ceremonial pipe and the pallet, woven with the sacred designs that ward off the evil spirit as the Chief sleeps… Elevated several feet above ground level for better viewing , the audience sees a brightly decorated, circular surface, designed to be pleasing to the Great Spirit.” Still, a number of representatives would be on hand, to teach the old ways to visitors who would step into this portion of Frontierland.

The number of tribes represented would fluctuate over the years. For example, the narrator of “Disneyland U.S.A.” (released by Buena Vista Film Distribution, December 20, 1956) mentions “seventeen different tribes”. During the early years of the Indian Village, it was mentioned that “ceremonial dances” were performed by ten tribes (according to information schedules printed inside complimentary ticket books). The “members of 16 tribes” (representing the “Drum and Feather Club”) marched together in the “Disneyland ‘59” parade and pageant. Still as the months progressed, guests could observe select “Native American dances, crafts, and stories” from the True-Life descendants of “12 major North American Indian tribes” (by the summer of 1960, according to Vacationland), and again, “sixteen different tribes”. Cultural diversity was crucial, as Disneyland Holiday magazine impressed the importance of The Indian Village to Frontierland’s mission statement this way :

“One of the founding principles upon which Disneyland was designed was the preservation of our American heritage. This principle may be seen in many of the free shows and exhibits in each of Disneyland’s realms - and one of the most popular among many free performances is the preservation of Indian traditions and customs in Frontierland’s Indian Village…Among the tribes [and Nations] represented in Frontierland are Apache, Shawnee, Winnebago, Hopi, Navajo, Maricopa, Choctaw, Comanche, Pima, Crow and Pawnee.” In the words of “Honorary” Sioux Chief Truman (in Backstage Disneyland, Summer, 1965), “We’re here to represent our people and, naturally, we want you to know us and know about our race.” Occasionally these artists had the opportunity to represent their people on television. For example, brief footage of a parade of Indian Village Cast Members has also been amazingly preserved on film in the “An Adventure in the Magic Kingdom” episode of Walt Disney’s “Disneyland” television series (filmed in 1957, and airing in 1958)! This very footage (originally filmed in color) was reused for “Disneyland, U.S.A.” which was released theatrically in 1958. Other Indian Village Cast Members had the opportunity to share their culture on television, as when the Disneyland Indian Village became the stage for the production of the 10th episode of “Meet Me At Disneyland,” entitled “This Was The West,” airing on ABC in August of 1962.

At times, Indian performers also acted as ambassadors, as when Jimmy Durante performed live radio from Indian Village. During the March 31, 1958, dedication ceremonies of the Grand Canyon Diorama, the 96-year-old Hopi Indian Chief Nevangnewa (alongside some Indian Village Cast Members and the young Little White Cloud) blessed the trains of the Disneyland Railroad that would take guests past the new diorama. Chief Riley Sunrise (adopted by the Kiowa ; of the Hopi Nation) and Chief Whitehorse (of the Otoe Nation) had the honor to welcome and escort Ethiopian businessman Ato Mehari Endale when he visited Disneyland’s Indian Village in 1962! Also of note, an unknown number of Indian Village representatives were also involved in welcoming Disneyland Guests to the “Thanksgiving With The Indians” (held during November of 1959), an event held “in conjunction with Zorro Days…”, where a Thanksgiving dinner was served in Frontierland. All of these exemplary individuals involved in representing their peoples were appropriately (and carefully) interviewed, selected, and hired through Bill “Chief Blackhawk” Wilkerson.

In addition to the privilege of sharing their cultures with large numbers of visitors, there were other perks. According to “Walt Disney and the Invention of the Amusement Park That Changed the World” by Richard Snow : “In 1957, the Soviet Press reported that Frontierland was holding Indians in captivity to amuse capitalist visitors, [but] Chief Riley Sunrise retorted ‘Captivity my eye! How many Russians make a hundred and twenty-five dollars a week?’” In actuality, the Disneyland Indian Village performers were treated very well, and paid an average of $35 a day during the late 1950s.

8239E151-BE4F-4C3B-A153-C969049493DA.jpeg
Among the exhibits was the Chippewa Longhouse (Front of House)
Among the exhibits was the Chippewa Longhouse (Front of House)

Years later, in response to a question about his “favorite part of Disneyland which is no longer there,” Bob Penfield in interview with Disneyland LINE (Vol.25, No.28 ; published July 16, 1993), “I used to like to go down to the Indian Village when they had the dance area or even before that when they had the birch bark lodge and the buffaloes.”

“Disneyland is unique in that some of the world's foremost creative artists and architects control all design at Disneyland.“ If the Chippewa Longhouse looks like an authentic representation, that’s because it was built under the oversight of Alexander Matthews Bobidosh - a Lac du Flambeau, Wisconsin native and then President of the Ojibwe (Chippawa) Tribal Council and a member of the First Nations. He was flown to Disneyland and assisted by several others on this project, like Laura Lobo, who crafted the cover. [More of Alexander’s story is preserved in Disneyland News, September 1956, page 8.]

The 12-foot high structure (made to “resemble World War II’s famous Quonset hut”) boasts “sewn” Birch & White ash bark roof, and frame work made of maple saplings laced with leather. Brief film footage of its construction can be seen in “Disneyland - The Park,” a short film created for the Disneyland anthology television series (first aired 1957). The narrator explains : “Nearby, descendants of America’s first ‘do-it-yourselfers’ build an Indian Longhouse. They apply birch barks strips in the same manner as their forefathers centuries ago. Cutting out the windows soon puts a finishing touch on the job.” This construction work was performed (without any barricades) in sight of guests.

The final structure would come to house the quick service “juicebar” as seen on Sam McKim’s faithful 1958 Disneyland map rendering. The Birch Bark House was leased by Bill Wilkerson for $100 a year. It was also operated by Bill Wilkerson and UPT Concessions. Their primary scope of sales was the self-titled “Fire Water” (soft drinks) but the building also housed the Indian store. The synergistic relationship between the commercial lessee William P. Wilkerson and Disneyland was good. William P. Wilkerson’s Bark Lodge yielded some revenue for Disneyland Inc. - $542 for the fiscal year ending September 29, 1957 and $2,902 for the fiscal year ending September 28, 1958.

The All-New Indian Village. The Indian Village Rafts began departure in 1957.
The All-New Indian Village. The Indian Village Rafts began departure in 1957.
THE NEW INDIAN VILLAGE - Excerpt from Disneyland Holiday, Winter, 1957-58.
THE NEW INDIAN VILLAGE - Excerpt from Disneyland Holiday, Winter, 1957-58.

After the Indian Village was unveiled at its new location, the attraction of “an Indian Dance” was included among the events planned for the first anniversary of the Santa Fe & Disneyland Railroad (celebrated August of 1956), which was attended by 80 members of the Orange County radio and press publishers, staff members and their wives. About that time, this contemporaneous excerpt (pictured above) from one of Disneyland’s publications praises one of Frontierland’s not-to-be-missed attractions! During 1957, Walt Disney Studio employees who attended Walt Disney Studio day at Holidayland (on October 5, 1957) were treated to a special show featuring representatives of some of the sixteen tribes showcased at the Disneyland Indian Village. Vacationland (Summer, 1957) outstandingly mentions Chief Shooting Star (of the Sioux), Lee High Sky (of the Shawnee), Little Arrow (of the Winnebago), and Eddie Little Sky (of the Sioux) among those involved during this era. In addition, the Indian Village Rafts (particularly the Injun Joe) began operation ferrying Guests to Tom Sawyer Island during July 1, 1957. Considering all of these attractions, it is easy to see why by the year 1958, the Indian Village was considered one of 15 free educational shows and exhibits at Disneyland!

The All-New "Plains" Indian Village as spied across the water, (August, 1959)
The All-New "Plains" Indian Village as spied across the water, (August, 1959)

One of the best pre-views of the new Indian Village could be achieved by scaling Castle Peak, Indian Hill, or one of Fort Wilderness’ towers on Tom Sawyer Island!  But there’s only so much that can be experienced from the other bank of the Rivers of America.  Those trees are blocking our view of their ceremonial dances. Let’s head down Wilderness Trail, and get a closer look.

The All-New Indian Village, (1950s)
The All-New Indian Village, (1950s)

From here, we can get a rough layout of the Indian Village's tepees, several Indian War Canoes, and even a River Raft belonging to that infamous Tom Sawyer Island character "Injun Joe". The Indian War Canoes had opened with the new section of Frontierland (on July 4, 1956, while Injun Joe’s Raft carried guests from the Indian Village Raft dock, which opened on July 1, 1957.

The All-New Indian Village, (1961)
The All-New Indian Village, (1961)

Wandering through the new exhibits of the Indian Village afforded guests the opportunity to explore what life may have been like in a true-life Indian village! As you make your way down the trail, be sure to stop and look at the markings on the tipis (used by the peoples of the Blackfoot, the Comanche, the Cheyenne, the Crow, the Kiowa, the Lakota, the Omaha, the Pawnee, and the Plains). The new teepee exhibits (with tipis installed and maintained by Al Alvarez and others of the Disneyland Drapery Department) told stories of life in a typical First Peoples Plains village. There was the Chief’s Council Teepee (an honored place with “objects symbolizing his authority” as the war bonnet, shield, lance, bow, and feathered flag), the Plains Indian Teepee (where guests viewed facsimiles of “ceremonial pipes” being made), the Medicine Man’s Ceremonial Teepee, the Bead Worker Teepee, and the Warrior’s Teepee (where an example of rawhide paintings were could be seen). As for the various representations of animals, people, and other figures on the “tepees” tell stories of “family and tribal events and great battles”.

Chief White Horse (Truman W. Dailey) near the Western Plains "Teepees"
Chief White Horse (Truman W. Dailey) near the Western Plains "Teepees"
"Chief's Council Tepee" Exhibit and Guests.
"Chief's Council Tepee" Exhibit and Guests.
"Chief's Council Tepee"
"Chief's Council Tepee"
Buffalo (American Bison) and "Chief's Council Tepee" Exhibit
Buffalo (American Bison) and "Chief's Council Tepee" Exhibit
The Sacred Buffalo (American Bison) Exhibit.
The Sacred Buffalo (American Bison) Exhibit.
The Sacred Buffalo (American Bison) Exhibit, (November 14, 1957)
The Sacred Buffalo (American Bison) Exhibit, (November 14, 1957)

The original “Indian Village” displayed a pelt of an American Bison. Now, a stuffed Bison was kept on display in the Indian Village, for guests who hadn’t seen an American Bison in person. This display helped guests understand some of the animals that Indians had interaction with while living in “frontier” America. The Native American had respect for the animals of the land, only hunting them when it was necessary for food, clothing, or shelter.

It is important to mention that (not withstanding the animals featured in the Grand Canyon Diorama) this was one of the few true-life mounts ever utilized in the Park. Still (like many of the pre-1962 land animal figures of Disneyland) the Buffalo featured natural skin. In order to maintain these, Disneyland hired a taxidermist. After the original taxidermist quit (due to the implementing of synthetic “skin”) Bob Johnson (c. 1960 Park taxidermist of the Disneyland Staff Shop under Bud Washo) maintained “Show Quality” of this exhibit (before the term was officially coined). According to Backstage Disneyland (Fall of 1965) : “The children visiting the Indian Village began using the back of the stationary buffalo for a slide and as they slid over his rump they would pull of his tail. Bob inserted a steel brace and welded a cable to it. Now the kids still slide but the tail doesn’t come off.”

The sacred Buffalo (America Bison) Exhibit.
The sacred Buffalo (America Bison) Exhibit.
Ceremonial Dance Circle, (October, 1960)
Ceremonial Dance Circle, (October, 1960)

Disneyland hosted a number of “free shows” during its first few decades, but the Disneyland Indian Village’s Ceremonial Dance Circle was by far one of the most popular free Disneyland attractions! Here, we can see guests awaiting the start of the next free show at Ceremonial Dance Circle. Ceremonial Dance Circle was so popular that it was eve featured on a number of standard and panoramic dimension post cards that were sold in Disneyland from the late 1950s to the early 1960s.

Host Louis Heminger - "Chief Shooting Star" and a young VIP.
Host Louis Heminger - "Chief Shooting Star" and a young VIP.

Walt once said “Disneyland would be a world of Americans, past and present.” [Words From Walt, 1975] There were few locations in Disneyland which captured this spirit more than at the Disneyland Indian Village.

Louis Heminger invited people to come and enjoy his way of creating happiness. He loved interacting with Guests of all ages. During one segment of “Disneyland U.S.A.” (released by Buena Vista Film Distribution, December 29, 1956) he even can be seen holding a baby during the show at Ceremonial Dance Circle. In August of 1962, Lloyd Richardson, Larry Clemmons, Joe Marquette, Coy Watkins, and Jack Leppert (of the Walt Disney Studio) filmed and shot scenery for Studio Production #3185. During this visit, “ride operators and characters were used in their street clothes” as portraying guests, of whom Ron Hemminger was included.

Louis Heminger Ceremonial Dance Circle
Louis Heminger Ceremonial Dance Circle

Louis Heminger (Chief Shooting Star) continued to preside over some ceremonies at Ceremonial Dance Circle in the all new Indian Village. Only now he was joined by several others, taking turns, or “co-emceeing”. Both Louis Heminger and Riley Sunrise can be seen sharing this responsibility from this very location in “Disneyland U.S.A.” (released by Buena Vista Film Distribution, December 20, 1956). The narrator (of the very same film) divulges that this “organized group uses this traditional setting in their festive activities. All such groups are welcome to come here and perpetuate their ceremonial customs and centuries-old cultures”.

Chief Whitehorse at Ceremonial Dance Circle, (October, 1961)
Chief Whitehorse at Ceremonial Dance Circle, (October, 1961)

Retired “Chief Whitehorse” (Leader of the Otoe Tribe, Red Rock, Oklahoma) welcomes guests as he supervises, narrates, and leads the demonstrations by Disneylanders at Fire Dance Circle in the Disneyland Indian Village. According to an official Indian Village Show script (revised February 12, 1966) a typical show would have began in a way like this:

“Good morning, friends…. and welcome to our Indian Village. We hope you will enjoy your visit here, today. I will be your narrator for this program. My name is ‘Chief Whitehorse.’ I’m a member of the Otoe Tribe from Red Rock, Oklahoma.”

This introduction was followed by a “singer-drummer” who enters and takes his position at the drum.

Chief Riley “Quoyavema” (Kwayeshva) Sunrise narrates a show.
Chief Riley “Quoyavema” (Kwayeshva) Sunrise narrates a show.

The show narrator would continue:

“History tells us that man first appeared in America over 25,000 years ago. Though the years they divided into distinct groups and within those groups were many tribes with different names, different customs and different languages.

When Columbus landed on the East Coast thousands of years later, he did not know that the people he met were the descendants of these first discoverers of the New World. He thought he had landed in India and he called our ancestors ‘Indians.’

Today, there are 279 Indian Tribes in what is now known as the United States. This count doesn’t include the new states of Alaska or Hawaii, although there are some of our people in Alaska, as there are in Canada, Mexico and in Central and South America.

The Indian of this country can most easily be divided into five major groups. These divisions are made by various geographical regions or areas. Our Village here in Disneyland is set-up to represent, as nearly as possible, these five major groups.

The Indians that I think you’ve heard the most about are the plains Indians. They made their livelihood primarily by living a semi-nomadic existence, following the American Bison, or Buffalo. There are 65 tribes in this group. They occupy the great Central Plains area and are represented by this dwelling behind me. It is called a tepee. The tepee is very easily assembled, taken down and carried across the plains.”

The Ceremonial Dance Circle Drum and four "Singer-Drummers".
The Ceremonial Dance Circle Drum and four "Singer-Drummers".

The Narrator continues: “Normally at our Pow-Wows, we place our singer and drummer in the center of the dance area, but, here, due to limited space, we have placed him to the side and he often tends to go unnoticed. He is one of the most important performers in our program and, without him, our presentation would not be possible.” The drummer for the show was then introduced by name, tribe, and home, before being given commendation: “He is doing a fine job for us today and I’d appreciate your welcoming him.”

Musical instruments like the drum were essential to the conveying of stories, and Fire Dance Circle appropriately held one large Navajo traditional-style drum (which the white man referred to as the “Tom Tom”). Many tribes made use of the drum including some Pacific Northwest nations, Mexican nations, and Alaskan nations. The beats against the stretched skin of this particular Navajo drum, resonate across the Rivers of America, and can be heard as far away as Main Street U.S.A.!

The Ceremonial Dance Circle Drum and three "Singer-Drummers."
The Ceremonial Dance Circle Drum and three "Singer-Drummers."

According to “THE DISNEY THEME SHOW - an introduction to the art of Disney outdoor entertainment”: “Important are the sounds which permeate the scene, for without them, the theme show is a silent movie . . . but with them it is a symphony of music, effects, and natural sounds that the finest stereo system in the world can't duplicate. These sights and sounds are provided not only by imagineered attractions and shows, but also through the multi-talented efforts of live entertainers . . . in special musical groups . . . in parades and pageants . . . providing an everchanging backdrop to virtually every area in the theme show.”

Here, multiple musicians would perform demonstrations at the drum (at the same time), and provide the tone for each dance performed. A brief scene of “Disneyland U.S.A.” (released by Buena Vista Film Distribution, December 20, 1956) preserves a rare occasion of six tribal representatives sitting around the Ceremonial Dance Circle Drum!

Ceremonial Dance Circle Narrators and friends, (June, 1960)
Ceremonial Dance Circle Narrators and friends, (June, 1960)

Representatives from other tribes (as well as their family and friends), would stand back, watch, and learn as turns were taken in the circle.

The c.1966 narration continues:

“The Plains Indians most popular social dance was known as the Omaha Dance, from the tribe that originated it. This Omaha Dance was intended to imitate the hunt. In became known, in some areas, as the Grass Dance, and each tribe had its own name for it. But, since the coming of the paleface, it has taken on a hostile name. It is known today, quite commonly, as the War Dance!”

According to the aforementioned official script (revised February 12, 1966): “Dancers run from the tepee onto the dance circle as they, and the singer, emit loud war-whoops. The War Dance is played ‘medium-fast,’ 1 1/2 times through the song, and goes right in one more complete chorus, played and sung at top speed. At the completion of this, and all dances, the dancers finish with their feet facing the audience. They raise their right arms to acknowledge the applause, turn and run back into a tepee.”

Representatives look on at Ceremonial Dance Circle
Representatives look on at Ceremonial Dance Circle

Most Disneyland Indian Village guests watch the demonstrations from behind the log railing.

Ceremonial Dance Circle, (August, 1958)
Ceremonial Dance Circle, (August, 1958)
652E7D2F-5097-4B20-A859-02DA05DAFD69.jpeg
B249DF48-84A2-4B37-AA34-961844603F01.jpeg
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE, (1961)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE, (1961)
Unidentified Female Representative (left) and Dawn Little Sky (right), (August, 1959)
Unidentified Female Representative (left) and Dawn Little Sky (right), (August, 1959)

Dawn Little Sky (Eddie Little Sky's wife, pictured right) and a currently unidentified female performer (pictured left) present a cultural experience to the guests at Ceremonial Dance Circle! It was common to see women (like Dawn Little Sky, Ruthe “Pretty Star” Homer, and others) narrating portions of the main show. Dawn was one of the more outstanding female performers in the Frontierland Indian Village. She was often seen in contemporaneous photographic advertisements and publication images featuring the Indian Village (i.e. Vacationland, Summer 1963). In 1964, Ruthe “Pretty Star” Homer - a previous Miss Indian America (but, of the Gros Venture tribe of Billings, Montana) - spent the summer of 1964 with the Disneyland Indian Village Productions Department. According to “Backstage Disneyland” (summer, 1965), she “represents her people well and acts as hostess, announcer, and dancer throughout the summer season.” Vivian Arviso another Miss Indian America (of 1960) of the Navajo spent some time at Disneyland answering Guest’s questions about her people! She felt strongly that “the tourists really needed to be able to ask questions and not just watch Indians dance or do sand painting or do a textile weaving”.

If anyone recognizes this unidentified woman (on the right side, in the photo above), please contact Disney History 101’s online museum docents and curators. We would sure love to hear from you!

Dawn Little Sky, (August, 1959)
Dawn Little Sky, (August, 1959)

Though the dancing was mostly traditionally demonstrated and performed by the men of these representatives of First Peoples, women (like Dawn Little Sky) played a large role in sharing their cultural heritage with the guests! Here, women demonstrated some dances, created examples of arts and crafts, and even hosted segments of the shows in Ceremonial Dance Circle. We will meet just some of the women in this gallery, and learn of some of their contributions, as well as their memorable impact on guests, fellow Disneylanders, and their present family members.

Dawn Little Sky Emcee of an Indian Village Show
Dawn Little Sky Emcee of an Indian Village Show
0E40F4C3-27A0-4512-AFF3-95E81042A721.jpeg
Unidentified Female Indian Village Representative and Emcee
Unidentified Female Indian Village Representative and Emcee
c.1960
c.1960
Unidentified Female Representative.
Unidentified Female Representative.
The Buffalo at Ceremonial Dance Circle
The Buffalo at Ceremonial Dance Circle

Many of the “Plains Indians” (that lived a nomadic life in tipis, at times), depended on the herds of buffalo that lived in the region. These peoples included the Arapaho, the Assiniboine, the Blackfoot, the Cheyenne, the Comanche, the Crow, the Gros Ventre, the Kiowa, the Plains Apache, the Plains Cree, the Plains Ojibwe, the Sarsi, the Shoshone, the Sioux, and the Tonkawa (to name but a few). Many of these peoples practiced some sort of respect to the sacred animal. In a demonstration of one such “Buffalo Dance” (with special permission), Vincent Saint Cyr (of the Winnebago Tribe) portrays the hunter stalking his game, in an act that will mean nourishment, and life.

The Buffalo at Ceremonial Dance Circle
The Buffalo at Ceremonial Dance Circle

This dance seems to have been performed with representations of at least two sacred Plains Indian relics - the Eagle Staff, and the Buffalo Warbonnet. Using the Eagle Staff, the Plains Indian has defeated the mighty Buffalo (portrayed by the performer wearing the Buffalo Warbonnet). The return of the buffalo herds were celebrated with this dance, which meant food, and life for the peoples.

The Buffalo at Ceremonial Dance Circle, (October, 1960)
The Buffalo at Ceremonial Dance Circle, (October, 1960)

Another dance is demonstrated with the use of the Buffalo Warbonnet.

The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle, (August, 1958)
The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle, (August, 1958)

Some tribes perform what is called the Eagle Dance (including the some of the 19 Pueblo peoples, and the Iroquois, to name a few). Here, we have seen the dance demonstrated by one to (as many as) three individuals at one time. Disneyland LINE Indian Village representatives continue : “The Eagle Dance was brought about by the Indians wanting to show some respect for the great bird they admired so much. It is done by simulating the actions of an eagle both in flight and on the ground foraging for food.” The steps are performed (in time with the drum), and the bells (on the ankles of the performer) ring.

The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle
The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle

Two Indians generally represented the soaring eagles in the “Eagle” dance!

The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle
The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle
The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle
The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle
The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle, (1961)
The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle, (1961)

The Eagle dance.

The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle
The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle

The Eagle dance.

The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle
The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle
The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle
The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle

The Eagle dance.

The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle
The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle
The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle, (c. 1956-1957)
The Eagle at Ceremonial Dance Circle, (c. 1956-1957)

The Eagle Dance.

The Horsetail Dance at Ceremonial Dance Circle.
The Horsetail Dance at Ceremonial Dance Circle.
The Horsetail Dance at Ceremonial Dance Circle.
The Horsetail Dance at Ceremonial Dance Circle.
The Horsetail Dance at Ceremonial Dance Circle.
The Horsetail Dance at Ceremonial Dance Circle.
The Horsetail Dance at Ceremonial Dance Circle.
The Horsetail Dance at Ceremonial Dance Circle.

The Horse Dance (or, “Horsetail Dance”) is performed and preserved by the Sioux and Pueblo peoples, among other nations. Indian Village representatives explain to Disneyland LINE magazine : “To show or demonstrate one of the most recent dances developed by our forefathers we select the Horsetail Dance. As you know, the horse is not a native of this continent. The Spaniards introduced the horse to us around 1600 A.D. This most magnificent animal soon grew invaluable to the Indians. To show our appreciation as well as to honor the horse we perform this Horsetail Dance by attaching a horsetail around the waist and prancing, in time with the drum, like a horse.” (Disneyland Backstage, Summer, 1965).

The Horsetail Dance at Ceremonial Dance Circle.
The Horsetail Dance at Ceremonial Dance Circle.

The Horse Dance.

The Horsetail Dance at Ceremonial Dance Circle.
The Horsetail Dance at Ceremonial Dance Circle.

The Horse Dance.

CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (1959)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (1959)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (1959)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (1959)

Stalking his game…

67D15139-A0FB-4F2E-906C-9653717461C4.jpeg
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (September, 1959)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (September, 1959)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (September, 1959)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (September, 1959)

The colorful circular feathered pieces are called bustles, and are sacred regalia traditionally worn only by members.

68B56411-D7F4-47E1-8DEF-1D0176E7DA50.jpeg
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (1961)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (1961)

The Shield and Spear Dance.

CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (August, 1959)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (August, 1959)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (1957)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (1957)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (1957)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (1957)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE

Toward the beginning of the show, the Narrator often invited “all our young friends to sit on these benches around the dance circle. They have been placed here especially for all you boys and girls so you can get a closer look at the dances and, also, so you’ll be close at hand for the happy surprise we have for you at the end of the program.” Any guests that were blocking the doorway would be invited to the seating area.

“Our forefathers had many primitive tools and weapons. Among these is the bow and arrow…”

Speaking of the bow and arrow, once the show began, there were occasional skillful presentations of archery. Pictured above is actually a game played with arrows, by members of the Pawnee. Here, we refer to it as the Pawnee Arrow Game.

CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE, (October, 1960)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE, (October, 1960)

The Hoop Dance was another newer, contemporary dance that was demonstrated by youngsters. We’ll examine it a little later.

CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE, (August 4th, 1960)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE, (August 4th, 1960)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (August, 1958)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE (August, 1958)

One of the skillful Tafoyas performs a Hoop Dance.

CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE

And sometimes children (like the Oglala Sioux Lakota boy pictured), had the privilege to perform demonstrations for guests. You wouldn’t find a younger “Disneylander” anywhere else in the Park!  Former performer “Dennis [Tafoya] recalled how meaningful it was for him and his family members to be able to spend so much time immersed within a community of Indian dancers and entertainers. They shared and learned Indian culture with Indian people of many different tribes, while serving as ‘cultural ambassadors’ to non-Indians.”

CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE, (June, 1960)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE, (June, 1960)

Eddie Little Sky (on the left, in the red shirt) performs with one of the younger performers. This was a unique experience, for outside Disneyland’s Indian Village, you wouldn’t see any Disneylanders as young (Shoe Shine Boys and Disneyland News Carriers, included).

54F4ACD4-DB50-43DA-B5ED-46AF91E7D7CF.jpeg
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
2D1157CB-C845-4BB3-88F2-A9E9A70A1676.jpeg
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
 Young and old Indian Village representatives could proudly share their culture with fellow Disneyland Cast Members or any guest who would wander down the trail!

Young and old Indian Village representatives could proudly share their culture with fellow Disneyland Cast Members or any guest who would wander down the trail!

Wallace Little (Eddie Little Sky's father), Dawn Little Sky (Eddie Little Sky's wife), and Robert "Little Beaver" (Eddie Little Sky's brother), (September, 1959)
Wallace Little (Eddie Little Sky's father), Dawn Little Sky (Eddie Little Sky's wife), and Robert "Little Beaver" (Eddie Little Sky's brother), (September, 1959)

As to the important role of American Heritage, Walt Disney once divulged that “our heritage and ideas, our code and standards - the things we live by and teach our children - are preserved or diminished by how freely we exchange ideas and feelings.” This philosophy of the free exchange of ideas and feelings was certainly in motion among the diverse representatives of the Disneyland Indian Village. The young, elders, and whole families also believed so strongly in what was being accomplished through the Disneyland Indian Village, that it became a common sight to see couples and practically whole families representing their Tribe and meeting Disneyland guests together here.

For example, Eddie Little Sky and his wife Dawn, both performed minor roles in Walt Disney Productions - Dawn had worked for Walt Disney Studios’ Ink & Paint Department, while Eddie had appeared in minor live-action roles. They both worked in the Indian Village together - naturally, Dawn narrated and performed dances, while Eddie also performed. Dawn and little Robert were occasionally featured in media (i.e. the Vacationland magazine pictorial published for Winter/Spring of 1965).

Other families (like the Cliffords of the Oglala Sioux Nation, and the Tafoyas of the Pueblo Nation) would also go to work for Disneyland together! The result of this family teamwork was that especially the children would learn much from this cultural share and gain a pride in their own cultural heritage. By the spring of 1967, the Disneyland Indian Village boasted 14 talented youngsters (seasonal and permanent), representing six tribes. These young ones participated in “140 half-hour shows a week (throughout the summer and on weekends and holidays)”, before “a million-and-a-half visitors each year”, according to Disney News (published Spring, 1967). The seasonal dancers (“who worked during the Summer months and then returned to their reservations and schools in the Fall”) were Evergreen (Joseph Herrera Jr.), Spotted Fawn (Ramos Suina), Eagle (Natividad Pecos), White Sea Shell (Ray Trujillo), Yellow Butterfly (George Cordero), Singing Blue Lake (Marcelino Trujillo), and Thundercloud (John Romero). The permanent dancers (“who lived in the Southern California area and worked weekends and holidays during the Fall and Winter months”) were Horse Stealer (Dan Jennings), Whitecloud (Leonard Tafoya), Red Eagle (Mike Tafoya), Little Deer (Dennis Tafoya), Whirling Wind (Ray Morton), Little Buffalo (Mike Miller), Beaver (Antalo Lester), and Princess Morningstar (Nancy Rubedeux). An enjoyable time was had by all that worked at Disneyland whether they were employed full or part-time.

With the exception of seasonal parade units or special performances, children did not routinely entertain Disneyland guests. So, the Disneyland Indian Village was truly distinct in this regard - featuring more children (ages 3-12) in addition to young adults among its free exhibits and shows, than anywhere else in Disneyland! The answer to why parents tribal councils, and (in some cases the U.S. Bureau of Indian Affairs) would permit these children to be involved in the Disneyland Indian Village is perhaps best summed in these words from an article published in Disney News (Spring, 1967), “Perhaps the best known Indians in the United States are the 14 young people who work in Frontierland, at Disneyland. With permission of their tribal councils, and in some cases, the U.S. Bureau of Indian Affairs, they perform ancient tribal dances for a million-and-a-half visitors each year. All are talented youngsters whose underlining purpose in working at the Park is to erase a long-held impression here and abroad that all a Indians are war-whooping savages capable of little else than forever galloping across television and movie screens. They have a proud heritage to talk about, and talk about it they do. In their colorful performances, they contribute to a broader understanding of Indian traditions, while at the same time dedicating themselves to preserving the customs and arts of their people.” In the words of Walt Disney (published in Wisdom magazine, December of 1959), “All of us whether 10th generation or naturalized Americans, have cause to be proud of our country’s history.”

An Unidentified Indian Village Performer, (August, 1959)
An Unidentified Indian Village Performer, (August, 1959)

These are the true-life peoples of the Indian Village.

Louis Heminger (CHIEF SHOOTING STAR) displays Disney Courtesy with a smile and little gestures towards guests, c.1960s.
Louis Heminger (CHIEF SHOOTING STAR) displays Disney Courtesy with a smile and little gestures towards guests, c.1960s.
Louis Heminger (CHIEF SHOOTING STAR), (1950s)
Louis Heminger (CHIEF SHOOTING STAR), (1950s)
(August, 1958)
(August, 1958)

These were the faces of Frontierland’s Indian Village - both youthful and wise!

CHIEF SHOOTING STAR, (August, 1958)
CHIEF SHOOTING STAR, (August, 1958)

Many tourists like Matthew, his sister, and Pat their mother enjoyed visiting the Indian Village and meeting new friends like honorary Sioux Chief Shooting Star! Chief Shooting Star appeared in many Hollywood westerns (including the Davy Crockett television series), before working three years at Disneyland. As mentioned earlier, he was present to welcome five-year-old Elsa Bertha Marquez (the one millionth visitor) and her family to Disneyland on September 8th, 1955. He continued to welcome and treat each and every visitor as if they were a Disneyland V.I.P. After retirement, he was active with the Indian Center in Los Angeles. You may recall, that his son Ron went on to also work for Disneyland, operating Fantasyland’s Storybookland Canal Boats. As for Ron, he spent some time at Walt Disney World.

“Smoke Signals” Article, “Disneyland Backstage”, (Spring, 1966)
“Smoke Signals” Article, “Disneyland Backstage”, (Spring, 1966)

The “Disneyland Backstage” publication informed Disneyland employees of what was going on at the Park, and allowed an opportunity to have a little fun! A testament to this, is this month’s “tongue-in-cheek” “Smoke Signals” column contributed by Indian Village full-time performer Dan “Horse Stealer” Jennings (for the Spring, 1966 Issue of the Cast Member-only periodical). He is assisted in his hilarious “send-up” of Indian Village Cast Member life, by some of his young contemporary performers (seen in the accompanying photos).

In addition, some youth would often go on to carry the legacy of their parents and their Tribe, and even carry on a career with Disneyland. For example, original Indian Village performer John Knifechief was later joined at Disneyland, by his fifteen-year-old son Tom in 1963. Riley Sunrise’s son Helmuth would eventually go on to develop an important and life-long career outside the Disneyland Indian Village, in the Disneyland Custodial Department. Louis Heminger’s son Ron Heminger went on to also work for Disneyland (both operating Fantasyland’s Storybookland Canal Boats, and becoming the Peter Pan Foreman by 1966). Ron would later move on to greater managerial roles at Disneyland and Walt Disney World in Florida. As for Dawn Little Sky and Robert "Little Beaver" (pictured above), they would appear in promotional Disneyland publications and brochures (like “Information For Your Visit To Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom”, published 1962).

CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE, (June, 1961)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE, (June, 1961)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE, (1959)
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE, (1959)

Speaking of Hoops, young guests were invited into Ceremonial Dance Circle (at the end of each performance), to join hands and perform the circular Friendship Dance! Walt Disney’s Guide to Disneyland (published 1958) depicts this dance, variously referring to it as the Indian “Feast Dance”.

CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE
7459C504-8525-4722-B2AA-04BF89560CDA.jpeg
Truman Dailey proved that “Disneyland is For People!”
Truman Dailey proved that “Disneyland is For People!”


“Good afternoon friends, Welcome to The Indian Village.”
-Truman “Chief Whitehorse” Daily (1898-1996).

Before coming to Disneyland (in 1960), Truman Washington Dailey (of the Otoe tribe) “made his living by farming and raising livestock” on a reservation in Redrock, Oklahoma, according to Disneyland Backstage magazine (published for Summer of 1965). This was in addition to serving as a leader of his tribe. Now, retired “Chief White Horse” (also known around the Disneyland Indian Village as Truman W. Dailey) welcomes one of the younger guests to Disneyland’s Indian Village! Truman was so approachable and known for giving special priority to making younger guests feel comfortable and welcome, that when Disneyland ran a “Disneyland is For People” advertising campaign, Truman was featured with one of the younger guests. He was photographed with young actor Kevin Corcoran (bestowing upon him the status of honorary member of his Plains Indian tribe), for a Jack and Jill (May, 1960) article and photograph. Truman was also featured interacting with a young child, among a collage of photos on the cover of the “Disneyland ‘U.S.A. Summer 67”! Truman is one of many Disneyland Indian Village representatives that receive some screen time in “Disneyland Showtime” (a c.1970 Wonderful World of Disney episode) featuring Kurt Russel, E.J. Peaker, and the Osmond Brothers.

Truman Dailey and Guest
Truman Dailey and Guest
Chief White Horse (Truman W. Dailey) near the Western Plains "Teepees"
Chief White Horse (Truman W. Dailey) near the Western Plains "Teepees"

Truman stands poised for a photo, while dressed for cold winter weather.

(c. August, 1959)
(c. August, 1959)

Chief Riley “Quoyavema” (Kwayeshva) Sunrise (1914 - 2006) of the Hopi Pueblo was born in Anadarko, Oklahoma, and adopted by a Kiowa family. The name Quoyavema means Sunrise to the Hopi of Arizona. He lived at Second Mesa, Arizona, on the Hopi Reservation before acting small roles in several films. His filmography includes The Thing from Another World (1951), Annie Get Your Gun (1950) and Border Incident (1949). According to Disneylander (May 1957), “Before coming to Disneyland, Sunrise was the Counselor on the American Indian; teaching Indian Crafts and dancing at the Black Foxe and Page Military Academies in Los Angeles. He also designed the Apache Drum Majorette costumes for the Presidential Inauguration parade in Washington, D.C.”

Eventually, Quoyavema would apply for Disneyland and contribute to the cultural share within Disneyland’s Indian Village. Riley can be seen (likely co-emceeing, while) sitting with Louis Heminger in “Disneyland U.S.A.” (released by Buena Vista Film Distribution, December 20, 1956). Above, Riley poses for a guest’s camera, while standing in the same portion of the Stage, during August of 1959. He can be seen wearing the traditional eagle feather “war bonnet” of the Lakota. According to friend David Lewis, “Riley was actually a Hopi, so he respectfully asked the Lakota elders for their permission to wear their regalia [including the ‘War Bonnet’]. He told me that had he not received their okay, he would not have accepted the job.”

Even while contributing to the cultural share at Disneyland, Quoyavema still continued to volunteer. The Disneylander (May 1957) shared: “Sunrise is a member of the Advanced Explorers of the Boy Scouts. He is teaching Folk Lore and Indian dancing to groups of Girl Scouts, Brownies, and Bluebirds. The little girls were so grateful for his help that they surprised him with a cake. After the Easter week here at D/L, and before the summer season starts, Sunrise is returning to Indiana for a visit, but it seems that he will not have much rest as he has been booked for 17 lectures throughout Indiana Schools.”

Riley Sunrise, (late c. 1950s)
Riley Sunrise, (late c. 1950s)

Former Indian Village performer Cheryl Clifford has fondly remembers Riley : ”I knew him as Chief Sunrise (out of respect). He wore a full headdress, and he would get on the drums, and dance sometimes (though he was a little slower). When we first came to the Indian Village, he [Riley] said, you need to have an Indian name. So, Riley gave me my Indian name “Sunflower”. My brother was “Iron Shield”. Riley also gave him that name.”

After working for Disneyland’s Indian Village, Riley went on to produce many paintings of Katsinam which are preserved in the Denver Art Museum, Gilcrease Institute (Tulsa), and the Southwest Museum.

(Photo : Courtesy of Mike & Jessica Clifford ; with a deep appreciation to the Clifford family)
(Photo : Courtesy of Mike & Jessica Clifford ; with a deep appreciation to the Clifford family)

There were many skillful and valuable women that also contributed greatly to the cultural center that was Disneyland’s Indian Village. In addition to creating beautiful works of beadwork, wool, and clay, a few of the women also occasionally participated in dance demonstrations in Fire Dance Circle. Cheryl remembers how her mother Rose Clifford came to become involved :

“My mom’s [maiden] name was Rose Pourier (a French name). About 1955, my mom was almost in a movie. She was asked to be in a movie starring Robert Taylor, and play an Indian woman whom he had kidnapped, in “The Last Hunt” (it had to deal with the last of the white buffalo). My mom was pregnant at the time, and she would have been too big at the time of filming, so Debra Paget ended up playing her in the end.

Eddie Little Sky had been reading about mister Disney putting together an Indian exhibit. He, Vincent St. Cyr, and my family were involved in dancing and going to “pow wows”, and we were hired right on the spot no problem. My mother was the first one involved, out of the family . Dad took care of business. He was a very hard worker, and put in many long hours. Eddie Little Sky picked us up. At the time we lived in Long Beach. Back then, you would take side roads all the way to Disneyland. It was close to a 40-minute drive from Long Beach to Disneyland, and it was a long commute in the early morning hours.

There were a couple of Navajos that did the sand painting , my mother did bead work, and another was a silversmith (if I remember correctly). My mother made earrings, and medallions that would go around her neck. The beads were genuine from Indian Shops (from places around Los Angeles), or people would get the beads for her from South Dakota. She would wear these. My mom had one dress that was bright blue with ribbons, and she would wear that when it got really hot. Sometimes she would wear the original buckskin (not beaded, beautiful reddish-tan) with real elks teeth.

…Men usually danced in the circle, doing their dances, and the women traditionally stood to the side. That was the way of the Oglala Sioux. These were the dances that were handed down. My mother did dance to. There were a few dances for the women…She would come out and dance for the “Circle Dance” - all of us would get on stage at the end of the session. We were probably more in the “inner circle”. You start out with a small group of people (the little kids first), and then the circle gets larger (adults and finally the kids that were more shy).

She can be seen inside the Official Guide to Disneyland [1956] - she’s the only female that stands with the guys. Walt liked my mom because she was very easy to talk to. Each morning, he would walk through the tunnel and into the village, and say good ‘Morning, Rose’.

Rose “Warbonnet” Clifford (left) in "Disneylander" magazine, (September, 1957 ; Volume 1, Number 8 ; Excerpt)
Rose “Warbonnet” Clifford (left) in "Disneylander" magazine, (September, 1957 ; Volume 1, Number 8 ; Excerpt)

By this time of this publication’s release, the Disneyland Indian Village was relatively new (only a year old). Rose Clifford can be seen with other prominent Indian Village members Little Arrow and Riley Sunrise in this photograph featured in Disneylander magazine.

"CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE"
"CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE"
"CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE" (October, 1960)
"CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE" (October, 1960)
"CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE" (c. May, 1960)
"CEREMONIAL DANCE CIRCLE" (c. May, 1960)
"THE ENTERTAINMENT COSTUME DEPARTMENT" (October, 1960)
"THE ENTERTAINMENT COSTUME DEPARTMENT" (October, 1960)

“Your Disneyland: A Guide for Hosts and Hostessess” published 1955: “If you wear a costume furnished by Disneyland, it must be clean and fresh at all times.” In step with this Disney Tradition, a riverfront awning located next to the "CHIEF'S COUNCIL TEPEE" exhibit protected the Indian Village costumes (like the brightly feathered bustles, warbonnets, bells, and roaches), when not in use. Can you identify some of the costumes and accessories used to perform the “Shield and Spear”, the “Eagle”, or the “Hoop Dance”?

Unlike the other Disneylanders, Indian Village employees often brought their costumes from home. These pieces (i.e. breechcloth, dresses, belts, etc.) were often made by themselves, family members, or others skilled in the craft. According to Wardrobe Bulletins, the Indian Village was the only Disneyland land where employees were permitted to wear tan Indian moccasin shoes while working their shift. Still, the Disneyland look emphasized natural good qualities, and habits of neatness and cleanliness.

THE NEW INDIAN VILLAGE - Disneyland Map by Sam McKim, 1958
THE NEW INDIAN VILLAGE - Disneyland Map by Sam McKim, 1958

Now, “Disneyland is a place to have fun… and with the fun it is a place where you can learn,” according to “Disneyland, U.S.A.” (published 1958, for potential Participants). Two years after opening, the Indian Village continued to grow and expand with new exhibits and activities that await visitors in the Disneyland Indian Village.

Al Alvarez recalled: “In 1958, I transferred to the Indian Village to help Hank Dains put up tepees in the Village. We also put up the tepees on Tom Sawyer's Island.”

This close-up of a (c.1958) Disneyland Map (pictured above), details some of those additions. Its “hub” or “plaza” was the slightly-elevated “Dance Circle” where demonstrations were held. This was centrally located next to the “Chief’s Council Tepee”. Around this”hub” were other tepee exhibits. According to a sign posted near the entrance : “All of this equipment was created especially for the new Walt Disney Feature Motion Picture Westward Ho The Wagons.” There was also a facsimile of a Burial Ground, and a Navajo Sand Painting exhibit.

In 1958, Jimmy Durante performed live radio from the Indian Village.

"MEDICINE MAN'S CEREMONIAL TEPEE"
"MEDICINE MAN'S CEREMONIAL TEPEE"

This exhibit was “filled with the mystic and intriguing objects of this vital craft” according to “A Visit to Frontierland’s Indian Village”, in the Disneyland News Newspaper (July 1955 - March 1957).

"CHIEF'S COUNCIL TEPEE"
"CHIEF'S COUNCIL TEPEE"

According to the description on the tanned skin :

“The Tribal Council met in this tepee…The chief occupied an honored place, surrounded by objects symbolizing his authority…Colored sticks represent his warriors…The War Bonnet and the Indian Feathered Flag are badges of leadership and courage…..In front of his Ceremonial Pipe is the eagle wing, mark of authority…the war shield, lance, bow, and arrows are displayed to remind the Council of his greatness…scalps taken in battle by the Chief hang above the tepee as trophies of war.”

"CHIEF'S COUNCIL TEPEE" (August, 1958)
"CHIEF'S COUNCIL TEPEE" (August, 1958)

Each tipi came to feature a “tanned hide” bearing a description of the task that its inhabitant performed!

1ACA28D2-DEF4-418F-AA73-09A149A9F2D0.jpeg
"WARRIOR WRITES HIS LIFE STORY WITH PICTURES ON RAWHIDE"
"WARRIOR WRITES HIS LIFE STORY WITH PICTURES ON RAWHIDE"

The tanned skin near this exhibit continues : “Using nature’s colors ground from rock, earth, roots, and animal glands, his brushes are made of porous bone from the buffalo.”

"WARRIOR'S TEPEE", (October, 1969)
"WARRIOR'S TEPEE", (October, 1969)

Guests like young Michael and his father took advantage of photographic opportunities near the Indian Village “Warrior’s Tepee”.

"CHIEF'S COUNCIL TEPEE", (c. July, 1967)
"CHIEF'S COUNCIL TEPEE", (c. July, 1967)
"CHIEF'S COUNCIL TEPEE", (c. April, 1964)
"CHIEF'S COUNCIL TEPEE", (c. April, 1964)

“Even waste receptacles have the Disney touch, each ‘land’ having containers designed for its theme and period”, according to The Disneyland News (Vol.1, No.1 ; for July of 1955). In the foreground sits one of those custom waste receptacles, disguised as an ordinary log.

"CHIEF'S COUNCIL TEPEE", (June 12, 1964)
"CHIEF'S COUNCIL TEPEE", (June 12, 1964)

The interior of the tipis featured dioramas to show what life was like in an Indian Village. If you look closely through the entrance, you can see the rope netting used to protect the displays.

THE INDIAN TRADING POST (INDIAN STORE)
THE INDIAN TRADING POST (INDIAN STORE)

Notice the hand-made wares in the background of this and the following photograph. Adults were usually attracted to the unique, hand-made turquoise jewelry, clothing, and pottery available exclusively at the Indian Store (soon known as the Indian Trading Post).

The 1957 TWA brochure “Let’s Talk About… My Visit to Disneyland, Anaheim, California: A Note from Mary Gordon TWA Travel Advisor” mentioned: “We learned that to fully explore Disneyland takes two days, so early next morning we were at the gates of the park again. The second day we spent more time shopping in the 50 inviting shops, and the youngsters bought inexpensive souvenirs to take home to friends.”

The synergistic relationship between the commercial lessee William Wilkerson and Disneyland was good. William Wilkerson’s Indian Shop yielded some revenue for Disneyland Inc. - $4,253 for the fiscal year ending September 29, 1957 and $3,256 for the fiscal year ending September 28, 1958.

THE INDIAN TRADING POST (INDIAN STORE)
THE INDIAN TRADING POST (INDIAN STORE)

Of course the real attractions of the Indian Village were still the inhabitants - the talented performers and genuine ambassadorial representatives of each tribe! Many Disneylanders fulfilled roles at this merchandise location. Shirley Lovell worked this shop during 1955-1956, while in its original location. Lucette Albillar was in the area, c.1966.

441B8628-971D-4653-BCDC-80CAD3FBB706.jpeg
Navajo Wool Carding, July 13, 1957
Navajo Wool Carding, July 13, 1957

This was not the first time that the Navajo wool-carding craft was practiced in Disneyland. Like Spider Woman, Juanita “Kbaha” Lickers used traditional Navajo looms to demonstrate the art of weaving and manufacture similar wool rugs and blankets sold in the Davy Crockett Arcade Shop during 1956. By 1959 wool carding and weaving was demonstrated at the Indian Village during peak seasons and on week-ends. Long after the Disneyland Indian Village disappeared, Westward Ho Trading Company continued to sell authentic Navajo baskets and rugs (because they were still so popular).

Navajo Sand Painting, July 13, 1957
Navajo Sand Painting, July 13, 1957

Sacred stories of the Spirit People are told through the sand paintings. All the painting is created through the right hand, in the direction of the movement of the sun. The colors are ground and mixed from (not sand, but) “carbon, vegetable substances or hairs from a black animal, and pulverized minerals. Some paintings are less than a foot in diameter, others are so large that it is possible to make them only in hogans built for the purpose. The small paintings can be completed by two or three persons in less than an hour. The great ones demand the work of fifteen men during most of a day. Occasionally paintings are done in the open air, but more often inside, and they must not be done after nightfall.” [“The Navajos of Monument Valley,” People and Places]

Navajo Sand Painting, (1961)
Navajo Sand Painting, (1961)

Here, skillful Navajo artists made sand paintings before guest’s eyes (and outside the traditional hogan, with the approval of elders). These were demonstrated at Disneyland, as early as the institution of the New Indian Village in 1956. According to “The Disneyland News” (Vol.2, No. 2 ; August, 1956), “Sand painting is one of the oldest forms of religions and artistic expression known. Each day the design is different. Normally he works the entire day on the painting, using bright colored sand to form the pattern. When finished, late in the afternoon, the painter must then erase the painting by performing a ceremonial dance. Until all trace of the colored sand has disappeared he continues the dance.”

INDIAN VILLAGE EXPANSION, c. 1965 / 1966
INDIAN VILLAGE EXPANSION, c. 1965 / 1966

This is a rare “Vintage View” of the Indian Village featuring a maintenance vehicle near a construction barrier. Big changes were headed to the Rivers of America during the summer of ‘66 - with the opening of New Orleans Square!

Disneyland Map Excerpt, 1965
Disneyland Map Excerpt, 1965

Disneyland Indian Village was a success, inspiring, similar attractions at other theme parks around the world. For instance, Freedomland opened in New York, in 1960, with a “genuine Indian village, where you'll see real Northwest Indians, making authentic Indian handicrafts in their own homes. Freedomland also boasted a “real Chippewa Indian war canoe,” paddled by guests, and with “Indian guides” leading the way past wooded islands and waterfalls.

As for the Disneyland Indian Village, it was “completely new for Summer '62.” According to Vacationland: “Those of you who saw the Village in the past enjoyed a tour of a mid-America Plains Indian Village. In contrast, this Summer you'll see Village that represents a composite of Pacific Northwest Indian settle-ments. The overall setting is a Village that represents the Blackfeet, Crows and other tribes who inhabited Ore-gon, Washington, and the lands leading into the Alaskan territory. Special features will include authentic totem poles... a ceremonial dancing circle with central fire ring and tiered hillside seating for viewers… teepees and ‘potlatch’ houses, the latter complete with artifacts of the Indian culture displayed inside and a Trading Post.”

By 1962, the Indian Village was open from 10:00 AM to 6:00 PM and featured Ceremonial Dancing twice an hour, interspersed with tours of the village. By 1962, the Disneyland Indian Village had quite an extensive cast, including its very own sheriff - Chief Two-Feathers (portrayed by Speed Castillo). Of honorable mention is Howard Yackytoonipah (a Indian Village “Lead Foreman”) of the Comanche Nation, who is seldom mentioned.

Soon multiple television productions involved utilizing the Indian Village stage at Disneyland. At lease two episodes of “Meet Me at Disneyland” on KTTV were shot in the Indian Village. In August of 1962, Lloyd Richardson, Larry Clemmons, Joe Marquette, and Jack Leppert (of the Walt Disney Studio) filmed and shot scenery in the Indian Village for Studio Production #3185. While on location at Disneyland, along with “three additional Indians from the Drum and Feather Club” and “three drums from the prop shop to use in the sequence,” they “shot the drummers, hoop dancer, eagle dancers, and crowd reaction.” They even shot the “Indian Canoes in the rapids” from the Columbia. According to notes, one canoe was “full of guests,” while the other was “full of Indians.” As a sidelight, the Drum and Feather Club was subsequently incorporated as a non-profit organization (a few months later) in November of 1962. By Christmas week of 1962 through New Year’s Day of 1963, the Indian Village operated from 10:00 AM to 6:00 PM, with December 24, 1962 off work.

For the time, the Indian Village seemed to be complete, but more developments and additions were soon in store by the Tencennial celebration. Three years later, Disneyland’s “first fabulous decade” would be celebrated throughout the Park, by the lands and individuals that contributed to its success! The Indian Village’s elements and locations can be seen from this 1965 map insert. In the center you’ll notice a new structure. The Indian Village featured a Chippewa Longhouse. If the Chippewa Longhouse looks like an authentic representation, that’s because it was built at the hands of Alexander Matthews Bobidosh - a Wisconsin native and then President of the Ojibwe (Chippewa) Tribal Council and a member of the First Nations. The structure boasts “sewn” Birch & White ash roof, and frame work made of saplings laced with leather. This structure would house the “juicebar” according to Sam McKim’s 1958 Disneyland map rendering.

THE NEW INDIAN VILLAGE - Disneyland Map by Sam McKim, (1965)
THE NEW INDIAN VILLAGE - Disneyland Map by Sam McKim, (1965)

The Santa Fe & Disneyland Railroad’s tracks were moved farther west for the construction of New Orleans Square. Owning to this, the Indian Village was about to undergo yet another expansion! Representations of several nations (new to the Indian Village) would now appear in the Indian Village. By 1964, commentary was made how“The Indian Village first opened as a Plains Indian encampment. Today it pays tribute to the Blackfoot Tribe, the Crows and other tribes who inhabited the Pacific Northwest territory explored by the original Columbia and her crew,” according to“Walt Disney Disneyland,” page 42, printed by Officine Grafiche Arnoldo Mondadori - Verona; first published 1964.

New exhibits appropriately included Pacific Northwest Totem Poles. There was a new unlabeled cabin (near one of the entrance tunnels), which would come to be called the Indian Store (or, “Indian Trading Post”) when it opened on July 4th, 1962. The concessions stand offered foot-long Swift’s brand hot dogs, beverages, and cookies. Fire Dance Circle was moved from its central location near the Indian War Canoe docks, to the rear of the Indian Village. Finally, stadium-style log seating was constructed to accommodate larger crowds during the expanded multicultural show.

Indian Village Facilities
Indian Village Facilities

The Indian Village also held women’s and men’s restrooms, and water fountains.

Disneyland Guide Excerpt, (1965)
Disneyland Guide Excerpt, (1965)

“The Disneyland Staff” (including an Indian performer embodying the Spirit of Frontierland) have a special “Tencennial” message for those who visit Disneyland from more than one hundred nations! Around this time, quite a few members of the Indian Village would also welcome these guests in-person, as thy participated in the first production of Fantasy on Parade, of 1965.

Louis Heminger extends courtesy toward Guests and sometimes a young VIP returns the courtesy offering Nesbitt’s Orange to Louis as seen in “Disneyland Summer ‘59” Supplement Excerpt.
Louis Heminger extends courtesy toward Guests and sometimes a young VIP returns the courtesy offering Nesbitt’s Orange to Louis as seen in “Disneyland Summer ‘59” Supplement Excerpt.
1963
1963

Passengers aboard the riverboat Mark Twain were able to survey the Indian Village!

(November, 1963)
(November, 1963)

After ‘discovering’ the new ‘lay’ of the Indian Village (on an exploratory voyage aboard the Columbia’s decks), guests could chart a course and enter the village on foot!

"CHIEF'S COUNCIL TEPEE", (November, 1967)
"CHIEF'S COUNCIL TEPEE", (November, 1967)

As you can see, the “Chief’s Council Tepee” was still in a central location of the Indian Village, and was still explorable as an exhibit!

"BEAD WORKER TIPI", 1962
"BEAD WORKER TIPI", 1962

Some of the tipis were used to showcase native American arts and crafts. Here guests could observe the process of “bead work…done by loom and needle employing buckskin, sinew & porcupine quills.”

Paint is important. The “Master Color Book” is the Bible for color selection at Disneyland, maintaining a catalogue of 4,000 shades of color. The book contains color specifications for every land, building, exhibit, and prop which requires paint maintenance. It insures that Disneyland will always have the same bright colors selected by the art directors who designed the attraction. In addition to the Master Color Book, there is a standby supply of ready-mixed paint available for touch up work. Thousands of cans of paint are stored in a special room which sounds like a walk through of Disneyland. Each can is labeled with names. Disneyland painters repainted every prop in the Park every two years. By 1969, this sign was one of 20,000 signs of various sizes and shapes and colors that needed to be maintained in their original condition.

BEAD WORKER TIPI, at dusk, (1960s)
BEAD WORKER TIPI, at dusk, (1960s)
(October, 1960)
(October, 1960)

This tipi demonstrated the use of corn in some Indian cultures.

7FD5022F-6885-40DA-8424-107AC38B9BF0.jpeg
689C9A3E-3446-45A1-84BD-1A70AB75ABB2.jpeg
THE NEW INDIAN VILLAGE - Disneyland Map, 1968
THE NEW INDIAN VILLAGE - Disneyland Map, 1968

Disneyland's authentic Indian Village was patterned after those of the northwest plains First Peoples. This village was the embarcation point for the war canoes and also contained a ceremonial dance circle where peoples of many tribes performed ancient ritual dances.

By 1962, plans were already in motion to expand the Indian Village to the farthest North-West corner of Frontierland. Drawings and a three-dimensional model included several Pacific Northwest cultural references. A new lean-to Snack Bar (carrying “foot long hot dogs, [sandwiches], beverages, cookies, brownies and popcorn”) had sprung up on the former Sand Painting site. There were seven tipis (labeled “Tepees”) in the Indian Village, including the larger “Chief’s Council Tipi” exhibit, which was now in the center of the Indian Village. A small path ran between the Chief’s Council Tipi and a Pacific Northwest Plank House (in the center of the Indian Village). Several present Disneyland attractions end with a trip through the gift shop. The Walt-era Indian Village was no different. An “Indian Store” (which soon came to be called the Indian Trading Post), can also be seen near the Indian Village entrance, to the South.

By this time, performances at Fire Dance Circle occurred hourly from Tuesday through Saturday, (10:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.) and Sunday and Monday, (12:00 Noon to 8:00 p.m.). “In addition to the Plains Indians” the show featured “dances of the Pueblo Indians from New Mexico.” Such diversity was partially owing to Chuck Dargan (of Disneyland Special Projects), who had been assigned to oversee the Indian Village, routinely visiting Arizona and New Mexico to recruit talent from native peoples of those states.

This new Indian Village was occasionally featured in promotional media, as in two episodes of “Meet Me at Disneyland” waiting on KTTV in 1962.

During the winter season of 1967, the “Indian Dancers” made regular appearances at the “Indian Village Amphitheatre” with adjusted hours. This occurred “throughout the Christmas Holidays” for fourteen shows daily, between parades, twice hourly, from 10:00am to 5:30pm, except Mondays). [“Disneyland Holiday Talent Master Schedule,” prepared for the period of December 16, 1967 through January 1, 1968]

C40A132F-14EF-4178-90F2-0DAF51BB7C24.jpeg
PLAINS SECTION MEETS PACIFIC NORTHWEST SECTION
PLAINS SECTION MEETS PACIFIC NORTHWEST SECTION
PACIFIC NORTHWEST COAST TOTEM POLE (November, 1967)
PACIFIC NORTHWEST COAST TOTEM POLE (November, 1967)

Pacific North-West meets Plains culture as we continue through the Indian Village.

PACIFIC NORTHWEST COAST TOTEM POLE (August, 1967)
PACIFIC NORTHWEST COAST TOTEM POLE (August, 1967)
PACIFIC NORTHWEST SECTION, (October, 1963)
PACIFIC NORTHWEST SECTION, (October, 1963)
PACIFIC NORTHWEST SECTION (1967)
PACIFIC NORTHWEST SECTION (1967)

New and returning visitors to the Indian Village couldn’t miss this new area, which appeared progressively (in segments), near the entrance of the Indian Village. The totem poles were present during the early 1960s (as evidenced on maps of the era), while the Plank House appeared during the late 1960s.

(c. September, 1967)
(c. September, 1967)

Even with the addition of Pacific Northwest attractions, the Indian War Canoes attraction maintained a central position within the Indian Village.

PACIFIC NORTHWEST COAST WOOD PLANK HOUSE, 1967
PACIFIC NORTHWEST COAST WOOD PLANK HOUSE, 1967

To the right, there was a trading post (or gift shop) where guests could acquire hand-made souvenirs as well as food and beverages. Bill Wilkerson (Cherokee Nation) was hired as the proprietor of the store.

PACIFIC NORTHWEST WOOD PLANK HOUSE, (c. September, 1965)
PACIFIC NORTHWEST WOOD PLANK HOUSE, (c. September, 1965)

The Indian Village Snack Stand (pictured right) offered “sandwiches, soft drinks and candies,” according to the “Disneyland Dictionary”, compiled by WED Enterprises, Inc. and WED Public Relations Department, c. 1968.

PACIFIC NORTHWEST WOOD PLANK HOUSE (November, 1967)
PACIFIC NORTHWEST WOOD PLANK HOUSE (November, 1967)

To the right, you’ll notice one of the tree trunk-shaped garbage cans created by the same man who provided many other carvings around Disneyland (like the Rora Tonga figure in Adventureland). These were some of the few Indian Village decorations that were not directly created (or at least, artistically supervised) by Indians.

PACIFIC NORTHWEST WOOD PLANK HOUSE
PACIFIC NORTHWEST WOOD PLANK HOUSE

The Indian Village featured a Northwest Coast decorated Plankhouse.

PACIFIC NORTHWEST WOOD PLANK HOUSE
PACIFIC NORTHWEST WOOD PLANK HOUSE
PACIFIC NORTHWEST WOOD PLANK HOUSE
PACIFIC NORTHWEST WOOD PLANK HOUSE
PACIFIC NORTHWEST WOOD PLANK HOUSE
PACIFIC NORTHWEST WOOD PLANK HOUSE

The totem poles were representational of Eastern Woodland and Pacific North West Indian tribes, as well as some tribes near the Canadian border. Though based on actual cultural designs and elements, many of these poles were crafted by artists at Oceanic Arts.

PACIFIC NORTHWEST COAST TOTEM POLE
PACIFIC NORTHWEST COAST TOTEM POLE
Disneyland Line, Vol. 24, No.11 Excerpt
Disneyland Line, Vol. 24, No.11 Excerpt

Totem Pole Carving was an attraction in itself, translating the small-scale artwork into larger representations (note the three sizes depicted in the preceding excerpt).

  Speed Castillo  (of diverse Spanish, Basque, Portuguese, and Isleta Pueblo descent) is one of many Disneyland Cast Members who made unique and valuable contributions to making Walt’s dream a reality, and whose roles in life have proven as outstandi

Speed Castillo (of diverse Spanish, Basque, Portuguese, and Isleta Pueblo descent) is one of many Disneyland Cast Members who made unique and valuable contributions to making Walt’s dream a reality, and whose roles in life have proven as outstanding as his heritage. Speed (has been a school teacher, a basketball referee, and even a cook at the Disneyland Hotel (for one year only). All of this in addition to being a loving husband, and proud father of two children! Not withstanding the latter, some of his fondest secular memories pertain to the years he performed a starring role as a Security Host in Frontierland, as the Indian Village Sheriff.

After news that Disneyland offered not just employment, but careers, Speed remembered: “I had many friends that were school teachers and they said ‘Why don’t you apply for Security? Are you 6’2”?’” This was because Disneyland wasn't hiring any Security Hosts below 6’2” at that time. “Tim Hahne was head of Disneyland Security, and he brought me into his office with Bill Wilkerson.” As a sidelight, Bill Wilkerson (known as Chief Blackhawk On Stage), was in charge of the Indian Village, working closely with Tommy Walker to orchestrate summer shows. Bill also ran the Indian Village Trading Post shop with his wife Edna. “When I was interviewed by them, and Tim said, ‘We’re gonna make you into an Indian.’ I started to laugh, and Tim says, ‘Why are you laughing?’ I said, ‘You’re going to put me in breech cloth.’ Well he said, ‘No. We’re going to make you the Sheriff.’”

“They had other people there, working Security, working as plain cowboys.” Of course, Speed’s Wardrobe would be similar in some respects to the Frontierland Wardrobe. Speed was instructed to bring his own pants and boots. “The rest came from the Park… They designed a shirt for me, a vest, a beaded belt, and a beaded tie…” To top the wardrobe off, was a distinct feature - Speed was issued a hat with two feathers atop, before being given a Character Name. About his Disneyland Character, Speed recalls, “I had an Indian name : Chief Two Feathers. That’s where the name came from. That’s how I came to Disneyland.”

What was an average shift like for a Frontierland Sheriff, who was also a Security Host? “I had a radio with transmission to communicate with Security, back and forth. If they had a problem somewhere, they would say, ‘Indian Village, get over to the Golden Horseshoe’ or ‘Get over to the Shooting Gallery,’ we’ve got a problem going on over here.’… If they had problem in the French Quarter or the Jungle Cruise,… you had to go and help out. Everybody responded like this… The Trading Post had a grass turf roof, and kids used to climb on top, from the back. So I had to get them off… I would also work with the Canoe boys… Do you remember the Gullywhumper? I had one of them sink right in front of me. A guy riding it was named Dick… he was also a schoolteacher. He had a hole in it and full of passengers. All of a sudden the boat started to go down. I said, ‘Dick, your boat is sinking.’”

“They’d call you and say, ‘The gunfighters are going to be in your area. Set up the area for them.’ … They would give me a gun to help them shoot the ‘Bad Guy.’” Speed recalled one time, when “they usually would set up by the Haunted Mansion, when it was all shrubs out there. I knew the guys. I knew ‘Doc Holiday.’ I watered it down and made it muddy on purpose. So they came out there and start shooting, and fell into the grass.”

Staying in Character can pose a challenge at times, and occasionally the multitude of guest’s questions could be a little overwhelming, as Speed divulged: “People kept asking me questions : ‘What tribe are you?’, and a lot of other questions, and I would hide behind the buffalo…” But make no mistake, Speed enjoyed the role of “Chief Two Feathers.”

“I got to meet Walt… I got to know a lot of the people that work behind the scenes, the guy that took pictures, the guys that ran the parades, the guys in costumes and the Characters.” And as for celebrities, Speed recalls, “I got to meet a lot of actors and entertainers…Peggy Lee, Johnny Mathis, Lucille Ball, Pearl Bailey, “Satchmo” Armstrong… the Mustangs, Charro when she came out playing her flamenco guitar. So many people like that, that I got to meet… I didn’t carry a conversation with many of them.”

However, many of Speed’s memories revolve around the Disneyland Indian Village Cast he was most fond of. “I got to know the ‘Canoe’ guys really well. Inside the Trading Post was a lady by the name of Blanchard, and she had a son named Dale that was also a Canoe Operator…Bill Wilkerson [sic] (Chief Blackhawk) and I had become friends,” he recalled. “I had it pretty good with Bill Wilkerson who ran the Village.” In fact, Speed looks back on one particular time (at 5:00pm when they would close up the Village and close up the tunnels), and both Bill and Edna Wilkerson invited him to dinner at Casa de Fritos. “I also got to know many of the dancers.”

Indian Trading Post and proprietors Bill & Edna Wilkerson (bottom, left), November, 1967.
Indian Trading Post and proprietors Bill & Edna Wilkerson (bottom, left), November, 1967.

Here, under the sod roof of the hewn-log Indian Trading Post (which opened July 4th, 1962), guests could acquire items including Kodak film, rugs, true-life pelts, the ever-popular headbands and headgear, necklaces, drums, tomahawks, dream catchers, and peace pipes. Many of the souvenirs were made by the skillful and artistic hands of diverse indigenous peoples. Bill Wilkerson (of the Cherokee Nation) was a Disneyland Lessee and the proprietor of the Indian Trading Post Shop, along with his wife Edna. You may recall that Bill worked closely with Disneyland Personnel and the Department of Indian Affairs to help hire the various representatives that appeared around the Frontierland Indian Village at Disneyland. For some time, their employment and representation at Disneyland was the result of his championing.

23C90464-ABB4-4CD5-A01E-97D10EF44F72.jpeg
 After enjoying the exposition of Native American life and culture exhibited at each encampment, guests would make their way toward the main attraction in the back of the village, and the new  Fire Dance Circle ! It was here that the tribal represent

After enjoying the exposition of Native American life and culture exhibited at each encampment, guests would make their way toward the main attraction in the back of the village, and the new Fire Dance Circle! It was here that the tribal representatives convened, sharing stories conveyed mostly through dance. Indeed, the “highlight of a visit to the village is the performance of ceremonial dances by the representatives of 16 tribes”, according to Disneyland Holiday magazine (Summer, 1957).

"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (c. August, 1965)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (c. August, 1965)

You may recall that in the original Indian Village, guests would crowd around Ceremonial Dance Circle. Log seating was minimal, and may even decrease your view of the original show. Now, the all-new Fire Dance Circle would have arena-style log seating (installed during 1962) that would increase guest capacity and visibility while comfortably seated.

"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE"
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE"

Another improvement over the original Indian Village’s Ceremonial Dance Circle, was that the seating was covered by a rawhide awning. Guests were shielded from the heat of the sun’s rays during the duration of the show.

"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE"
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE"

The host of the show generally stood near the tepee on the far side of Fire Dance Circle. With the help of a microphone, he could be heard in the farthest section of the audience!

"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (1963)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (1963)

The 'Omaha Dance' at FIRE DANCE CIRCLE
The 'Omaha Dance' at FIRE DANCE CIRCLE

Representatives of different nations teach each other their traditional and cultural dances. These are demonstrated for guests of the Indian Village. “In the beginning this dance was known as The Omaha Dance from that tribe of Indians who originated it by imitating the actions of the hunter as he looked for and stalked his game. Only since the coming of the white man has it been called the ‘War Dance’.” (Disneyland Backstage, Summer, 1965). Of course, the Omaha people had many dances, and another that was demonstrated was a “Grass Dance”. Mike Miller (2nd from left ; in yellow), Alain “Red Warrior” Deer (far right), and several other performers (like Bert Hall) would demonstrate these.

"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (July, 1962)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (July, 1962)

Leonard “Whitecloud” Tafoya (far left), and other unidentified performers.

A9CF825A-877F-4930-AFBA-A4AAEBBDAD7E.jpeg
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (1967)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (1967)

The Eagle (performed by one or two representatives) had grown to become a crowd favorite, as well as one of the more definitive and iconic dances performed inside Fire Dance Circle!

"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (1968)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (1968)

Mike “Red Eagle” Tafoya (like his brother Leonard “Whitecloud” Tafoya) are the grandsons of a governor of nineteen Santa Clara pueblo villages. Here, he demonstrates a contemporary “Hoop Dance” in The Indian Village. “The Hoop Dance was originated by the Pueblo people to teach the youngsters speed and agility. They would have the youngsters dance through hoops making designs, discarding and picking the hoops up without the use of the hands, all in time with the drum.” (Disneyland Backstage, Summer, 1965.)

Whitecloud owes his experience to his father Joe, who first heard about opportunities at Disneyland soon after moving to Los Angeles in 1955. Eventually the whole family worked there, as Dennis [Tafoya] recalled : “My dad, in ‘56 or ‘57, ventured out to Disneyland and got a job in the Indian Village right around the time it opened. It opened in ‘55, so about ‘56, or early ‘57, my dad gets a job there. It’s one place if you can Indian dance, if you’re any good, and if you can do a variety of different types of dances - you’ll probably get a job there. It was a way of making money on the weekends, during summer, and holidays. So that became one of our legacies as a family. We were one of the first families to dance at the Indian Village in Disneyland. So my dad started there in ‘57. We had a lot of friends over the years that worked with us. My older brother started there in probably ‘58, my next older brother went there in the early sixties, and I began dancing there in ‘65. I worked out there dancing on weekends from 1965 to 1970, until they closed it down.”

Joseph Tafoya Sr., Trudy Tafoya, and their children (Michael, Leonard, Dennis, Robert, and Linda) all worked for Disneyland’s Indian Village! The children were taught to skillfully master this impressive tradition.

BB2D8E15-29A4-402F-A914-476A9D6964C7.jpeg
42AC6F57-2018-4690-AAE6-C17BFC5254DE.jpeg
D5D92DB6-1CCA-4DEB-A3A4-312F2658A5F7.jpeg
A190B9DA-3F03-4837-9B43-BFC9771CBC58.jpeg
(August, 1963)
(August, 1963)

Leonard “Whitecloud” Tafoya (one of the best hoop dancers in the country) is the son of former Disneyland employee Joe “Whitecloud” Tafoya. Leonard demonstrates a hoop dance for guests of the Indian Village. Leonard has a younger brother (Mike “Red Eagle” Tafoya) who also performs similar hoop dances.

"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE"
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE"

Men are traditionally often seen inside Fire Dance Circle, but several female performers also occasionally demonstrated traditional dances.

"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (1966)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (1966)

“The Swan Dance is for womenfolk only, to announce the coming of Springtime, as the swans would fly from the South back to the North.” (Disneyland Backstage, Summer, 1965)

"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (Summer ; c. July, 1966)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (Summer ; c. July, 1966)

The Shield and Spear Dance “was performed by two warriors imitating the fast and furious action of battle with these primitive weapons” (according to Disneyland Backstage, Summer, 1965).

(October, 1962)
(October, 1962)

Young ones enjoyed (and would carry very fond memories of) Fire Dance Circle!

"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (August, 1967)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (August, 1967)
4CFB836D-9EB0-422A-AACB-611954C40B42.jpeg
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (c. September, 1967)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (c. September, 1967)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (c. July, 1966)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (c. July, 1966)

The Horsetail Dance was still one popular dance that was demonstrated by this time.

"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (1963)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (1963)

To conclude our show, Guests (both young and old) are taught the Indian Feast Dance along the banks of the Rivers of America. The step was easily done, and guests were always welcome!

EB9FC61F-539F-4722-AD86-6CCE1BD6BC32.jpeg
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (c. September, 1967)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (c. September, 1967)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (August, 1963)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (August, 1963)

“And we are all connected to each other…In a circle, in a hoop that never ends.” -Walt Disney’s Pocahontas, 1995.

Guests are taught this dance, the name of which has been variously rendered. Disneyland postcards from the late sixties have labeled it the Indian Feast Dance. It is also called “The Round Dance” by Disneyland Backstage (Summer, 1965) and “The Friendship Dance” by some. You might remember watching it from the deck of the Columbia along the banks of the Rivers of America. This dance was captured on multiple Disneyland postcards sold in Disneyland, even during this very year (1963).

86857C05-9E03-44A9-91E2-F941263D51D8.jpeg
WATCH - "DISNEYLAND'S INDIAN VILLAGE” - A Disney History 101 Places Featurette

Let’s step into the Indian Village and WATCH a show at Fire Dance Circle courtesy of 8mm and 16mm footage from Disney History 101’s archival film library!

CD97FF97-570B-4109-9525-59716D5C2B59.jpeg
 Former Disneyland guest Michael G. Willis allowed us to share this brief story of discovering the volume controls for the  Indian Village  sound system. This was (of course) when Fire Dance Circle was located in the center of the  Indian Village , a

Former Disneyland guest Michael G. Willis allowed us to share this brief story of discovering the volume controls for the Indian Village sound system. This was (of course) when Fire Dance Circle was located in the center of the Indian Village, and not the second location seen here :

“In 1963/64, I discovered the Village PA system inside the fiberglass rock that I happened to sitting on, along the bank of the river. To my delight, the trap door was unlocked. I cranked up the volume and you could hear the drum/singers (Northern Drum) in Main Street that day.”

"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (1967)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", (1967)

Well, it sounds like the last beat of the tom-tom has resonated through the audience section (and all of Disneyland), so we now bid a fond “farewell” to Fire Dance Circle and the Indian Village.

FIRE DANCE CIRCLE, (September, 1967)
FIRE DANCE CIRCLE, (September, 1967)
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", July 1, 1968.
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE", July 1, 1968.

There’s no denying what made the Indian Village such an endearing and enduring attraction - the people! Perhaps you remember meeting Walter Howato (of the Hopi), Clyde Warrior (of the Ponca), or Eddie Little Sky (of the Lakota Sioux), after a performance. In the end, this unique frontier-themed ‘land’ offered opportunities to meet the individuals representing diverse tribes that were involved in bringing Disneyland’s Indian Village to Life!

Someone affiliated with the guest in this photo took the charming liberty of phonetically writing the name of this Indian artist on the back of the photo (likely so that they may pronounce her name correctly). It reads, “Tee - Hock - Nye”.

“The Park troupe, representing six tribes, put on 140 half-hour shows a week, throughout the Summer, and on weekends and holidays. Each program consists of six dances : the Omaha, known to white settlers as ‘the war dance’, the Shield and Spear ; the Eagle ; the Zuni-Camanche ; the Mountain Spirit ; and the Friendship Dances.” (according to Disney News, published Spring 1967). By the winter of 1967, in addition to the Plains Indians, Disneyland featured “dances of the Pueblo Indians from New Mexico,” according to the “Disneyland Holiday Talent Master Schedule,” December 16, 1967 - January 1, 1968.

"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE"
"FIRE DANCE CIRCLE"

The Indian Village Cast Members believed strongly in what good could be accomplished through the Disneyland Indian Village. This can be seen in the smiles of Cast Members like Chief Riley “Quoyavema” (Kwayeshva) Sunrise who would warmly wave to guests in the departing audience. Above, Riley proves that a smile was essential, and a genial and friendly personality was the Disney style.

C9CF27AA-0C52-43AD-9421-89DAFDD9CD69.jpeg
Indian War Canoe Dock, (August, 1958)
Indian War Canoe Dock, (August, 1958)

At the end of your visit, there were two ways to leave the Indian Village (if was still before dusk). You could either walk back down Wilderness Trail, follow the path through the tunnel, and out into Frontierland. But if you were feeling adventurous, you could always depart in an Indian War Canoe - the other major attraction! As with all other Indian Village attractions, concessions and merchandise locations, the Indian War Canoes were staffed only by Native Peoples (like Philip White Eagle, Fred, and Timothy), through the Bureau of Indian Affairs.

Tickets for this attraction were sold, thru the Indian Village Central Ticket Booth. See more Vintage Views of the Indian War Canoes by visiting their gallery HERE!

Indian War Canoe Dock, (August, 1958)
Indian War Canoe Dock, (August, 1958)

Before dusk, guests of the Indian Village could exit via Indian War Canoes at the dock, and pass two other Indian villages along the Rivers of America. Still there was nothing like the Indian Village. It was something truly unique, and a never-to-be-repeated multi-cultural experience in all of Disneyland history!

A3E0EF11-235A-46F0-8D04-E434F6E5783B.jpeg
Indian War Canoe Dock
Indian War Canoe Dock
60855E92-4357-446F-BC69-207A20BA3467.jpeg
FIRE DANCE CIRCLE
FIRE DANCE CIRCLE
463D0A8A-B7CF-405E-9CF5-FE4D0C34674A.jpeg
CA05AA83-9F04-41CE-8A76-D2214F0DA066.jpeg
A81B5552-F242-499B-9B8A-43DAF17FB9E3.jpeg
(1964)
(1964)

Late afternoon (or, early evening) from Fire Dance Circle!

PACIFIC NORTHWEST SECTION & FIRE DANCE CIRCLE, (May, 1968)
PACIFIC NORTHWEST SECTION & FIRE DANCE CIRCLE, (May, 1968)
PACIFIC NORTHWEST SECTION, (dusk)
PACIFIC NORTHWEST SECTION, (dusk)
THE CHIPPEWA LONGHOUSE, dusk, (October, 1968)
THE CHIPPEWA LONGHOUSE, dusk, (October, 1968)
FIRE DANCE CIRCLE, (October, 1968)
FIRE DANCE CIRCLE, (October, 1968)
FIRE DANCE CIRCLE
FIRE DANCE CIRCLE

A view of Fire Dance Circle by night!

“Bill Recounts 'Wild Oats' in Fire Dance Circle”
“Bill Recounts 'Wild Oats' in Fire Dance Circle”

Here, we see a rare sight - Fire Dance Circle and the Indian Village used as a Stage for a non-Native performance. As far back as 1958, Jimmy Durante performed a live radio show from the Indian Village (as attested to by the photo documentation of Mell Kilpartrick), but this sort of thing was not a regular occurrence. More than a decade later, Kathy Turner, Ron LeGrand, Bill Cunningham, Steven Stambaugh, and Gary Woods of “Wild Oats” performed at Fire Dance Circle.

“My mother, Kathy Turner, was the steel guitar player for the bluegrass group Wild Oats, led by Ron LeGrand on Banjo. They played on most of the theme parks in the area including Disneyland, Knotts Berry Farm, Six Flags Magic Mountain and Sea World, mainly in the 1970s.

…She played in many bands over the years. She did play on the Golden Horseshoe stage…I. know she also played on the Tomorrowland Terrace stage. The all-girl group she led was called ‘The Farmer’s Daughters’. I don’t know much about the earlier groups. I believe one in the 1950s was called ‘The Signal Hillbillies.’

…They [Wild Oats] put out one album (available on YouTube and iTunes). My mother later led an all-girl country band that played in Bear Country, but had to be reminded to tone down some of the ribald lyrics they used for some of their songs.”

Wild Oats continued to perform in the area, entertaining in Bear Country on June 3, 1972.

Chip'n Dale & Wild Oats at Fire Dance Circle
Chip'n Dale & Wild Oats at Fire Dance Circle

Walt Disney’s cast of “come to life” cartoon characters generally had schedules of where to appear at this point. Though many images can be found of characters like King Louie or the Seven Dwarfs meeting guests in Frontierland, it was a rare sight indeed, to see them in the Indian Village.

"Bidding A Fond 'Farewell' to the Indian Village..."
"Bidding A Fond 'Farewell' to the Indian Village..."

The Indian Village may have appeared in visual media for the last time, in of “Disneyland Showtime” (a Wonderful World of Disney episode which aired in 1970). Soon, the Disneyland Indian Village along with its Indian Village Dugout (refreshment center, and vendor of “Mile-long hot dogs, beverages, and cookies”) closed during October of 1971. Brochures distributed at Disneyland’s Main Gate, highlighted events occurring inside Disneyland (from August 8-14, 1971). These publications still advertised Indian Ceremonial Dancing as a part of “Disneyland’s ‘Summer Scene’” - perhaps for the last time ever! The description reads, “authentic tribal dances and ceremonies in the Frontierland Indian Village, Wednesday thru Sunday, from 11 a.m. to 7 p.m.”

However, new magic opportunities were seen for the parcel, and workers would soon begin clearing the old Indian Village away, both by hand (with chainsaws) and bulldozers (as seen in Backstage Disneyland, Vol.10, No.3). The old tunnels were demolished for a new “open-air” entrance path and thoroughfare to Bear Country. Though Bear Country (described as “a re-creation of the American Northwest”) opened in its place on March 24, 1972, few (if, any) recognizable vestiges remained of Frontierland’s Indian Village (including any traces of its Pacific Northwest Tribal artifacts). Now, some of the names (like Wilderness Trail and Indian Trading Post) preserved the approximate locations of the attractions. But over time, these had gradually disappeared as well.

By the 1980s, the Indian Trading Post still carried its original name (given July 4th, 1962), as well as a large selection of rabbit pelts, “$600-$700 headdresses, canned buffalo stew,… drums… kachinas,” and “Indian arts and crafts including a large selection of turquoise jewelry”). “The best sellers were the beaded belts,” according to Sue Christensen (Ursus H. Bear’s Wilderness Outpost Merchandise Hostess). Disneyland souvenir guides (published 1988) still advertised their stock of “Indian arts and crafts,…turquoise jewelry and leather belts.” But now (though still listed on the Disneyland Telephone Directory), the souvenir shop was sitting in the middle of Bear Country. Wilderness Trail still ran through the territory at this time, but the Indian Trading Post (with its rustic log exterior and ever-growing sod roof) was one of the last attractions to be renamed, reopening as The Briar Patch Shop during December of 1988, [See photo excerpt above, from a Disneyland Map, distributed early 1989 ; Disneyland Line, Vol. 24, No.11]. The shop is currently known as Ray’s Berets.

As for the Indian Burial Ground props, they were finally “laid to rest” as a new vignette, across the River of America, within the “Indian Territory” of Tom Sawyer Island near another Indian Village (where guests would not set foot).

Its also worth mentioning that some references to Disneyland Indian Village continued present outside Disneyland. In 1961, the Disneyland Hotel boasted a brand new 18-hole Magic Kingdom Golf Course - a miniature golf course with an Indian Village-themed hole (#12). This Indian Village tribute continued to exist (after the demise of the Indian Village) until the Magic Kingdom Golf Course closed in 1978.

Some of the Pacific Northwest Totem Poles (or cast replicas of the originals) appeared along the bank of the Rivers of America at Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom, along with those hand-crafted tree-trunk-themed trash receptacles (which were utilized in Fort Wilderness). Later, images of the same presumable cast replicas of the totem poles appear in publication, within the pages of a presentation book for Disney-MGM Studios. 

Disneyland Comparative Study of Employee Diversity; 1973 & 1974.
Disneyland Comparative Study of Employee Diversity; 1973 & 1974.

The Disneyland Comparative Study (of 1973 - 1974) revealed that after the Native American entertainers’ contracts ended and the Indian Village cast largely departed, there were dramatically far fewer Native Americans on the payroll. The 1973 Comparative study showed four Service Workers of Native American race. According to the same Comparative Study conducted in 1974, there were seven Disneyland employees of Native American origin - one worked in clerical, two were craftsmen, one was a semi-skilled operative, and three were service workers.

Still, the Disneyland Indian Village had served an important purpose as the first area in a Disney Park dedicated to the people and culture of a particular land. The following words (quoted from a c.1975 Walt Disney World Showcase prospectus) could have very well been applied to the Disneyland Indian Village had the attraction been planned for Epcot Center: “With any new concept, there must first be a need, then a right time, then a right place. For the World Showcase, the time is now, the place is Walt Disney World and the need was never greater.” From 1955 to 1971, the social and cultural climate was right, making the Disneyland Indian Village a success with audiences.

 In the earliest formative years of Disneyland (at a time when the  Indian Village  was located in  Adventureland ), souvenirs branded as Indian arts and crafts were found just through the  Frontierland Stockade , at the  Davy Crockett Frontier Arcda

In the earliest formative years of Disneyland (at a time when the Indian Village was located in Adventureland), souvenirs branded as Indian arts and crafts were found just through the Frontierland Stockade, at the Davy Crockett Frontier Arcdade! Here, shoppers found quite a few authentic arts and crafts of several tribes represented, (only, within the archaic-named “Squaw Shop”)! Though the most popular clothing line was that of Thunderbird Fashions of Prescott, Arizona, women found two-piece outfits, blouses and dresses decorated “with traditional patterns woven to the fabric in glistening meta or sharply colored braid.” These garments were made of cotton fabrics, buckskin and other hides. At that time, there were still many First Peoples representatives among the merchants at Disneyland. For instance, Redarrow Ronehorse (of the Navajo) painted “modern or non-objective style with the traditional motifs” and designs on muslin skirts. Carlos (Crazy Horse) Gonzales (of the New Mexico Pueblo) worked with 0.975 percent pure silver and the sacred turquoise stone to create designs which were both original and beautiful. Juanita “Kbaha” Lickers (of the Navajo) utilized traditional Navajo looms to weave rugs and blankets (from wool of her grandmother’s sheep herd).

There were many other souvenirs - licensed items that immortalized the Indian Village in plastic and print, artistic hand-crafted trinkets (like leather purses and Turquoise rings) and collector’s items (like Carlson Dolls’ “Blackfoot Chief”). These created tangible memories for Guests through Merchandise and Show. Now, we’ll take a look at just a few of these mementos that represent the spirit of Disneyland’s Indian Village!

Remember that some of these items were hand made by artists of different American Indian nations, while some items may contain archaic or outdated cultural references.

Davy Crockett Lunch Box by Kruger, 1955
Davy Crockett Lunch Box by Kruger, 1955

Though not a true Indian Village souvenir, this limited production of lunch boxes featured the faces of some of the First Peoples cast of Davy Crockett. Though the particular scene depicted on the lunchbox doesn’t represent the spirit of Disneyland’s Indian Village, it is important to make the following note.

Back in 1954, through a special arrangement between Walt Disney Studios and the members of the Cherokee Nation (residing on the Qualla Reservation of North Carolina) and the U.S. Department of the Interior allowing the photography of scenes in North Carolina and the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. While in North Carolina, Cherokee Elder Osley Bird Saunooke (on behalf of his people) informed Fess Parker, Buddy Ebsen and director Norman Foster of the rare “privileges of fishing out of season (on the reservation)… and special guest rates at any motel in the country operated by a Cherokee.”

Before the opening scene of Davy Crockett King of the Wild Frontier (the fictional Walt Disney Production, which loosely depicted some events of the tragic Creek Indian War), the following message of special recognition was displayed : “We extend our thanks and gratitude to the members of the Cherokee Indian Nation of North Carolina : to the Forest Rangers of the Great Smokey Mountains National Park : and to the people of Tennessee and Texas for their generous cooperation in the filming of this story.” This was due to the fact that (in a powerful gesture) two hundred Cherokee Indians still living in the Great Smoky Mountains appeared in the film as Creek Indians. Some of the Cherokee (that were featured in the film) can be seen on one face of this very lunch box. It is believed that some of these Cherokee may have gone on to work again for either Walt Disney Studios or Disneyland’s Indian Village.

Disneyland TV News Press Release.
Disneyland TV News Press Release.

It was common to see Indian Village performers appearing in Walt Disney Productions during the 1950s and 1960s. Many of these roles were very minor and (as was the Hollywood tradition during the era) largely uncredited on screen. For example, John War Eagle (also known as John Edwin Worley Eagle of the Yankton Sioux), and Eddie Little Sky (also known as Edsel Wallace Little of the Oglala Lakota), were actors who also performed in Disneyland’s Indian Village. Eddie appeared in an uncredited role of a Pawnee in “Westward Ho the Wagons!” (1956), and both John and Eddie appeared in Walt Disney’s Tonka (1958).

There were also many First Peoples who did not work in Disneyland’s Indian Village, but appeared in Walt Disney feature-length film Productions made for television and theatrical release. Though not an Indian Village performer, Chief Dan George of the Tsleil-Waututh Nation in the western Canadian province of British Columbia is of special note, as he played a major role of Ol' Antoine in Walt Disney Productions “Smith!” (1969). He also portrayed “Chief A-Tas-Ka-Nay” alongside a band of local Nehemiah - Chilcotin First Peoples who also appeared in “The Bears and I”.

Disneyland Lunch Box, Aladdin Industries (1950s)
Disneyland Lunch Box, Aladdin Industries (1950s)

Some of the earliest merchandise to reference the Disneyland Indian Village was simple, or crude. The faces and sides of this lunch box featured various places from Disneyland’s cardinal five lands, including Frontierland (and its Indian Village)! Similar images appeared on other licensed product from the era (like Jaymar brand puzzles). The artwork is based on one of the original concepts of Frontierland (as divulged in “The Story of Disneyland” prepared in 1954, for Disneyland Inc., by WED Enterprises).

MARX TOYS
MARX TOYS

The Indian Village tipis and performers were so impressive and iconic, that plastic representations were included among several versions of the Disneyland Playset manufactured by Marx Toy Company! Where other Indian figures produced during this era were ready to fight, the MARX Disneyland Playset Indian figure (though clad in a Warbonnet) was welcoming and friendly - a most peaceful and somewhat authentic representation of individuals one would meet at Disneyland! As for the “Teepee,” it stood a whopping 2 1/4 inches tall!

At least one Walt Disney's Coloring Book (published 1957), contained two pages pertaining to the Disneyland Indian Village.
At least one Walt Disney's Coloring Book (published 1957), contained two pages pertaining to the Disneyland Indian Village.

During this era, it was not uncommon to see articles (affiliated with Walt Disney Productions) devoted to the proud (and occasionally misunderstood) cultures of the early American Peoples. For example, in an article entitled “Indian Lore” (published in Mickey Mouse Club Magazine, February of 1957), Iron Eyes Cody shared a collection of relics, paintings, skins, and rugs - including a painted skin depicting the story of Custer’s Last Stand as told by Chief Sitting Bull, 300-year-old hand-crafted Iroquois brooches hammered from silver coins, masks of the False Face Society, and a peace pipe once owned by Two Gun White Calf (who posed for the Buffalo Nickel). There are many such fascinating articles during the era, but no such publication so extensively devoted to depicting the story of the First People, like our next artifact!

"WALT DISNEY'S 'THE FIRST AMERICANS" (1957)
"WALT DISNEY'S 'THE FIRST AMERICANS" (1957)

Starting in 1957, copies of “Walt Disney’s ‘First Americans’” were available at the Book & Candle Shop on Main Street U.S.A., and the Disneyland Newsstand. The first published editions of this comic book magazine were contemporaneous with two other popular First Peoples-related Walt Disney Studio releases. Walt Disney Productions theatrically released “Navajo Adventure” (half of a Disneyland anthology episode, that was originally entitled “People of the Desert”, and which was the latest True-Life Adventures People and Places film). The publication’s release also coincided with the opening of Disneyland’s All-New American Indian Village (after the attraction was relocated to Frontierland, from Adventureland).

“Walt Disney’s ‘First Americans’” attempted to tell the history of the first peoples of the land called America, followed by several pages of factual material (places across North America bearing Indian-given names, locations of North American Indian nations, and even an entire page dedicated to the historic, cultural, and sacred value of turquoise to some North American Indian nations).

There are surely quite a few outdated pieces of information (including some outdated cultural references that some would find offensive). However, this important piece of Frontierland history, is best remembered for its attempt to showcase the stories of peoples that were represented in the Disneyland Indian Village. These unique publications met a certain educational standard and wholesome tone, and were sold inside Disneyland during a time when comic books were held somewhat controversial and taboo.

"WALT DISNEY'S 'THE FIRST AMERICANS" (1957)
"WALT DISNEY'S 'THE FIRST AMERICANS" (1957)

These inside covers are among our favorite, featuring some of the more factual contents of the publication. Readers of all ages were quickly familiarized with the locations of North American Indian tribes, as well as Indian names which had been preserved upon various locations around the North American continent in 1957!

"WALT DISNEY'S 'THE FIRST AMERICANS" (1957)
"WALT DISNEY'S 'THE FIRST AMERICANS" (1957)

Again, there are quite a few outdated cultural references contained on these pages, but these entire two pages are devoted to crediting the First Peoples of North America with many technologic and scientific developments.

"WALT DISNEY'S 'THE FIRST AMERICANS" (1957)
"WALT DISNEY'S 'THE FIRST AMERICANS" (1957)

Though there are some outdated cultural references and terminologies on these pages (which some may find offensive), as historians we can detect an effort was made to educate readers in the field of Indian sporting events. Who knew LaCrosse had origins in America? If the Pawnee Arrow Game sounds familiar, it’s because it was demonstrated for audiences at Fire Dance Circle.

"WALT DISNEY'S 'THE FIRST AMERICANS" (1957)
"WALT DISNEY'S 'THE FIRST AMERICANS" (1957)

Hand-made Indian turquoise jewelry was sold for decades at all incarnations of the Indian Village gift shop, including the Indian Store, the Indian Trading Post, and even Frontier Trading Post. To many nations, it was more than beautiful, carrying a religious significance. An entire page of this publication is devoted to the reasons why.

1965 DONRUSS DISNEYLAND PUZZLEBACK TRADING CARDS
1965 DONRUSS DISNEYLAND PUZZLEBACK TRADING CARDS

The Donruss brand Disneyland Puzzleback card set offered guests the opportunity to collect memorable scenes of the attractions they love! Indian performers were featured on at least 3 of 65 collectible cards which showcased the more popular attractions of Disneyland’s first fabulous decade! Indians were featured (1) greeting RETLAW1 (and its passenger cars), (2) performing a ceremonial dance by the Rivers of America, and (3) paddling an “Indian War Canoe” with guests (see our “Vintage View” gallery dedicated to the Indian War Canoes)!

In addition to these cards, many Indian Village representatives also appeared on Hallmark greeting cards sold at Disneyland.

INDIAN VILLAGE SOUVENIRS
INDIAN VILLAGE SOUVENIRS

There was an abundance of merchandise at the Disneyland Indian Village Indian Trading Post - from toys (rubber tomahawks and drums) to arts and crafts (like pottery and leather items). We will take a look at just a few examples below.


(1) This Indian Peace Pipe was not a true pipe, but a toy made of genuine wood, and manufactured in Japan. Sometimes items like this were sold in the Indian Trading Post.

(2) The Beaded Leather Belt appears to be made of leather, but the beads are some sort of heat-activated plastic atop a graphic bearing the Disneyland name. This particular belt was included in the “Frontierland Indian Princess Outfit” box, which included a headband, a belt, a bracelet, a skirt, a carrying pouch, and a small doll.

(3) However, one of the most popular souvenirs was the Feathered Headband (or War Bonnet) which was sold at Disneyland during its first year of operation, and continued to be offered to Guests through the Indian Trading Post, right up to the final days of the Indian Village in 1971. As “flattery is the sincerest form of imitation”, these headbands were generally purchased and worn by children who admired their newfound friends of the Disneyland Indian Village. They sold for about 90¢ at the time of 1970, and were actually hand-made by the Cherokees of the Qualla Reservation, in Cherokee, North Carolina, so this souvenir was not a form of “race appropriation” even by current definitions! These same manufacturers once supplied the same types of Plains-style “War Bonnets” to many other popular amusement parks (like Fantasyland, of Pennsylvania).

FEATHERED HEADBAND (April, 1973)
FEATHERED HEADBAND (April, 1973)

These were popular items, and (long after the Disneyland Indian Village closed) they continued to be manufactured and sold at Walt Disney World Magic Kingdom when it opened (as evident in this photo). After meeting a few True-Life Plains Indians (and learning of their cultures and values) young guests of the Frontierland would return home with their souvenirs (and a newfound understanding and respect for “the first Americans”) - ready to play and pretend! During this same era Disneyland also sold dolls and the previously mentioned “Frontierland Indian Princess Outfit” box, which featured costume pieces and accessories for a target young female Guest audience. It is very important to note, while even considering their indigenous source, you will not find such sacred items commercialized in this fashion at Disney Parks today.

Handcrafted Beaded Bracelet
Handcrafted Beaded Bracelet

The original price if this Disneyland Indian Village souvenir was $2.00 plus 10¢ sales tax. Similar to the “Feathered Headband,” these were actually hand-made by First Peoples, with the intent of being sold at Disneyland.

BEADED HAND-CRAFTED INDIAN HEADBANDS
BEADED HAND-CRAFTED INDIAN HEADBANDS

Most headbands were modeled after traditional and cultural patterns. However, this unique beaded headband (produced c. 1958) was manufactured by hand in Disneyland’s Indian Village, and crafted to read ‘Disneyland’.

prev / next
Back to DISNEYLAND (E - I)
A47E644C-828A-447B-8C76-D00366E7DAB9.jpeg
275
FANTASYLAND THEATER (and MICKEY MOUSE CLUB THEATER & DISNEYLAND DRAMA CLUB)
12F94434-72E0-462E-AEDB-A7707BAFE885.jpeg
54
FLYING SAUCERS
2B4C57D8-24AB-47BD-9805-BC1FB3FCC49B.jpeg
215
(SLUE FOOT SUE’S) GOLDEN HORSESHOE
DE7EE5F5-7C14-4302-80CF-76CB32D1D96E.jpeg
250
GUIDES, GUIDED TOURS & AMBASSADORS
744B0687-7BAD-478C-B548-42BBB8F4494B.jpeg
57
THE HAT BAR (also HATMOSPHERE & MOD HATTER)
C9351ECC-7881-4BA3-A4DD-990B1E9E4016.jpeg
206
HOLIDAY FESTIVALS & PARADES
56FEA85B-1CA5-4F8C-BDD9-0026DFBE61C2.jpeg
51
HORSELESS CARRIAGES (MAIN STREET D.M.C. VEHICLES)
4A763BD8-256E-4F6D-8E41-8EE1C82ED6CC.jpeg
255
INDIAN VILLAGE (AMERICAN INDIAN VILLAGE)

Powered by Squarespace